merge: 合并 'master' into feat/easylvgl，来更新最新的hzfont

.gitignore

@@ -100,4 +100,6 @@ build/
 cmd.lnk
 
 luat/demo/
-self_docs/
+tools/snippet.json
+
+self_docs/

bsp/pc/.gitignore

@@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ build
 # ignore clangd toolchains
 .cache
 compile_commands.json
-pkgs
+pkgs
+*.dmp

bsp/pc/build_windows_32bit_msvc.bat

@@ -1,7 +1,18 @@
 
+@echo off
+setlocal enabledelayedexpansion
+
 xmake clean -a
 set VM_64bit=0
 set LUAT_USE_GUI=n
 xmake g --pkg_searchdirs=%cd%\pkgs
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
 xmake f -a x86 -y
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+@REM xmake f -m debug
 xmake -y
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+echo Build completed successfully!
+exit /b 0

bsp/pc/build_windows_32bit_msvc_gui.bat

@@ -1,7 +1,18 @@
 
+@echo off
+setlocal enabledelayedexpansion
+
 xmake clean -a
 set VM_64bit=0
 set LUAT_USE_GUI=y
 xmake g --pkg_searchdirs=%cd%\pkgs
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
 xmake f -a x86 -y
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+@REM xmake f -m debug
 xmake -y
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+echo Build completed successfully!
+exit /b 0

bsp/pc/build_windows_64bit_msvc.bat

@@ -1,7 +1,18 @@
 
+@echo off
+setlocal enabledelayedexpansion
+
 xmake clean -a
 set VM_64bit=1
 set LUAT_USE_GUI=n
 xmake g --pkg_searchdirs=%cd%\pkgs
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
 xmake f -a x86 -y
-xmake -y -w -v
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+@REM xmake f -m debug
+xmake -y
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+echo Build completed successfully!
+exit /b 0

bsp/pc/build_windows_64bit_msvc_gui.bat

@@ -1,7 +1,18 @@
 
+@echo off
+setlocal enabledelayedexpansion
+
 xmake clean -a
 set VM_64bit=1
 set LUAT_USE_GUI=y
 xmake g --pkg_searchdirs=%cd%\pkgs
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
 xmake f -a x86 -y
-xmake -w
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+@REM xmake f -m debug
+xmake -y
+if !errorlevel! neq 0 exit /b !errorlevel!
+
+echo Build completed successfully!
+exit /b 0

bsp/pc/include/luat_conf_bsp.h

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 #include "stdint.h"
 
-#define LUAT_BSP_VERSION "V2011"
+#define LUAT_BSP_VERSION "V2012"
 // #define LUAT_CONF_USE_LIBSYS_SOURCE 1
 #define LUAT_USE_CMDLINE_ARGS 1
 // 启用64位虚拟机
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@
 #define LUAT_USE_LCD
 #define LUAT_USE_TJPGD
 // GT 字库：PC 模拟器仿真启用
-// #define LUAT_USE_GTFONT 1
+#define LUAT_USE_GTFONT 1
 // 若需要直接绘制 UTF8 字符串（lcd/u8g2 的 UTF8 接口），启用
-// #define LUAT_USE_GTFONT_UTF8 1
+#define LUAT_USE_GTFONT_UTF8 1
 // hzfont 字体库支持
 #define LUAT_USE_HZFONT 1
 #define LUAT_CONF_USE_HZFONT_BUILTIN_TTF 1

bsp/pc/include/mbedtls_config_pc.h

@@ -2825,6 +2825,8 @@
 #include MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE
 #endif
 
-#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA384_C
+
+// #include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
 
 #endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

bsp/pc/port/luat_luadb2.c

@@ -8,6 +8,9 @@
 #include "luat_msgbus.h"
 #include "luat_luadb2.h"
 
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>//add for memset
+
 #define LUAT_LOG_TAG "luadb2"
 #include "luat_log.h"
 
@@ -16,7 +19,7 @@ int luat_luadb2_init(luat_luadb2_ctx_t* ctx) {
     if (ctx->dataptr) {
         return 0;
     }
-    ctx->dataptr = luat_heap_malloc(1024);
+    ctx->dataptr = malloc(1024);
     ctx->size = 1024;
     ctx->offset = 0;
 	char *tmp = ctx->dataptr;
@@ -72,7 +75,7 @@ int luat_luadb2_write(luat_luadb2_ctx_t* ctx, const char* name, const char* data
         return -1;
     }
     size_t offset = ctx->offset;
-	char *tmp = luat_heap_realloc(ctx->dataptr, offset + len + 512);
+	char *tmp = realloc(ctx->dataptr, offset + len + 512);
 	if (tmp == NULL)
 	{
         LLOGE("内存不足, 无法新增文件");

bsp/pc/src/main_mini.c

@@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ int main(int argc, char** argv) {
     luat_heap_opt_init(LUAT_HEAP_SRAM);
     
 #ifdef LUAT_USE_WINDOWS
+    extern void InitCrashDump();
+    InitCrashDump();
     // Windows平台下自动设置控制台编码
     extern void luat_console_auto_encoding(void);
     luat_console_auto_encoding();

bsp/pc/test/004.http/main.lua

@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ sys.taskInit(function()
     )
     local body = resp.body:query()
     -- log.info("http", code, json.encode(resp.headers), #body)
-    log.info("http", "body", #body)
-    log.info("http", "body", body)
-    log.info("http", "body", body:toHex())
+    log.info("http2", "body", #body)
+    log.info("http2", "body", body)
+    log.info("http2", "body", body:toHex())
 
     -- body = io.readFile("/luadb/gzip")
     -- log.info("gzip", #body)
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ sys.taskInit(function()
     -- log.info("http", miniz.uncompress(body:sub(11), 0))
     -- log.info("http", body:toHex())
 
-    -- local code, headers, body = http.request("GET", "http://quan.suning.com/getSysTime.do", {Accept="*/*", ["User-Agent"]="ABC"}, nil, {debug=true})
-    -- log.info("http", code, json.encode(headers), body)
+    local code, headers, body = http.request("GET", "http://httpbin.air32.cn/range/1024", nil, nil, {debug=false}).wait()
+    log.info("http3", code, json.encode(headers), body)
 
-    -- local code, resp = httpplus.request({url="http://quan.suning.com/getSysTime.do"})
-    -- log.info("http", code, resp.body:query())
+    local code, headers = http.request("GET", "http://httpbin.air32.cn/stream-bytes/20", nil, nil, {debug=true}).wait()
+    log.info("http4", code, headers, body)
 end)
 
 sys.run()

bsp/pc/test/110.http_timeout/main.lua

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+_G.sys = require("sys")
+
+sys.taskInit(function()
+    sys.wait(1000)
+    log.info("http_timeout", "start", "5s timeout test")
+    local code, headers, body = http.request("GET", "http://httpbin.air32.cn/delay/10", {timeout=5000}).wait()
+    log.info("http_timeout", code, body)
+end)
+
+sys.run()

bsp/pc/win32/src/win32_dump.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <dbghelp.h> // 确保链接了 dbghelp.lib
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+
+// 确保链接DbgHelp库
+#pragma comment(lib, "dbghelp.lib")
+
+// 生成迷你转储文件的函数
+BOOL GenerateMiniDump(void* pExceptionPointers) {
+    TCHAR dumpFileName[MAX_PATH];
+    SYSTEMTIME stLocalTime;
+
+    // 获取当前本地时间，用于生成文件名
+    GetLocalTime(&stLocalTime);
+    _stprintf_s(dumpFileName, MAX_PATH,
+        _T("CrashDump_%04d%02d%02d_%02d%02d%02d.dmp"),
+        stLocalTime.wYear, stLocalTime.wMonth, stLocalTime.wDay,
+        stLocalTime.wHour, stLocalTime.wMinute, stLocalTime.wSecond);
+
+    // 创建转储文件
+    HANDLE hDumpFile = CreateFile(dumpFileName, GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
+    if (hDumpFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+        _tprintf(_T("CreateFile failed for dump file. Error: %d\n"), GetLastError());
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // 初始化MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION结构
+    MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION dumpExceptionInfo;
+    dumpExceptionInfo.ThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId();
+    dumpExceptionInfo.ExceptionPointers = pExceptionPointers;
+    dumpExceptionInfo.ClientPointers = FALSE;
+
+    // 写入迷你转储
+    BOOL success = MiniDumpWriteDump(GetCurrentProcess(),
+        GetCurrentProcessId(),
+        hDumpFile,
+        MiniDumpNormal, // 你也可以使用 MiniDumpWithFullMemory 获取更完整信息
+        (pExceptionPointers != NULL) ? &dumpExceptionInfo : NULL,
+        NULL,
+        NULL);
+
+    CloseHandle(hDumpFile);
+
+    if (success) {
+        _tprintf(_T("崩溃转储文件已生成: %s\n"), dumpFileName);
+    } else {
+        _tprintf(_T("MiniDumpWriteDump failed. Error: %d\n"), GetLastError());
+        // 如果生成失败，尝试删除不完整的dump文件
+        DeleteFile(dumpFileName);
+    }
+
+    return success;
+}
+
+// 顶层的未处理异常过滤器函数
+LONG WINAPI TopLevelExceptionFilter(void* pExceptionPointers) {
+    _tprintf(_T("程序发生致命异常，正在生成转储文件...\n"));
+    GenerateMiniDump(pExceptionPointers);
+    _tprintf(_T("程序即将退出。\n"));
+    // 返回 EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER 会让系统终止程序
+    return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER;
+}
+
+// 初始化崩溃转储功能
+void InitCrashDump() {
+    SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(TopLevelExceptionFilter);
+}

bsp/pc/xmake.lua

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 set_project("luac")
-set_xmakever("2.8.2")
+set_xmakever("3.0.4")
 
 set_version("1.0.3", {build = "%Y%m%d%H%M"})
 add_rules("mode.debug", "mode.release")
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ if is_host("windows") then
     add_defines("_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS")
     add_cflags("/utf-8")
     add_includedirs("win32/include")
+    add_files("win32/src/**.c")
 elseif is_host("linux") then
     add_defines("LUA_USE_LINUX")
     add_cflags("-ffunction-sections -fdata-sections")
@@ -135,8 +136,10 @@ target("luatos-lua")
     add_files(luatos.."components/fft/src/*.c")
     add_files(luatos.."components/fft/binding/*.c")
     -- mbedtls
-    add_files(luatos.."components/mbedtls/library/*.c")
-    add_includedirs(luatos.."components/mbedtls/include")
+    add_files(luatos.."components/mbedtls3/library/*.c")
+    add_includedirs(luatos.."components/mbedtls3/include")
+    -- add_files(luatos.."components/mbedtls/library/*.c")
+    -- add_includedirs(luatos.."components/mbedtls/include")
     -- iotauth
     add_includedirs(luatos.."components/iotauth")
     add_files(luatos.."components/iotauth/*.c")
@@ -400,7 +403,7 @@ target("luatos-lua")
         -- gtfont PC simulator core
         add_includedirs(luatos.."components/gtfont")
         add_includedirs(luatos.."components/eink")
-        -- add_files(luatos.."components/gtfont/*.c")
+        add_files(luatos.."components/gtfont/*.c")
         
         -- hzfont component
         add_includedirs(luatos.."components/hzfont/inc")

components/airlink/src/devinfo/luat_airlink_devinfo_wlan.c

@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void luat_airlink_devinfo_init(AIRLINK_DEV_INFO_UPDATE_CB cb)
 {
     send_devinfo_update_evt = cb;
     g_airlink_self_dev_info.tp = 0x01;
-    uint32_t fw_version = 17;
+    uint32_t fw_version = 19;
     memcpy(g_airlink_self_dev_info.wifi.version, &fw_version, sizeof(uint32_t));   // 版本
     g_airlink_wlan_evt_cb = wifi_evt_handler;
     send_devinfo_update_evt();

components/airlink/src/exec/luat_airlink_cmd_exec_basic.c

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ int luat_airlink_cmd_exec_fota_write(luat_airlink_cmd_t *cmd, void *userdata)
 {
     // LLOGD("收到FOTA数据, len=%ld %02X%02X%02X%02X", cmd->len, cmd->data[0], cmd->data[1], cmd->data[2], cmd->data[3]);
     int ret = luat_fota_write(cmd->data, cmd->len);
-    if (ret) {
+    if (ret < 0) {
         LLOGD("fota_write ret %d", ret);
     }
     return 0;

components/airlink/src/luat_airlink.c

@@ -603,16 +603,17 @@ static void netdrv_airlink_setup(void* params) {
 	// 然后注册AP
 	conf.id = NW_ADAPTER_INDEX_LWIP_WIFI_AP;
 	luat_netdrv_setup(&conf);
+
+	// 初始化AirLink
+	luat_airlink_init();
+	luat_airlink_task_start();
+	luat_airlink_start(1); // SPI master模式
 }
 
 void luat_airlink_master_autostart(void) {
 	if (!luat_airlink_has_wifi()){
 		return;
 	}
-	
+
 	tcpip_callback_with_block(netdrv_airlink_setup, NULL, 1);
-	// 初始化AirLink
-	luat_airlink_init();
-	luat_airlink_task_start();
-	luat_airlink_start(1); // SPI master模式
 }

components/airlink/src/luat_airlink_linkdata.c

@@ -25,17 +25,12 @@ __AIRLINK_CODE_IN_RAM__ airlink_link_data_t* luat_airlink_data_unpack(uint8_t *b
     uint16_t crc16_data = 0;
     if (len < 12)
     {
+        LLOGD("数据长度异常 %d", len);
         return NULL;
     }
     airlink_link_data_t *link = NULL;
 
-    // bk那边接收到的老是得开头多加个0x00, 接收数据才能正常, 判断忽略一下第一个字节
-    size_t start_pos = 0;
-    if (buff[0] == 0x00)
-    {
-        start_pos = 1;
-    }
-    for (size_t i = start_pos; i < len - 12; i++)
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < len - 12; i++)
     {
         // magic = 0xA1B1CA66
         if (buff[i] == 0xA1 && buff[i + 1] == 0xB1 && buff[i + 2] == 0xCA && buff[i + 3] == 0x66)
@@ -56,12 +51,13 @@ __AIRLINK_CODE_IN_RAM__ airlink_link_data_t* luat_airlink_data_unpack(uint8_t *b
                 else
                 {
                     LLOGD("crc16校验失败 %d %d", crc16_data, crc16);
-                    link = NULL;
+                    return NULL;
                 }
             }
             else
             {
                 LLOGD("数据长度错误 %d %d", tlen, len);
+                return NULL;
             }
         }
     }

components/airlink/src/task/luat_airlink_spi_master_task.c

@@ -13,7 +13,9 @@
 #include "luat_mem.h"
 #include "luat_mcu.h"
 #include "luat_fs.h"
-
+#ifdef __BK72XX__
+#include <os/os.h>
+#endif
 #define LUAT_LOG_TAG "airlink"
 #include "luat_log.h"
 
@@ -41,6 +43,10 @@ static uint8_t thread_rdy;
 static uint8_t spi_rdy;
 static luat_rtos_task_handle spi_task_handle;
 static luat_rtos_task_handle spi_irq_task_handle;
+#if defined(__BK72XX__) && defined(CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP)
+static beken_thread_t bk_spi_task_handle = NULL;
+static beken_thread_t bk_spi_irq_task_handle = NULL;
+#endif
 
 #if defined(LUAT_USE_AIRLINK_EXEC_MOBILE)
 extern luat_airlink_dev_info_t g_airlink_self_dev_info;
@@ -66,12 +72,18 @@ static volatile uint8_t rdy_ready_flag = 0;           // RDY就绪标志
 __USER_FUNC_IN_RAM__ static int rdy_pin_irq_handler(void* param)
 {
     // 设置RDY就绪标志
-    if (rdy_task_evt_queue == NULL) {
+    if (rdy_evt_queue == NULL) {
         return 0;
     }
     rdy_ready_flag = 1;
+    // 发送通知事件，告知任务RDY已就绪
+#ifdef __BK72XX__
     luat_event_t evt = {.id = 2};
     luat_rtos_queue_send(rdy_task_evt_queue, &evt, sizeof(evt), 0);
+#else
+    luat_event_t evt = {.id = 6};
+    luat_rtos_queue_send(rdy_evt_queue, &evt, sizeof(evt), 0);
+#endif
     // LLOGD("RDY中断触发，设置就绪标志");
     return 0;
 }
@@ -439,6 +451,7 @@ __USER_FUNC_IN_RAM__ static void spi_master_task(void *param)
     }
 }
 
+#ifdef __BK72XX__
 __USER_FUNC_IN_RAM__ static void spi_irq_task(void *param)
 {
     while (1)
@@ -455,10 +468,11 @@ __USER_FUNC_IN_RAM__ static void spi_irq_task(void *param)
         }
     }
 }
+#endif
 
 void luat_airlink_start_master(void)
 {
-    if (spi_task_handle != NULL)
+    if (s_txbuff != NULL)
     {
         LLOGE("SPI主机任务已经启动过了!!!");
         return;
@@ -471,10 +485,15 @@ void luat_airlink_start_master(void)
     luat_rtos_queue_create(&evt_queue, 4 * 1024, sizeof(luat_event_t));
     // 创建专门的RDY事件队列 (id=6)
     luat_rtos_queue_create(&rdy_evt_queue, 10, sizeof(luat_event_t));
-    luat_rtos_task_create(&spi_task_handle, 8 * 1024, 50, "spi", spi_master_task, NULL, 0);
+#if defined(__BK72XX__) && defined(CONFIG_FREERTOS_SMP)
+// luat_rtos_task_create(&spi_irq_task_handle,  4 * 1024, 95, "spi_irq", spi_irq_task, NULL, 0);
+    rtos_core0_create_thread((beken_thread_t *)bk_spi_task_handle, BEKEN_APPLICATION_PRIORITY, "spi", (beken_thread_function_t)spi_master_task, 8 * 1024, 0);
+    rtos_core0_create_thread((beken_thread_t *)bk_spi_irq_task_handle, 10, "spi_irq", (beken_thread_function_t)spi_irq_task, 4 * 1024, 0);
     // 创建专门用于处理从机通知中断的任务
-    luat_rtos_task_create(&spi_irq_task_handle,  4 * 1024, 80, "spi_irq", spi_irq_task, NULL, 0);
     luat_rtos_queue_create(&rdy_task_evt_queue, 1, sizeof(luat_event_t));
+#else
+    luat_rtos_task_create(&spi_task_handle, 8 * 1024, 50, "spi", spi_master_task, NULL, 0);
+#endif
 }
 
 int luat_airlink_irqmode(luat_airlink_irq_ctx_t *ctx) {

components/airlink/src/task/luat_airlink_spi_slave_task.c

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ static void spi_gpio_setup(void) {
         .bit_dict = 1,  // MSB=1, LSB=0
         .master = 0,    // 1 主模式; 0 从模式
         .mode = 1, // mode设置为1，全双工
-        .bandrate = 31000000,
+        .bandrate = 60000000,
         .cs = 255};
     
     luat_spi_setup(&spi_conf);
@@ -199,21 +199,6 @@ __AIRLINK_CODE_IN_RAM__ static void start_spi_trans(void) {
     airlink_queue_item_t item = {0};
     // print_tm("准备执行luat_airlink_cmd_recv_simple");
     luat_airlink_cmd_recv_simple(&item);
-#ifdef __BK72XX__
-    s_txbuff[0] = 0x00;
-    // LLOGD("执行完luat_airlink_cmd_recv_simple cmd %p len %d", item.cmd, item.len);
-    if (item.len > 0 && item.cmd != NULL) {
-        // LLOGD("发送待传输的数据, 塞入SPI的FIFO %d", item.len);
-        luat_airlink_data_pack(item.cmd, item.len, s_txbuff+1);
-        // LLOGD("执行完luat_airlink_cmd_recv_simplecmd %p len %d --- ", item.cmd, item.len);
-        luat_airlink_cmd_free(item.cmd);
-    }
-    else {
-        // LLOGD("填充PING数据");
-        memcpy(basic_info + sizeof(luat_airlink_cmd_t), &g_airlink_self_dev_info, sizeof(g_airlink_self_dev_info));
-        luat_airlink_data_pack(basic_info, sizeof(basic_info), s_txbuff+1);
-    }
-#else
     // LLOGD("执行完luat_airlink_cmd_recv_simple cmd %p len %d", item.cmd, item.len);
     if (item.len > 0 && item.cmd != NULL) {
         // LLOGD("发送待传输的数据, 塞入SPI的FIFO %d", item.len);
@@ -226,7 +211,6 @@ __AIRLINK_CODE_IN_RAM__ static void start_spi_trans(void) {
         memcpy(basic_info + sizeof(luat_airlink_cmd_t), &g_airlink_self_dev_info, sizeof(g_airlink_self_dev_info));
         luat_airlink_data_pack(basic_info, sizeof(basic_info), s_txbuff);
     }
-#endif
     luat_spi_slave_transfer(SLAVE_SPI_ID, (const char*)s_txbuff, (char*)s_rxbuff, TEST_BUFF_SIZE);
 
     // 通知主机已经准备好了

components/common/c_common.h

@@ -244,6 +244,7 @@ enum
 #define CRC16_CCITT_SEED		(0x1D0F)
 #ifndef HANDLE
 #define HANDLE			void *
+#undef INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
 #define INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE  ((void *)0xffffffff)
 #define INVALID_PARAM  (0xffffffff)
 #endif

components/fatfs/ff.c

@@ -5090,12 +5090,12 @@ FRESULT f_unlink (
 	const TCHAR* path		/* Pointer to the file or directory path */
 )
 {
-	FRESULT res;
-	FATFS *fs;
-	DIR dj, sdj;
+	FRESULT res = 0;
+	FATFS *fs = NULL;
+	DIR dj = {0}, sdj = {0};
 	DWORD dclst = 0;
 #if FF_FS_EXFAT
-	FFOBJID obj;
+	FFOBJID obj = {0};
 #endif
 	DEF_NAMEBUFF
 

components/fatfs/luat_lib_fatfs.c

@@ -38,6 +38,8 @@ DRESULT diskio_open_sdio(BYTE pdrv, void* userdata);
 extern const struct luat_vfs_filesystem vfs_fs_fatfs;
 #endif
 
+static int s_fatfs_fmt = FM_FAT32;
+
 /*
 挂载fatfs
 @api fatfs.mount(mode,mount_point, spiid_or_spidevice, spi_cs, spi_speed, power_pin, power_on_delay, auto_format)
@@ -131,6 +133,7 @@ static int fatfs_mount(lua_State *L)
 			LLOGD("init sdcard at spi=%d cs=%d", spit->spi_id, spit->spi_cs);
 			diskio_open_spitf(0, (void*)spit);
 		}
+	#ifdef LUAT_USE_SDIO
 	}else if(fatfs_mode == DISK_SDIO){
 		luat_fatfs_sdio_t *fatfs_sdio = luat_heap_malloc(sizeof(luat_fatfs_sdio_t));
 		if (fatfs_sdio == NULL) {
@@ -145,13 +148,16 @@ static int fatfs_mount(lua_State *L)
 
 		LLOGD("init FatFS at sdio");
 		diskio_open_sdio(0, (void*)fatfs_sdio);
+	#endif
+	#if defined(LUA_USE_LINUX) || defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) || defined(LUA_USE_MACOSX)
 	}else if(fatfs_mode == DISK_RAM){
 		LLOGD("init ramdisk at FatFS");
 		diskio_open_ramdisk(0, luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 64*1024));
+	#endif
 	}else if(fatfs_mode == DISK_USB){
 
 	}else{
-		LLOGD("fatfs_mode error");
+		LLOGD("fatfs_mode error %d", fatfs_mode);
 		lua_pushboolean(L, 0);
 		lua_pushstring(L, "fatfs_mode error");
 		return 2;
@@ -160,11 +166,14 @@ static int fatfs_mount(lua_State *L)
     if (re != FR_OK) {
 		if (lua_isboolean(L, 8) && lua_toboolean(L, 8) == 0) {
 			LLOGI("sd/tf mount failed %d but auto-format is disabled", re);
+			lua_pushboolean(L, 0);
+			lua_pushstring(L, "mount error");
+			return 2;
 		}
 		else {
-			LLOGD("mount failed, try auto format");
+			LLOGW("mount failed, try auto format");
 			MKFS_PARM parm = {
-				.fmt = FM_ANY, // 暂时应付一下ramdisk
+				.fmt = s_fatfs_fmt,
 				.au_size = 0,
 				.align = 0,
 				.n_fat = 0,
@@ -176,6 +185,21 @@ static int fatfs_mount(lua_State *L)
 			if (re == FR_OK) {
 				re = f_mount(fs, mount_point, 1);
 				LLOGD("remount again %d", re);
+				if (re == FR_OK) {
+					LLOGI("sd/tf mount success after auto format");
+				}
+				else {
+					LLOGE("sd/tf mount failed again %d after auto format", re);
+					lua_pushboolean(L, 0);
+					lua_pushstring(L, "mount error");
+					return 2; 
+				}
+			}
+			else {
+				LLOGE("sd/tf format failed %d", re);
+				lua_pushboolean(L, 0);
+				lua_pushstring(L, "format error");
+				return 2;
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -183,8 +207,7 @@ static int fatfs_mount(lua_State *L)
 	lua_pushboolean(L, re == FR_OK);
 	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
 	if (re == FR_OK) {
-		if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-			LLOGD("[FatFS]fatfs_init success");
+		LLOGI("mount success at %s", fs->fs_type == FS_EXFAT ? "exfat" : (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 ? "fat32" : "fat16"));
 		#ifdef LUAT_USE_FS_VFS
               luat_fs_conf_t conf2 = {
 		            .busname = (char*)fs,
@@ -196,8 +219,7 @@ static int fatfs_mount(lua_State *L)
 		#endif
 	}
 	else {
-		if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-			LLOGD("[FatFS]fatfs_init FAIL!! re=%d", re);
+		LLOGE("[FatFS]fatfs_init FAIL!! re=%d", re);
 	}
 
 	if (FATFS_DEBUG)
@@ -230,31 +252,6 @@ static int fatfs_unmount(lua_State *L) {
 	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
 	return 1;
 }
-/*
-static int fatfs_mkfs(lua_State *L) {
-	const char *mount_point = luaL_optstring(L, 1, "");
-	// BYTE sfd = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 0);
-	// DWORD au = luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 0);
-	BYTE work[FF_MAX_SS] = {0};
-	if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-		LLOGI("mkfs GO %d");
-	MKFS_PARM parm = {
-		.fmt = FM_ANY, // 暂时应付一下ramdisk
-		.au_size = 0,
-		.align = 0,
-		.n_fat = 0,
-		.n_root = 0,
-	};
-	if (!strcmp("ramdisk", mount_point) || !strcmp("ram", mount_point)) {
-		parm.fmt = FM_ANY | FM_SFD;
-	}
-	FRESULT re = f_mkfs(mount_point, &parm, work, FF_MAX_SS);
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-		LLOGI("mkfs ret %d", re);
-	return 1;
-}
-*/
 
 /**
 获取可用空间信息
@@ -325,334 +322,35 @@ static int fatfs_debug_mode(lua_State *L) {
 }
 
 /**
-设置fatfs一些特殊参数，大部分卡无需配置，部分不能正常读写的卡，经过配置后可能能读写成功
-@api fatfs.config(crc_check, write_to)
+设置fatfs一些特殊参数
+@api fatfs.config(crc_check, write_to, fmt)
 @int 读取时是否跳过CRC检查,1跳过不检查CRC,0不跳过检查CRC,默认不跳过,除非TF卡不支持CRC校验,否则不应该跳过!
 @int 单次写入超时时间,单位ms,默认100ms。
+@int 文件系统格式,默认FM_FAT32, 可选值 FM_FAT32, FM_EXFAT
 @return nil 无返回值
- */
+-- 前2个配置项不建议修改
+*/
 static int fatfs_config(lua_State *L) {
-	FATFS_NO_CRC_CHECK = luaL_optinteger(L, 1, 0);
-	FATFS_WRITE_TO = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 100);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#if 0
-
-// ------------------------------------------------
-// ------------------------------------------------
-
-static int fatfs_mkdir(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "file path must string");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	FRESULT re = f_mkdir(lua_tostring(L, 1));
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_lsdir(lua_State *L)
-{
-	//FIL Fil;			/* File object needed for each open file */
-	DIR dir;
-	FILINFO fileinfo;
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "dir must string");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	//u8 *buf;
-	size_t len;
-	const char *buf = lua_tolstring( L, 1, &len );
-	char dirname[len+1];
-	memcpy(dirname, buf, len);
-	dirname[len] = 0x00;
-	FRESULT re = f_opendir(&dir, dirname);
-	if (re != FR_OK) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	lua_pushinteger(L, 0);
-	lua_newtable(L);
-	while(f_readdir(&dir, &fileinfo) == FR_OK) {
-		if(!fileinfo.fname[0]) break;
-
-		lua_pushlstring(L, fileinfo.fname, strlen(fileinfo.fname));
-		lua_newtable(L);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "size");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fsize);
-		lua_settable(L, -3);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "date");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fdate);
-		lua_settable(L, -3);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "time");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.ftime);
-		lua_settable(L, -3);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "attrib");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fattrib);
-		lua_settable(L, -3);
-
-		lua_pushstring(L, "isdir");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fattrib & AM_DIR);
-		lua_settable(L, -3);
-
-		lua_settable(L, -3);
-	}
-	f_closedir(&dir);
-	//LLOGD("[FatFS] lua_gettop=%d", lua_gettop(L));
-    return 2;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------
-
-static int fatfs_stat(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type(L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "file path must string");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	FILINFO fileinfo;
-	const char *path = lua_tostring(L, 1);
-	FRESULT re = f_stat(path, &fileinfo);
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	if (re == FR_OK) {
-		lua_newtable(L);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "size");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fsize);
-		lua_rawset(L, -3);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "date");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fdate);
-		lua_rawset(L, -3);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "time");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.ftime);
-		lua_rawset(L, -3);
-		
-		lua_pushstring(L, "attrib");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fattrib);
-		lua_rawset(L, -3);
-
-		lua_pushstring(L, "isdir");
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fileinfo.fattrib & AM_DIR);
-		lua_rawset(L, -3);
-	}
-	else {
-		lua_pushnil(L);
-	}
-	return 2;
-}
-
-/**
- * fatfs.open("adc.txt") 
- * fatfs.open("adc.txt", 2) 
- */
-static int fatfs_open(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushnil(L);
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "file path must string");
-		return 3;
-	}
-	const char *path  = lua_tostring(L, 1);
-	int flag = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 1); // 第二个参数
-	flag |= luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 0); // 第三个参数
-	flag |= luaL_optinteger(L, 4, 0); // 第四个参数
-
-	if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-		LLOGD("[FatFS]open %s %0X", path, flag);
-
-	FIL* fil = (FIL*)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(FIL));
-	FRESULT re = f_open(fil, path, (BYTE)flag);
-	if (re != FR_OK) {
-		lua_remove(L, -1);
-		lua_pushnil(L);
-		lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-		return 2;
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_close(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type(L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TUSERDATA) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "must be FIL*");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	FIL* fil = (FIL*)lua_touserdata(L, 1);
-	FRESULT re = f_close(fil);
-	//free(fil);
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_seek(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TUSERDATA) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "must be FIL*");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	UINT seek = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 0);
-	FRESULT re = f_lseek((FIL*)lua_touserdata(L, 1), seek);
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_truncate(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TUSERDATA) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "must be FIL*");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	FRESULT re = f_truncate((FIL*)lua_touserdata(L, 1));
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_read(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TUSERDATA) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "must be FIL*");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	UINT limit = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 512);
-	BYTE buf[limit];
-	UINT len;
-	if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-		LLOGD("[FatFS]readfile limit=%d", limit);
-	FRESULT re = f_read((FIL*)lua_touserdata(L, 1), buf, limit, &len);
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	if (re != FR_OK) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-	lua_pushlstring(L, (const char*)buf, len);
-	return 2;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_write(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TUSERDATA) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "must be FIL*");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	FIL* fil = (FIL*)lua_touserdata(L, 1);
-    luaType = lua_type( L, 2 );
-    size_t len;
-    char* buf;
-	FRESULT re = FR_OK;
-    
-    if(luaType == LUA_TSTRING )
-    {
-        buf = (char*)lua_tolstring( L, 2, &len );
-        
-        re = f_write(fil, buf, len, &len);
-    }
-    else if(luaType == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA)
-    {         
-         buf = lua_touserdata(L, 2);
-         len = lua_tointeger( L, 3);
-         
-         re = f_write(fil, buf, len, &len);
-    }
-    if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-		LLOGD("[FatFS]write re=%d len=%d", re, len);
-    lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-    lua_pushinteger(L, len);
-    return 2;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_remove(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type(L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "file path must string");
-		return 2;
+	if (lua_isinteger(L, 1)) {
+		FATFS_NO_CRC_CHECK = luaL_optinteger(L, 1, 0);
 	}
-	FRESULT re = f_unlink(lua_tostring(L, 1));
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static int fatfs_rename(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type(L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "source file path must string");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	luaType = lua_type(L, 2);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "dest file path must string");
-		return 2;
-	}
-	FRESULT re = f_rename(lua_tostring(L, 1), lua_tostring(L, 2));
-	lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-	return 1;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * fatfs.readfile("adc.txt") 
- * fatfs.readfile("adc.txt", 512, 0) 默认只读取512字节,从0字节开始读
- */
-static int fatfs_readfile(lua_State *L) {
-	int luaType = lua_type( L, 1);
-	if(luaType != LUA_TSTRING) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -1);
-		lua_pushstring(L, "file path must string");
-		return 2;
+	if (lua_isinteger(L, 2)) {
+		FATFS_WRITE_TO = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 100);
 	}
-	FIL fil;
-
-	FRESULT re = f_open(&fil, lua_tostring(L, 1), FA_READ);
-	if (re != FR_OK) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, re);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	DWORD limit = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 512);
-	DWORD seek = luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 0);
-	if (seek > 0) {
-		f_lseek(&fil, seek);
-	}
-
-	BYTE buf[limit];
-	size_t len;
-	if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-		LLOGD("[FatFS]readfile seek=%d limit=%d", seek, limit);
-	FRESULT fr = f_read(&fil, buf, limit, &len);
-	if (fr != FR_OK) {
-		lua_pushinteger(L, -3);
-		lua_pushinteger(L, fr);
-		return 2;
+	if (lua_isinteger(L, 3)) {
+		s_fatfs_fmt = luaL_optinteger(L, 3, FM_FAT32);
+		if (s_fatfs_fmt != FM_FAT32 && s_fatfs_fmt != FM_EXFAT) {
+			s_fatfs_fmt = FM_FAT32;
+		}
+		if (s_fatfs_fmt == FM_EXFAT) {
+			LLOGI("fatfs set to exfat , when format sd/tf");
+		}
+		else {
+			LLOGI("fatfs set to fat32 , when format sd/tf");
+		}
 	}
-	f_close(&fil);
-	lua_pushinteger(L, 0);
-	lua_pushlstring(L, (const char*)buf, len);
-	if (FATFS_DEBUG)
-		LLOGD("[FatFS]readfile seek=%d limit=%d len=%d", seek, limit, len);
-	return 2;
+	return 0;
 }
-#endif
 
 // Module function map
 #include "rotable2.h"
@@ -662,32 +360,14 @@ static const rotable_Reg_t reg_fatfs[] =
   { "mount",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_mount)}, //初始化,挂载
   { "getfree",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_getfree)}, // 获取文件系统大小,剩余空间
   { "debug",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_debug_mode)}, // 调试模式,打印更多日志
-  { "config",		ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_config)}, //初始化,挂载, 别名方法
+  { "config",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_config)}, //初始化,挂载, 别名方法
   { "unmount",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_unmount)}, // 取消挂载
-#if 0
-  { "mkfs",		ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_mkfs)}, // 格式化!!!
-  //{ "test",  fatfs_test)},
-
-  { "lsdir",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_lsdir)}, // 列举目录下的文件,名称,大小,日期,属性
-  { "mkdir",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_mkdir)}, // 列举目录下的文件,名称,大小,日期,属性
+  { "SPI",      ROREG_INT(DISK_SPI)},
+  { "SDIO",     ROREG_INT(DISK_SDIO)},
+  { "RAM",      ROREG_INT(DISK_RAM)},
 
-  { "stat",		ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_stat)}, // 查询文件信息
-  { "open",		ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_open)}, // 打开一个文件句柄
-  { "close",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_close)}, // 关闭一个文件句柄
-  { "seek",		ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_seek)}, // 移动句柄的当前位置
-  { "truncate",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_truncate)}, // 缩减文件尺寸到当前seek位置
-  { "read",		ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_read)}, // 读取数据
-  { "write",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_write)}, // 写入数据
-  { "remove",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_remove)}, // 删除文件,别名方法
-  { "unlink",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_remove)}, // 删除文件
-  { "rename",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_rename)}, // 文件改名
-
-  { "readfile",	ROREG_FUNC(fatfs_readfile)}, // 读取文件的简易方法
-#endif
-  { "SPI",         ROREG_INT(DISK_SPI)},
-  { "SDIO",        ROREG_INT(DISK_SDIO)},
-  { "RAM",         ROREG_INT(DISK_RAM)},
-//  { "USB",         ROREG_INT(DISK_USB)},
+  { "FM_FAT32",         ROREG_INT(FM_FAT32)},
+  { "FM_EXFAT",         ROREG_INT(FM_EXFAT)},
 
   { NULL,		ROREG_INT(0)}
 };

components/hzfont/binding/luat_lib_hzfont.c

@@ -25,9 +25,10 @@ hzfont.init("/sd/font.ttf")
 
 /**
 初始化HzFont字体库
-@api hzfont.init([ttf_path][, cache_size])
+@api hzfont.init([ttf_path][, cache_size][, load_to_psram])
 @string ttf_path TTF字体文件路径，可选；留空则回退到内置字库（若启用）
 @int cache_size 可选，位图与码点缓存容量（支持常量 HZFONT_CACHE_128/256/512/1024/2048），默认 HZFONT_CACHE_256
+@bool load_to_psram 可选，true 时将字库整包拷贝到 PSRAM 后再解析，减少后续 IO
 @return boolean 成功返回true，失败返回false
 @usage
 -- 从文件加载，使用默认缓存 256
@@ -52,7 +53,11 @@ static int l_hzfont_init(lua_State* L) {
     if (!lua_isnoneornil(L, 2)) {
         cache_size = (uint32_t)luaL_checkinteger(L, 2);
     }
-    int result = luat_hzfont_init(ttf_path, cache_size);
+    int load_to_psram = 0;
+    if (!lua_isnoneornil(L, 3)) {
+        load_to_psram = lua_toboolean(L, 3);
+    }
+    int result = luat_hzfont_init(ttf_path, cache_size, load_to_psram);
     lua_pushboolean(L, result);
     return 1;
 }

components/hzfont/inc/luat_hzfont.h

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ typedef enum {
     LUAT_HZFONT_STATE_ERROR  = 2,
 } luat_hzfont_state_t;
 
-int luat_hzfont_init(const char *ttf_path, uint32_t cache_size);
+int luat_hzfont_init(const char *ttf_path, uint32_t cache_size, int load_to_psram);
 void luat_hzfont_deinit(void);
 luat_hzfont_state_t luat_hzfont_get_state(void);
 uint32_t luat_hzfont_get_str_width(const char *utf8, unsigned char font_size);

components/hzfont/src/luat_hzfont.c

@@ -1,11 +1,14 @@
+// 负责：TTF 字体加载、缓存与渲染（HzFont）
 #include "luat_hzfont.h"
 
 #include "ttf_parser.h"
 #include "luat_lcd.h"
 #include "luat_mem.h"
 #include "luat_mcu.h"
+#include "luat_fs.h"
 
 #include <math.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -17,8 +20,10 @@
 #define HZFONT_ADVANCE_RATIO   0.4f
 #define HZFONT_ASCENT_RATIO    0.80f
 
-/* 默认缓存容量（当未显式设置或传入非法值时使用） */
+/* 默认/允许缓存容量集中定义，便于维护 */
 #define HZFONT_CACHE_DEFAULT 256u
+static const uint32_t HZFONT_CACHE_ALLOWED[] = {128u, 256u, 512u, 1024u, 2048u};
+static const size_t   HZFONT_CACHE_ALLOWED_LEN = sizeof(HZFONT_CACHE_ALLOWED) / sizeof(HZFONT_CACHE_ALLOWED[0]);
 
 #ifdef LUAT_CONF_USE_HZFONT_BUILTIN_TTF
 extern const unsigned char hzfont_builtin_ttf[];
@@ -85,6 +90,9 @@ typedef struct {
 
 static hzfont_cp_cache_entry_t *g_hzfont_cp_cache = NULL;
 static uint32_t g_hzfont_cp_cache_size = 0; /* 必须为 2 的幂，便于掩码寻址 */
+/* 单次告警开关，避免重复噪声 */
+static uint8_t g_warn_fontsize = 0;
+static uint8_t g_warn_cache_invalid = 0;
 
 extern luat_lcd_conf_t *lcd_dft_conf;
 extern luat_color_t BACK_COLOR;
@@ -156,8 +164,56 @@ static uint32_t hzfont_next_stamp(void) {
     return g_hzfont_cache_stamp;
 }
 
+/* 判断缓存容量是否在允许列表 */
 static int hzfont_is_allowed_capacity(uint32_t cap) {
-    return (cap == 128u || cap == 256u || cap == 512u || cap == 1024u || cap == 2048u);
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < HZFONT_CACHE_ALLOWED_LEN; i++) {
+        if (cap == HZFONT_CACHE_ALLOWED[i]) {
+            return 1;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* 将字体文件完整读入内存（PSRAM），用于后续内存解析 */
+static int hzfont_load_file_to_ram(const char *path, uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_size) {
+    if (!path || !out_data || !out_size) {
+        return TTF_ERR_RANGE;
+    }
+    *out_data = NULL;
+    *out_size = 0;
+
+    FILE *fp = luat_fs_fopen(path, "rb");
+    if (!fp) {
+        return TTF_ERR_IO;
+    }
+
+    if (luat_fs_fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END) != 0) {
+        luat_fs_fclose(fp);
+        return TTF_ERR_IO;
+    }
+    long vsize = luat_fs_ftell(fp);
+    if (vsize <= 0) {
+        luat_fs_fclose(fp);
+        return TTF_ERR_IO;
+    }
+    if (luat_fs_fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0) {
+        luat_fs_fclose(fp);
+        return TTF_ERR_IO;
+    }
+    uint8_t *buf = (uint8_t *)luat_heap_malloc((size_t)vsize);
+    if (!buf) {
+        luat_fs_fclose(fp);
+        return TTF_ERR_OOM;
+    }
+    size_t n = luat_fs_fread(buf, 1, (size_t)vsize, fp);
+    luat_fs_fclose(fp);
+    if (n != (size_t)vsize) {
+        luat_heap_free(buf);
+        return TTF_ERR_IO;
+    }
+    *out_data = buf;
+    *out_size = (size_t)vsize;
+    return TTF_OK;
 }
 
 static void hzfont_cache_destroy(void) {
@@ -183,6 +239,10 @@ static void hzfont_cache_destroy(void) {
 
 static int hzfont_setup_caches(uint32_t capacity) {
     uint32_t cap = hzfont_is_allowed_capacity(capacity) ? capacity : HZFONT_CACHE_DEFAULT;
+    if (!hzfont_is_allowed_capacity(capacity) && !g_warn_cache_invalid) {
+        LLOGW("hzfont event=init cache_size_invalid=%lu use_default=%lu", (unsigned long)capacity, (unsigned long)cap);
+        g_warn_cache_invalid = 1;
+    }
 
     if (g_hzfont_cache_capacity == cap && g_hzfont_cache && g_hzfont_cp_cache && g_hzfont_cp_cache_size == cap) {
         memset(g_hzfont_cache, 0, sizeof(hzfont_cache_entry_t) * cap);
@@ -518,7 +578,12 @@ static luat_color_t hzfont_coverage_to_color(uint8_t coverage, const luat_lcd_co
     return hzfont_encode_color(conf, (uint8_t)rr, (uint8_t)gg, (uint8_t)bb);
 }
 
-int luat_hzfont_init(const char *ttf_path, uint32_t cache_size) {
+/* 初始化字体库
+ * What: 加载 TTF（外部/内置），可选整包读入 PSRAM，建立码点与位图缓存。
+ * Pre: 需要有效的 ttf_path 或启用内置字库宏；cache_size 仅允许 128/256/512/1024/2048；load_to_psram=1 时需有足够 RAM。
+ * Post: 状态置为 READY，后续方可测宽/绘制；失败时状态为 ERROR。
+ */
+int luat_hzfont_init(const char *ttf_path, uint32_t cache_size, int load_to_psram) {
     if (g_ft_ctx.state == LUAT_HZFONT_STATE_READY) {
         LLOGE("font already initialized");
         return 0;
@@ -533,17 +598,53 @@ int luat_hzfont_init(const char *ttf_path, uint32_t cache_size) {
     memset(&g_ft_ctx.font, 0, sizeof(g_ft_ctx.font));
 
     int rc = TTF_ERR_RANGE;
+    uint8_t *ram_buf = NULL;
+    size_t ram_size = 0;
     if (ttf_path && ttf_path[0]) {
-        rc = ttf_load_from_file(ttf_path, &g_ft_ctx.font);
-        if (rc == TTF_OK) {
-            strncpy(g_ft_ctx.font_path, ttf_path, sizeof(g_ft_ctx.font_path) - 1);
-            g_ft_ctx.font_path[sizeof(g_ft_ctx.font_path) - 1] = 0;
+        if (load_to_psram) {
+            rc = hzfont_load_file_to_ram(ttf_path, &ram_buf, &ram_size);
+            if (rc == TTF_OK) {
+                rc = ttf_load_from_memory(ram_buf, ram_size, &g_ft_ctx.font);
+                if (rc == TTF_OK) {
+                    g_ft_ctx.font.ownsData = 1; /* 允许 ttf_unload 释放 */
+                    g_ft_ctx.font_path[0] = 0;
+                    strncpy(g_ft_ctx.font_path, ttf_path, sizeof(g_ft_ctx.font_path) - 1);
+                    g_ft_ctx.font_path[sizeof(g_ft_ctx.font_path) - 1] = 0;
+                } else {
+                    luat_heap_free(ram_buf);
+                    ram_buf = NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            rc = ttf_load_from_file(ttf_path, &g_ft_ctx.font);
+            if (rc == TTF_OK) {
+                strncpy(g_ft_ctx.font_path, ttf_path, sizeof(g_ft_ctx.font_path) - 1);
+                g_ft_ctx.font_path[sizeof(g_ft_ctx.font_path) - 1] = 0;
+            }
         }
     } else {
 #ifdef LUAT_CONF_USE_HZFONT_BUILTIN_TTF
-        rc = ttf_load_from_memory(hzfont_builtin_ttf, (size_t)hzfont_builtin_ttf_len, &g_ft_ctx.font);
-        if (rc == TTF_OK) {
-            g_ft_ctx.font_path[0] = '\0';
+        if (load_to_psram) {
+            ram_buf = (uint8_t *)luat_heap_malloc((size_t)hzfont_builtin_ttf_len);
+            if (!ram_buf) {
+                rc = TTF_ERR_OOM;
+            } else {
+                memcpy(ram_buf, hzfont_builtin_ttf, (size_t)hzfont_builtin_ttf_len);
+                ram_size = (size_t)hzfont_builtin_ttf_len;
+                rc = ttf_load_from_memory(ram_buf, ram_size, &g_ft_ctx.font);
+                if (rc == TTF_OK) {
+                    g_ft_ctx.font.ownsData = 1;
+                    g_ft_ctx.font_path[0] = '\0';
+                } else {
+                    luat_heap_free(ram_buf);
+                    ram_buf = NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            rc = ttf_load_from_memory(hzfont_builtin_ttf, (size_t)hzfont_builtin_ttf_len, &g_ft_ctx.font);
+            if (rc == TTF_OK) {
+                g_ft_ctx.font_path[0] = '\0';
+            }
         }
 #else
         LLOGE("empty ttf path and no builtin ttf");
@@ -729,6 +830,10 @@ static inline int hzfont_pick_antialias_auto(unsigned char font_size) {
 
 int luat_hzfont_draw_utf8(int x, int y, const char *utf8, unsigned char font_size, uint32_t color, int antialias) {
     if (!utf8 || font_size == 0) {
+        if (!g_warn_fontsize) {
+            LLOGE("hzfont event=draw invalid_font_size=%u range=1..255", (unsigned)font_size);
+            g_warn_fontsize = 1;
+        }
         return -1;
     }
     if (g_ft_ctx.state != LUAT_HZFONT_STATE_READY) {
@@ -745,7 +850,7 @@ int luat_hzfont_draw_utf8(int x, int y, const char *utf8, unsigned char font_siz
     }
 
     int timing_enabled = ttf_get_debug();
-    // 处理抗锯齿（antialias）方式的选择与设置
+    // 处理抗锯齿（antialias）方式的选择与设置（副作用：临时修改全局 supersample_rate，后面会恢复）
     // antialias < 0   ：自动选择（根据字体大小决定抗锯齿等级，见hzfont_pick_antialias_auto）
     // antialias <= 1  ：关闭抗锯齿（1x，即无抗锯齿）
     // antialias == 2  ：2x2超采样抗锯齿
@@ -929,6 +1034,7 @@ int luat_hzfont_draw_utf8(int x, int y, const char *utf8, unsigned char font_siz
             goto glyph_timing_update;
         }
 
+        /* 行缓冲按行申请/复用，绘制后立即释放，避免长生命周期占用 */
         luat_color_t *row_buf = (luat_color_t *)luat_heap_malloc(row_buf_capacity * sizeof(luat_color_t));
         if (!row_buf) {
             if (timing_enabled && draw_stamp) {
@@ -1011,7 +1117,10 @@ glyph_timing_update:
 
     /* 恢复超采样率，避免影响外部绘制 */
     if (new_rate != prev_rate) {
-        (void)ttf_set_supersample_rate(prev_rate);
+        int restore = ttf_set_supersample_rate(prev_rate);
+        if (restore != prev_rate) {
+            LLOGE("hzfont event=draw restore_supersample_fail prev=%d got=%d", prev_rate, restore);
+        }
     }
     if (timing_enabled) {
         uint32_t total_us = hzfont_elapsed_from(func_start_ts);

components/hzfont/src/ttf_parser.c

@@ -1,17 +1,29 @@
+// 负责：TTF 解析、流式读取与栅格化（ttf_parser）
 #include "ttf_parser.h"
 
 #include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
+// #include <stdio.h>
+// #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "luat_fs.h"
+#include "luat_mem.h"
+
 #define LUAT_LOG_TAG "ttf"
 #include "luat_log.h"
+
+
 static int g_ttf_debug = 0;
 /* 运行时可调的超采样率，默认取编译期宏 */
 static int g_ttf_supersample_rate = 0;
 
+/* 防御性释放，避免 free(NULL) 提示 */
+static inline void ttf_safe_free(void *p) {
+    if (p) {
+        luat_heap_free(p);
+    }
+}
+
 #define TTF_TAG(a, b, c, d) (((uint32_t)(a) << 24) | ((uint32_t)(b) << 16) | ((uint32_t)(c) << 8) | (uint32_t)(d))
 
 /* 仅运行时控制超采样，不再依赖编译期宏 */
@@ -149,6 +161,7 @@ int ttf_load_from_file(const char *path, TtfFont *font) {
     /* 1.0: 默认开启流式读取以节省内存（不整读），若需要可切换到整读模式 */
     FILE *vfp = luat_fs_fopen(path, "rb");
     if (!vfp) {
+        #ifdef LUA_USE_WINDOWS
         /* 回退标准 fopen */
         FILE *fp = fopen(path, "rb");
         if (!fp) {
@@ -167,7 +180,7 @@ int ttf_load_from_file(const char *path, TtfFont *font) {
             fclose(fp);
             return TTF_ERR_IO;
         }
-        font->data = (uint8_t*)malloc((size_t)fileSize);
+        font->data = (uint8_t*)luat_heap_malloc((size_t)fileSize);
         if (!font->data) {
             fclose(fp);
             return TTF_ERR_OOM;
@@ -175,7 +188,7 @@ int ttf_load_from_file(const char *path, TtfFont *font) {
         size_t n = fread(font->data, 1, (size_t)fileSize, fp);
         fclose(fp);
         if (n != (size_t)fileSize) {
-            free(font->data);
+            ttf_safe_free(font->data);
             memset(font, 0, sizeof(*font));
             return TTF_ERR_IO;
         }
@@ -184,6 +197,9 @@ int ttf_load_from_file(const char *path, TtfFont *font) {
         font->fileSize = (size_t)fileSize;
         font->streaming = 0;
         font->ownsData = 1;
+        #else
+        return TTF_ERR_IO;
+        #endif
     } else {
         if (luat_fs_fseek(vfp, 0, SEEK_END) != 0) {
             luat_fs_fclose(vfp);
@@ -338,9 +354,9 @@ void ttf_unload(TtfFont *font) {
     if (!font) {
         return;
     }
-    if (font->data && font->ownsData) free(font->data);
+    if (font->data && font->ownsData) ttf_safe_free(font->data);
     if (font->file) luat_fs_fclose((FILE*)font->file);
-    if (font->cmapBuf) free(font->cmapBuf);
+    ttf_safe_free(font->cmapBuf);
     memset(font, 0, sizeof(*font));
 }
 
@@ -480,7 +496,7 @@ static void ttf_cache_cmap_subtable(TtfFont *font) {
     if (chosen.length == 0 || chosen.length > TTF_CMAP_CACHE_MAX) {
         return;
     }
-    uint8_t *buf = (uint8_t *)malloc(chosen.length);
+    uint8_t *buf = (uint8_t *)luat_heap_malloc(chosen.length);
     if (!buf) {
         if (g_ttf_debug) {
             LLOGW("cmap cache malloc fail len=%u", (unsigned)chosen.length);
@@ -488,7 +504,7 @@ static void ttf_cache_cmap_subtable(TtfFont *font) {
         return;
     }
     if (!ttf_read_range(font, chosen.offset, chosen.length, buf)) {
-        free(buf);
+        ttf_safe_free(buf);
         if (g_ttf_debug) {
             LLOGW("cmap cache read fail off=%u len=%u", (unsigned)chosen.offset, (unsigned)chosen.length);
         }
@@ -668,8 +684,8 @@ void ttf_free_glyph(TtfGlyph *glyph) {
     if (!glyph) {
         return;
     }
-    free(glyph->contourEnds);
-    free(glyph->points);
+    ttf_safe_free(glyph->contourEnds);
+    ttf_safe_free(glyph->points);
     memset(glyph, 0, sizeof(*glyph));
 }
 
@@ -691,13 +707,13 @@ static int append_component_glyph(TtfGlyph *dest, const TtfGlyph *src,
         return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
     }
 
-    TtfPoint *points = (TtfPoint *)realloc(dest->points, newPointCount * sizeof(TtfPoint));
+    TtfPoint *points = (TtfPoint *)luat_heap_realloc(dest->points, newPointCount * sizeof(TtfPoint));
     if (!points) {
         return TTF_ERR_OOM;
     }
     dest->points = points;
 
-    uint16_t *contours = (uint16_t *)realloc(dest->contourEnds, newContourCount * sizeof(uint16_t));
+    uint16_t *contours = (uint16_t *)luat_heap_realloc(dest->contourEnds, newContourCount * sizeof(uint16_t));
     if (!contours) {
         return TTF_ERR_OOM;
     }
@@ -760,13 +776,13 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
     }
 
     /* 1.0: 按需把 glyph 数据读入临时缓冲 */
-    uint8_t *tmp = (uint8_t*)malloc(length);
+    uint8_t *tmp = (uint8_t*)luat_heap_malloc(length);
     if (!tmp) {
         return TTF_ERR_OOM;
     }
     if (!ttf_read_range(font, offset, length, tmp)) {
         if (g_ttf_debug) LLOGE("read glyf failed gid=%u off=%u len=%u", (unsigned)glyphIndex, (unsigned)offset, (unsigned)length);
-        free(tmp);
+        ttf_safe_free(tmp);
         return TTF_ERR_IO;
     }
     const uint8_t *ptr = tmp;
@@ -784,7 +800,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
         }
 
-        glyph->contourEnds = (uint16_t *)calloc(glyph->contourCount, sizeof(uint16_t));
+        glyph->contourEnds = (uint16_t *)luat_heap_calloc(glyph->contourCount, sizeof(uint16_t));
         if (!glyph->contourEnds) {
             return TTF_ERR_OOM;
         }
@@ -797,14 +813,14 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
         const uint8_t *instructionPtr = contourPtr + glyph->contourCount * 2 + 2;
         if (instructionPtr + instructionLength > end) {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
         }
         const uint8_t *flagsPtr = instructionPtr + instructionLength;
 
         if (glyph->contourEnds[glyph->contourCount - 1] >= 0xFFFFu) {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
         }
         glyph->pointCount = glyph->contourEnds[glyph->contourCount - 1] + 1;
@@ -812,36 +828,35 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             return TTF_OK;
         }
 
-        uint8_t *flags = (uint8_t *)malloc(glyph->pointCount);
+        uint8_t *flags = (uint8_t *)luat_heap_malloc(glyph->pointCount);
         if (!flags) {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_ERR_OOM;
         }
         const uint8_t *cursor = flagsPtr;
         uint16_t flagIndex = 0;
         while (flagIndex < glyph->pointCount) {
             if (cursor >= end) {
-                free(flags);
+                ttf_safe_free(flags);
                 ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-                free(flags);
-                free(tmp);
+                ttf_safe_free(tmp);
                 return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
             }
             uint8_t flag = *cursor++;
             flags[flagIndex++] = flag;
             if (flag & 0x08) {
                 if (cursor >= end) {
-                    free(flags);
+                    ttf_safe_free(flags);
                     ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-                    free(tmp);
+                    ttf_safe_free(tmp);
                     return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
                 }
                 uint8_t repeatCount = *cursor++;
                 if (flagIndex + repeatCount > glyph->pointCount) {
-                    free(flags);
+                    ttf_safe_free(flags);
                     ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-                    free(tmp);
+                    ttf_safe_free(tmp);
                     return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
                 }
                 for (uint8_t r = 0; r < repeatCount; ++r) {
@@ -850,9 +865,9 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             }
         }
 
-        glyph->points = (TtfPoint *)calloc(glyph->pointCount, sizeof(TtfPoint));
+        glyph->points = (TtfPoint *)luat_heap_calloc(glyph->pointCount, sizeof(TtfPoint));
         if (!glyph->points) {
-            free(flags);
+            ttf_safe_free(flags);
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
             return TTF_ERR_OOM;
         }
@@ -863,7 +878,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             uint8_t flag = flags[flagIndex++];
             if (flag & 0x02) {
                 if (cursor >= end) {
-                    free(flags);
+                    ttf_safe_free(flags);
                     ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
                     return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
                 }
@@ -871,7 +886,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
                 x += (flag & 0x10) ? dx : -(int16_t)dx;
             } else if (!(flag & 0x10)) {
                 if (cursor + 1 >= end) {
-                    free(flags);
+                    ttf_safe_free(flags);
                     ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
                     return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
                 }
@@ -888,7 +903,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             uint8_t flag = flags[flagIndex];
             if (flag & 0x04) {
                 if (cursor >= end) {
-                    free(flags);
+                    ttf_safe_free(flags);
                     ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
                     return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
                 }
@@ -896,7 +911,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
                 y += (flag & 0x20) ? dy : -(int16_t)dy;
             } else if (!(flag & 0x20)) {
                 if (cursor + 1 >= end) {
-                    free(flags);
+                    ttf_safe_free(flags);
                     ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
                     return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
                 }
@@ -909,8 +924,8 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             ++flagIndex;
         }
 
-        free(flags);
-            free(tmp);
+        ttf_safe_free(flags);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_OK;
     }
 
@@ -920,7 +935,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
     do {
         if (cursor + 4 > end) {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
         }
         flags = read_u16(cursor);
@@ -955,7 +970,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             dy = (float)arg2;
         } else {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_ERR_UNSUPPORTED;
         }
 
@@ -966,7 +981,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
         if (flags & 0x0008) {
             if (cursor + 2 > end) {
                 ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-                free(tmp);
+                ttf_safe_free(tmp);
                 return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
             }
             float scale = read_f2dot14(cursor);
@@ -976,7 +991,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
         } else if (flags & 0x0040) {
             if (cursor + 4 > end) {
                 ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-                free(tmp);
+                ttf_safe_free(tmp);
                 return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
             }
             m00 = read_f2dot14(cursor);
@@ -1004,7 +1019,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
             ttf_free_glyph(&componentGlyph);
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
             if (g_ttf_debug) LLOGE("load component glyph rc=%d", rc);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return rc;
         }
         rc = append_component_glyph(glyph, &componentGlyph, m00, m01, m10, m11, dx, dy);
@@ -1012,7 +1027,7 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
         if (rc != TTF_OK) {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
             if (g_ttf_debug) LLOGE("append component rc=%d", rc);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return rc;
         }
     } while (flags & 0x0020);
@@ -1020,20 +1035,20 @@ static int load_glyph_internal(const TtfFont *font, uint16_t glyphIndex, TtfGlyp
     if (flags & 0x0100) {
         if (cursor + 2 > end) {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
         }
         uint16_t instructionLength = read_u16(cursor);
         cursor += 2;
         if (cursor + instructionLength > end) {
             ttf_free_glyph(glyph);
-            free(tmp);
+            ttf_safe_free(tmp);
             return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
         }
         cursor += instructionLength;
     }
 
-    free(tmp);
+    ttf_safe_free(tmp);
     return TTF_OK;
 }
 
@@ -1064,7 +1079,7 @@ static int append_segment(SegmentList *segments, float x0, float y0, float x1, f
         while (segments->count * 4 + 4 > newCapacity) {
             newCapacity *= 2;
         }
-        float *newData = (float *)realloc(segments->data, newCapacity * sizeof(float));
+        float *newData = (float *)luat_heap_realloc(segments->data, newCapacity * sizeof(float));
         if (!newData) {
             return 0;
         }
@@ -1095,7 +1110,7 @@ static int convert_segments_to_fixed(const SegmentList *src, FixedSegmentList *d
         return 1;
     }
     size_t total = src->count * 4;
-    int32_t *buf = (int32_t *)malloc(total * sizeof(int32_t));
+    int32_t *buf = (int32_t *)luat_heap_malloc(total * sizeof(int32_t));
     if (!buf) {
         return 0;
     }
@@ -1114,7 +1129,7 @@ static void free_fixed_segments(FixedSegmentList *segments) {
     if (!segments) {
         return;
     }
-    free(segments->data);
+    ttf_safe_free(segments->data);
     segments->data = NULL;
     segments->count = 0;
 }
@@ -1279,7 +1294,7 @@ int ttf_rasterize_glyph(const TtfFont *font, const TtfGlyph *glyph, int ppem, Tt
     uint32_t width = (uint32_t)ceilf(widthF);
     uint32_t height = (uint32_t)ceilf(heightF);
 
-    uint8_t *pixels = (uint8_t *)calloc((size_t)width * height, sizeof(uint8_t));
+    uint8_t *pixels = (uint8_t *)luat_heap_calloc((size_t)width * height, sizeof(uint8_t));
     if (!pixels) {
         return TTF_ERR_OOM;
     }
@@ -1288,18 +1303,18 @@ int ttf_rasterize_glyph(const TtfFont *font, const TtfGlyph *glyph, int ppem, Tt
     float offsetX = 1.0f;
     float offsetY = 1.0f;
     if (!build_segments(glyph, scale, offsetX, offsetY, &segments)) {
-        free(pixels);
-        free(segments.data);
+        ttf_safe_free(pixels);
+        ttf_safe_free(segments.data);
         return TTF_ERR_FORMAT;
     }
 
     FixedSegmentList fixedSegments = {0};
     if (!convert_segments_to_fixed(&segments, &fixedSegments)) {
-        free(pixels);
-        free(segments.data);
+        ttf_safe_free(pixels);
+        ttf_safe_free(segments.data);
         return TTF_ERR_OOM;
     }
-    free(segments.data);
+    ttf_safe_free(segments.data);
 
     const int supersampleRate = ttf_get_supersample_rate();
     const int sampleCount = supersampleRate * supersampleRate;
@@ -1344,6 +1359,6 @@ void ttf_free_bitmap(TtfBitmap *bitmap) {
     if (!bitmap) {
         return;
     }
-    free(bitmap->pixels);
+    ttf_safe_free(bitmap->pixels);
     memset(bitmap, 0, sizeof(*bitmap));
 }

components/lcd/luat_lib_lcd_jpg.c

@@ -138,9 +138,10 @@ static int decode_out_func (JDEC* jd, void* bitmap, JRECT* rect){
     uint16_t* tmp = (uint16_t*)bitmap;
 
     // rgb高低位swap
-	uint16_t idx = 0;
+    uint16_t idx = 0;
 	for (size_t y = rect->top; y <= rect->bottom; y++){
-		uint16_t offset = y*buff_info->width + rect->left;
+        // 防止大图时 y*width 溢出 16bit，改用 size_t 计算偏移
+        size_t offset = (size_t)y * buff_info->width + rect->left;
 		for (size_t x = rect->left; x <= rect->right; x++){
 			if (lcd_dft_conf->endianness_swap)
 				buff_info->buff[offset] = ((tmp[idx] >> 8) & 0xFF)+ ((tmp[idx] << 8) & 0xFF00);

components/little_flash/inc/little_flash_table.h

@@ -15,10 +15,15 @@ extern "C" {
     name | manufacturer ID |device ID | falsh type | capacity | erase cmd | erase size
 */
 
-#define LITTLE_FLASH_CHIP_TABLE                                                                              \
-{                                                                                                            \
-    {.name="W25N01GVZEIG", .manufacturer_id=LF_MF_ID_WINBOND, .device_id=0xAA21, .type=LF_DRIVER_NAND_FLASH, .capacity=128L*1024L*1024L, .erase_cmd=0xD8, .erase_size=64L*2048L},     \
-    {.name="W25Q128FVSG",  .manufacturer_id=LF_MF_ID_WINBOND, .device_id=0x4018, .type=LF_DRIVER_NOR_FLASH,  .capacity=16L*1024L*1024L,  .erase_cmd=0x20, .erase_size=4096L}             \
+#define LITTLE_FLASH_CHIP_TABLE                                                                                                                                                     \
+{                                                                                                                                                                                   \
+    /* NOR FLASH */                                                                                                                                                                 \
+    {.name="W25Q128FVSG",  .manufacturer_id=LF_MF_ID_WINBOND, .device_id=0x4018, .type=LF_DRIVER_NOR_FLASH , .capacity=16L*1024L*1024L , .erase_cmd=0x20, .erase_size=4096L     },  \
+    /* NAND FLASH */                                                                                                                                                                \
+    {.name="W25N01GVZEIG", .manufacturer_id=LF_MF_ID_WINBOND, .device_id=0xAA21, .type=LF_DRIVER_NAND_FLASH, .capacity=128L*1024L*1024L, .erase_cmd=0xD8, .erase_size=64L*2048L },  \
+    {.name="W25N01KVZEIR", .manufacturer_id=LF_MF_ID_WINBOND, .device_id=0xAE21, .type=LF_DRIVER_NAND_FLASH, .capacity=128L*1024L*1024L, .erase_cmd=0xD8, .erase_size=64L*2048L },  \
+    {.name="W25N02KVZEIR", .manufacturer_id=LF_MF_ID_WINBOND, .device_id=0xAA22, .type=LF_DRIVER_NAND_FLASH, .capacity=256L*1024L*1024L, .erase_cmd=0xD8, .erase_size=64L*2048L },  \
+    {.name="W25N04KVZEIR", .manufacturer_id=LF_MF_ID_WINBOND, .device_id=0xAA23, .type=LF_DRIVER_NAND_FLASH, .capacity=512L*1024L*1024L, .erase_cmd=0xD8, .erase_size=64L*2048L },  \
 }
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus

components/little_flash/src/little_flash.c

@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ static lf_err_t little_flash_write_enabled(const little_flash_t *lf, uint8_t ena
 
 lf_err_t little_flash_init(void){
     LF_INFO("Welcome to use little flash V%s .", LF_SW_VERSION);
-    LF_INFO("Github Repositories https://github.com/Dozingfiretruck/little_flash .");
-    LF_INFO("Gitee Repositories https://gitee.com/Dozingfiretruck/little_flash .");
+    LF_INFO("Github Repositories https://github.com/PeakRacing/little_flash .");
+    LF_INFO("Gitee Repositories https://gitee.com/PeakRacing/little_flash .");
     return LF_ERR_OK;
 }
 

components/mbedtls3/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+#
+# CMake build system design considerations:
+#
+# - Include directories:
+#   + Do not define include directories globally using the include_directories
+#     command but rather at the target level using the
+#     target_include_directories command. That way, it is easier to guarantee
+#     that targets are built using the proper list of include directories.
+#   + Use the PUBLIC and PRIVATE keywords to specify the scope of include
+#     directories. That way, a target linking to a library (using the
+#     target_link_libraries command) inherits from the library PUBLIC include
+#     directories and not from the PRIVATE ones.
+# - MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX: CMake targets are designed to be alterable by calling
+#   CMake in order to avoid target name clashes, via the use of
+#   MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX. The value of this variable is prefixed to the
+#   mbedtls, mbedx509, mbedcrypto and apidoc targets.
+#
+
+# We specify a minimum requirement of 3.10.2, but for now use 3.5.1 here
+# until our infrastructure catches up.
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.5.1)
+
+include(CMakePackageConfigHelpers)
+
+# Include convenience functions for printing properties and variables, like
+# cmake_print_properties(), cmake_print_variables().
+include(CMakePrintHelpers)
+
+# https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/policy/CMP0011.html
+# Setting this policy is required in CMake >= 3.18.0, otherwise a warning is generated. The OLD
+# policy setting is deprecated, and will be removed in future versions.
+cmake_policy(SET CMP0011 NEW)
+# https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/policy/CMP0012.html
+# Setting the CMP0012 policy to NEW is required for FindPython3 to work with CMake 3.18.2
+# (there is a bug in this particular version), otherwise, setting the CMP0012 policy is required
+# for CMake versions >= 3.18.3 otherwise a deprecated warning is generated. The OLD policy setting
+# is deprecated and will be removed in future versions.
+cmake_policy(SET CMP0012 NEW)
+
+if(TEST_CPP)
+    project("Mbed TLS"
+        LANGUAGES C CXX
+        VERSION 3.6.5
+    )
+else()
+    project("Mbed TLS"
+        LANGUAGES C
+        VERSION 3.6.5
+    )
+endif()
+
+include(GNUInstallDirs)
+
+# Determine if Mbed TLS is being built as a subproject using add_subdirectory()
+if(NOT DEFINED MBEDTLS_AS_SUBPROJECT)
+  set(MBEDTLS_AS_SUBPROJECT ON)
+  if(CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR STREQUAL CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR)
+    set(MBEDTLS_AS_SUBPROJECT OFF)
+  endif()
+endif()
+
+# Set the project root directory.
+set(MBEDTLS_DIR ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
+set(MBEDTLS_FRAMEWORK_DIR ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework)
+
+option(ENABLE_PROGRAMS "Build Mbed TLS programs." ON)
+
+option(UNSAFE_BUILD "Allow unsafe builds. These builds ARE NOT SECURE." OFF)
+option(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS "Compiler warnings treated as errors" ON)
+if(CMAKE_HOST_WIN32)
+    # N.B. The comment on the next line is significant! If you change it,
+    # edit the sed command in prepare_release.sh that modifies
+    # CMakeLists.txt.
+    option(GEN_FILES "Generate the auto-generated files as needed" OFF) # off in development
+else()
+    option(GEN_FILES "Generate the auto-generated files as needed" OFF)
+endif()
+
+option(DISABLE_PACKAGE_CONFIG_AND_INSTALL "Disable package configuration, target export and installation" ${MBEDTLS_AS_SUBPROJECT})
+
+if (CMAKE_C_SIMULATE_ID)
+    set(COMPILER_ID ${CMAKE_C_SIMULATE_ID})
+else()
+    set(COMPILER_ID ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID})
+endif(CMAKE_C_SIMULATE_ID)
+
+string(REGEX MATCH "Clang" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG "${COMPILER_ID}")
+string(REGEX MATCH "GNU" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU "${COMPILER_ID}")
+string(REGEX MATCH "IAR" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR "${COMPILER_ID}")
+string(REGEX MATCH "MSVC" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC "${COMPILER_ID}")
+
+# the test suites currently have compile errors with MSVC
+if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
+    option(ENABLE_TESTING "Build Mbed TLS tests." OFF)
+else()
+    option(ENABLE_TESTING "Build Mbed TLS tests." ON)
+endif()
+
+# Warning string - created as a list for compatibility with CMake 2.8
+set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L1 "****  WARNING!  MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY defined!\n")
+set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L2 "****  Using 128-bit keys for CTR_DRBG limits the security of generated\n")
+set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L3 "****  keys and operations that use random values generated to 128-bit security\n")
+
+set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARNING "${WARNING_BORDER}"
+                         "${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L1}"
+                         "${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L2}"
+                         "${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L3}"
+                         "${WARNING_BORDER}")
+
+# Python 3 is only needed here to check for configuration warnings.
+if(NOT CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_LESS 3.15.0)
+    set(Python3_FIND_STRATEGY LOCATION)
+    find_package(Python3 COMPONENTS Interpreter)
+    if(Python3_Interpreter_FOUND)
+        set(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE ${Python3_EXECUTABLE})
+    endif()
+else()
+    find_package(PythonInterp 3)
+    if(PYTHONINTERP_FOUND)
+        set(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE ${PYTHON_EXECUTABLE})
+    endif()
+endif()
+if(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE)
+
+    # If 128-bit keys are configured for CTR_DRBG, display an appropriate warning
+    execute_process(COMMAND ${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/scripts/config.py -f ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h get MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
+                        RESULT_VARIABLE result)
+    if(${result} EQUAL 0)
+        message(WARNING ${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARNING})
+    endif()
+
+endif()
+
+# We now potentially need to link all executables against PThreads, if available
+set(CMAKE_THREAD_PREFER_PTHREAD TRUE)
+set(THREADS_PREFER_PTHREAD_FLAG TRUE)
+find_package(Threads)
+
+# If this is the root project add longer list of available CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE values
+if(CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR STREQUAL CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR)
+    set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}
+        CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build: None Debug Release Coverage ASan ASanDbg MemSan MemSanDbg Check CheckFull TSan TSanDbg"
+        FORCE)
+endif()
+
+# Make MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE and MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE into PATHs
+set(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE "" CACHE FILEPATH "Mbed TLS config file (overrides default).")
+set(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE "" CACHE FILEPATH "Mbed TLS user config file (appended to default).")
+
+# Create a symbolic link from ${base_name} in the binary directory
+# to the corresponding path in the source directory.
+# Note: Copies the file(s) on Windows.
+function(link_to_source base_name)
+    set(link "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${base_name}")
+    set(target "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${base_name}")
+
+    # Linking to non-existent file is not desirable. At best you will have a
+    # dangling link, but when building in tree, this can create a symbolic link
+    # to itself.
+    if (EXISTS ${target} AND NOT EXISTS ${link})
+        if (CMAKE_HOST_UNIX)
+            execute_process(COMMAND ln -s ${target} ${link}
+                RESULT_VARIABLE result
+                ERROR_VARIABLE output)
+
+            if (NOT ${result} EQUAL 0)
+                message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not create symbolic link for: ${target} --> ${output}")
+            endif()
+        else()
+            if (IS_DIRECTORY ${target})
+                file(GLOB_RECURSE files FOLLOW_SYMLINKS LIST_DIRECTORIES false RELATIVE ${target} "${target}/*")
+                foreach(file IN LISTS files)
+                    configure_file("${target}/${file}" "${link}/${file}" COPYONLY)
+                endforeach(file)
+            else()
+                configure_file(${target} ${link} COPYONLY)
+            endif()
+        endif()
+    endif()
+endfunction(link_to_source)
+
+# Get the filename without the final extension (i.e. convert "a.b.c" to "a.b")
+function(get_name_without_last_ext dest_var full_name)
+    # Split into a list on '.' (but a cmake list is just a ';'-separated string)
+    string(REPLACE "." ";" ext_parts "${full_name}")
+    # Remove the last item if there are more than one
+    list(LENGTH ext_parts ext_parts_len)
+    if (${ext_parts_len} GREATER "1")
+        math(EXPR ext_parts_last_item "${ext_parts_len} - 1")
+        list(REMOVE_AT ext_parts ${ext_parts_last_item})
+    endif()
+    # Convert back to a string by replacing separators with '.'
+    string(REPLACE ";" "." no_ext_name "${ext_parts}")
+    # Copy into the desired variable
+    set(${dest_var} ${no_ext_name} PARENT_SCOPE)
+endfunction(get_name_without_last_ext)
+
+include(CheckCCompilerFlag)
+
+set(CMAKE_C_EXTENSIONS OFF)
+set(CMAKE_C_STANDARD 99)
+
+if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
+    # some warnings we want are not available with old GCC versions
+    # note: starting with CMake 2.8 we could use CMAKE_C_COMPILER_VERSION
+    execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER} -dumpversion
+                    OUTPUT_VARIABLE GCC_VERSION)
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -Wwrite-strings -Wmissing-prototypes")
+    if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 3.0 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 3.0)
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wformat=2 -Wno-format-nonliteral")
+    endif()
+    if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.3 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.3)
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wvla")
+    endif()
+    if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.5 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.5)
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wlogical-op")
+    endif()
+    if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.8 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.8)
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wshadow")
+    endif()
+    if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 5.0)
+        CHECK_C_COMPILER_FLAG("-Wformat-signedness" C_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_WFORMAT_SIGNEDNESS)
+        if(C_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_WFORMAT_SIGNEDNESS)
+            set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wformat-signedness")
+        endif()
+    endif()
+    if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 7.0 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 7.0)
+      set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wformat-overflow=2 -Wformat-truncation")
+    endif()
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE     "-O2")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG       "-O0 -g3")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_COVERAGE    "-O0 -g3 --coverage")
+    # Old GCC versions hit a performance problem with test_suite_pkwrite
+    # "Private keey write check EC" tests when building with Asan+UBSan
+    # and -O3: those tests take more than 100x time than normal, with
+    # test_suite_pkwrite taking >3h on the CI. Observed with GCC 5.4 on
+    # Ubuntu 16.04 x86_64 and GCC 6.5 on Ubuntu 18.04 x86_64.
+    # GCC 7.5 and above on Ubuntu 18.04 appear fine.
+    # To avoid the performance problem, we use -O2 when GCC version is lower than 7.0.
+    # It doesn't slow down much even with modern compiler versions.
+    if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_LESS 7.0)
+        message(STATUS "USING O2")
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN        "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O2")
+    else()
+        message(STATUS "USING O3")
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN        "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O3")
+    endif()
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG     "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_TSAN        "-fsanitize=thread -O3")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_TSANDBG     "-fsanitize=thread -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK       "-Os")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECKFULL   "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK} -Wcast-qual")
+endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
+
+if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -Wwrite-strings -Wmissing-prototypes -Wpointer-arith -Wimplicit-fallthrough -Wshadow -Wvla -Wformat=2 -Wno-format-nonliteral")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE     "-O2")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG       "-O0 -g3")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_COVERAGE    "-O0 -g3 --coverage")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN        "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O3")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG     "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSAN      "-fsanitize=memory -O3")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSANDBG   "-fsanitize=memory -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls -fsanitize-memory-track-origins=2")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_TSAN        "-fsanitize=thread -O3")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_TSANDBG     "-fsanitize=thread -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK       "-Os")
+endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
+
+if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} --warn_about_c_style_casts")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE     "-Ohz")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG       "--debug -On")
+endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
+
+if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
+    # Strictest warnings, UTF-8 source and execution charset
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /W3 /utf-8")
+endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
+
+if(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS)
+    if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /WX")
+    endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
+
+    if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Werror")
+        if(UNSAFE_BUILD)
+            set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wno-error=cpp")
+            set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN} -Wno-error=cpp")
+            set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG} -Wno-error=cpp")
+        endif(UNSAFE_BUILD)
+    endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
+
+    if (CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
+        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} --warnings_are_errors")
+    endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
+endif(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS)
+
+if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Check" AND TEST_CPP)
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 11)
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD_REQUIRED ON)
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_EXTENSIONS OFF)
+    if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -pedantic")
+    endif()
+endif()
+
+if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Coverage")
+    if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
+        set(CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS "--coverage")
+    endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
+endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Coverage")
+
+if(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)
+    set(CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR "${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}")
+endif()
+
+if (NOT EXISTS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/CMakeLists.txt")
+    if (EXISTS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/.git")
+        message(FATAL_ERROR "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}CMakeLists.txt not found (and does appear to be a git checkout). Run `git submodule update --init` from the source tree to fetch the submodule contents.")
+    else ()
+        message(FATAL_ERROR "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/CMakeLists.txt not found (and does not appear to be a git checkout). Please ensure you have downloaded the right archive from the release page on GitHub.")
+    endif()
+endif()
+add_subdirectory(framework)
+
+add_subdirectory(include)
+
+add_subdirectory(3rdparty)
+
+add_subdirectory(library)
+
+add_subdirectory(pkgconfig)
+
+#
+# The C files in framework/tests/src directory contain test code shared among test suites
+# and programs. This shared test code is compiled and linked to test suites and
+# programs objects as a set of compiled objects. The compiled objects are NOT
+# built into a library that the test suite and program objects would link
+# against as they link against the mbedcrypto, mbedx509 and mbedtls libraries.
+# The reason is that such library is expected to have mutual dependencies with
+# the aforementioned libraries and that there is as of today no portable way of
+# handling such dependencies (only toolchain specific solutions).
+#
+# Thus the below definition of the `mbedtls_test` CMake library of objects
+# target. This library of objects is used by tests and programs CMake files
+# to define the test executables.
+#
+if(ENABLE_TESTING OR ENABLE_PROGRAMS)
+    file(GLOB MBEDTLS_TEST_FILES
+         ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/src/*.c
+         ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/tests/src/*.c
+         ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/tests/src/drivers/*.c)
+    add_library(mbedtls_test OBJECT ${MBEDTLS_TEST_FILES})
+    if(GEN_FILES)
+        add_custom_command(
+            OUTPUT
+                ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test/test_keys.h
+            COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E make_directory ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test
+            COMMAND
+                "${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE}"
+                "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/scripts/generate_test_keys.py"
+                "--output"
+                "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test/test_keys.h"
+            DEPENDS
+                ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/scripts/generate_test_keys.py
+        )
+        add_custom_target(test_keys_header
+            DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test/test_keys.h)
+        add_custom_command(
+            OUTPUT
+                ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test/test_certs.h
+            COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E make_directory ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test
+            WORKING_DIRECTORY
+                ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests
+            COMMAND
+                "${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE}"
+                "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/scripts/generate_test_cert_macros.py"
+                "--output"
+                "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test/test_certs.h"
+            DEPENDS
+                ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/scripts/generate_test_cert_macros.py
+        )
+        add_custom_target(test_certs_header DEPENDS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include/test/test_certs.h)
+        add_dependencies(mbedtls_test test_keys_header test_certs_header)
+    endif()
+    target_include_directories(mbedtls_test
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/tests/include
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/tests/include
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/include
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library)
+    # Request C11, needed for memory poisoning tests
+    set_target_properties(mbedtls_test PROPERTIES C_STANDARD 11)
+
+    file(GLOB MBEDTLS_TEST_HELPER_FILES
+         ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/src/test_helpers/*.c)
+    add_library(mbedtls_test_helpers OBJECT ${MBEDTLS_TEST_HELPER_FILES})
+    target_include_directories(mbedtls_test_helpers
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/framework/tests/include
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/include
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library
+        PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/3rdparty/everest/include)
+
+    # Pass-through MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE and MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+    if(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
+        target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test
+            PUBLIC MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE}")
+        target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test_helpers
+            PUBLIC MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE}")
+    endif()
+    if(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE)
+        target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test
+            PUBLIC MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE}")
+        target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test_helpers
+            PUBLIC MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE}")
+    endif()
+endif()
+
+if(ENABLE_PROGRAMS)
+    set(ssl_opt_target "${MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX}ssl-opt")
+    add_custom_target(${ssl_opt_target})
+
+    add_subdirectory(programs)
+endif()
+
+ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(${MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX}apidoc
+    COMMAND doxygen mbedtls.doxyfile
+    WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/doxygen)
+
+if(ENABLE_TESTING)
+    enable_testing()
+
+    add_subdirectory(tests)
+
+    # additional convenience targets for Unix only
+    if(UNIX)
+
+        # For coverage testing:
+        # 1. Build with:
+        #         cmake -D CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Coverage /path/to/source && make
+        # 2. Run the relevant tests for the part of the code you're interested in.
+        #    For the reference coverage measurement, see
+        #    tests/scripts/basic-build-test.sh
+        # 3. Run scripts/lcov.sh to generate an HTML report.
+        ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(lcov
+            COMMAND scripts/lcov.sh
+        )
+
+        ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(memcheck
+            COMMAND sed -i.bak s+/usr/bin/valgrind+`which valgrind`+ DartConfiguration.tcl
+            COMMAND ctest -O memcheck.log -D ExperimentalMemCheck
+            COMMAND tail -n1 memcheck.log | grep 'Memory checking results:' > /dev/null
+            COMMAND rm -f memcheck.log
+            COMMAND mv DartConfiguration.tcl.bak DartConfiguration.tcl
+        )
+    endif(UNIX)
+
+    # Make scripts needed for testing available in an out-of-source build.
+    if (NOT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
+        link_to_source(scripts)
+        # Copy (don't link) DartConfiguration.tcl, needed for memcheck, to
+        # keep things simple with the sed commands in the memcheck target.
+        configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/DartConfiguration.tcl
+                    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/DartConfiguration.tcl COPYONLY)
+    endif()
+endif()
+
+if(NOT DISABLE_PACKAGE_CONFIG_AND_INSTALL)
+    configure_package_config_file(
+        "cmake/MbedTLSConfig.cmake.in"
+        "cmake/MbedTLSConfig.cmake"
+            INSTALL_DESTINATION "cmake")
+
+    write_basic_package_version_file(
+        "cmake/MbedTLSConfigVersion.cmake"
+            COMPATIBILITY SameMajorVersion
+            VERSION 3.6.5)
+
+    install(
+        FILES "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/cmake/MbedTLSConfig.cmake"
+              "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/cmake/MbedTLSConfigVersion.cmake"
+        DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/cmake/MbedTLS")
+
+    export(
+        EXPORT MbedTLSTargets
+        NAMESPACE MbedTLS::
+        FILE "cmake/MbedTLSTargets.cmake")
+
+    install(
+        EXPORT MbedTLSTargets
+        NAMESPACE MbedTLS::
+        DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR}/cmake/MbedTLS"
+        FILE "MbedTLSTargets.cmake")
+
+    if(CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 3.15 OR CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 3.15)
+        # Do not export the package by default
+        cmake_policy(SET CMP0090 NEW)
+
+        # Make this package visible to the system
+        export(PACKAGE MbedTLS)
+    endif()
+endif()

components/mbedtls3/include/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+Makefile
+*.sln
+*.vcxproj
+mbedtls/check_config

components/mbedtls3/include/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+option(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS "Install Mbed TLS headers." ON)
+
+if(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
+
+    file(GLOB headers "mbedtls/*.h")
+    file(GLOB psa_headers "psa/*.h")
+
+    install(FILES ${headers}
+        DESTINATION include/mbedtls
+        PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ)
+
+    install(FILES ${psa_headers}
+        DESTINATION include/psa
+        PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ)
+
+endif(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
+
+# Make mbedtls_config.h available in an out-of-source build. ssl-opt.sh requires it.
+if (ENABLE_TESTING AND NOT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
+    link_to_source(mbedtls)
+    link_to_source(psa)
+endif()

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/aes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/**
+ * \file aes.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains AES definitions and functions.
+ *
+ *          The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) specifies a FIPS-approved
+ *          cryptographic algorithm that can be used to protect electronic
+ *          data.
+ *
+ *          The AES algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can
+ *          encrypt and decrypt information. For more information, see
+ *          <em>FIPS Publication 197: Advanced Encryption Standard</em> and
+ *          <em>ISO/IEC 18033-2:2006: Information technology -- Security
+ *          techniques -- Encryption algorithms -- Part 2: Asymmetric
+ *          ciphers</em>.
+ *
+ *          The AES-XTS block mode is standardized by NIST SP 800-38E
+ *          <https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/legacy/sp/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf>
+ *          and described in detail by IEEE P1619
+ *          <https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/servlet/opac?punumber=4375278>.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_AES_H
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* padlock.c and aesni.c rely on these values! */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT     1 /**< AES encryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT     0 /**< AES decryption. */
+
+/* Error codes in range 0x0020-0x0022 */
+/** Invalid key length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH                -0x0020
+/** Invalid data input length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH              -0x0022
+
+/* Error codes in range 0x0021-0x0025 */
+/** Invalid input data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x0021
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The AES context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aes_context {
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr);                     /*!< The number of rounds. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk_offset);           /*!< The offset in array elements to AES
+                                                    round keys in the buffer. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C)
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[44];           /*!< Aligned data buffer to hold
+                                                    10 round keys for 128-bit case. */
+#else
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[68];           /*!< Unaligned data buffer. This buffer can
+                                                    hold 32 extra Bytes, which can be used for
+                                                    one of the following purposes:
+                                                    <ul><li>Alignment if VIA padlock is
+                                                    used.</li>
+                                                    <li>Simplifying key expansion in the 256-bit
+                                                    case by generating an extra round key.
+                                                    </li></ul> */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH && !MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C */
+}
+mbedtls_aes_context;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief The AES XTS context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aes_xts_context {
+    mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crypt); /*!< The AES context to use for AES block
+                                                   encryption or decryption. */
+    mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tweak); /*!< The AES context used for tweak
+                                                   computation. */
+} mbedtls_aes_xts_context;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
+#include "aes_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes the specified AES context.
+ *
+ *                 It must be the first API called before using
+ *                 the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_init(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function releases and clears the specified AES context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to clear.
+ *                 If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ *                 Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_free(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes the specified AES XTS context.
+ *
+ *                 It must be the first API called before using
+ *                 the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_xts_init(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function releases and clears the specified AES XTS context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to clear.
+ *                 If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ *                 Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_xts_free(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The encryption key.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>192 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                           unsigned int keybits);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The decryption key.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of data passed. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>192 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                           unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function prepares an XTS context for encryption and
+ *                 sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The encryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
+ *                 concatenated with the XTS key2.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
+ *                 <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+                               const unsigned char *key,
+                               unsigned int keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function prepares an XTS context for decryption and
+ *                 sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The decryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
+ *                 concatenated with the XTS key2.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
+ *                 <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+                               const unsigned char *key,
+                               unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs an AES single-block encryption or
+ *                 decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                 It performs the operation defined in the \p mode parameter
+ *                 (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ *                 the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *                 mbedtls_aes_init(), and either mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or
+ *                 mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
+ *                 call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
+ * \param output   The buffer where the output data will be written.
+ *                 It must be writeable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
+
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                          int mode,
+                          const unsigned char input[16],
+                          unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief  This function performs an AES-CBC encryption or decryption operation
+ *         on full blocks.
+ *
+ *         It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *         parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ *         the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *         It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
+ *         data is processed. mbedtls_aes_init(), and either
+ *         mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called
+ *         before the first call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \note   This function operates on full blocks, that is, the input size
+ *         must be a multiple of the AES block size of \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note   Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *         call the same function again on the next
+ *         block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *         encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *         If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
+ *         either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
+ *                 multiple of the block size (\c 16 Bytes).
+ * \param iv       Initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
+ *                 on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                          int mode,
+                          size_t length,
+                          unsigned char iv[16],
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief      This function performs an AES-XTS encryption or decryption
+ *             operation for an entire XTS data unit.
+ *
+ *             AES-XTS encrypts or decrypts blocks based on their location as
+ *             defined by a data unit number. The data unit number must be
+ *             provided by \p data_unit.
+ *
+ *             NIST SP 800-38E limits the maximum size of a data unit to 2^20
+ *             AES blocks. If the data unit is larger than this, this function
+ *             returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH.
+ *
+ * \param ctx          The AES XTS context to use for AES XTS operations.
+ *                     It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode         The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                     #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length       The length of a data unit in Bytes. This can be any
+ *                     length between 16 bytes and 2^24 bytes inclusive
+ *                     (between 1 and 2^20 block cipher blocks).
+ * \param data_unit    The address of the data unit encoded as an array of 16
+ *                     bytes in little-endian format. For disk encryption, this
+ *                     is typically the index of the block device sector that
+ *                     contains the data.
+ * \param input        The buffer holding the input data (which is an entire
+ *                     data unit). This function reads \p length Bytes from \p
+ *                     input.
+ * \param output       The buffer holding the output data (which is an entire
+ *                     data unit). This function writes \p length Bytes to \p
+ *                     output.
+ *
+ * \return             \c 0 on success.
+ * \return             #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH if \p length is
+ *                     smaller than an AES block in size (16 Bytes) or if \p
+ *                     length is larger than 2^20 blocks (16 MiB).
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+                          int mode,
+                          size_t length,
+                          const unsigned char data_unit[16],
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB128 encryption or decryption
+ *        operation.
+ *
+ *        It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *        parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
+ *        defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *        For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(),
+ *        regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
+ *        operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
+ *        because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ *        decryption.
+ *
+ * \note  Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *        call the same function again on the next
+ *        block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *        encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *        If you need to retain the contents of the
+ *        IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *        module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param iv_off   The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ *                 It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                             int mode,
+                             size_t length,
+                             size_t *iv_off,
+                             unsigned char iv[16],
+                             const unsigned char *input,
+                             unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB8 encryption or decryption
+ *        operation.
+ *
+ *        It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *        parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined
+ *        in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *        Due to the nature of CFB, you must use the same key schedule for
+ *        both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you must
+ *        use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for
+ *        both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \note  Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *        call the same function again on the next
+ *        block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *        encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *        If you need to retain the contents of the
+ *        IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *        module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
+ * \param length   The length of the input data.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                           int mode,
+                           size_t length,
+                           unsigned char iv[16],
+                           const unsigned char *input,
+                           unsigned char *output);
+#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
+/**
+ * \brief       This function performs an AES-OFB (Output Feedback Mode)
+ *              encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ *              For OFB, you must set up the context with
+ *              mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(), regardless of whether you are
+ *              performing an encryption or decryption operation. This is
+ *              because OFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ *              decryption.
+ *
+ *              The OFB operation is identical for encryption or decryption,
+ *              therefore no operation mode needs to be specified.
+ *
+ * \note        Upon exit, the content of iv, the Initialisation Vector, is
+ *              updated so that you can call the same function again on the next
+ *              block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was encrypted
+ *              in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage, by initialising
+ *              iv_off to 0 before the first call, and preserving its value
+ *              between calls.
+ *
+ *              For non-streaming use, the iv should be initialised on each call
+ *              to a unique value, and iv_off set to 0 on each call.
+ *
+ *              If you need to retain the contents of the initialisation vector,
+ *              you must either save it manually or use the cipher module
+ *              instead.
+ *
+ * \warning     For the OFB mode, the initialisation vector must be unique
+ *              every encryption operation. Reuse of an initialisation vector
+ *              will compromise security.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data.
+ * \param iv_off   The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ *                 It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ofb(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                          size_t length,
+                          size_t *iv_off,
+                          unsigned char iv[16],
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          unsigned char *output);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+/**
+ * \brief      This function performs an AES-CTR encryption or decryption
+ *             operation.
+ *
+ *             Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
+ *             for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
+ *             must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc()
+ *             for both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \warning    You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
+ *             would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
+ *             the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ *             There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
+ *
+ *             1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
+ *             successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
+ *             set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
+ *             then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
+ *             stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
+ *             updated by this function.
+ *
+ *             With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
+ *             blocks of data with the same key.
+ *
+ *             2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
+ *             nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
+ *             per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
+ *             updated by this function internally.
+ *
+ *             For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
+ *             per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
+ *             case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
+ *             set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
+ *             value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
+ *             stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
+ *             2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
+ *
+ *             The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
+ *             it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
+ *             The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
+ *             counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
+ *             limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
+ *             for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
+ *             more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
+ *
+ *             Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
+ *             that an AES block is 16 bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning    Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
+ *             content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
+ *             securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
+ *
+ * \param ctx              The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                         It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length           The length of the input data.
+ * \param nc_off           The offset in the current \p stream_block, for
+ *                         resuming within the current cipher stream. The
+ *                         offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream.
+ *                         It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param nonce_counter    The 128-bit nonce and counter.
+ *                         It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param stream_block     The saved stream block for resuming. This is
+ *                         overwritten by the function.
+ *                         It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input            The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                         It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output           The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                         It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return                 \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                          size_t length,
+                          size_t *nc_off,
+                          unsigned char nonce_counter[16],
+                          unsigned char stream_block[16],
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal AES block encryption function. This is only
+ *                  exposed to allow overriding it using
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The AES context to use for encryption.
+ * \param input     The plaintext block.
+ * \param output    The output (ciphertext) block.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                                 const unsigned char input[16],
+                                 unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal AES block decryption function. This is only
+ *                  exposed to allow overriding it using see
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The AES context to use for decryption.
+ * \param input     The ciphertext block.
+ * \param output    The output (plaintext) block.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                                 const unsigned char input[16],
+                                 unsigned char output[16]);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL
+int mbedtls_aes_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* aes.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/aria.h

@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+/**
+ * \file aria.h
+ *
+ * \brief ARIA block cipher
+ *
+ *        The ARIA algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and
+ *        decrypt information. It is defined by the Korean Agency for
+ *        Technology and Standards (KATS) in <em>KS X 1213:2004</em> (in
+ *        Korean, but see http://210.104.33.10/ARIA/index-e.html in English)
+ *        and also described by the IETF in <em>RFC 5794</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT     1 /**< ARIA encryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT     0 /**< ARIA decryption. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE   16 /**< ARIA block size in bytes. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS  16 /**< Maximum number of rounds in ARIA. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_KEYSIZE 32 /**< Maximum size of an ARIA key in bytes. */
+
+/** Bad input data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x005C
+
+/** Invalid data input length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x005E
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The ARIA context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aria_context {
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr);           /*!< The number of rounds (12, 14 or 16) */
+    /*! The ARIA round keys. */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk)[MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS + 1][MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE / 4];
+}
+mbedtls_aria_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
+#include "aria_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes the specified ARIA context.
+ *
+ *                 It must be the first API called before using
+ *                 the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ARIA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aria_init(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function releases and clears the specified ARIA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ARIA context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                 case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
+ *                 it must point to an initialized ARIA context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aria_free(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 This must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of \p key in Bits. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>192 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char *key,
+                            unsigned int keybits);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 This must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of data passed. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>192 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char *key,
+                            unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs an ARIA single-block encryption or
+ *                 decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                 It performs encryption or decryption (depending on whether
+ *                 the key was set for encryption on decryption) on the input
+ *                 data buffer defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *                 mbedtls_aria_init(), and either mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or
+ *                 mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
+ *                 call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param input    The 16-Byte buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param output   The 16-Byte buffer holding the output data.
+
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+                           const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+                           unsigned char output[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief  This function performs an ARIA-CBC encryption or decryption operation
+ *         on full blocks.
+ *
+ *         It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *         parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ *         the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *         It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
+ *         data is processed. mbedtls_aria_init(), and either
+ *         mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called
+ *         before the first call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \note   This function operates on aligned blocks, that is, the input size
+ *         must be a multiple of the ARIA block size of 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note   Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *         call the same function again on the next
+ *         block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *         encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *         If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
+ *         either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The mode of operation. This must be either
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
+ *                 multiple of the block size (16 Bytes).
+ * \param iv       Initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ *                 be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data. This must
+ *                 be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+                           int mode,
+                           size_t length,
+                           unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+                           const unsigned char *input,
+                           unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an ARIA-CFB128 encryption or decryption
+ *        operation.
+ *
+ *        It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *        parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
+ *        defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *        For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(),
+ *        regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
+ *        operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
+ *        because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ *        decryption.
+ *
+ * \note  Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *        call the same function again on the next
+ *        block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *        encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *        If you need to retain the contents of the
+ *        IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *        module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The mode of operation. This must be either
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param iv_off   The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ *                 This must not be larger than 15.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ *                 be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data. This must
+ *                 be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+                              int mode,
+                              size_t length,
+                              size_t *iv_off,
+                              unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+                              const unsigned char *input,
+                              unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+/**
+ * \brief      This function performs an ARIA-CTR encryption or decryption
+ *             operation.
+ *
+ *             Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
+ *             for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
+ *             must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc()
+ *             for both #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \warning    You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
+ *             would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
+ *             the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ *             There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
+ *
+ *             1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
+ *             successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
+ *             set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
+ *             then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
+ *             stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
+ *             updated by this function.
+ *
+ *             With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
+ *             blocks of data with the same key.
+ *
+ *             2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
+ *             nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
+ *             per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
+ *             updated by this function internally.
+ *
+ *             For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
+ *             per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
+ *             case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
+ *             set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
+ *             value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
+ *             stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
+ *             2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
+ *
+ *             The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
+ *             it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
+ *             The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
+ *             counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
+ *             limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
+ *             for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
+ *             more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
+ *
+ *             Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
+ *             that an ARIA block is 16 bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning    Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
+ *             content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
+ *             securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
+ *
+ * \param ctx              The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                         This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length           The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param nc_off           The offset in Bytes in the current \p stream_block,
+ *                         for resuming within the current cipher stream. The
+ *                         offset pointer should be \c 0 at the start of a
+ *                         stream. This must not be larger than \c 15 Bytes.
+ * \param nonce_counter    The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must point to
+ *                         a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
+ * \param stream_block     The saved stream block for resuming. This must
+ *                         point to a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
+ *                         This is overwritten by the function.
+ * \param input            The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ *                         be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output           The buffer holding the output data. This must
+ *                         be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return                 \c 0 on success.
+ * \return                 A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
+                           size_t length,
+                           size_t *nc_off,
+                           unsigned char nonce_counter[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+                           unsigned char stream_block[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
+                           const unsigned char *input,
+                           unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success, or \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aria_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* aria.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/asn1.h

@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/**
+ * \file asn1.h
+ *
+ * \brief Generic ASN.1 parsing
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup asn1_module
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \name ASN1 Error codes
+ * These error codes are combined with other error codes for
+ * higher error granularity.
+ * e.g. X.509 and PKCS #7 error codes
+ * ASN1 is a standard to specify data structures.
+ * \{
+ */
+/** Out of data when parsing an ASN1 data structure. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA                      -0x0060
+/** ASN1 tag was of an unexpected value. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG                   -0x0062
+/** Error when trying to determine the length or invalid length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH                   -0x0064
+/** Actual length differs from expected length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH                  -0x0066
+/** Data is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA                     -0x0068
+/** Memory allocation failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED                     -0x006A
+/** Buffer too small when writing ASN.1 data structure. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_BUF_TOO_SMALL                    -0x006C
+
+/** \} name ASN1 Error codes */
+
+/**
+ * \name DER constants
+ * These constants comply with the DER encoded ASN.1 type tags.
+ * DER encoding uses hexadecimal representation.
+ * An example DER sequence is:\n
+ * - 0x02 -- tag indicating INTEGER
+ * - 0x01 -- length in octets
+ * - 0x05 -- value
+ * Such sequences are typically read into \c ::mbedtls_x509_buf.
+ * \{
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN                 0x01
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER                 0x02
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING              0x03
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING            0x04
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL                    0x05
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID                     0x06
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED              0x0A
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING             0x0C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SEQUENCE                0x10
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SET                     0x11
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING        0x13
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING              0x14
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING              0x16
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTC_TIME                0x17
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_GENERALIZED_TIME        0x18
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING        0x1C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING              0x1E
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRIMITIVE               0x00
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED             0x20
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC        0x80
+
+/* Slightly smaller way to check if tag is a string tag
+ * compared to canonical implementation. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IS_STRING_TAG(tag)                                \
+    ((unsigned int) (tag) < 32u && (                                   \
+         ((1u << (tag)) & ((1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING)       |     \
+                           (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING)      |     \
+                           (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING)       |     \
+                           (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING)       |     \
+                           (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING) |     \
+                           (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING))) != 0))
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks for each of the components of an ASN.1 tag as specified in
+ * ITU X.690 (08/2015), section 8.1 "General rules for encoding",
+ * paragraph 8.1.2.2:
+ *
+ * Bit  8     7   6   5          1
+ *     +-------+-----+------------+
+ *     | Class | P/C | Tag number |
+ *     +-------+-----+------------+
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_CLASS_MASK          0xC0
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_PC_MASK             0x20
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_VALUE_MASK          0x1F
+
+/** \} name DER constants */
+
+/** Returns the size of the binary string, without the trailing \\0 */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) - 1)
+
+/**
+ * Compares an mbedtls_asn1_buf structure to a reference OID.
+ *
+ * Only works for 'defined' oid_str values (MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA1), you cannot use a
+ * 'unsigned char *oid' here!
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP(oid_str, oid_buf)                                   \
+    ((MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf)->len) ||                \
+     memcmp((oid_str), (oid_buf)->p, (oid_buf)->len) != 0)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP_RAW(oid_str, oid_buf, oid_buf_len)              \
+    ((MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf_len)) ||             \
+     memcmp((oid_str), (oid_buf), (oid_buf_len)) != 0)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN1 using DER.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_buf {
+    int tag;                /**< ASN1 type, e.g. MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING. */
+    size_t len;             /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */
+    unsigned char *p;       /**< ASN1 data, e.g. in ASCII. */
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_buf;
+
+/**
+ * Container for ASN1 bit strings.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_bitstring {
+    size_t len;                 /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */
+    unsigned char unused_bits;  /**< Number of unused bits at the end of the string */
+    unsigned char *p;           /**< Raw ASN1 data for the bit string */
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_bitstring;
+
+/**
+ * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence {
+    mbedtls_asn1_buf buf;                   /**< Buffer containing the given ASN.1 item. */
+
+    /** The next entry in the sequence.
+     *
+     * The details of memory management for sequences are not documented and
+     * may change in future versions. Set this field to \p NULL when
+     * initializing a structure, and do not modify it except via Mbed TLS
+     * library functions.
+     */
+    struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence *next;
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_sequence;
+
+/**
+ * Container for a sequence or list of 'named' ASN.1 data items
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data {
+    mbedtls_asn1_buf oid;                   /**< The object identifier. */
+    mbedtls_asn1_buf val;                   /**< The named value. */
+
+    /** The next entry in the sequence.
+     *
+     * The details of memory management for named data sequences are not
+     * documented and may change in future versions. Set this field to \p NULL
+     * when initializing a structure, and do not modify it except via Mbed TLS
+     * library functions.
+     */
+    struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data *next;
+
+    /** Merge next item into the current one?
+     *
+     * This field exists for the sake of Mbed TLS's X.509 certificate parsing
+     * code and may change in future versions of the library.
+     */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_merged);
+}
+mbedtls_asn1_named_data;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA)
+/**
+ * \brief       Get the length of an ASN.1 element.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the length.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the first byte of the length,
+ *              i.e. immediately after the tag.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param len   On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
+ *              read from the ASN.1 input.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
+ *              would end beyond \p end.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_len(unsigned char **p,
+                         const unsigned char *end,
+                         size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Get the tag and length of the element.
+ *              Check for the requested tag.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the tag and length.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param len   On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
+ *              read from the ASN.1 input.
+ * \param tag   The expected tag.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the data does not start
+ *              with the requested tag.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
+ *              would end beyond \p end.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_tag(unsigned char **p,
+                         const unsigned char *end,
+                         size_t *len, int tag);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C || MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C || MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve a boolean ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param val   On success, the parsed value (\c 0 or \c 1).
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *              a valid ASN.1 BOOLEAN.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_bool(unsigned char **p,
+                          const unsigned char *end,
+                          int *val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param val   On success, the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *              a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
+ *              not fit in an \c int.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_int(unsigned char **p,
+                         const unsigned char *end,
+                         int *val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve an enumerated ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param val   On success, the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *              a valid ASN.1 ENUMERATED.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
+ *              not fit in an \c int.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_enum(unsigned char **p,
+                          const unsigned char *end,
+                          int *val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param bs    On success, ::mbedtls_asn1_bitstring information about
+ *              the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
+ *              extra data after a valid BIT STRING.
+ * \return      An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *              a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end,
+                               mbedtls_asn1_bitstring *bs);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag without unused bits and its
+ *              value.
+ *              Updates the pointer to the beginning of the bit/octet string.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              of the content of the BIT STRING.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param len   On success, \c *len is the length of the content in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if the input starts with
+ *              a valid BIT STRING with a nonzero number of unused bits.
+ * \return      An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *              a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring_null(unsigned char **p,
+                                    const unsigned char *end,
+                                    size_t *len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Parses and splits an ASN.1 "SEQUENCE OF <tag>".
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full sequence tag.
+ *
+ * This function allocates memory for the sequence elements. You can free
+ * the allocated memory with mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free().
+ *
+ * \note        On error, this function may return a partial list in \p cur.
+ *              You must set `cur->next = NULL` before calling this function!
+ *              Otherwise it is impossible to distinguish a previously non-null
+ *              pointer from a pointer to an object allocated by this function.
+ *
+ * \note        If the sequence is empty, this function does not modify
+ *              \c *cur. If the sequence is valid and non-empty, this
+ *              function sets `cur->buf.tag` to \p tag. This allows
+ *              callers to distinguish between an empty sequence and
+ *              a one-element sequence.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param cur   A ::mbedtls_asn1_sequence which this function fills.
+ *              When this function returns, \c *cur is the head of a linked
+ *              list. Each node in this list is allocated with
+ *              mbedtls_calloc() apart from \p cur itself, and should
+ *              therefore be freed with mbedtls_free().
+ *              The list describes the content of the sequence.
+ *              The head of the list (i.e. \c *cur itself) describes the
+ *              first element, `*cur->next` describes the second element, etc.
+ *              For each element, `buf.tag == tag`, `buf.len` is the length
+ *              of the content of the content of the element, and `buf.p`
+ *              points to the first byte of the content (i.e. immediately
+ *              past the length of the element).
+ *              Note that list elements may be allocated even on error.
+ * \param tag   Each element of the sequence must have this tag.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
+ *              extra data after a valid SEQUENCE OF \p tag.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts with
+ *              an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag that
+ *              is different from \p tag.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return      An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *              a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of(unsigned char **p,
+                                 const unsigned char *end,
+                                 mbedtls_asn1_sequence *cur,
+                                 int tag);
+/**
+ * \brief          Free a heap-allocated linked list presentation of
+ *                 an ASN.1 sequence, including the first element.
+ *
+ * There are two common ways to manage the memory used for the representation
+ * of a parsed ASN.1 sequence:
+ * - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` with mbedtls_calloc().
+ *   Pass this node as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
+ *   When you have finished processing the sequence,
+ *   call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head`.
+ * - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` in any manner,
+ *   for example on the stack. Make sure that `head->next == NULL`.
+ *   Pass `head` as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
+ *   When you have finished processing the sequence,
+ *   call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head->cur`,
+ *   then free `head` itself in the appropriate manner.
+ *
+ * \param seq      The address of the first sequence component. This may
+ *                 be \c NULL, in which case this functions returns
+ *                 immediately.
+ */
+void mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free(mbedtls_asn1_sequence *seq);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                Traverse an ASN.1 SEQUENCE container and
+ *                       call a callback for each entry.
+ *
+ * This function checks that the input is a SEQUENCE of elements that
+ * each have a "must" tag, and calls a callback function on the elements
+ * that have a "may" tag.
+ *
+ * For example, to validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of `tag1` and call
+ * `cb` on each element, use
+ * ```
+ * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xff, tag1, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of ANY and call `cb` on
+ * each element, use
+ * ```
+ * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0, 0, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of CHOICE {NULL, OCTET STRING}
+ * and call `cb` on each element that is an OCTET STRING, use
+ * ```
+ * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xfe, 0x04, 0xff, 0x04, cb, ctx);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * The callback is called on the elements with a "may" tag from left to
+ * right. If the input is not a valid SEQUENCE of elements with a "must" tag,
+ * the callback is called on the elements up to the leftmost point where
+ * the input is invalid.
+ *
+ * \warning              This function is still experimental and may change
+ *                       at any time.
+ *
+ * \param p              The address of the pointer to the beginning of
+ *                       the ASN.1 SEQUENCE header. This is updated to
+ *                       point to the end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container
+ *                       on a successful invocation.
+ * \param end            The end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container.
+ * \param tag_must_mask  A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
+ *                       the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_must_val.
+ * \param tag_must_val   The required value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
+ *                       SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_must_mask.
+ *                       Mismatching tags lead to an error.
+ *                       For example, a value of \c 0 for both \p tag_must_mask
+ *                       and \p tag_must_val means that every tag is allowed,
+ *                       while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_must_mask means
+ *                       that \p tag_must_val is the only allowed tag.
+ * \param tag_may_mask   A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
+ *                       the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_may_val.
+ * \param tag_may_val    The desired value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
+ *                       SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_may_mask.
+ *                       Mismatching tags will be silently ignored.
+ *                       For example, a value of \c 0 for \p tag_may_mask and
+ *                       \p tag_may_val means that any tag will be considered,
+ *                       while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_may_mask means
+ *                       that all tags with value different from \p tag_may_val
+ *                       will be ignored.
+ * \param cb             The callback to trigger for each component
+ *                       in the ASN.1 SEQUENCE that matches \p tag_may_val.
+ *                       The callback function is called with the following
+ *                       parameters:
+ *                       - \p ctx.
+ *                       - The tag of the current element.
+ *                       - A pointer to the start of the current element's
+ *                         content inside the input.
+ *                       - The length of the content of the current element.
+ *                       If the callback returns a non-zero value,
+ *                       the function stops immediately,
+ *                       forwarding the callback's return value.
+ * \param ctx            The context to be passed to the callback \p cb.
+ *
+ * \return               \c 0 if successful the entire ASN.1 SEQUENCE
+ *                       was traversed without parsing or callback errors.
+ * \return               #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input
+ *                       contains extra data after a valid SEQUENCE
+ *                       of elements with an accepted tag.
+ * \return               #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts
+ *                       with an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag
+ *                       that is not accepted.
+ * \return               An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *                       a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
+ * \return               A non-zero error code forwarded from the callback
+ *                       \p cb in case the latter returns a non-zero value.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(
+    unsigned char **p,
+    const unsigned char *end,
+    unsigned char tag_must_mask, unsigned char tag_must_val,
+    unsigned char tag_may_mask, unsigned char tag_may_val,
+    int (*cb)(void *ctx, int tag,
+              unsigned char *start, size_t len),
+    void *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              beyond the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param X     On success, the parsed value.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful.
+ * \return      An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
+ *              a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
+ * \return      #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
+ *              not fit in an \c int.
+ * \return      An MPI error code if the parsed value is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_mpi(unsigned char **p,
+                         const unsigned char *end,
+                         mbedtls_mpi *X);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
+ *              AlgorithmIdentifier.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param alg   The buffer to receive the OID.
+ * \param params The buffer to receive the parameters.
+ *              This is zeroized if there are no parameters.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg(unsigned char **p,
+                         const unsigned char *end,
+                         mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg, mbedtls_asn1_buf *params);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence with NULL or no
+ *              params.
+ *              Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
+ *              AlgorithmIdentifier.
+ *
+ * \param p     On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
+ *              On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
+ *              beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
+ *              On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
+ * \param end   End of data.
+ * \param alg   The buffer to receive the OID.
+ *
+ * \return      0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg_null(unsigned char **p,
+                              const unsigned char *end,
+                              mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Find a specific named_data entry in a sequence or list based on
+ *              the OID.
+ *
+ * \param list  The list to seek through
+ * \param oid   The OID to look for
+ * \param len   Size of the OID
+ *
+ * \return      NULL if not found, or a pointer to the existing entry.
+ */
+const mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_find_named_data(const mbedtls_asn1_named_data *list,
+                                                            const char *oid, size_t len);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief       Free a mbedtls_asn1_named_data entry
+ *
+ * \deprecated  This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ *              future version of the library.
+ *              Please use mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list()
+ *              or mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list_shallow().
+ *
+ * \param entry The named data entry to free.
+ *              This function calls mbedtls_free() on
+ *              `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p`.
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data(mbedtls_asn1_named_data *entry);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Free all entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list.
+ *
+ * \param head  Pointer to the head of the list of named data entries to free.
+ *              This function calls mbedtls_free() on
+ *              `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p` and then on `entry`
+ *              for each list entry, and sets \c *head to \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Free all shallow entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list,
+ *              but do not free internal pointer targets.
+ *
+ * \param name  Head of the list of named data entries to free.
+ *              This function calls mbedtls_free() on each list element.
+ */
+void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list_shallow(mbedtls_asn1_named_data *name);
+
+/** \} name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures */
+/** \} addtogroup asn1_module */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* asn1.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h

@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/**
+ * \file asn1write.h
+ *
+ * \brief ASN.1 buffer writing functionality
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f)                      \
+    do                                                  \
+    {                                                   \
+        if ((ret = (f)) < 0)                         \
+        return ret;                              \
+        else                                            \
+        (g) += ret;                                 \
+    } while (0)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_CLEANUP_ADD(g, f)                      \
+    do                                                  \
+    {                                                   \
+        if ((ret = (f)) < 0)                         \
+        goto cleanup;                              \
+        else                                            \
+        (g) += ret;                                 \
+    } while (0)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA)
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a length field in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param len       The length value to write.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_len(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                           size_t len);
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param tag       The tag to write.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_tag(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                           unsigned char tag);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C || MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C || MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA*/
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Write raw buffer data.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf       The data buffer to write.
+ * \param size      The length of the data buffer.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_raw_buffer(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                                  const unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an arbitrary-precision number (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER)
+ *                  in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param X         The MPI to write.
+ *                  It must be non-negative.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                           const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a NULL tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data
+ *                  in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_null(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an OID tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data
+ *                  in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param oid       The OID to write.
+ * \param oid_len   The length of the OID.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_oid(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                           const char *oid, size_t oid_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param oid       The OID of the algorithm to write.
+ * \param oid_len   The length of the algorithm's OID.
+ * \param par_len   The length of the parameters, which must be already written.
+ *                  If 0, NULL parameters are added
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier(unsigned char **p,
+                                            const unsigned char *start,
+                                            const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+                                            size_t par_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param oid       The OID of the algorithm to write.
+ * \param oid_len   The length of the algorithm's OID.
+ * \param par_len   The length of the parameters, which must be already written.
+ * \param has_par   If there are any parameters. If 0, par_len must be 0. If 1
+ *                  and \p par_len is 0, NULL parameters are added.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier_ext(unsigned char **p,
+                                                const unsigned char *start,
+                                                const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+                                                size_t par_len, int has_par);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a boolean tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value
+ *                  in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param boolean   The boolean value to write, either \c 0 or \c 1.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                            int boolean);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an int tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value
+ *                  in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param val       The integer value to write.
+ *                  It must be non-negative.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_int(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, int val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an enum tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED) and value
+ *                  in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param val       The integer value to write.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_enum(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, int val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a string in ASN.1 format using a specific
+ *                  string encoding tag.
+
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param tag       The string encoding tag to write, e.g.
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING.
+ * \param text      The string to write.
+ * \param text_len  The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ *                  be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_tagged_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                                     int tag, const char *text,
+                                     size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a string in ASN.1 format using the PrintableString
+ *                  string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING).
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param text      The string to write.
+ * \param text_len  The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ *                  be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string(unsigned char **p,
+                                        const unsigned char *start,
+                                        const char *text, size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a UTF8 string in ASN.1 format using the UTF8String
+ *                  string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING).
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param text      The string to write.
+ * \param text_len  The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ *                  be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_utf8_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                                   const char *text, size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a string in ASN.1 format using the IA5String
+ *                  string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING).
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param text      The string to write.
+ * \param text_len  The length of \p text in bytes (which might
+ *                  be strictly larger than the number of characters).
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_ia5_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                                  const char *text, size_t text_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a bitstring tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and
+ *                  value in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf       The bitstring to write.
+ * \param bits      The total number of bits in the bitstring.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_bitstring(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                                 const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function writes a named bitstring tag
+ *                  (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and value in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ *                  As stated in RFC 5280 Appendix B, trailing zeroes are
+ *                  omitted when encoding named bitstrings in DER.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards within the data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer which is used for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf       The bitstring to write.
+ * \param bits      The total number of bits in the bitstring.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_named_bitstring(unsigned char **p,
+                                       const unsigned char *start,
+                                       const unsigned char *buf,
+                                       size_t bits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write an octet string tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING)
+ *                  and value in ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \note            This function works backwards in data buffer.
+ *
+ * \param p         The reference to the current position pointer.
+ * \param start     The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
+ * \param buf       The buffer holding the data to write.
+ * \param size      The length of the data buffer \p buf.
+ *
+ * \return          The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start,
+                                    const unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Create or find a specific named_data entry for writing in a
+ *                  sequence or list based on the OID. If not already in there,
+ *                  a new entry is added to the head of the list.
+ *                  Warning: Destructive behaviour for the val data!
+ *
+ * \param list      The pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek
+ *                  through (will be updated in case of a new entry).
+ * \param oid       The OID to look for.
+ * \param oid_len   The size of the OID.
+ * \param val       The associated data to store. If this is \c NULL,
+ *                  no data is copied to the new or existing buffer.
+ * \param val_len   The minimum length of the data buffer needed.
+ *                  If this is 0, do not allocate a buffer for the associated
+ *                  data.
+ *                  If the OID was already present, enlarge, shrink or free
+ *                  the existing buffer to fit \p val_len.
+ *
+ * \return          A pointer to the new / existing entry on success.
+ * \return          \c NULL if there was a memory allocation error.
+ */
+mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_store_named_data(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **list,
+                                                       const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
+                                                       const unsigned char *val,
+                                                       size_t val_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/base64.h

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/**
+ * \file base64.h
+ *
+ * \brief RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Output buffer too small. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL               -0x002A
+/** Invalid character in input. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER              -0x002C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Encode a buffer into base64 format
+ *
+ * \param dst      destination buffer
+ * \param dlen     size of the destination buffer
+ * \param olen     number of bytes written
+ * \param src      source buffer
+ * \param slen     amount of data to be encoded
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ *                 *olen is always updated to reflect the amount
+ *                 of data that has (or would have) been written.
+ *                 If that length cannot be represented, then no data is
+ *                 written to the buffer and *olen is set to the maximum
+ *                 length representable as a size_t.
+ *
+ * \note           Call this function with dlen = 0 to obtain the
+ *                 required buffer size in *olen
+ */
+int mbedtls_base64_encode(unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
+                          const unsigned char *src, size_t slen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Decode a base64-formatted buffer
+ *
+ * \param dst      destination buffer (can be NULL for checking size)
+ * \param dlen     size of the destination buffer
+ * \param olen     number of bytes written
+ * \param src      source buffer
+ * \param slen     amount of data to be decoded
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, or
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER if the input data is
+ *                 not correct. *olen is always updated to reflect the amount
+ *                 of data that has (or would have) been written.
+ *
+ * \note           Call this function with *dst = NULL or dlen = 0 to obtain
+ *                 the required buffer size in *olen
+ */
+int mbedtls_base64_decode(unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
+                          const unsigned char *src, size_t slen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_base64_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* base64.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/bignum.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1088 @@
+/**
+ * \file bignum.h
+ *
+ * \brief Multi-precision integer library
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+/** An error occurred while reading from or writing to a file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_FILE_IO_ERROR                     -0x0002
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x0004
+/** There is an invalid character in the digit string. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_INVALID_CHARACTER                 -0x0006
+/** The buffer is too small to write to. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL                  -0x0008
+/** The input arguments are negative or result in illegal output. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE                    -0x000A
+/** The input argument for division is zero, which is not allowed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO                  -0x000C
+/** The input arguments are not acceptable. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE                    -0x000E
+/** Memory allocation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED                      -0x0010
+
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_CHK(f)       \
+    do                           \
+    {                            \
+        if ((ret = (f)) != 0) \
+        goto cleanup;        \
+    } while (0)
+
+/*
+ * Maximum size MPIs are allowed to grow to in number of limbs.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS                             10000
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE)
+/*
+ * Maximum window size used for modular exponentiation. Default: 3
+ * Minimum value: 1. Maximum value: 6.
+ *
+ * Result is an array of ( 2 ** MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE ) MPIs used
+ * for the sliding window calculation. (So 8 by default)
+ *
+ * Reduction in size, reduces speed.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE                           3        /**< Maximum window size used. */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE)
+/*
+ * Maximum size of MPIs allowed in bits and bytes for user-MPIs.
+ * ( Default: 512 bytes => 4096 bits, Maximum tested: 2048 bytes => 16384 bits )
+ *
+ * Note: Calculations can temporarily result in larger MPIs. So the number
+ * of limbs required (MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS) is higher.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE                              1024     /**< Maximum number of bytes for usable MPIs. */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS                              (8 * MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE)      /**< Maximum number of bits for usable MPIs. */
+
+/*
+ * When reading from files with mbedtls_mpi_read_file() and writing to files with
+ * mbedtls_mpi_write_file() the buffer should have space
+ * for a (short) label, the MPI (in the provided radix), the newline
+ * characters and the '\0'.
+ *
+ * By default we assume at least a 10 char label, a minimum radix of 10
+ * (decimal) and a maximum of 4096 bit numbers (1234 decimal chars).
+ * Autosized at compile time for at least a 10 char label, a minimum radix
+ * of 10 (decimal) for a number of MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS size.
+ *
+ * This used to be statically sized to 1250 for a maximum of 4096 bit
+ * numbers (1234 decimal chars).
+ *
+ * Calculate using the formula:
+ *  MBEDTLS_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE = ceil(MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS / ln(10) * ln(2)) +
+ *                                LabelSize + 6
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100          (100 * MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS)
+#define MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100                 332
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE             (((MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100 + \
+                                                  MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100 - 1) / \
+                                                 MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100) + 10 + 6)
+
+/*
+ * Define the base integer type, architecture-wise.
+ *
+ * 32 or 64-bit integer types can be forced regardless of the underlying
+ * architecture by defining MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 or MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+ * respectively and undefining MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM.
+ *
+ * Double-width integers (e.g. 128-bit in 64-bit architectures) can be
+ * disabled by defining MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32)
+    #if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_AMD64)
+/* Always choose 64-bit when using MSC */
+        #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+            #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+        #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+typedef  int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX                UINT64_MAX
+    #elif defined(__GNUC__) && (                         \
+    defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__)     || \
+    defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__powerpc64__)  || \
+    defined(__ia64__)  || defined(__alpha__)      || \
+    (defined(__sparc__) && defined(__arch64__)) || \
+    defined(__s390x__) || defined(__mips64)       || \
+    defined(__aarch64__))
+        #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+            #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+        #endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+typedef  int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX                UINT64_MAX
+        #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION)
+/* mbedtls_t_udbl defined as 128-bit unsigned int */
+typedef unsigned int mbedtls_t_udbl __attribute__((mode(TI)));
+            #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL
+        #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */
+    #elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && defined(__aarch64__)
+/*
+ * __ARMCC_VERSION is defined for both armcc and armclang and
+ * __aarch64__ is only defined by armclang when compiling 64-bit code
+ */
+        #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+            #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64
+        #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+typedef  int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX                UINT64_MAX
+        #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION)
+/* mbedtls_t_udbl defined as 128-bit unsigned int */
+typedef __uint128_t mbedtls_t_udbl;
+            #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL
+        #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */
+    #elif defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+/* Force 64-bit integers with unknown compiler */
+typedef  int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX                UINT64_MAX
+    #endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+/* Default to 32-bit compilation */
+    #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32)
+        #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32
+    #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 */
+typedef  int32_t mbedtls_mpi_sint;
+typedef uint32_t mbedtls_mpi_uint;
+#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX                UINT32_MAX
+    #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION)
+typedef uint64_t mbedtls_t_udbl;
+        #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL
+    #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+
+/*
+ * Sanity check that exactly one of MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 or MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 is defined,
+ * so that code elsewhere doesn't have to check.
+ */
+#if (!(defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64))) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64))
+#error "Only 32-bit or 64-bit limbs are supported in bignum"
+#endif
+
+/** \typedef mbedtls_mpi_uint
+ * \brief The type of machine digits in a bignum, called _limbs_.
+ *
+ * This is always an unsigned integer type with no padding bits. The size
+ * is platform-dependent.
+ */
+
+/** \typedef mbedtls_mpi_sint
+ * \brief The signed type corresponding to #mbedtls_mpi_uint.
+ *
+ * This is always an signed integer type with no padding bits. The size
+ * is platform-dependent.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          MPI structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_mpi {
+    /** Pointer to limbs.
+     *
+     * This may be \c NULL if \c n is 0.
+     */
+    mbedtls_mpi_uint *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p);
+
+    /** Sign: -1 if the mpi is negative, 1 otherwise.
+     *
+     * The number 0 must be represented with `s = +1`. Although many library
+     * functions treat all-limbs-zero as equivalent to a valid representation
+     * of 0 regardless of the sign bit, there are exceptions, so bignum
+     * functions and external callers must always set \c s to +1 for the
+     * number zero.
+     *
+     * Note that this implies that calloc() or `... = {0}` does not create
+     * a valid MPI representation. You must call mbedtls_mpi_init().
+     */
+    signed short MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s);
+
+    /** Total number of limbs in \c p.  */
+    unsigned short MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(n);
+    /* Make sure that MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS fits in n.
+     * Use the same limit value on all platforms so that we don't have to
+     * think about different behavior on the rare platforms where
+     * unsigned short can store values larger than the minimum required by
+     * the C language, which is 65535.
+     */
+#if MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS > 65535
+#error "MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS > 65535 is not supported"
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_mpi;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize an MPI context.
+ *
+ *                  This makes the MPI ready to be set or freed,
+ *                  but does not define a value for the MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X         The MPI context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_mpi_init(mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function frees the components of an MPI context.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                 in which case this function is a no-op. If it is
+ *                 not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized MPI.
+ */
+void mbedtls_mpi_free(mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Enlarge an MPI to the specified number of limbs.
+ *
+ * \note           This function does nothing if the MPI is
+ *                 already large enough.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to grow. It must be initialized.
+ * \param nblimbs  The target number of limbs.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_grow(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function resizes an MPI downwards, keeping at least the
+ *                 specified number of limbs.
+ *
+ *                 If \c X is smaller than \c nblimbs, it is resized up
+ *                 instead.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to shrink. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param nblimbs  The minimum number of limbs to keep.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed
+ *                 (this can only happen when resizing up).
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_shrink(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Make a copy of an MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y        The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \note           The limb-buffer in the destination MPI is enlarged
+ *                 if necessary to hold the value in the source MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_copy(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Swap the contents of two MPIs.
+ *
+ * \param X        The first MPI. It must be initialized.
+ * \param Y        The second MPI. It must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_mpi_swap(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a safe conditional copy of MPI which doesn't
+ *                 reveal whether the condition was true or not.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to conditionally assign to. This must point
+ *                 to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y        The MPI to be assigned from. This must point to an
+ *                 initialized MPI.
+ * \param assign   The condition deciding whether to perform the
+ *                 assignment or not. Must be either 0 or 1:
+ *                 * \c 1: Perform the assignment `X = Y`.
+ *                 * \c 0: Keep the original value of \p X.
+ *
+ * \note           This function is equivalent to
+ *                      `if( assign ) mbedtls_mpi_copy( X, Y );`
+ *                 except that it avoids leaking any information about whether
+ *                 the assignment was done or not (the above code may leak
+ *                 information through branch prediction and/or memory access
+ *                 patterns analysis).
+ *
+ * \warning        If \p assign is neither 0 nor 1, the result of this function
+ *                 is indeterminate, and the resulting value in \p X might be
+ *                 neither its original value nor the value in \p Y.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_assign(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char assign);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a safe conditional swap which doesn't
+ *                 reveal whether the condition was true or not.
+ *
+ * \param X        The first MPI. This must be initialized.
+ * \param Y        The second MPI. This must be initialized.
+ * \param swap     The condition deciding whether to perform
+ *                 the swap or not. Must be either 0 or 1:
+ *                 * \c 1: Swap the values of \p X and \p Y.
+ *                 * \c 0: Keep the original values of \p X and \p Y.
+ *
+ * \note           This function is equivalent to
+ *                      if( swap ) mbedtls_mpi_swap( X, Y );
+ *                 except that it avoids leaking any information about whether
+ *                 the swap was done or not (the above code may leak
+ *                 information through branch prediction and/or memory access
+ *                 patterns analysis).
+ *
+ * \warning        If \p swap is neither 0 nor 1, the result of this function
+ *                 is indeterminate, and both \p X and \p Y might end up with
+ *                 values different to either of the original ones.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_swap(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char swap);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Store integer value in MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to set. This must be initialized.
+ * \param z        The value to use.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_lset(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get a specific bit from an MPI.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to query. This must be initialized.
+ * \param pos      Zero-based index of the bit to query.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 or \c 1 on success, depending on whether bit \c pos
+ *                 of \c X is unset or set.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_get_bit(const mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Modify a specific bit in an MPI.
+ *
+ * \note           This function will grow the target MPI if necessary to set a
+ *                 bit to \c 1 in a not yet existing limb. It will not grow if
+ *                 the bit should be set to \c 0.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to modify. This must be initialized.
+ * \param pos      Zero-based index of the bit to modify.
+ * \param val      The desired value of bit \c pos: \c 0 or \c 1.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_set_bit(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos, unsigned char val);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the number of bits of value \c 0 before the
+ *                 least significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * \note           This is the same as the zero-based index of
+ *                 the least significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to query.
+ *
+ * \return         The number of bits of value \c 0 before the least significant
+ *                 bit of value \c 1 in \p X.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_mpi_lsb(const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the number of bits up to and including the most
+ *                 significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * * \note         This is same as the one-based index of the most
+ *                 significant bit of value \c 1.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to query. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         The number of bits up to and including the most
+ *                 significant bit of value \c 1.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_mpi_bitlen(const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the total size of an MPI value in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to use. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \note           The value returned by this function may be less than
+ *                 the number of bytes used to store \p X internally.
+ *                 This happens if and only if there are trailing bytes
+ *                 of value zero.
+ *
+ * \return         The least number of bytes capable of storing
+ *                 the absolute value of \p X.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_mpi_size(const mbedtls_mpi *X);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Import an MPI from an ASCII string.
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix    The numeric base of the input string.
+ * \param s        Null-terminated string buffer.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_string(mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Export an MPI to an ASCII string.
+ *
+ * \param X        The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix    The numeric base of the output string.
+ * \param buf      The buffer to write the string to. This must be writable
+ *                 buffer of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen   The available size in Bytes of \p buf.
+ * \param olen     The address at which to store the length of the string
+ *                 written, including the  final \c NULL byte. This must
+ *                 not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note           You can call this function with `buflen == 0` to obtain the
+ *                 minimum required buffer size in `*olen`.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer \p buf
+ *                 is too small to hold the value of \p X in the desired base.
+ *                 In this case, `*olen` is nonetheless updated to contain the
+ *                 size of \p buf required for a successful call.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_string(const mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix,
+                             char *buf, size_t buflen, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief          Read an MPI from a line in an opened file.
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix    The numeric base of the string representation used
+ *                 in the source line.
+ * \param fin      The input file handle to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note           On success, this function advances the file stream
+ *                 to the end of the current line or to EOF.
+ *
+ *                 The function returns \c 0 on an empty line.
+ *
+ *                 Leading whitespaces are ignored, as is a
+ *                 '0x' prefix for radix \c 16.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the file read buffer
+ *                 is too small.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_file(mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, FILE *fin);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Export an MPI into an opened file.
+ *
+ * \param p        A string prefix to emit prior to the MPI data.
+ *                 For example, this might be a label, or "0x" when
+ *                 printing in base \c 16. This may be \c NULL if no prefix
+ *                 is needed.
+ * \param X        The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param radix    The numeric base to be used in the emitted string.
+ * \param fout     The output file handle. This may be \c NULL, in which case
+ *                 the output is written to \c stdout.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_file(const char *p, const mbedtls_mpi *X,
+                           int radix, FILE *fout);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Import an MPI from unsigned big endian binary data.
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf      The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of length
+ *                 \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen   The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary(mbedtls_mpi *X, const unsigned char *buf,
+                            size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Import X from unsigned binary data, little endian
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf      The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of length
+ *                 \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen   The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary_le(mbedtls_mpi *X,
+                               const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Export X into unsigned binary data, big endian.
+ *                 Always fills the whole buffer, which will start with zeros
+ *                 if the number is smaller.
+ *
+ * \param X        The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf      The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer of length
+ *                 \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen   The size of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't
+ *                 large enough to hold the value of \p X.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary(const mbedtls_mpi *X, unsigned char *buf,
+                             size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Export X into unsigned binary data, little endian.
+ *                 Always fills the whole buffer, which will end with zeros
+ *                 if the number is smaller.
+ *
+ * \param X        The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param buf      The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer of length
+ *                 \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen   The size of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't
+ *                 large enough to hold the value of \p X.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary_le(const mbedtls_mpi *X,
+                                unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a left-shift on an MPI: X <<= count
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *                 The MPI pointed by \p X may be resized to fit
+ *                 the resulting number.
+ * \param count    The number of bits to shift by.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_shift_l(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a right-shift on an MPI: X >>= count
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param count    The number of bits to shift by.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_shift_r(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Compare the absolute values of two MPIs.
+ *
+ * \param X        The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y        The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 1 if `|X|` is greater than `|Y|`.
+ * \return         \c -1 if `|X|` is lesser than `|Y|`.
+ * \return         \c 0 if `|X|` is equal to `|Y|`.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_abs(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Compare two MPIs.
+ *
+ * \param X        The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param Y        The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p Y.
+ * \return         \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p Y.
+ * \return         \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p Y.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_mpi(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Check if an MPI is less than the other in constant time.
+ *
+ * \param X        The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI
+ *                 with the same allocated length as Y.
+ * \param Y        The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI
+ *                 with the same allocated length as X.
+ * \param ret      The result of the comparison:
+ *                 \c 1 if \p X is less than \p Y.
+ *                 \c 0 if \p X is greater than or equal to \p Y.
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success.
+ * \return         MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the allocated length of
+ *                 the two input MPIs is not the same.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_lt_mpi_ct(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y,
+                          unsigned *ret);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Compare an MPI with an integer.
+ *
+ * \param X        The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param z        The integer value to compare \p X to.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p z.
+ * \return         \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p z.
+ * \return         \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p z.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_int(const mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform an unsigned addition of MPIs: X = |A| + |B|
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_add_abs(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform an unsigned subtraction of MPIs: X = |A| - |B|
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is greater than \p A.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_sub_abs(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a signed addition of MPIs: X = A + B
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_add_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a signed subtraction of MPIs: X = A - B
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_sub_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a signed addition of an MPI and an integer: X = A + b
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param b        The second summand.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_add_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a signed subtraction of an MPI and an integer:
+ *                 X = A - b
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param b        The subtrahend.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_sub_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a multiplication of two MPIs: X = A * B
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The second factor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mul_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a multiplication of an MPI with an unsigned integer:
+ *                 X = A * b
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param b        The second factor.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mul_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        mbedtls_mpi_uint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a division with remainder of two MPIs:
+ *                 A = Q * B + R
+ *
+ * \param Q        The destination MPI for the quotient.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ *                 quotient is not needed. This must not alias A or B.
+ * \param R        The destination MPI for the remainder value.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ *                 remainder is not needed. This must not alias A or B.
+ * \param A        The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The divisor. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_div_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a division with remainder of an MPI by an integer:
+ *                 A = Q * b + R
+ *
+ * \param Q        The destination MPI for the quotient.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ *                 quotient is not needed.  This must not alias A.
+ * \param R        The destination MPI for the remainder value.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if the value of the
+ *                 remainder is not needed.  This must not alias A.
+ * \param A        The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPi.
+ * \param b        The divisor.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_div_int(mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a modular reduction. R = A mod B
+ *
+ * \param R        The destination MPI for the residue value.
+ *                 This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param A        The MPI to compute the residue of.
+ *                 This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The base of the modular reduction.
+ *                 This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is negative.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mod_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a modular reduction with respect to an integer.
+ *                 r = A mod b
+ *
+ * \param r        The address at which to store the residue.
+ *                 This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param A        The MPI to compute the residue of.
+ *                 This must point to an initialized MPi.
+ * \param b        The integer base of the modular reduction.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p b is negative.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_mod_int(mbedtls_mpi_uint *r, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        mbedtls_mpi_sint b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a modular exponentiation: X = A^E mod N
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *                 This must not alias E or N.
+ * \param A        The base of the exponentiation.
+ *                 This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param E        The exponent MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param N        The base for the modular reduction. This must point to an
+ *                 initialized MPI.
+ * \param prec_RR  A helper MPI depending solely on \p N which can be used to
+ *                 speed-up multiple modular exponentiations for the same value
+ *                 of \p N. This may be \c NULL. If it is not \c NULL, it must
+ *                 point to an initialized MPI. If it hasn't been used after
+ *                 the call to mbedtls_mpi_init(), this function will compute
+ *                 the helper value and store it in \p prec_RR for reuse on
+ *                 subsequent calls to this function. Otherwise, the function
+ *                 will assume that \p prec_RR holds the helper value set by a
+ *                 previous call to mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod(), and reuse it.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \c N is negative or
+ *                 even, or if \c E is negative.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failures.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *E, const mbedtls_mpi *N,
+                        mbedtls_mpi *prec_RR);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Fill an MPI with a number of random bytes.
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param size     The number of random bytes to generate.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                 \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ * \note           The bytes obtained from the RNG are interpreted
+ *                 as a big-endian representation of an MPI; this can
+ *                 be relevant in applications like deterministic ECDSA.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_fill_random(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t size,
+                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                            void *p_rng);
+
+/** Generate a random number uniformly in a range.
+ *
+ * This function generates a random number between \p min inclusive and
+ * \p N exclusive.
+ *
+ * The procedure complies with RFC 6979 §3.3 (deterministic ECDSA)
+ * when the RNG is a suitably parametrized instance of HMAC_DRBG
+ * and \p min is \c 1.
+ *
+ * \note           There are `N - min` possible outputs. The lower bound
+ *                 \p min can be reached, but the upper bound \p N cannot.
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param min      The minimum value to return.
+ *                 It must be nonnegative.
+ * \param N        The upper bound of the range, exclusive.
+ *                 In other words, this is one plus the maximum value to return.
+ *                 \p N must be strictly larger than \p min.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p min or \p N is invalid
+ *                 or if they are incompatible.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if the implementation was
+ *                 unable to find a suitable value within a limited number
+ *                 of attempts. This has a negligible probability if \p N
+ *                 is significantly larger than \p min, which is the case
+ *                 for all usual cryptographic applications.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_random(mbedtls_mpi *X,
+                       mbedtls_mpi_sint min,
+                       const mbedtls_mpi *N,
+                       mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                       void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Compute the greatest common divisor: G = gcd(A, B)
+ *
+ * \param G        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *                 This will always be positive or 0.
+ * \param A        The first operand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param B        The second operand. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_gcd(mbedtls_mpi *G, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                    const mbedtls_mpi *B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Compute the modular inverse: X = A^-1 mod N
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ *                 The value returned on success will be between [1, N-1].
+ * \param A        The MPI to calculate the modular inverse of. This must point
+ *                 to an initialized MPI. This value can be negative, in which
+ *                 case a positive answer will still be returned in \p X.
+ * \param N        The base of the modular inversion. This must point to an
+ *                 initialized MPI and be greater than one.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p N is less than
+ *                 or equal to one.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p A has no modular
+ *                 inverse with respect to \p N.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_inv_mod(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A,
+                        const mbedtls_mpi *N);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Miller-Rabin primality test.
+ *
+ * \warning        If \p X is potentially generated by an adversary, for example
+ *                 when validating cryptographic parameters that you didn't
+ *                 generate yourself and that are supposed to be prime, then
+ *                 \p rounds should be at least the half of the security
+ *                 strength of the cryptographic algorithm. On the other hand,
+ *                 if \p X is chosen uniformly or non-adversarially (as is the
+ *                 case when mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime calls this function), then
+ *                 \p rounds can be much lower.
+ *
+ * \param X        The MPI to check for primality.
+ *                 This must point to an initialized MPI.
+ * \param rounds   The number of bases to perform the Miller-Rabin primality
+ *                 test for. The probability of returning 0 on a composite is
+ *                 at most 2<sup>-2*\p rounds </sup>.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use
+ *                 a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful, i.e. \p X is probably prime.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p X is not prime.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_is_prime_ext(const mbedtls_mpi *X, int rounds,
+                             mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                             void *p_rng);
+/**
+ * \brief Flags for mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime()
+ *
+ * Each of these flags is a constraint on the result X returned by
+ * mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime().
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_DH =      0x0001, /**< (X-1)/2 is prime too */
+    MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_LOW_ERR = 0x0002, /**< lower error rate from 2<sup>-80</sup> to 2<sup>-128</sup> */
+} mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Generate a prime number.
+ *
+ * \param X        The destination MPI to store the generated prime in.
+ *                 This must point to an initialized MPi.
+ * \param nbits    The required size of the destination MPI in bits.
+ *                 This must be between \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS.
+ * \param flags    A mask of flags of type #mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use
+ *                 a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful, in which case \p X holds a
+ *                 probably prime number.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if `nbits` is not between
+ *                 \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS.
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nbits, int flags,
+                          mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                          void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_mpi_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* bignum.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/block_cipher.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/**
+ * \file block_cipher.h
+ *
+ * \brief Internal abstraction layer.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/aria.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/camellia.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA)
+#include "psa/crypto_types.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_NONE = 0,  /**< Unset. */
+    MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_AES,       /**< The AES cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_CAMELLIA,  /**< The Camellia cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ID_ARIA,      /**< The Aria cipher. */
+} mbedtls_block_cipher_id_t;
+
+/**
+ * Used internally to indicate whether a context uses legacy or PSA.
+ *
+ * Internal use only.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ENGINE_LEGACY = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ENGINE_PSA,
+} mbedtls_block_cipher_engine_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_block_cipher_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA)
+    mbedtls_block_cipher_engine_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(engine);
+    mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_key_id);
+#endif
+    union {
+        unsigned dummy; /* Make the union non-empty even with no supported algorithms. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+        mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aes);
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+        mbedtls_aria_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aria);
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+        mbedtls_camellia_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(camellia);
+#endif
+    } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);
+} mbedtls_block_cipher_context_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/build_info.h

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/build_info.h
+ *
+ * \brief Build-time configuration info
+ *
+ *  Include this file if you need to depend on the
+ *  configuration options defined in mbedtls_config.h or MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H
+#define MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H
+
+/*
+ * This set of compile-time defines can be used to determine the version number
+ * of the Mbed TLS library used. Run-time variables for the same can be found in
+ * version.h
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The version number x.y.z is split into three parts.
+ * Major, Minor, Patchlevel
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MAJOR  3
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MINOR  6
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_PATCH  5
+
+/**
+ * The single version number has the following structure:
+ *    MMNNPP00
+ *    Major version | Minor version | Patch version
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER         0x03060500
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING         "3.6.5"
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING_FULL    "Mbed TLS 3.6.5"
+
+/* Macros for build-time platform detection */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM64) && \
+    (defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM64EC))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM64
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM32) && \
+    (defined(__arm__) || defined(_M_ARM) || \
+    defined(_M_ARMT) || defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X64) && \
+    (defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__) || \
+    ((defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64)) && !defined(_M_ARM64EC)))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X64
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X86) && \
+    (defined(__i386__) || defined(_X86_) || \
+    (defined(_M_IX86) && !defined(_M_I86)))
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X86
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_IS_WINDOWS_ON_ARM64) && \
+    (defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM64EC))
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_IS_WINDOWS_ON_ARM64
+#endif
+
+/* This is defined if the architecture is Armv8-A, or higher */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A)
+#if defined(__ARM_ARCH) && defined(__ARM_ARCH_PROFILE)
+#if (__ARM_ARCH >= 8) && (__ARM_ARCH_PROFILE == 'A')
+/* GCC, clang, armclang and IAR */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A
+#endif
+#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_8A)
+/* Alternative defined by clang */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A
+#elif defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM64EC)
+/* MSVC ARM64 is at least Armv8.0-A */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && !defined(__clang__) \
+    && !defined(__llvm__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+/* Defined if the compiler really is gcc and not clang, etc */
+#define MBEDTLS_COMPILER_IS_GCC
+#define MBEDTLS_GCC_VERSION \
+    (__GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define `inline` on some non-C99-compliant compilers. */
+#if (defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+    !defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus)
+#define inline __inline
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ)
+#error "Something went wrong: MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ defined before reading the config files!"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_IS_FINALIZED)
+#error "Something went wrong: MBEDTLS_CONFIG_IS_FINALIZED defined before reading the config files!"
+#endif
+
+/* X.509, TLS and non-PSA crypto configuration */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include "mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"
+#else
+#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION) && ( \
+    MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION < 0x03000000 || \
+                             MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION > MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER)
+#error "Invalid config version, defined value of MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION is unsupported"
+#endif
+
+/* Target and application specific configurations
+ *
+ * Allow user to override any previous default.
+ *
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+#endif
+
+/* PSA crypto configuration */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE
+#else
+#include "psa/crypto_config.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE)
+#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+#endif
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) */
+
+/* Indicate that all configuration files have been read.
+ * It is now time to adjust the configuration (follow through on dependencies,
+ * make PSA and legacy crypto consistent, etc.).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY if
+ * MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH and MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C defined
+ * to ensure a 128-bit key size in CTR_DRBG.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH) && defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
+#endif
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_C if needed by a module that didn't require it
+ * in a previous release, to ensure backwards compatibility.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+#endif
+
+/* PSA crypto specific configuration options
+ * - If config_psa.h reads a configuration option in preprocessor directive,
+ *   this symbol should be set before its inclusion. (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+ * - If config_psa.h writes a configuration option in conditional directive,
+ *   this symbol should be consulted after its inclusion.
+ *   (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT)
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) /* PSA_WANT_xxx influences MBEDTLS_xxx */ || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) /* MBEDTLS_xxx influences PSA_WANT_xxx */ || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) /* The same as the previous, but with separation only */
+#include "mbedtls/config_psa.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h"
+
+/* Indicate that all configuration symbols are set,
+ * even the ones that are calculated programmatically.
+ * It is now safe to query the configuration (to check it, to size buffers,
+ * etc.).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_IS_FINALIZED
+
+#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/camellia.h

@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/**
+ * \file camellia.h
+ *
+ * \brief Camellia block cipher
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT     1
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT     0
+
+/** Bad input data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0024
+
+/** Invalid data input length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0026
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          CAMELLIA context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_camellia_context {
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr);                     /*!<  number of rounds  */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk)[68];            /*!<  CAMELLIA round keys    */
+}
+mbedtls_camellia_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
+#include "camellia_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize a CAMELLIA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The CAMELLIA context to be initialized.
+ *                 This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_camellia_init(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Clear a CAMELLIA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The CAMELLIA context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                 in which case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ *                 \c NULL, it must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_camellia_free(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for encryption.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The encryption key to use. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits  The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128,
+ *                 \c 192 or \c 256.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+                                const unsigned char *key,
+                                unsigned int keybits);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for decryption.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of size \p keybits Bits.
+ * \param keybits  The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128,
+ *                 \c 192 or \c 256.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_dec(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+                                const unsigned char *key,
+                                unsigned int keybits);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a CAMELLIA-ECB block encryption/decryption operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                 and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The mode of operation. This must be either
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ * \param input    The input block. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of size \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param output   The output block. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                 of size \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+                               int mode,
+                               const unsigned char input[16],
+                               unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a CAMELLIA-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation.
+ *
+ * \note           Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *                 call the function same function again on the following
+ *                 block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *                 encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *                 If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ *                 IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *                 module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                 and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The mode of operation. This must be either
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length   The length in Bytes of the input data \p input.
+ *                 This must be a multiple of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
+ *                 of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated to allow streaming
+ *                 use as explained above.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data. This must point to a
+ *                 readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data. This must point to a
+ *                 writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+                               int mode,
+                               size_t length,
+                               unsigned char iv[16],
+                               const unsigned char *input,
+                               unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a CAMELLIA-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption
+ *                 operation.
+ *
+ * \note           Due to the nature of CFB mode, you should use the same
+ *                 key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls
+ *                 to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via
+ *                 mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether \p mode
+ *                 is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \note           Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *                 call the function same function again on the following
+ *                 block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *                 encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *                 If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ *                 IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *                 module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                 and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The mode of operation. This must be either
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data \p input. Any value is allowed.
+ * \param iv_off   The current offset in the IV. This must be smaller
+ *                 than \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to allow
+ *                 the aforementioned streaming usage.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
+ *                 of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to
+ *                 allow the aforementioned streaming usage.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer to hold the output data. This must be a writable
+ *                 buffer of length \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+                                  int mode,
+                                  size_t length,
+                                  size_t *iv_off,
+                                  unsigned char iv[16],
+                                  const unsigned char *input,
+                                  unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+/**
+ * \brief      Perform a CAMELLIA-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation.
+ *
+ * *note       Due to the nature of CTR mode, you should use the same
+ *             key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls
+ *             to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via
+ *             mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether the mode
+ *             is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \warning    You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
+ *             would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
+ *             the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ *             There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
+ *
+ *             1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
+ *             successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
+ *             set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
+ *             then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
+ *             stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
+ *             updated by this function.
+ *
+ *             With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
+ *             blocks of data with the same key.
+ *
+ *             2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
+ *             nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
+ *             per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
+ *             updated by this function internally.
+ *
+ *             For example, you might reserve the first \c 12 Bytes for the
+ *             per-message nonce, and the last \c 4 Bytes for internal use.
+ *             In that case, before calling this function on a new message you
+ *             need to set the first \c 12 Bytes of \p nonce_counter to your
+ *             chosen nonce value, the last four to \c 0, and \p nc_off to \c 0
+ *             (which will cause \p stream_block to be ignored). That way, you
+ *             can encrypt at most \c 2**96 messages of up to \c 2**32 blocks
+ *             each  with the same key.
+ *
+ *             The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
+ *             it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be
+ *             unique. The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a
+ *             message counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces,
+ *             but this limits the number of messages that can be securely
+ *             encrypted: for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should
+ *             not encrypt more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
+ *
+ *             Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
+ *             that a CAMELLIA block is \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning    Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
+ *             content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
+ *             securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                      and bound to a key.
+ * \param length        The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ *                      Any value is allowed.
+ * \param nc_off        The offset in the current \p stream_block (for resuming
+ *                      within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to
+ *                      should be \c 0 at the start of a stream. It is updated
+ *                      at the end of this call.
+ * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must be a read/write
+ *                      buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param stream_block  The saved stream-block for resuming. This must be a
+ *                      read/write buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input         The input data stream. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                      size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output        The output data stream. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                      of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return              A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
+                               size_t length,
+                               size_t *nc_off,
+                               unsigned char nonce_counter[16],
+                               unsigned char stream_block[16],
+                               const unsigned char *input,
+                               unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_camellia_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* camellia.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ccm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/**
+ * \file ccm.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for the CCM authenticated encryption
+ *        mode for block ciphers.
+ *
+ * CCM combines Counter mode encryption with CBC-MAC authentication
+ * for 128-bit block ciphers.
+ *
+ * Input to CCM includes the following elements:
+ * <ul><li>Payload - data that is both authenticated and encrypted.</li>
+ * <li>Associated data (Adata) - data that is authenticated but not
+ * encrypted, For example, a header.</li>
+ * <li>Nonce - A unique value that is assigned to the payload and the
+ * associated data.</li></ul>
+ *
+ * Definition of CCM:
+ * http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38C/SP800-38C_updated-July20_2007.pdf
+ * RFC 3610 "Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)"
+ *
+ * Related:
+ * RFC 5116 "An Interface and Algorithms for Authenticated Encryption"
+ *
+ * Definition of CCM*:
+ * IEEE 802.15.4 - IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks
+ * Integer representation is fixed most-significant-octet-first order and
+ * the representation of octets is most-significant-bit-first order. This is
+ * consistent with RFC 3610.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CCM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+#include "mbedtls/block_cipher.h"
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT       0
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT       1
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT  2
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT  3
+
+/** Bad input parameters to the function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT       -0x000D
+/** Authenticated decryption failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED     -0x000F
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief    The CCM context-type definition. The CCM context is passed
+ *           to the APIs called.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ccm_context {
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(y)[16];    /*!< The Y working buffer */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctr)[16];  /*!< The counter buffer */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(plaintext_len);   /*!< Total plaintext length */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_len);         /*!< Total authentication data length */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tag_len);         /*!< Total tag length */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(processed);       /*!< Track how many bytes of input data
+                                                  were processed (chunked input).
+                                                  Used independently for both auth data
+                                                  and plaintext/ciphertext.
+                                                  This variable is set to zero after
+                                                  auth data input is finished. */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q);         /*!< The Q working value */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);      /*!< The operation to perform:
+                                              #MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT or
+                                              #MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT or
+                                              #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT or
+                                              #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+    mbedtls_block_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_cipher_ctx);    /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#else
+    mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx);    /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#endif
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state);              /*!< Working value holding context's
+                                                  state. Used for chunked data input */
+}
+mbedtls_ccm_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
+#include "ccm_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the specified CCM context,
+ *                  to make references valid, and prepare the context
+ *                  for mbedtls_ccm_setkey() or mbedtls_ccm_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ccm_init(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the CCM context set in the
+ *                  \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context to initialize. This must be an initialized
+ *                  context.
+ * \param cipher    The 128-bit block cipher to use.
+ * \param key       The encryption key. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param keybits   The key size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_setkey(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+                       mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+                       const unsigned char *key,
+                       unsigned int keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function releases and clears the specified CCM context
+ *          and underlying cipher sub-context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the function
+ *                  has no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ccm_free(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function encrypts a buffer using CCM.
+ *
+ * \note            The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
+ *                  the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
+ *                  Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
+ *                  \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
+ *                  output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
+ *                  initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ *                  or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ *                  15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad        The additional data field. If \p ad_len is greater than
+ *                  zero, \p ad must be a readable buffer of at least that
+ *                  length.
+ * \param ad_len    The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ *                  This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param output    The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param tag       The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ *                  writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
+ *                  4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+                                const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                                const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                                const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+                                unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function encrypts a buffer using CCM*.
+ *
+ * \note            The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
+ *                  the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
+ *                  Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
+ *                  \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
+ *                  output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
+ *
+ * \note            When using this function in a variable tag length context,
+ *                  the tag length has to be encoded into the \p iv passed to
+ *                  this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
+ *                  initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  For tag length = 0, input length is ignored.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ *                  or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ *                  15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad        The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                  at least \p ad_len Bytes.
+ * \param ad_len    The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ *                  This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param output    The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param tag       The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ *                  writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
+ *                  0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \warning         Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no
+ *                  longer authenticated.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_star_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+                                     const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                                     const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                                     const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+                                     unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs a CCM authenticated decryption of a
+ *                  buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
+ *                  initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ *                  or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ *                  15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad        The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                  of at least that \p ad_len Bytes..
+ * \param ad_len    The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ *                  This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param output    The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param tag       The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ *                  readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
+ *                  4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success. This indicates that the message is authentic.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
+ * \return          A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+                             const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                             const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                             const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+                             const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs a CCM* authenticated decryption of a
+ *                  buffer.
+ *
+ * \note            When using this function in a variable tag length context,
+ *                  the tag length has to be decoded from \p iv and passed to
+ *                  this function as \p tag_len. (\p tag needs to be adjusted
+ *                  accordingly.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
+ *                  initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  For tag length = 0, input length is ignored.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ *                  or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ *                  15 - \p iv_len.
+ * \param ad        The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                  at least that \p ad_len Bytes.
+ * \param ad_len    The length of additional data in Bytes.
+ *                  This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param output    The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
+ *                  that length.
+ * \param tag       The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
+ *                  readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the authentication field in Bytes.
+ *                  0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *
+ * \warning         Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is nos
+ *                  longer authenticated.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
+ * \return          A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_star_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
+                                  const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                                  const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                                  const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+                                  const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function starts a CCM encryption or decryption
+ *                  operation.
+ *
+ *                  This function and mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() must be called
+ *                  before calling mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() or
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_update(). This function can be called before
+ *                  or after mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ *
+ * \note            This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param mode      The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT or
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT or
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                  of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ *                  or 13. The length L of the message length field is
+ *                  15 - \p iv_len.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ *                  \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ *                  \p mode is invalid,
+ *                  \p iv_len is invalid (lower than \c 7 or greater than
+ *                  \c 13).
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_starts(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+                       int mode,
+                       const unsigned char *iv,
+                       size_t iv_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function declares the lengths of the message
+ *                  and additional data for a CCM encryption or decryption
+ *                  operation.
+ *
+ *                  This function and mbedtls_ccm_starts() must be called
+ *                  before calling mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() or
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_update(). This function can be called before
+ *                  or after mbedtls_ccm_starts().
+ *
+ * \note            This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param total_ad_len   The total length of additional data in bytes.
+ *                       This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`.
+ * \param plaintext_len  The length in bytes of the plaintext to encrypt or
+ *                       result of the decryption (thus not encompassing the
+ *                       additional data that are not encrypted).
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the tag to generate in Bytes:
+ *                  4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
+ *                  For CCM*, zero is also valid.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ *                  \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ *                  \p total_ad_len is greater than \c 0xFF00.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+                            size_t total_ad_len,
+                            size_t plaintext_len,
+                            size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer as associated data
+ *                  (authenticated but not encrypted data) in a CCM
+ *                  encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                  You may call this function zero, one or more times
+ *                  to pass successive parts of the additional data. The
+ *                  lengths \p ad_len of the data parts should eventually add
+ *                  up exactly to the total length of additional data
+ *                  \c total_ad_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). You
+ *                  may not call this function after calling
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_update().
+ *
+ * \note            This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context. This must have been started with
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_starts(), the lengths of the message and
+ *                  additional data must have been declared with
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() and this must not have yet
+ *                  received any input with mbedtls_ccm_update().
+ * \param ad        The buffer holding the additional data, or \c NULL
+ *                  if \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len    The length of the additional data. If \c 0,
+ *                  \p ad may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ *                  \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ *                  total input length too long.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_update_ad(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char *ad,
+                          size_t ad_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing CCM
+ *                  encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                  You may call this function zero, one or more times
+ *                  to pass successive parts of the input: the plaintext to
+ *                  encrypt, or the ciphertext (not including the tag) to
+ *                  decrypt. After the last part of the input, call
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_finish(). The lengths \p input_len of the
+ *                  data parts should eventually add up exactly to the
+ *                  plaintext length \c plaintext_len passed to
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ *
+ *                  This function may produce output in one of the following
+ *                  ways:
+ *                  - Immediate output: the output length is always equal
+ *                    to the input length.
+ *                  - Buffered output: except for the last part of input data,
+ *                    the output consists of a whole number of 16-byte blocks.
+ *                    If the total input length so far (not including
+ *                    associated data) is 16 \* *B* + *A* with *A* < 16 then
+ *                    the total output length is 16 \* *B*.
+ *                    For the last part of input data, the output length is
+ *                    equal to the input length plus the number of bytes (*A*)
+ *                    buffered in the previous call to the function (if any).
+ *                    The function uses the plaintext length
+ *                    \c plaintext_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths()
+ *                    to detect the last part of input data.
+ *
+ *                  In particular:
+ *                  - It is always correct to call this function with
+ *                    \p output_size >= \p input_len + 15.
+ *                  - If \p input_len is a multiple of 16 for all the calls
+ *                    to this function during an operation (not necessary for
+ *                    the last one) then it is correct to use \p output_size
+ *                    =\p input_len.
+ *
+ * \note            This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CCM context. This must have been started with
+ *                      mbedtls_ccm_starts() and the lengths of the message and
+ *                      additional data must have been declared with
+ *                      mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. If \p input_len
+ *                      is greater than zero, this must be a readable buffer
+ *                      of at least \p input_len bytes.
+ * \param input_len     The length of the input data in bytes.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. If \p output_size
+ *                      is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of
+ *                      at least \p output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size   The size of the output buffer in bytes.
+ *                      See the function description regarding the output size.
+ * \param output_len    On success, \p *output_len contains the actual
+ *                      length of the output written in \p output.
+ *                      On failure, the content of \p *output_len is
+ *                      unspecified.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ *                 \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ *                 total input length too long,
+ *                 or \p output_size too small.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_update(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *input, size_t input_len,
+                       unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+                       size_t *output_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function finishes the CCM operation and generates
+ *                  the authentication tag.
+ *
+ *                  It wraps up the CCM stream, and generates the
+ *                  tag. The tag can have a maximum length of 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note            This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The CCM context. This must have been started with
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_starts() and the lengths of the message and
+ *                  additional data must have been declared with
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ * \param tag       The buffer for holding the tag. If \p tag_len is greater
+ *                  than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at least \p
+ *                  tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the tag. Must match the tag length passed to
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() function.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ *                  \p ctx is in an invalid state,
+ *                  invalid value of \p tag_len,
+ *                  the total amount of additional data passed to
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() was lower than the total length of
+ *                  additional data \c total_ad_len passed to
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(),
+ *                  the total amount of input data passed to
+ *                  mbedtls_ccm_update() was lower than the plaintext length
+ *                  \c plaintext_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths().
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_finish(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
+                       unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES)
+/**
+ * \brief          The CCM checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ccm_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/**
+ * \file chacha20.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains ChaCha20 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ *          ChaCha20 is a stream cipher that can encrypt and decrypt
+ *          information. ChaCha was created by Daniel Bernstein as a variant of
+ *          its Salsa cipher https://cr.yp.to/chacha/chacha-20080128.pdf
+ *          ChaCha20 is the variant with 20 rounds, that was also standardized
+ *          in RFC 7539.
+ *
+ * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Invalid input parameter(s). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA         -0x0051
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT)
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_chacha20_context {
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[16];          /*! The state (before round operations). */
+    uint8_t  MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keystream8)[64];     /*! Leftover keystream bytes. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keystream_bytes_used); /*! Number of keystream bytes already used. */
+}
+mbedtls_chacha20_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */
+#include "chacha20_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the specified ChaCha20 context.
+ *
+ *                  It must be the first API called before using
+ *                  the context.
+ *
+ *                  It is usually followed by calls to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts(), then one or more calls to
+ *                  to \c mbedtls_chacha20_update(), and finally to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chacha20_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20 context to initialize.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_chacha20_init(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function releases and clears the specified
+ *                  ChaCha20 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                  in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not
+ *                  \c NULL, it must point to an initialized context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_chacha20_free(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the encryption/decryption key.
+ *
+ * \note            After using this function, you must also call
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() to set a nonce before you
+ *                  start encrypting/decrypting data with
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chacha_update().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20 context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                  It must be initialized.
+ * \param key       The encryption/decryption key. This must be \c 32 Bytes
+ *                  in length.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or key is NULL.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_setkey(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char key[32]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the nonce and initial counter value.
+ *
+ * \note            A ChaCha20 context can be re-used with the same key by
+ *                  calling this function to change the nonce.
+ *
+ * \warning         You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
+ *                  This would void any confidentiality guarantees for the
+ *                  messages encrypted with the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20 context to which the nonce should be bound.
+ *                  It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param nonce     The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size.
+ * \param counter   The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or nonce is
+ *                  NULL.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_starts(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char nonce[12],
+                            uint32_t counter);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function encrypts or decrypts data.
+ *
+ *                  Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is
+ *                  used for encrypting and decrypting data.
+ *
+ * \note            The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or
+ *                  point to non-overlapping buffers.
+ *
+ * \note            \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() must be called at least once
+ *                  to setup the context before this function can be called.
+ *
+ * \note            This function can be called multiple times in a row in
+ *                  order to encrypt of decrypt data piecewise with the same
+ *                  key and nonce.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20 context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                  It must be initialized and bound to a key and nonce.
+ * \param size      The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ * \param output    The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                  This must be able to hold \p size Bytes.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_update(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
+                            size_t size,
+                            const unsigned char *input,
+                            unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function encrypts or decrypts data with ChaCha20 and
+ *                  the given key and nonce.
+ *
+ *                  Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is
+ *                  used for encrypting and decrypting data.
+ *
+ * \warning         You must never use the same (key, nonce) pair more than
+ *                  once. This would void any confidentiality guarantees for
+ *                  the messages encrypted with the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ * \note            The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or
+ *                  point to non-overlapping buffers.
+ *
+ * \param key       The encryption/decryption key.
+ *                  This must be \c 32 Bytes in length.
+ * \param nonce     The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size.
+ * \param counter   The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0.
+ * \param size      The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ * \param output    The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                  This must be able to hold \p size Bytes.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_crypt(const unsigned char key[32],
+                           const unsigned char nonce[12],
+                           uint32_t counter,
+                           size_t size,
+                           const unsigned char *input,
+                           unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief           The ChaCha20 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chacha20_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h

@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/**
+ * \file chachapoly.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains the AEAD-ChaCha20-Poly1305 definitions and
+ *          functions.
+ *
+ *          ChaCha20-Poly1305 is an algorithm for Authenticated Encryption
+ *          with Associated Data (AEAD) that can be used to encrypt and
+ *          authenticate data. It is based on ChaCha20 and Poly1305 by Daniel
+ *          Bernstein and was standardized in RFC 7539.
+ *
+ * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+/* for shared error codes */
+#include "mbedtls/poly1305.h"
+
+/** The requested operation is not permitted in the current state. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE            -0x0054
+/** Authenticated decryption failed: data was not authentic. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED          -0x0056
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT,     /**< The mode value for performing encryption. */
+    MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT      /**< The mode value for performing decryption. */
+}
+mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT)
+
+#include "mbedtls/chacha20.h"
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_chachapoly_context {
+    mbedtls_chacha20_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chacha20_ctx);  /**< The ChaCha20 context. */
+    mbedtls_poly1305_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(poly1305_ctx);  /**< The Poly1305 context. */
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aad_len);                       /**< The length (bytes) of the Additional Authenticated Data. */
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphertext_len);                /**< The length (bytes) of the ciphertext. */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state);                              /**< The current state of the context. */
+    mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);         /**< Cipher mode (encrypt or decrypt). */
+}
+mbedtls_chachapoly_context;
+
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */
+#include "chachapoly_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the specified ChaCha20-Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ *                  It must be the first API called before using
+ *                  the context. It must be followed by a call to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey() before any operation can be
+ *                  done, and to \c mbedtls_chachapoly_free() once all
+ *                  operations with that context have been finished.
+ *
+ *                  In order to encrypt or decrypt full messages at once, for
+ *                  each message you should make a single call to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_crypt_and_tag() or
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt().
+ *
+ *                  In order to encrypt messages piecewise, for each
+ *                  message you should make a call to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(), then 0 or more calls to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad(), then 0 or more calls to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(), then one call to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish().
+ *
+ * \warning         Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged! Always
+ *                  use \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt() when possible!
+ *
+ *                  If however this is not possible because the data is too
+ *                  large to fit in memory, you need to:
+ *
+ *                  - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts() and (if needed)
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad() as above,
+ *                  - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update() multiple times and
+ *                  ensure its output (the plaintext) is NOT used in any other
+ *                  way than placing it in temporary storage at this point,
+ *                  - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish() to compute the
+ *                  authentication tag and compared it in constant time to the
+ *                  tag received with the ciphertext.
+ *
+ *                  If the tags are not equal, you must immediately discard
+ *                  all previous outputs of \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(),
+ *                  otherwise you can now safely use the plaintext.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChachaPoly context to initialize. Must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_chachapoly_init(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function releases and clears the specified
+ *                  ChaCha20-Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChachaPoly context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                  case this function is a no-op.
+ */
+void mbedtls_chachapoly_free(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ *                  symmetric encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to which the key should be
+ *                  bound. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key       The \c 256 Bit (\c 32 Bytes) key.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+                              const unsigned char key[32]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function starts a ChaCha20-Poly1305 encryption or
+ *                  decryption operation.
+ *
+ * \warning         You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
+ *                  This would void any confidentiality and authenticity
+ *                  guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce
+ *                  and key.
+ *
+ * \note            If the context is being used for AAD only (no data to
+ *                  encrypt or decrypt) then \p mode can be set to any value.
+ *
+ * \warning         Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ *                  warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized
+ *                  and bound to a key.
+ * \param nonce     The nonce/IV to use for the message.
+ *                  This must be a readable buffer of length \c 12 Bytes.
+ * \param mode      The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT or
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT (discouraged, see warning).
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+                              const unsigned char nonce[12],
+                              mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds additional data to be authenticated
+ *                  into an ongoing ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation.
+ *
+ *                  The Additional Authenticated Data (AAD), also called
+ *                  Associated Data (AD) is only authenticated but not
+ *                  encrypted nor included in the encrypted output. It is
+ *                  usually transmitted separately from the ciphertext or
+ *                  computed locally by each party.
+ *
+ * \note            This function is called before data is encrypted/decrypted.
+ *                  I.e. call this function to process the AAD before calling
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update().
+ *
+ *                  You may call this function multiple times to process
+ *                  an arbitrary amount of AAD. It is permitted to call
+ *                  this function 0 times, if no AAD is used.
+ *
+ *                  This function cannot be called any more if data has
+ *                  been processed by \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(),
+ *                  or if the context has been finished.
+ *
+ * \warning         Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ *                  warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized
+ *                  and bound to a key.
+ * \param aad_len   The length in Bytes of the AAD. The length has no
+ *                  restrictions.
+ * \param aad       Buffer containing the AAD.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ *                  if \p ctx or \p aad are NULL.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
+ *                  if the operations has not been started or has been
+ *                  finished, or if the AAD has been finished.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+                                  const unsigned char *aad,
+                                  size_t aad_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Thus function feeds data to be encrypted or decrypted
+ *                  into an on-going ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ *                  operation.
+ *
+ *                  The direction (encryption or decryption) depends on the
+ *                  mode that was given when calling
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts().
+ *
+ *                  You may call this function multiple times to process
+ *                  an arbitrary amount of data. It is permitted to call
+ *                  this function 0 times, if no data is to be encrypted
+ *                  or decrypted.
+ *
+ * \warning         Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ *                  warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param len       The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ * \param input     The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`.
+ * \param output    The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data is
+ *                  written. This must be able to hold \p len bytes.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
+ *                  if the operation has not been started or has been
+ *                  finished.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_update(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+                              size_t len,
+                              const unsigned char *input,
+                              unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function finished the ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation and
+ *                  generates the MAC (authentication tag).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param mac       The buffer to where the 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC is written.
+ *
+ * \warning         Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
+ *                  warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
+ *                  if the operation has not been started or has been
+ *                  finished.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_finish(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+                              unsigned char mac[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ *                  authenticated encryption with the previously-set key.
+ *
+ * \note            Before using this function, you must set the key with
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey().
+ *
+ * \warning         You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
+ *                  This would void any confidentiality and authenticity
+ *                  guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce
+ *                  and key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param length    The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ * \param nonce     The 96-bit (12 bytes) nonce/IV to use.
+ * \param aad       The buffer containing the additional authenticated
+ *                  data (AAD). This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
+ * \param aad_len   The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process.
+ * \param input     The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output    The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data
+ *                  is written. This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param tag       The buffer to where the computed 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC
+ *                  is written. This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+                                       size_t length,
+                                       const unsigned char nonce[12],
+                                       const unsigned char *aad,
+                                       size_t aad_len,
+                                       const unsigned char *input,
+                                       unsigned char *output,
+                                       unsigned char tag[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305
+ *                  authenticated decryption with the previously-set key.
+ *
+ * \note            Before using this function, you must set the key with
+ *                  \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key).
+ * \param length    The length (in Bytes) of the data to decrypt.
+ * \param nonce     The \c 96 Bit (\c 12 bytes) nonce/IV to use.
+ * \param aad       The buffer containing the additional authenticated data (AAD).
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
+ * \param aad_len   The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process.
+ * \param tag       The buffer holding the authentication tag.
+ *                  This must be a readable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input     The buffer containing the data to decrypt.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output    The buffer to where the decrypted data is written.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED
+ *                  if the data was not authentic.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
+                                    size_t length,
+                                    const unsigned char nonce[12],
+                                    const unsigned char *aad,
+                                    size_t aad_len,
+                                    const unsigned char tag[16],
+                                    const unsigned char *input,
+                                    unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief           The ChaCha20-Poly1305 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_chachapoly_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/check_config.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1149 @@
+/**
+ * \file check_config.h
+ *
+ * \brief Consistency checks for configuration options
+ *
+ * This is an internal header. Do not include it directly.
+ *
+ * This header is included automatically by all public Mbed TLS headers
+ * (via mbedtls/build_info.h). Do not include it directly in a configuration
+ * file such as mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h or #MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE!
+ * It would run at the wrong time due to missing derived symbols.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_IS_FINALIZED)
+#warning "Do not include mbedtls/check_config.h manually! " \
+         "This may cause spurious errors. " \
+         "It is included automatically at the right point since Mbed TLS 3.0."
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CONFIG_IS_FINALIZED */
+
+/*
+ * We assume CHAR_BIT is 8 in many places. In practice, this is true on our
+ * target platforms, so not an issue, but let's just be extra sure.
+ */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if CHAR_BIT != 8
+#error "Mbed TLS requires a platform with 8-bit chars"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C is required on Windows"
+#endif
+/* See auto-enabling SNPRINTF_ALT and VSNPRINTF_ALT
+ * in * config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h */
+#endif /* _MINGW32__ || (_MSC_VER && (_MSC_VER <= 1900)) */
+
+#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_MBED) && defined(MBEDTLS_NET_C)
+#error "The NET module is not available for mbed OS - please use the network functions provided by Mbed OS"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) && \
+    !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__clang__)
+#error "MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING only works with GCC and Clang"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE without MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME does not make sense"
+#endif
+
+/* Limitations on ECC key types acceleration: if we have any of `PUBLIC_KEY`,
+ * `KEY_PAIR_BASIC`, `KEY_PAIR_IMPORT`, `KEY_PAIR_EXPORT` then we must have
+ * all 4 of them.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#error "Unsupported partial support for ECC key type acceleration, see docs/driver-only-builds.md"
+#endif /* not all of public, basic, import, export */
+#endif /* one of public, basic, import, export */
+
+/* Limitations on ECC curves acceleration: partial curve acceleration is only
+ * supported with crypto excluding PK, X.509 or TLS.
+ * Note: no need to check X.509 as it depends on PK. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_224) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#error "Unsupported partial support for ECC curves acceleration, see docs/driver-only-builds.md"
+#endif /* modules beyond what's supported */
+#endif /* not all curves accelerated */
+#endif /* some curve accelerated */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) && !(defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES) && \
+    defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)))
+#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_DHM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C) && \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C ) || ( !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_CMAC_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C) && \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT) && defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_DES_C cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT and MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECDH_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) &&            \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) ||           \
+      !( defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) || \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) ||   \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) ||   \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) ) || \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) ||    \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_C with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO needs MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C for ECDSA signature"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_C with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO needs MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C for ECDSA verification"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_C && MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)           && \
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT) || \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT)     || \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT)          || \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT)        || \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT)        || \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)        || \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but it cannot coexist with an alternative ECP implementation"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)           && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || (    \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED)   &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED)   &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED)   &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) &&                  \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) &&                 \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_C defined (or a subset enabled), but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \
+    !(defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256))
+#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) && (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN > 64)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN value too high"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) &&                                            \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) || !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512)) \
+    && defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) && (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN > 32)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN value too high"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__has_feature)
+#if __has_feature(memory_sanitizer)
+#define MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN // #undef at the end of this paragraph
+#endif
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN) &&  !defined(MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN)
+#error "MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN requires building with MemorySanitizer"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM)
+#error "MemorySanitizer does not support assembly implementation"
+#endif
+#undef MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN // temporary macro defined above
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) && \
+    !(defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_ARIA) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_CAMELLIA))
+#error "MBEDTLS_CCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) && \
+    !(defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_ARIA) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_CAMELLIA))
+#error "MBEDTLS_GCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK defined, but no alternative implementation enabled"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HKDF_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) &&                 \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) ||                                       \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) ||                                \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) &&                 \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) ||          \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) &&                     \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH)
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) &&                   \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) ||           \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) &&                 \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) ||          \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) &&                \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) ||                                       \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) ||                                \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) &&                   \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) &&                       \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) &&    \
+    ( !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) ||                   \
+      !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+      !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) &&    \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) ||                    \
+      !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/* Use of EC J-PAKE in TLS requires SHA-256. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) &&                    \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256)
+#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) &&        \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE) &&            \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) &&                        \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) &&                        \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1)
+#error "!MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE requires SHA-512, SHA-256 or SHA-1".
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512)
+#error "MBEDTLS_MD_C defined, but no hash algorithm"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_C) &&                                          \
+    ! ( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_LMS_C requires MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C and PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) &&                                    \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE requires MBEDTLS_LMS_C"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C) &&                          \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BASE64_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BASE64_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && \
+    (!defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || \
+     !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C)        || \
+     !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C))
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C) && \
+    (!defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) || \
+     !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C)        || \
+     !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C))
+#error "MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
+        !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
+        !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT)   && \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
+        !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) &&\
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO must be defined if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO is"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) &&\
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO must be defined if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO is"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF) ||\
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) ||\
+        !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) &&\
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) &&\
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) ||\
+      defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO) &&\
+    ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) ||\
+      defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) &&                                    \
+    !( ( ( defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) ) && \
+         defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) ) ||                                \
+       defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C defined, but not all prerequisites (missing RNG)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE) && \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) &&    \
+    ! ( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
+        defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#warning "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) &&            \
+    ! defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) &&      \
+    !( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) && \
+       defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) &&              \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is not compatible with actual entropy sources"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) &&              \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is not compatible with MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_STORE_DYNAMIC) &&           \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOTS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_STORE_DYNAMIC and MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOTS cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) ||         \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) &&         \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but none of the PKCS1 versions enabled"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT) &&                        \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#error "Must only define one of MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_* defined without MBEDTLS_SHA512_C"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT) || defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_*ALT can't be used with MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT || MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) && !defined(__aarch64__)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY defined on non-Aarch64 system"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#error "Must only define one of MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_* defined without MBEDTLS_SHA256_C"
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT) || defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_*ALT can't be used with MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_*"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARMV8_A)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY defined on non-Armv8-A system"
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 requires separate HKDF parts from PSA,
+ * and at least one ciphersuite, so at least SHA-256 or SHA-384
+ * from PSA to use with HKDF.
+ *
+ * Note: for dependencies common with TLS 1.2 (running handshake hash),
+ * see MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && \
+    !(defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && \
+      defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) && \
+      defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND) && \
+      (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#if !( (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH)) && \
+       defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && \
+       ( defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) || defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#if !( defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The current implementation of TLS 1.3 requires MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 defined without MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) &&                                    \
+    !(defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) ||                          \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) ||                      \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) ||                    \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) ||                  \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) ||                     \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) ||                   \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) ||                          \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) ||                      \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) ||                      \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) ||                    \
+      defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) )
+#error "One or more versions of the TLS protocol are enabled " \
+        "but no key exchange methods defined with MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_xxxx"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) || \
+      ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED) && \
+        !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA  defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE) &&                      \
+        ((MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE < 0) ||                    \
+         (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE > UINT32_MAX))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE must be in the range(0..UINT32_MAX)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)     && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) && !(defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 and 1.3 require SHA-256 or SHA-384 (running handshake hash) */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if !(defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) || \
+    !(defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384))
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) && \
+    !( defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but no protocols are active"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY  defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE  defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY) &&                              \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY  defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) &&                              \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID  defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)            &&                 \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX) &&                 \
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX > 255
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)            &&                  \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX) &&                 \
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX > 255
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT)     &&                 \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT) && MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT != 0
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#warning "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT && MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT != 0 */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC) &&   \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && \
+                                       !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C) && \
+    !( defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH) && \
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH >= 256
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH must be less than 256"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) && \
+        !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL)
+#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL // undef at the end of this paragraph
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL)
+#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL // undef at the end of this paragraph
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL)
+#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_C defined, single threading implementation required"
+#endif
+#undef MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL // temporary macro defined above
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+#error "MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES) && !defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_C)
+#error "MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) && \
+    (!defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) ||   \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) ||                                 \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) && \
+    (!defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) ||      \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) ||                                    \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) ) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK) && \
+            ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 && MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
+
+#if ( defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) ) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM)
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32/MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM cannot be defined simultaneously"
+#endif /* (MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 || MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) && MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION) && \
+    !( defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY) )
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+/* Reject attempts to enable options that have been removed and that could
+ * cause a build to succeed but with features removed. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/2599"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3 (SSL v3.0 support) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO (SSL v2 ClientHello support) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT (compatibility with the buggy implementation of truncated HMAC in Mbed TLS up to 2.7) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TLS_DEFAULT_ALLOW_SHA1_IN_CERTIFICATES) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_TLS_DEFAULT_ALLOW_SHA1_IN_CERTIFICATES was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See the ChangeLog entry if you really need SHA-1-signed certificates."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4313"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4335"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4335"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC) //no-check-names
+#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4341"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C) && ( ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) ) || \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) ) || ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) ) || \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) ) || \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C) ) || \
+    ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) ) )
+#error  "MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C is defined, but not all prerequisites"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Avoid warning from -pedantic. This is a convenient place for this
+ * workaround since this is included by every single file before the
+ * #if defined(MBEDTLS_xxx_C) that results in empty translation units.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_iso_c_forbids_empty_translation_units;
+
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/cipher.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1250 @@
+/**
+ * \file cipher.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains an abstraction interface for use with the cipher
+ * primitives provided by the library. It provides a common interface to all of
+ * the available cipher operations.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM
+#endif
+
+/** The selected feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE  -0x6080
+/** Bad input parameters. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA       -0x6100
+/** Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED         -0x6180
+/** Input data contains invalid padding and is rejected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING      -0x6200
+/** Decryption of block requires a full block. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED  -0x6280
+/** Authentication failed (for AEAD modes). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED          -0x6300
+/** The context is invalid. For example, because it was freed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_CONTEXT      -0x6380
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN     0x01    /**< Cipher accepts IVs of variable length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN    0x02    /**< Cipher accepts keys of variable length. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief     Supported cipher types.
+ *
+ * \warning   DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use
+ *            constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering stronger
+ *            ciphers instead.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NONE = 0,  /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher ID lists. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NULL,      /**< The identity cipher, treated as a stream cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES,       /**< The AES cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_DES,       /**< The DES cipher. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_3DES,      /**< The Triple DES cipher. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CAMELLIA,  /**< The Camellia cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_ARIA,      /**< The Aria cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CHACHA20,  /**< The ChaCha20 cipher. */
+} mbedtls_cipher_id_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief     Supported {cipher type, cipher mode} pairs.
+ *
+ * \warning   DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use
+ *            constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering stronger
+ *            ciphers instead.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE = 0,             /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher-pair lists. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL,                 /**< The identity stream cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CBC,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CBC,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CFB128,       /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CFB128,       /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CFB128,       /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CTR,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CTR,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CTR,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_GCM,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_GCM,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_GCM,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_ECB,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_ECB,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_ECB,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CBC,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CBC,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CBC,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CFB128,  /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CFB128,  /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CFB128,  /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CTR,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CTR,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CTR,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_GCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_GCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_GCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_ECB,              /**< DES cipher with ECB mode. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_CBC,              /**< DES cipher with CBC mode. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_ECB,          /**< DES cipher with EDE ECB mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_CBC,          /**< DES cipher with EDE CBC mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB,         /**< DES cipher with EDE3 ECB mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_CBC,         /**< DES cipher with EDE3 CBC mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CCM,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CCM,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CCM,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_ECB,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_ECB,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_ECB,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CBC,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CBC,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CBC,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CFB128,      /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CFB128,      /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CFB128,      /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CTR,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CTR,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CTR,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_GCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_GCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_GCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_OFB,          /**< AES 128-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_OFB,          /**< AES 192-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_OFB,          /**< AES 256-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_XTS,          /**< AES 128-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_XTS,          /**< AES 256-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20,             /**< ChaCha20 stream cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20_POLY1305,    /**< ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KW,           /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KW mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KW,           /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KW mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KW,           /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KW mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KWP,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KWP,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KWP,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+} mbedtls_cipher_type_t;
+
+/** Supported cipher modes. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE = 0,               /**< None.                        */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB,                    /**< The ECB cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC,                    /**< The CBC cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CFB,                    /**< The CFB cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_OFB,                    /**< The OFB cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CTR,                    /**< The CTR cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_GCM,                    /**< The GCM cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_STREAM,                 /**< The stream cipher mode.      */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM,                    /**< The CCM cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG,        /**< The CCM*-no-tag cipher mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_XTS,                    /**< The XTS cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CHACHAPOLY,             /**< The ChaCha-Poly cipher mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_KW,                     /**< The SP800-38F KW mode */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_KWP,                    /**< The SP800-38F KWP mode */
+} mbedtls_cipher_mode_t;
+
+/** Supported cipher padding types. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_PKCS7 = 0,     /**< PKCS7 padding (default).        */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS, /**< ISO/IEC 7816-4 padding.         */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN, /**< ANSI X.923 padding.             */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS,         /**< Zero padding (not reversible). */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_NONE,          /**< Never pad (full blocks only).   */
+} mbedtls_cipher_padding_t;
+
+/** Type of operation. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE = -1,
+    MBEDTLS_DECRYPT = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT,
+} mbedtls_operation_t;
+
+enum {
+    /** Undefined key length. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE = 0,
+    /** Key length, in bits (including parity), for DES keys. \warning DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES  = 64,
+    /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in two-key EDE. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE = 128,
+    /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in three-key EDE. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE3 = 192,
+};
+
+/** Maximum length of any IV, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_IV_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h. */
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH      16
+
+/** Maximum block size of any cipher, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h. */
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH   16
+
+/** Maximum key length, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * For now, only check whether XTS is enabled which uses 64 Byte keys,
+ * and use 32 Bytes as an upper bound for the maximum key length otherwise.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h, which however deliberately ignores the case of XTS
+ * since the latter isn't used in SSL/TLS. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH     64
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH     32
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * Base cipher information (opaque struct).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t mbedtls_cipher_base_t;
+
+/**
+ * CMAC context (opaque struct).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t mbedtls_cmac_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * Cipher information. Allows calling cipher functions
+ * in a generic way.
+ *
+ * \note        The library does not support custom cipher info structures,
+ *              only built-in structures returned by the functions
+ *              mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string(),
+ *              mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(),
+ *              mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values(),
+ *              mbedtls_cipher_info_from_psa().
+ *
+ * \note        Some fields store a value that has been right-shifted to save
+ *              code-size, so should not be used directly. The accessor
+ *              functions adjust for this and return the "natural" value.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_info_t {
+    /** Name of the cipher. */
+    const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+
+    /** The block size, in bytes. */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size) : 5;
+
+    /** IV or nonce size, in bytes (right shifted by #MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT).
+     * For ciphers that accept variable IV sizes,
+     * this is the recommended size.
+     */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size) : 3;
+
+    /** The cipher key length, in bits (right shifted by #MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT).
+     * This is the default length for variable sized ciphers.
+     * Includes parity bits for ciphers like DES.
+     */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen) : 4;
+
+    /** The cipher mode (as per mbedtls_cipher_mode_t).
+     * For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+     */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode) : 4;
+
+    /** Full cipher identifier (as per mbedtls_cipher_type_t).
+     * For example, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC.
+     *
+     * This could be 7 bits, but 8 bits retains byte alignment for the
+     * next field, which reduces code size to access that field.
+     */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type) : 8;
+
+    /** Bitflag comprised of MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN and
+     *  MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN indicating whether the
+     *  cipher supports variable IV or variable key sizes, respectively.
+     */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) : 2;
+
+    /** Index to LUT for base cipher information and functions. */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(base_idx) : 5;
+
+} mbedtls_cipher_info_t;
+
+/* For internal use only.
+ * These are used to more compactly represent the fields above. */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT  6
+#define MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT     2
+/**
+ * Generic cipher context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_context_t {
+    /** Information about the associated cipher. */
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info);
+
+    /** Key length to use. */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen);
+
+    /** Operation that the key of the context has been
+     * initialized for.
+     */
+    mbedtls_operation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING)
+    /** Padding functions to use, if relevant for
+     * the specific cipher mode.
+     */
+    void(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_padding))(unsigned char *output, size_t olen,
+                                        size_t data_len);
+    /* Report invalid-padding condition through the output parameter
+     * invalid_padding. To minimize changes in Mbed TLS 3.6, where this
+     * declaration is in a public header, use the public type size_t
+     * rather than the internal type mbedtls_ct_condition_t. */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(get_padding))(unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                                       size_t *data_len,
+                                       size_t *invalid_padding);
+#endif
+
+    /** Buffer for input that has not been processed yet. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_data)[MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH];
+
+    /** Number of Bytes that have not been processed yet. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_len);
+
+    /** Current IV or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode, data unit (or sector) number
+     * for XTS-mode. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv)[MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH];
+
+    /** IV size in Bytes, for ciphers with variable-length IVs. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+
+    /** The cipher-specific context. */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C)
+    /** CMAC-specific context. */
+    mbedtls_cmac_context_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cmac_ctx);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+    /** Indicates whether the cipher operations should be performed
+     *  by Mbed TLS' own crypto library or an external implementation
+     *  of the PSA Crypto API.
+     *  This is unset if the cipher context was established through
+     *  mbedtls_cipher_setup(), and set if it was established through
+     *  mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa().
+     */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_enabled);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO && !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+} mbedtls_cipher_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the list of ciphers supported
+ *        by the generic cipher module.
+ *
+ *        For any cipher identifier in the returned list, you can
+ *        obtain the corresponding generic cipher information structure
+ *        via mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(), which can then be used
+ *        to prepare a cipher context via mbedtls_cipher_setup().
+ *
+ *
+ * \return      A statically-allocated array of cipher identifiers
+ *              of type cipher_type_t. The last entry is zero.
+ */
+const int *mbedtls_cipher_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ *                      structure associated with the given cipher name.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_name   Name of the cipher to search for. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher information structure associated with the
+ *                      given \p cipher_name.
+ * \return              \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string(const char *cipher_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ *                      structure associated with the given cipher type.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_type   Type of the cipher to search for.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher information structure associated with the
+ *                      given \p cipher_type.
+ * \return              \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(const mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ *                      structure associated with the given cipher ID,
+ *                      key size and mode.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_id     The ID of the cipher to search for. For example,
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES.
+ * \param key_bitlen    The length of the key in bits.
+ * \param mode          The cipher mode. For example, #MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher information structure associated with the
+ *                      given \p cipher_id.
+ * \return              \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values(const mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher_id,
+                                                             int key_bitlen,
+                                                             const mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Retrieve the identifier for a cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info      The cipher info structure to query.
+ *                      This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              The full cipher identifier (\c MBEDTLS_CIPHER_xxx).
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_type(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE;
+    } else {
+        return (mbedtls_cipher_type_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Retrieve the operation mode for a cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info      The cipher info structure to query.
+ *                      This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher mode (\c MBEDTLS_MODE_xxx).
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_mode(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE;
+    } else {
+        return (mbedtls_cipher_mode_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Retrieve the key size for a cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info      The cipher info structure to query.
+ *                      This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              The key length in bits.
+ *                      For variable-sized ciphers, this is the default length.
+ *                      For DES, this includes the parity bits.
+ * \return              \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_key_bitlen(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    } else {
+        return ((size_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen)) << MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Retrieve the human-readable name for a
+ *                      cipher info structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] info      The cipher info structure to query.
+ *                      This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher name, which is a human readable string,
+ *                      with static storage duration.
+ * \return              \c NULL if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_info_get_name(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return NULL;
+    } else {
+        return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief       This function returns the size of the IV or nonce
+ *              for the cipher info structure, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param info  The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return      The recommended IV size.
+ * \return      \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce.
+ * \return      \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_iv_size(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return ((size_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size)) << MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief        This function returns the block size of the given
+ *               cipher info structure in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param info   The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return       The block size of the cipher.
+ * \return       \c 1 if the cipher is a stream cipher.
+ * \return       \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_block_size(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return (size_t) (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size));
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief        This function returns a non-zero value if the key length for
+ *               the given cipher is variable.
+ *
+ * \param info   The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return       Non-zero if the key length is variable, \c 0 otherwise.
+ * \return       \c 0 if the given pointer is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_info_has_variable_key_bitlen(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) & MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief        This function returns a non-zero value if the IV size for
+ *               the given cipher is variable.
+ *
+ * \param info   The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return       Non-zero if the IV size is variable, \c 0 otherwise.
+ * \return       \c 0 if the given pointer is \c NULL.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_info_has_variable_iv_size(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info)
+{
+    if (info == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) & MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function initializes a \p ctx as NONE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to be initialized. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_cipher_init(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function frees and clears the cipher-specific
+ *                      context of \p ctx. Freeing \p ctx itself remains the
+ *                      responsibility of the caller.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to be freed. If this is \c NULL, the
+ *                      function has no effect, otherwise this must point to an
+ *                      initialized context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_cipher_free(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function prepares a cipher context for
+ *                      use with the given cipher primitive.
+ *
+ * \note                After calling this function, you should call
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_setkey() and, if the mode uses padding,
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode(), then for each
+ *                      message to encrypt or decrypt with this key, either:
+ *                      - mbedtls_cipher_crypt() for one-shot processing with
+ *                      non-AEAD modes;
+ *                      - mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() for one-shot
+ *                      processing with AEAD modes or NIST_KW;
+ *                      - for multi-part processing, see the documentation of
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_reset().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to prepare. This must be initialized by
+ *                      a call to mbedtls_cipher_init() first.
+ * \param cipher_info   The cipher to use.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the
+ *                      cipher-specific context fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_setup(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                         const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function initializes a cipher context for
+ *                      PSA-based use with the given cipher primitive.
+ *
+ * \deprecated          This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ *                      future version of the library.
+ *                      Please use psa_aead_xxx() / psa_cipher_xxx() directly
+ *                      instead.
+ *
+ * \note                See #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO for information on PSA.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to initialize. May not be \c NULL.
+ * \param cipher_info   The cipher to use.
+ * \param taglen        For AEAD ciphers, the length in bytes of the
+ *                      authentication tag to use. Subsequent uses of
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() must provide
+ *                      the same tag length.
+ *                      For non-AEAD ciphers, the value must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the
+ *                      cipher-specific context fails.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                                                const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info,
+                                                size_t taglen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief        This function returns the block size of the given cipher
+ *               in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx    The context of the cipher.
+ *
+ * \return       The block size of the underlying cipher.
+ * \return       \c 1 if the cipher is a stream cipher.
+ * \return       \c 0 if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return (unsigned int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief        This function returns the mode of operation for
+ *               the cipher. For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+ *
+ * \param ctx    The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return       The mode of operation.
+ * \return       #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+        return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE;
+    }
+
+    return (mbedtls_cipher_mode_t) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief       This function returns the size of the IV or nonce
+ *              of the cipher, in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx   The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return      The recommended IV size if no IV has been set.
+ * \return      \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce.
+ * \return      The actual size if an IV has been set.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size) != 0) {
+        return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+    }
+
+    return (int) (((int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size)) <<
+                  MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function returns the type of the given cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return              The type of the cipher.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_get_type(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+        return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE;
+    }
+
+    return (mbedtls_cipher_type_t) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function returns the name of the given cipher
+ *                      as a string.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return              The name of the cipher.
+ * \return              NULL if \p ctx has not been not initialized.
+ */
+static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_get_name(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function returns the key length of the cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return              The key length of the cipher in bits.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE if \p ctx has not been
+ *                      initialized.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_key_bitlen(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+        return MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE;
+    }
+
+    return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen) <<
+           MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function returns the operation of the given cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return         The type of operation: #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx)
+{
+    if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) {
+        return MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE;
+    }
+
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the key to use with the given context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param key           The key to use. This must be a readable buffer of at
+ *                      least \p key_bitlen Bits.
+ * \param key_bitlen    The key length to use, in Bits.
+ * \param operation     The operation that the key will be used for:
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_setkey(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char *key,
+                          int key_bitlen,
+                          const mbedtls_operation_t operation);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the padding mode, for cipher modes
+ *                      that use padding.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param mode          The padding mode.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE
+ *                      if the selected padding mode is not supported.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the cipher mode
+ *                      does not support padding.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                                    mbedtls_cipher_padding_t mode);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the initialization vector (IV)
+ *                  or nonce.
+ *
+ * \note            Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these
+ *                  ciphers, this function has no effect.
+ *
+ * \note            For #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20, the nonce length must
+ *                  be 12, and the initial counter value is 0.
+ *
+ * \note            For #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20_POLY1305, the nonce length
+ *                  must be 12.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                  bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param iv        The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. This
+ *                  must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV.
+ *                  This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size IV.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                  parameter-verification failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_set_iv(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char *iv,
+                          size_t iv_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief         This function resets the cipher state.
+ *
+ * \note          With non-AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message
+ *                is as follows:
+ *                1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce;
+ *                2. mbedtls_cipher_reset();
+ *                3. mbedtls_cipher_update() zero, one or more times;
+ *                4. mbedtls_cipher_finish_padded() (recommended for decryption
+ *                   if the mode uses padding) or mbedtls_cipher_finish().
+ *                .
+ *                This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple
+ *                messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * \note          With AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message
+ *                is as follows:
+ *                1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce;
+ *                2. mbedtls_cipher_reset();
+ *                3. mbedtls_cipher_update_ad();
+ *                4. mbedtls_cipher_update() zero, one or more times;
+ *                5. mbedtls_cipher_finish() (or mbedtls_cipher_finish_padded());
+ *                6. mbedtls_cipher_check_tag() (for decryption) or
+ *                   mbedtls_cipher_write_tag() (for encryption).
+ *                .
+ *                This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple
+ *                messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx     The generic cipher context. This must be bound to a key.
+ *
+ * \return        \c 0 on success.
+ * \return        #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                parameter-verification failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_reset(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function adds additional data for AEAD ciphers.
+ *                      Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param ad            The additional data to use. This must be a readable
+ *                      buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes.
+ * \param ad_len        The length of \p ad in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_update_ad(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The generic cipher update function. It encrypts or
+ *                      decrypts using the given cipher context. Writes as
+ *                      many block-sized blocks of data as possible to output.
+ *                      Any data that cannot be written immediately is either
+ *                      added to the next block, or flushed when
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_finish() or mbedtls_cipher_finish_padded()
+ *                      is called.
+ *                      Exception: For MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB, expects a single block
+ *                      in size. For example, 16 Bytes for AES.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be able to
+ *                      hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the
+ *                      same buffer as \p input.
+ * \param olen          The length of the output data, to be updated with the
+ *                      actual number of Bytes written. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE on an
+ *                      unsupported mode for a cipher.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_update(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          size_t ilen, unsigned char *output,
+                          size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The generic cipher finalization function. If data still
+ *                      needs to be flushed from an incomplete block, the data
+ *                      contained in it is padded to the size of
+ *                      the last block, and written to the \p output buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning             This function reports invalid padding through an error
+ *                      code. Adversaries may be able to decrypt encrypted
+ *                      data if they can submit chosen ciphertexts and
+ *                      detect whether it has valid padding or not,
+ *                      either through direct observation or through a side
+ *                      channel such as timing. This is known as a
+ *                      padding oracle attack.
+ *                      Therefore applications that call this function for
+ *                      decryption with a cipher that involves padding
+ *                      should take care around error handling. Preferably,
+ *                      such applications should use
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_finish_padded() instead of this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key.
+ * \param output        The buffer to write data to. This needs to be a writable
+ *                      buffer of at least block_size Bytes.
+ * \param olen          The length of the data written to the \p output buffer.
+ *                      This may not be \c NULL.
+ *                      Note that when decrypting in a mode with padding,
+ *                      the actual output length is sensitive and may be
+ *                      used to mount a padding oracle attack (see warning
+ *                      above), although less efficiently than through
+ *                      the invalid-padding condition.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption
+ *                      expecting a full block but not receiving one.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding
+ *                      while decrypting. Note that invalid-padding errors
+ *                      should be handled carefully; see the warning above.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_finish(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                          unsigned char *output, size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The generic cipher finalization function. If data still
+ *                      needs to be flushed from an incomplete block, the data
+ *                      contained in it is padded to the size of
+ *                      the last block, and written to the \p output buffer.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is similar to mbedtls_cipher_finish().
+ *                      The only difference is that it reports invalid padding
+ *                      decryption differently, through the \p invalid_padding
+ *                      parameter rather than an error code.
+ *                      For encryption, and in modes without padding (including
+ *                      all authenticated modes), this function is identical
+ *                      to mbedtls_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] ctx   The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key.
+ * \param[out] output   The buffer to write data to. This needs to be a writable
+ *                      buffer of at least block_size Bytes.
+ * \param[out] olen     The length of the data written to the \p output buffer.
+ *                      This may not be \c NULL.
+ *                      Note that when decrypting in a mode with padding,
+ *                      the actual output length is sensitive and may be
+ *                      used to mount a padding oracle attack (see warning
+ *                      on mbedtls_cipher_finish()).
+ * \param[out] invalid_padding
+ *                      If this function returns \c 0 on decryption,
+ *                      \p *invalid_padding is \c 0 if the ciphertext was
+ *                      valid, and all-bits-one if the ciphertext had invalid
+ *                      padding.
+ *                      On encryption, or in a mode without padding (including
+ *                      all authenticated modes), \p *invalid_padding is \c 0
+ *                      on success.
+ *                      The value in \p *invalid_padding is unspecified if
+ *                      this function returns a nonzero status.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ *                      Also \c 0 for decryption with invalid padding.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption
+ *                      expecting a full block but not receiving one.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_finish_padded(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                                 unsigned char *output, size_t *olen,
+                                 size_t *invalid_padding);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function writes a tag for AEAD ciphers.
+ *                      Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ *                      This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish()
+ *                      or mbedtls_cipher_finish_padded().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized,
+ *                      bound to a key, and have just completed a cipher
+ *                      operation through mbedtls_cipher_finish() the tag for
+ *                      which should be written.
+ * \param tag           The buffer to write the tag to. This must be a writable
+ *                      buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len       The length of the tag to write.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_write_tag(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                             unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function checks the tag for AEAD ciphers.
+ *                      Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ *                      This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish()
+ *                      or mbedtls_cipher_finish_padded().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param tag           The buffer holding the tag. This must be a readable
+ *                      buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len       The length of the tag to check.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_check_tag(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The generic all-in-one encryption/decryption function,
+ *                      for all ciphers except AEAD constructs.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param iv            The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers.
+ *                      This must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len
+ *                      Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len        The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV.
+ *                      This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size
+ *                      IV.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be able to
+ *                      hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the
+ *                      same buffer as \p input.
+ * \param olen          The length of the output data, to be updated with the
+ *                      actual number of Bytes written. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note                Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these
+ *                      ciphers, use \p iv = NULL and \p iv_len = 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption
+ *                      expecting a full block but not receiving one.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding
+ *                      while decrypting.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_crypt(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                         const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                         const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                         unsigned char *output, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD) || defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C)
+/**
+ * \brief               The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function.
+ *
+ * \note                For AEAD modes, the tag will be appended to the
+ *                      ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116.
+ *                      (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW.
+ * \param iv            The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                      at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p
+ *                      iv_len is \c 0.
+ * \param iv_len        The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must
+ *                      satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param ad            The additional data to authenticate. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may
+ *                      be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len        The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be a
+ *                      writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and
+ *                      must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param output_len    The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen + \p tag_len.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen + 8
+ *                      (rounded up to a multiple of 8 if KWP is used);
+ *                      \p ilen + 15 is always a safe value.
+ * \param olen          This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes
+ *                      written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a
+ *                      writable object of type \c size_t.
+ * \param tag_len       The desired length of the authentication tag. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by
+ *                      the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                                    const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                                    const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                                    const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                                    unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+                                    size_t *olen, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function.
+ *
+ * \note                If the data is not authentic, then the output buffer
+ *                      is zeroed out to prevent the unauthentic plaintext being
+ *                      used, making this interface safer.
+ *
+ * \note                For AEAD modes, the tag must be appended to the
+ *                      ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116.
+ *                      (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW.
+ * \param iv            The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                      at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p
+ *                      iv_len is \c 0.
+ * \param iv_len        The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must
+ *                      satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param ad            The additional data to authenticate. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may
+ *                      be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len        The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data. For AEAD ciphers this
+ *                      must be at least \p tag_len. For NIST_KW this must be
+ *                      at least \c 8.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be a
+ *                      writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and
+ *                      may be \c NULL if \p output_len is \c 0.
+ * \param output_len    The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen - \p tag_len.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen - 8.
+ * \param olen          This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes
+ *                      written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a
+ *                      writable object of type \c size_t.
+ * \param tag_len       The actual length of the authentication tag. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by
+ *                      the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED if data is not authentic.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                                    const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                                    const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                                    const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                                    unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+                                    size_t *olen, size_t tag_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD || MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/cmac.h

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/**
+ * \file cmac.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains CMAC definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Cipher-based Message Authentication Code (CMAC) Mode for
+ * Authentication is defined in <em>RFC-4493: The AES-CMAC Algorithm</em>.
+ * It is supported with AES and DES.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CMAC_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_BLOCK_SIZE          16
+#define MBEDTLS_DES3_BLOCK_SIZE         8
+
+/* We don't support Camellia or ARIA in this module */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE      16  /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of AES. */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE      8   /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of 3DES. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/** The longest block supported by the cipher module.
+ *
+ * \deprecated
+ * For the maximum block size of a cipher supported by the CMAC module,
+ * use #MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE.
+ * For the maximum block size of a cipher supported by the cipher module,
+ * use #MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH.
+ */
+/* Before Mbed TLS 3.5, this was the maximum block size supported by the CMAC
+ * module, so it didn't take Camellia or ARIA into account. Since the name
+ * of the macro doesn't even convey "CMAC", this was misleading. Now the size
+ * is sufficient for any cipher, but the name is defined in cmac.h for
+ * backward compatibility. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_BLKSIZE_MAX MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT)
+
+/**
+ * The CMAC context structure.
+ */
+struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t {
+    /** The internal state of the CMAC algorithm.  */
+    unsigned char       MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE];
+
+    /** Unprocessed data - either data that was not block aligned and is still
+     *  pending processing, or the final block. */
+    unsigned char       MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_block)[MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE];
+
+    /** The length of data pending processing. */
+    size_t              MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_len);
+};
+
+#else  /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */
+#include "cmac_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function starts a new CMAC computation
+ *                      by setting the CMAC key, and preparing to authenticate
+ *                      the input data.
+ *                      It must be called with an initialized cipher context.
+ *
+ *                      Once this function has completed, data can be supplied
+ *                      to the CMAC computation by calling
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update().
+ *
+ *                      To start a CMAC computation using the same key as a previous
+ *                      CMAC computation, use mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish().
+ *
+ * \note                When the CMAC implementation is supplied by an alternate
+ *                      implementation (through #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT), some ciphers
+ *                      may not be supported by that implementation, and thus
+ *                      return an error. Alternate implementations must support
+ *                      AES-128 and AES-256, and may support AES-192 and 3DES.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The cipher context used for the CMAC operation, initialized
+ *                      as one of the following types: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB,
+ *                      or MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB.
+ * \param key           The CMAC key.
+ * \param keybits       The length of the CMAC key in bits.
+ *                      Must be supported by the cipher.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                               const unsigned char *key, size_t keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing CMAC
+ *                      computation.
+ *
+ *                      The CMAC computation must have previously been started
+ *                      by calling mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts() or
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset().
+ *
+ *                      Call this function as many times as needed to input the
+ *                      data to be authenticated.
+ *                      Once all of the required data has been input,
+ *                      call mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish() to obtain the result
+ *                      of the CMAC operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return             \c 0 on success.
+ * \return             #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ *                     if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                               const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function finishes an ongoing CMAC operation, and
+ *                      writes the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ *                      It should be followed either by
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(), which starts another CMAC
+ *                      operation with the same key, or mbedtls_cipher_free(),
+ *                      which clears the cipher context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
+ * \param output        The output buffer for the CMAC checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ *                      if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                               unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function starts a new CMAC operation with the same
+ *                      key as the previous one.
+ *
+ *                      It should be called after finishing the previous CMAC
+ *                      operation with mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish().
+ *                      After calling this function,
+ *                      call mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update() to supply the new
+ *                      CMAC operation with data.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ *                      if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function calculates the full generic CMAC
+ *                      on the input buffer with the provided key.
+ *
+ *                      The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                      calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                      The CMAC result is calculated as
+ *                      output = generic CMAC(cmac key, input buffer).
+ *
+ * \note                When the CMAC implementation is supplied by an alternate
+ *                      implementation (through #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT), some ciphers
+ *                      may not be supported by that implementation, and thus
+ *                      return an error. Alternate implementations must support
+ *                      AES-128 and AES-256, and may support AES-192 and 3DES.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_info   The cipher information.
+ * \param key           The CMAC key.
+ * \param keylen        The length of the CMAC key in bits.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the generic CMAC result.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ *                      if parameter verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_cmac(const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info,
+                        const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+                        const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                        unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           This function implements the AES-CMAC-PRF-128 pseudorandom
+ *                  function, as defined in
+ *                  <em>RFC-4615: The Advanced Encryption Standard-Cipher-based
+ *                  Message Authentication Code-Pseudo-Random Function-128
+ *                  (AES-CMAC-PRF-128) Algorithm for the Internet Key
+ *                  Exchange Protocol (IKE).</em>
+ *
+ * \param key       The key to use.
+ * \param key_len   The key length in Bytes.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output    The buffer holding the generated 16 Bytes of
+ *                  pseudorandom output.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_cmac_prf_128(const unsigned char *key, size_t key_len,
+                             const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+                             unsigned char output[16]);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && (defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C))
+/**
+ * \brief          The CMAC checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \note           In case the CMAC routines are provided by an alternative
+ *                 implementation (i.e. #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT is defined), the
+ *                 checkup routine will succeed even if the implementation does
+ *                 not support the less widely used AES-192 or 3DES primitives.
+ *                 The self-test requires at least AES-128 and AES-256 to be
+ *                 supported by the underlying implementation.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cmac_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && ( MBEDTLS_AES_C || MBEDTLS_DES_C ) */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CMAC_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/**
+ * \file compat-2.x.h
+ *
+ * \brief Compatibility definitions
+ *
+ * \deprecated Use the new names directly instead
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#warning "Including compat-2.x.h is deprecated"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H
+#define MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H
+
+/*
+ * Macros for renamed functions
+ */
+#define mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_ret   mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update
+#define mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_ret  mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update
+#define mbedtls_md5_starts_ret        mbedtls_md5_starts
+#define mbedtls_md5_update_ret        mbedtls_md5_update
+#define mbedtls_md5_finish_ret        mbedtls_md5_finish
+#define mbedtls_md5_ret               mbedtls_md5
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_starts_ret  mbedtls_ripemd160_starts
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_update_ret  mbedtls_ripemd160_update
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_finish_ret  mbedtls_ripemd160_finish
+#define mbedtls_ripemd160_ret         mbedtls_ripemd160
+#define mbedtls_sha1_starts_ret       mbedtls_sha1_starts
+#define mbedtls_sha1_update_ret       mbedtls_sha1_update
+#define mbedtls_sha1_finish_ret       mbedtls_sha1_finish
+#define mbedtls_sha1_ret              mbedtls_sha1
+#define mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret     mbedtls_sha256_starts
+#define mbedtls_sha256_update_ret     mbedtls_sha256_update
+#define mbedtls_sha256_finish_ret     mbedtls_sha256_finish
+#define mbedtls_sha256_ret            mbedtls_sha256
+#define mbedtls_sha512_starts_ret     mbedtls_sha512_starts
+#define mbedtls_sha512_update_ret     mbedtls_sha512_update
+#define mbedtls_sha512_finish_ret     mbedtls_sha512_finish
+#define mbedtls_sha512_ret            mbedtls_sha512
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h

@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h
+ * \brief Adjust legacy configuration configuration
+ *
+ * This is an internal header. Do not include it directly.
+ *
+ * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDTLS_xxx
+ * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a
+ * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options
+ * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option
+ * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we
+ * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API.
+ * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we
+ * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with
+ * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_B.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ)
+#error "Do not include mbedtls/config_adjust_*.h manually! This can lead to problems, " \
+    "up to and including runtime errors such as buffer overflows. " \
+    "If you're trying to fix a complaint from check_config.h, just remove " \
+    "it from your configuration file: since Mbed TLS 3.0, it is included " \
+    "automatically at the right point."
+#endif /* */
+
+/* Ideally, we'd set those as defaults in mbedtls_config.h, but
+ * putting an #ifdef _WIN32 in mbedtls_config.h would confuse config.py.
+ *
+ * So, adjust it here.
+ * Not related to crypto, but this is the bottom of the stack. */
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT
+#endif
+#endif /* _MINGW32__ || (_MSC_VER && (_MSC_VER <= 1900)) */
+
+/* If MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C is defined, make sure MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+ * is defined as well to include all PSA code.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */
+
+/* Auto-enable CIPHER_C when any of the unauthenticated ciphers is builtin
+ * in PSA. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC))
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+#endif
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT based on MBEDTLS_MD_C.
+ * This allows checking for MD_LIGHT rather than MD_LIGHT || MD_C.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT
+#endif
+
+/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT if needed by a module that didn't require it
+ * in a previous release, to ensure backwards compatibility.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT)
+/*
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_xxx is defined if the md module can perform xxx.
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_xxx_VIA_PSA is defined if the md module may perform xxx via PSA
+ *   (see below).
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA is defined if at least one algorithm may be performed
+ *   via PSA (see below).
+ * - MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY is defined if at least one algorithm may be performed
+ *   via a direct legacy call (see below).
+ *
+ * The md module performs an algorithm via PSA if there is a PSA hash
+ * accelerator and the PSA driver subsytem is initialized at the time the
+ * operation is started, and makes a direct legacy call otherwise.
+ */
+
+/* PSA accelerated implementations */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD5)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MD5_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_1)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RIPEMD160)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_224_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_256_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_384_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_512_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MD5_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_224_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_256_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_384_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_512_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT && !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */
+
+/* Built-in implementations */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT */
+
+/* BLOCK_CIPHER module can dispatch to PSA when:
+ * - PSA is enabled and drivers have been initialized
+ * - desired key type is supported on the PSA side
+ * If the above conditions are not met, but the legacy support is enabled, then
+ * BLOCK_CIPHER will dynamically fallback to it.
+ *
+ * In case BLOCK_CIPHER is defined (see below) the following symbols/helpers
+ * can be used to define its capabilities:
+ * - MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA: there is at least 1 key type between AES,
+ *   ARIA and Camellia which is supported through a driver;
+ * - MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_xxx_VIA_PSA: xxx key type is supported through a
+ *   driver;
+ * - MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_xxx_VIA_LEGACY: xxx key type is supported through
+ *   a legacy module (i.e. MBEDTLS_xxx_C)
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_PSA
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_LEGACY
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_LEGACY
+#endif
+
+/* Helpers to state that BLOCK_CIPHER module supports AES, ARIA and/or Camellia
+ * block ciphers via either PSA or legacy. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_PSA) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_AES_VIA_LEGACY)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_AES
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_PSA) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_ARIA_VIA_LEGACY)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_ARIA
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_PSA) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_VIA_LEGACY)
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_CAMELLIA
+#endif
+
+/* GCM_C and CCM_C can either depend on (in order of preference) BLOCK_CIPHER_C
+ * or CIPHER_C. The former is auto-enabled when:
+ * - CIPHER_C is not defined, which is also the legacy solution;
+ * - BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA because in this case BLOCK_CIPHER can take advantage
+ *   of the driver's acceleration.
+ */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C)) && \
+    (!defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_SOME_PSA))
+#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C
+#endif
+
+/* Helpers for GCM/CCM capabilities */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_AES))
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_AES
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_ARIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_ARIA
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_CAN_CAMELLIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_GCM_CAN_CAMELLIA
+#endif
+
+/* MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT is auto-enabled by the following symbols:
+ * - MBEDTLS_ECP_C because now it consists of MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT plus functions
+ *   for curve arithmetic. As a consequence if MBEDTLS_ECP_C is required for
+ *   some reason, then MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT should be enabled as well.
+ * - MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED and MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED because
+ *   these features are not supported in PSA so the only way to have them is
+ *   to enable the built-in solution.
+ *   Both of them are temporary dependencies:
+ *   - PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED will be removed after #7779 and #7789
+ *   - support for compressed points should also be added to PSA, but in this
+ *     case there is no associated issue to track it yet.
+ * - PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE because Weierstrass key derivation
+ *   still depends on ECP_LIGHT.
+ * - PK_C + USE_PSA + PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA is a temporary dependency which will
+ *   be fixed by #7453.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT
+#endif
+
+/* Backward compatibility: after #8740 the RSA module offers functions to parse
+ * and write RSA private/public keys without relying on the PK one. Of course
+ * this needs ASN1 support to do so, so we enable it here. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif
+
+/* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED is introduced in Mbed TLS version 3.5, while
+ * in previous version compressed points were automatically supported as long
+ * as PK_PARSE_C and ECP_C were enabled. As a consequence, for backward
+ * compatibility, we auto-enable PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED when these conditions
+ * are met. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED
+#endif
+
+/* Helper symbol to state that there is support for ECDH, either through
+ * library implementation (ECDH_C) or through PSA. */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)) || \
+    (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C))
+#define MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH
+#endif
+
+/* PK module can achieve ECDSA functionalities by means of either software
+ * implementations (ECDSA_C) or through a PSA driver. The following defines
+ * are meant to list these capabilities in a general way which abstracts how
+ * they are implemented under the hood. */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C */
+#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY) || defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SOME
+#endif
+
+/* Helpers to state that each key is supported either on the builtin or PSA side. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP521R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP512R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_CURVE448
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP384R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP384R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP256R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP256K1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP256R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_CURVE25519
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP224K1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP224R1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP192K1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP192R1
+#endif
+
+/* Helper symbol to state that the PK module has support for EC keys. This
+ * can either be provided through the legacy ECP solution or through the
+ * PSA friendly MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA (see pk.h for its description). */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY))
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA || MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+/* Historically pkparse did not check the CBC padding when decrypting
+ * a key. This was a bug, which is now fixed. As a consequence, pkparse
+ * now needs PKCS7 padding support, but existing configurations might not
+ * enable it, so we enable it here. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+#endif
+
+/* Backwards compatibility for some macros which were renamed to reflect that
+ * they are related to Armv8, not aarch64. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT)
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY)
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY
+#endif
+
+/* psa_util file features some ECDSA conversion functions, to convert between
+ * legacy's ASN.1 DER format and PSA's raw one. */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT) && \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA
+#endif
+
+/* Some internal helpers to determine which keys are available. */
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_AES
+#endif
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_ARIA
+#endif
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CAMELLIA
+#endif
+
+/* Some internal helpers to determine which operation modes are available. */
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CBC
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CCM) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_CHACHAPOLY)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_AEAD
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h

@@ -0,0 +1,873 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: activate legacy implementations
+ *
+ * This is an internal header. Do not include it directly.
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled, activate legacy implementations
+ * of cryptographic mechanisms as needed to fulfill the needs of the PSA
+ * configuration. Generally speaking, we activate a legacy mechanism if
+ * it's needed for a requested PSA mechanism and there is no PSA driver
+ * for it.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ)
+#error "Do not include mbedtls/config_adjust_*.h manually! This can lead to problems, " \
+    "up to and including runtime errors such as buffer overflows. " \
+    "If you're trying to fix a complaint from check_config.h, just remove " \
+    "it from your configuration file: since Mbed TLS 3.0, it is included " \
+    "automatically at the right point."
+#endif /* */
+
+/* Define appropriate ACCEL macros for the p256-m driver.
+ * In the future, those should be generated from the drivers JSON description.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ECC: support for a feature is controlled by a triplet or a pair:
+ * (curve, key_type public/basic, alg) or (curve, key_type_<action>).
+ *
+ * A triplet/pair is accelerated if all of is components are accelerated;
+ * otherwise each component needs to be built in.
+ *
+ * We proceed in two passes:
+ * 1. Check if acceleration is complete for curves, key types, algs.
+ * 2. Then enable built-ins for each thing that's either not accelerated of
+ * doesn't have complete acceleration of the other triplet/pair components.
+ *
+ * Note: this needs psa/crypto_adjust_keypair_types.h to have been included
+ * already, so that we know the full set of key types that are requested.
+ */
+
+/* ECC: curves: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES
+#endif
+
+/* ECC: algs: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_JPAKE))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS
+#endif
+
+/* ECC: key types: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC
+#endif
+
+/* Special case: we don't support cooked key derivation in drivers yet */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#undef MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE
+#endif
+
+/* Note: the condition about key derivation is always true as DERIVE can't be
+ * accelerated yet */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES
+#endif
+
+/* ECC: curves: enable built-ins as needed.
+ *
+ * We need the curve built-in:
+ * - if it's not accelerated, or
+ * - if there's a key type with missing acceleration, or
+ * - if there's a alg with missing acceleration.
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 */
+
+/* ECC: algs: enable built-ins as needed.
+ *
+ * We need the alg built-in:
+ * - if it's not accelerated, or
+ * - if there's a relevant curve (see below) with missing acceleration, or
+ * - if there's a key type among (public, basic) with missing acceleration.
+ *
+ * Relevant curves are:
+ * - all curves for ECDH
+ * - Weierstrass curves for (deterministic) ECDSA
+ * - secp256r1 for EC J-PAKE
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_JPAKE) || \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE */
+
+/* ECC: key types: enable built-ins as needed.
+ *
+ * We need the key type built-in:
+ * - if it's not accelerated, or
+ * - if there's a curve with missing acceleration, or
+ * - only for public/basic: if there's an alg with missing acceleration.
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+
+/* Note: the condition is always true as DERIVE can't be accelerated yet */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+#endif /* missing accel */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif
+
+/* End of ECC section */
+
+/*
+ * DH key types follow the same pattern used above for EC keys. They are defined
+ * by a triplet (group, key_type, alg). A triplet is accelerated if all its
+ * component are accelerated, otherwise each component needs to be builtin.
+ */
+
+/* DH: groups: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_2048)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_3072)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_4096)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_6144)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_8192))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS
+#endif
+
+/* DH: algs: is acceleration complete? */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS
+#endif
+
+/* DH: key types: is acceleration complete? */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE))
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_2048) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_2048 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_2048 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_3072) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_3072 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_3072 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_4096) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_4096 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_4096 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_6144) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_6144 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_6144 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_DH_RFC7919_8192) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_8192 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_8192 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_FFDH 1
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_GROUPS) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_DH_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+/* End of DH section */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF)
+/*
+ * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from
+ * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT)
+/*
+ * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from
+ * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND)
+/*
+ * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from
+ * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD5)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1
+#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RIPEMD160)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_1)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA224_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA384_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_GENPRIME
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+/* If any of the block modes are requested that don't have an
+ * associated HW assist, define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE for checking
+ * in the block cipher key types. */
+#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CTR)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CFB)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_OFB)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_PKCS7)) || \
+    (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC))
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 1
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DES)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DES */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_C
+#endif /*PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+#endif /*!MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */
+
+/* If any of the software block ciphers are selected, define
+ * PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER, which can be used in any of these
+ * situations. */
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC)
+#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2 1
+#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CTR) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CFB) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_OFB) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) &&     \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CCM) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_GCM) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \
+    defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM 1
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+#endif
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20)
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h

@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: construct PSA configuration from legacy
+ *
+ * This is an internal header. Do not include it directly.
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled, we automatically enable
+ * cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA interface when the corresponding
+ * legacy mechanism is enabled. In many cases, this just enables the PSA
+ * wrapper code around the legacy implementation, but we also do this for
+ * some mechanisms where PSA has its own independent implementation so
+ * that high-level modules that can use either cryptographic API have the
+ * same feature set in both cases.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ)
+#error "Do not include mbedtls/config_adjust_*.h manually! This can lead to problems, " \
+    "up to and including runtime errors such as buffer overflows. " \
+    "If you're trying to fix a complaint from check_config.h, just remove " \
+    "it from your configuration file: since Mbed TLS 3.0, it is included " \
+    "automatically at the right point."
+#endif /* */
+
+/*
+ * Ensure PSA_WANT_* defines are setup properly if MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG
+ * is not defined
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM 1
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CMAC_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY 1
+
+// Only add in DETERMINISTIC support if ECDSA is also enabled
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+/* Normally we wouldn't enable this because it's not implemented in ecp.c,
+ * but since it used to be available any time ECP_C was enabled, let's enable
+ * it anyway for the sake of backwards compatibility */
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+/* See comment for PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE above. */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_2048 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_3072 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_4096 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_6144 1
+#define PSA_WANT_DH_RFC7919_8192 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_FFDH 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_2048 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_3072 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_4096 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_6144 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_DH_RFC7919_8192 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C */
+
+/* Enable PSA HKDF algorithm if mbedtls HKDF is supported.
+ * PSA HKDF EXTRACT and PSA HKDF EXPAND have minimal cost when
+ * PSA HKDF is enabled, so enable both algorithms together
+ * with PSA HKDF. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HKDF_C */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_HMAC 1
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GENPRIME)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GENPRIME */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DES 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1
+/* ALG_STREAM_CIPHER requires CIPHER_C in order to be supported in PSA */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C)) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#endif
+
+/* SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API (https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541) */
+#if 0 && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h
+ * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: automatic enablement from legacy
+ *
+ * This is an internal header. Do not include it directly.
+ *
+ * To simplify some edge cases, we automatically enable certain cryptographic
+ * mechanisms in the PSA API if they are enabled in the legacy API. The general
+ * idea is that if legacy module M uses mechanism A internally, and A has
+ * both a legacy and a PSA implementation, we enable A through PSA whenever
+ * it's enabled through legacy. This facilitates the transition to PSA
+ * implementations of A for users of M.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ)
+#error "Do not include mbedtls/config_adjust_*.h manually! This can lead to problems, " \
+    "up to and including runtime errors such as buffer overflows. " \
+    "If you're trying to fix a complaint from check_config.h, just remove " \
+    "it from your configuration file: since Mbed TLS 3.0, it is included " \
+    "automatically at the right point."
+#endif /* */
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* Hashes that are built in are also enabled in PSA.
+ * This simplifies dependency declarations especially
+ * for modules that obey MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO. */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure that the PSA's supported curves (PSA_WANT_ECC_xxx) are always a
+ * superset of the builtin ones (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx). */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 */
+#endif /*MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED  */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256)
+#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h
+ * \brief Adjust TLS configuration
+ *
+ * This is an internal header. Do not include it directly.
+ *
+ * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDTLS_xxx
+ * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a
+ * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options
+ * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option
+ * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we
+ * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API.
+ * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we
+ * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with
+ * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_B.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ)
+#error "Do not include mbedtls/config_adjust_*.h manually! This can lead to problems, " \
+    "up to and including runtime errors such as buffer overflows. " \
+    "If you're trying to fix a complaint from check_config.h, just remove " \
+    "it from your configuration file: since Mbed TLS 3.0, it is included " \
+    "automatically at the right point."
+#endif /* */
+
+/* The following blocks make it easier to disable all of TLS,
+ * or of TLS 1.2 or 1.3 or DTLS, without having to manually disable all
+ * key exchanges, options and extensions related to them. */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS))
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA
+#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) && \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_2_SOME_ECC
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h
+ * \brief Adjust X.509 configuration
+ *
+ * This is an internal header. Do not include it directly.
+ *
+ * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDTLS_xxx
+ * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a
+ * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options
+ * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option
+ * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we
+ * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API.
+ * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we
+ * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with
+ * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx_B.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILES_READ)
+#error "Do not include mbedtls/config_adjust_*.h manually! This can lead to problems, " \
+    "up to and including runtime errors such as buffer overflows. " \
+    "If you're trying to fix a complaint from check_config.h, just remove " \
+    "it from your configuration file: since Mbed TLS 3.0, it is included " \
+    "automatically at the right point."
+#endif /* */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls/config_psa.h
+ * \brief PSA crypto configuration options (set of defines)
+ *
+ *  This set of compile-time options takes settings defined in
+ *  include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h and include/psa/crypto_config.h and uses
+ *  those definitions to define symbols used in the library code.
+ *
+ *  Users and integrators should not edit this file, please edit
+ *  include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h for MBEDTLS_XXX settings or
+ *  include/psa/crypto_config.h for PSA_WANT_XXX settings.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H
+
+#include "psa/crypto_legacy.h"
+
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h"
+
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_dependencies.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
+
+/* Require built-in implementations based on PSA requirements */
+
+/* We need this to have a complete list of requirements
+ * before we deduce what built-ins are required. */
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+/* If we are implementing PSA crypto ourselves, then we want to enable the
+ * required built-ins. Otherwise, PSA features will be provided by the server. */
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h"
+#endif
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */
+
+/* Infer PSA requirements from Mbed TLS capabilities */
+
+#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h"
+
+/* Hopefully the file above will have enabled keypair symbols in a consistent
+ * way, but including this here fixes them if that wasn't the case. */
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h"
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */
+
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE)
+#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SOME_PAKE 1
+#endif
+
+#include "psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h"
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/**
+ *  Constant-time functions
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Constant-time buffer comparison without branches.
+ *
+ * This is equivalent to the standard memcmp function, but is likely to be
+ * compiled to code using bitwise operations rather than a branch, such that
+ * the time taken is constant w.r.t. the data pointed to by \p a and \p b,
+ * and w.r.t. whether \p a and \p b are equal or not. It is not constant-time
+ * w.r.t. \p n .
+ *
+ * This function can be used to write constant-time code by replacing branches
+ * with bit operations using masks.
+ *
+ * \param a     Pointer to the first buffer, containing at least \p n bytes. May not be NULL.
+ * \param b     Pointer to the second buffer, containing at least \p n bytes. May not be NULL.
+ * \param n     The number of bytes to compare.
+ *
+ * \return      Zero if the contents of the two buffers are the same,
+ *              otherwise non-zero.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ct_memcmp(const void *a,
+                      const void *b,
+                      size_t n);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,597 @@
+/**
+ * \file ctr_drbg.h
+ *
+ * \brief    This file contains definitions and functions for the
+ *           CTR_DRBG pseudorandom generator.
+ *
+ * CTR_DRBG is a standardized way of building a PRNG from a block-cipher
+ * in counter mode operation, as defined in <em>NIST SP 800-90A:
+ * Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using Deterministic Random
+ * Bit Generators</em>.
+ *
+ * The Mbed TLS implementation of CTR_DRBG uses AES-256 (default) or AES-128
+ * (if \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled at compile time)
+ * as the underlying block cipher, with a derivation function.
+ *
+ * The security strength as defined in NIST SP 800-90A is
+ * 128 bits when AES-128 is used (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY enabled)
+ * and 256 bits otherwise, provided that #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN is
+ * kept at its default value (and not overridden in mbedtls_config.h) and that the
+ * DRBG instance is set up with default parameters.
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more
+ * information.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+/* The CTR_DRBG implementation can either directly call the low-level AES
+ * module (gated by MBEDTLS_AES_C) or call the PSA API to perform AES
+ * operations. Calling the AES module directly is the default, both for
+ * maximum backward compatibility and because it's a bit more efficient
+ * (less glue code).
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_AES_C is disabled, the CTR_DRBG module calls PSA crypto and
+ * thus benefits from the PSA AES accelerator driver.
+ * It is technically possible to enable MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
+ * to use PSA even when MBEDTLS_AES_C is enabled, but there is very little
+ * reason to do so other than testing purposes and this is not officially
+ * supported.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+#else
+#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "entropy.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/** The entropy source failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED        -0x0034
+/** The requested random buffer length is too big. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG              -0x0036
+/** The input (entropy + additional data) is too large. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG                -0x0038
+/** Read or write error in file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR                -0x003A
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE          16 /**< The block size used by the cipher. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE            16
+/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher.
+ *
+ * Compile-time choice: 16 bytes (128 bits)
+ * because #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled.
+ */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE            32
+/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher.
+ *
+ * Compile-time choice: 32 bytes (256 bits)
+ * because \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled.
+ */
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYBITS            (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 8)   /**< The key size for the DRBG operation, in bits. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_SEEDLEN            (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE + MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE)   /**< The seed length, calculated as (counter + AES key). */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them using the compiler command
+ * line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN
+ *
+ * \brief The amount of entropy used per seed by default, in bytes.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR)
+/** This is 48 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-512.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN        48
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR */
+
+/** This is 32 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-256.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY)
+/** \warning To achieve a 256-bit security strength, you must pass a nonce
+ *           to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed().
+ */
+#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY) */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN        32
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR */
+#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL    10000
+/**< The interval before reseed is performed by default. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT          256
+/**< The maximum number of additional input Bytes. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST        1024
+/**< The maximum number of requested Bytes per call. */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT     384
+/**< The maximum size of seed or reseed buffer in bytes. */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF             0
+/**< Prediction resistance is disabled. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON              1
+/**< Prediction resistance is enabled. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN >= MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 3 / 2
+/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * This is \c 0 because a single read from the entropy source is sufficient
+ * to include a nonce.
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN 0
+#else
+/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * This is half of the default entropy length because a single read from
+ * the entropy source does not provide enough material to form a nonce.
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN + 1) / 2
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+typedef struct mbedtls_ctr_drbg_psa_context {
+    mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id;
+    psa_cipher_operation_t operation;
+} mbedtls_ctr_drbg_psa_context;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The CTR_DRBG context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context {
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(counter)[16];  /*!< The counter (V). */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_counter);         /*!< The reseed counter.
+                                                  * This is the number of requests that have
+                                                  * been made since the last (re)seeding,
+                                                  * minus one.
+                                                  * Before the initial seeding, this field
+                                                  * contains the amount of entropy in bytes
+                                                  * to use as a nonce for the initial seeding,
+                                                  * or -1 if no nonce length has been explicitly
+                                                  * set (see mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len()).
+                                                  */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prediction_resistance);  /*!< This determines whether prediction
+                                                    resistance is enabled, that is
+                                                    whether to systematically reseed before
+                                                    each random generation. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(entropy_len);         /*!< The amount of entropy grabbed on each
+                                                    seed or reseed operation, in bytes. */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_interval);        /*!< The reseed interval.
+                                                  * This is the maximum number of requests
+                                                  * that can be made between reseedings. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+    mbedtls_ctr_drbg_psa_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_ctx); /*!< The PSA context. */
+#else
+    mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aes_ctx);        /*!< The AES context. */
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Callbacks (Entropy)
+     */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_entropy))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t);
+    /*!< The entropy callback function. */
+
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_entropy);            /*!< The context for the entropy function. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+    /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized if and only if f_entropy != NULL.
+     * This means that the mutex is initialized during the initial seeding
+     * in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() and freed in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+     *
+     * Note that this invariant may change without notice. Do not rely on it
+     * and do not access the mutex directly in application code.
+     */
+    mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function initializes the CTR_DRBG context,
+ *                      and prepares it for mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed()
+ *                      or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+ *
+ * \note                The reseed interval is
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL by default.
+ *                      You can override it by calling
+ *                      mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function seeds and sets up the CTR_DRBG
+ *                      entropy source for future reseeds.
+ *
+ * A typical choice for the \p f_entropy and \p p_entropy parameters is
+ * to use the entropy module:
+ * - \p f_entropy is mbedtls_entropy_func();
+ * - \p p_entropy is an instance of ::mbedtls_entropy_context initialized
+ *   with mbedtls_entropy_init() (which registers the platform's default
+ *   entropy sources).
+ *
+ * The entropy length is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN by default.
+ * You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len().
+ *
+ * The entropy nonce length is:
+ * - \c 0 if the entropy length is at least 3/2 times the entropy length,
+ *   which guarantees that the security strength is the maximum permitted
+ *   by the key size and entropy length according to NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1;
+ * - Half the entropy length otherwise.
+ * You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len().
+ * With the default entropy length, the entropy nonce length is
+ * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN.
+ *
+ * You can provide a nonce and personalization string in addition to the
+ * entropy source, to make this instantiation as unique as possible.
+ * See SP 800-90A §8.6.7 for more details about nonces.
+ *
+ * The _seed_material_ value passed to the derivation function in
+ * the CTR_DRBG Instantiate Process described in NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1.3.2
+ * is the concatenation of the following strings:
+ * - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy
+ *   length.
+ */
+#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN == 0
+/**
+ * - If mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len() has been called, a string
+ *   obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the specified length.
+ */
+#else
+/**
+ * - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy nonce
+ *   length. If the entropy nonce length is \c 0, this function does not
+ *   make a second call to \p f_entropy.
+ */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note                When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ *                      after this function returns successfully,
+ *                      it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ *                      from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ *                      reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * - The \p custom string.
+ *
+ * \note                To achieve the nominal security strength permitted
+ *                      by CTR_DRBG, the entropy length must be:
+ *                      - at least 16 bytes for a 128-bit strength
+ *                      (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128);
+ *                      - at least 32 bytes for a 256-bit strength
+ *                      (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256).
+ *
+ *                      In addition, if you do not pass a nonce in \p custom,
+ *                      the sum of the entropy length
+ *                      and the entropy nonce length must be:
+ *                      - at least 24 bytes for a 128-bit strength
+ *                      (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128);
+ *                      - at least 48 bytes for a 256-bit strength
+ *                      (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256).
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context to seed.
+ *                      It must have been initialized with
+ *                      mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init().
+ *                      After a successful call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(),
+ *                      you may not call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() again on
+ *                      the same context unless you call
+ *                      mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free() and mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init()
+ *                      again first.
+ *                      After a failed call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(),
+ *                      you must call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+ * \param f_entropy     The entropy callback, taking as arguments the
+ *                      \p p_entropy context, the buffer to fill, and the
+ *                      length of the buffer.
+ *                      \p f_entropy is always called with a buffer size
+ *                      less than or equal to the entropy length.
+ * \param p_entropy     The entropy context to pass to \p f_entropy.
+ * \param custom        The personalization string.
+ *                      This can be \c NULL, in which case the personalization
+ *                      string is empty regardless of the value of \p len.
+ * \param len           The length of the personalization string.
+ *                      This must be at most
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
+ *                      - #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+                          int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+                          void *p_entropy,
+                          const unsigned char *custom,
+                          size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function resets CTR_DRBG context to the state immediately
+ *                      after initial call of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context to clear.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function turns prediction resistance on or off.
+ *                      The default value is off.
+ *
+ * \note                If enabled, entropy is gathered at the beginning of
+ *                      every call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add()
+ *                      or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random().
+ *                      Only use this if your entropy source has sufficient
+ *                      throughput.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param resistance    #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON or #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_prediction_resistance(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+                                                int resistance);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed on each
+ *                      seed or reseed.
+ *
+ * The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN.
+ *
+ * \note                The security strength of CTR_DRBG is bounded by the
+ *                      entropy length. Thus:
+ *                      - When using AES-256
+ *                        (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled,
+ *                        which is the default),
+ *                        \p len must be at least 32 (in bytes)
+ *                        to achieve a 256-bit strength.
+ *                      - When using AES-128
+ *                        (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled)
+ *                        \p len must be at least 16 (in bytes)
+ *                        to achieve a 128-bit strength.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param len           The amount of entropy to grab, in bytes.
+ *                      This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
+ *                      and at most the maximum length accepted by the
+ *                      entropy function that is set in the context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+                                      size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed
+ *                      as a nonce for the initial seeding.
+ *
+ * Call this function before calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() to read
+ * a nonce from the entropy source during the initial seeding.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param len           The amount of entropy to grab for the nonce, in bytes.
+ *                      This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
+ *                      and at most the maximum length accepted by the
+ *                      entropy function that is set in the context.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if \p len is
+ *                      more than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ *                      if the initial seeding has already taken place.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+                                   size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the reseed interval.
+ *
+ * The reseed interval is the number of calls to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ * or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add() after which the entropy function
+ * is called again.
+ *
+ * The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param interval      The reseed interval.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+                                          int interval);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function reseeds the CTR_DRBG context, that is
+ *                      extracts data from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ *                      to call this function if another thread might be
+ *                      concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ *                      context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional    Additional data to add to the state. Can be \c NULL.
+ * \param len           The length of the additional data.
+ *                      This must be less than
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
+ *                      where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ *                      configured for the context.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_reseed(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char *additional, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief              This function updates the state of the CTR_DRBG context.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ *                      to call this function if another thread might be
+ *                      concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ *                      context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx          The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional   The data to update the state with. This must not be
+ *                     \c NULL unless \p add_len is \c 0.
+ * \param add_len      Length of \p additional in bytes. This must be at
+ *                     most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
+ *
+ * \return             \c 0 on success.
+ * \return             #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if
+ *                     \p add_len is more than
+ *                     #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
+ * \return             An error from the underlying AES cipher on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char *additional,
+                            size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function updates a CTR_DRBG instance with additional
+ *          data and uses it to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ *                      to call this function if another thread might be
+ *                      concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ *                      context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param p_rng         The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ *                      #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output        The buffer to fill.
+ * \param output_len    The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ * \param additional    Additional data to update. Can be \c NULL, in which
+ *                      case the additional data is empty regardless of
+ *                      the value of \p add_len.
+ * \param add_len       The length of the additional data
+ *                      if \p additional is not \c NULL.
+ *                      This must be less than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT
+ *                      and less than
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
+ *                      where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ *                      configured for the context.
+ *
+ * \return    \c 0 on success.
+ * \return    #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or
+ *            #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add(void *p_rng,
+                                     unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+                                     const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function uses CTR_DRBG to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note                When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ *                      it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ *                      from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ *                      reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param p_rng         The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ *                      #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output        The buffer to fill.
+ * \param output_len    The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random(void *p_rng,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t output_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function writes a seed file.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param path          The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on reseed
+ *                      failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_write_seed_file(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function reads and updates a seed file. The seed
+ *                      is added to this instance.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The CTR_DRBG context.
+ * \param path          The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on
+ *                      reseed failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if the existing
+ *                      seed file is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_seed_file(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The CTR_DRBG checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ctr_drbg.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/debug.h

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/**
+ * \file debug.h
+ *
+ * \brief Functions for controlling and providing debug output from the library.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_STRIP_PARENS(...)   __VA_ARGS__
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG(level, args)                    \
+    mbedtls_debug_print_msg(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__,    \
+                            MBEDTLS_DEBUG_STRIP_PARENS args)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET(level, text, ret)                \
+    mbedtls_debug_print_ret(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, ret)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF(level, text, buf, len)           \
+    mbedtls_debug_print_buf(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, buf, len)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI(level, text, X)                  \
+    mbedtls_debug_print_mpi(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, X)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP(level, text, X)                  \
+    mbedtls_debug_print_ecp(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, X)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt)                \
+    mbedtls_debug_print_crt(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, crt)
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt)       do { } while (0)
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH(level, ecdh, attr)               \
+    mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, ecdh, attr)
+#endif
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG(level, args)            do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET(level, text, ret)       do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF(level, text, buf, len)  do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI(level, text, X)         do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP(level, text, X)         do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt)       do { } while (0)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH(level, ecdh, attr)     do { } while (0)
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE
+ *
+ * Mark a function as having printf attributes, and thus enable checking
+ * via -wFormat and other flags. This does nothing on builds with compilers
+ * that do not support the format attribute
+ *
+ * Module:  library/debug.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module provides debugging functions.
+ */
+#if defined(__has_attribute)
+#if __has_attribute(format)
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 1
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check)    \
+    __attribute__((__format__(gnu_printf, string_index, first_to_check)))
+#else /* defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 1 */
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check)    \
+    __attribute__((format(printf, string_index, first_to_check)))
+#endif
+#else /* __has_attribute(format) */
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check)
+#endif /* __has_attribute(format) */
+#else /* defined(__has_attribute) */
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_PRINTF_xxx: Due to issues with older window compilers
+ * and MinGW we need to define the printf specifier for size_t
+ * and long long per platform.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/debug.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module provides debugging functions.
+ */
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900)
+   #include <inttypes.h>
+   #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET     PRIuPTR
+   #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG  "I64d"
+#else \
+    /* defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900) */
+   #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET     "zu"
+   #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG  "lld"
+#endif \
+    /* defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900) */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME)
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#if !defined(PRId64)
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME PRId64
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Set the threshold error level to handle globally all debug output.
+ *          Debug messages that have a level over the threshold value are
+ *          discarded.
+ *          (Default value: 0 = No debug )
+ *
+ * \param threshold     threshold level of messages to filter on. Messages at a
+ *                      higher level will be discarded.
+ *                          - Debug levels
+ *                              - 0 No debug
+ *                              - 1 Error
+ *                              - 2 State change
+ *                              - 3 Informational
+ *                              - 4 Verbose
+ */
+void mbedtls_debug_set_threshold(int threshold);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/des.h

@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/**
+ * \file des.h
+ *
+ * \brief DES block cipher
+ *
+ * \warning   DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *            security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *            instead.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_DES_H
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT     1
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT     0
+
+/** The data input has an invalid length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH              -0x0032
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE    8
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          DES context structure
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_des_context {
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sk)[32];            /*!<  DES subkeys       */
+}
+mbedtls_des_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Triple-DES context structure
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_des3_context {
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sk)[96];            /*!<  3DES subkeys      */
+}
+mbedtls_des3_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
+#include "des_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_init(mbedtls_des_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Clear DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES context to be cleared
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_free(mbedtls_des_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize Triple-DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES3 context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des3_init(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Clear Triple-DES context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES3 context to be cleared
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des3_free(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set key parity on the given key to odd.
+ *
+ *                 DES keys are 56 bits long, but each byte is padded with
+ *                 a parity bit to allow verification.
+ *
+ * \param key      8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_key_set_parity(unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Check that key parity on the given key is odd.
+ *
+ *                 DES keys are 56 bits long, but each byte is padded with
+ *                 a parity bit to allow verification.
+ *
+ * \param key      8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0 is parity was ok, 1 if parity was not correct.
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_key_check_key_parity(const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Check that key is not a weak or semi-weak DES key
+ *
+ * \param key      8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0 if no weak key was found, 1 if a weak key was identified.
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_key_check_weak(const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          DES key schedule (56-bit, encryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key      8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_setkey_enc(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          DES key schedule (56-bit, decryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key      8-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_setkey_dec(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Triple-DES key schedule (112-bit, encryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key      16-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set2key_enc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 2]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Triple-DES key schedule (112-bit, decryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key      16-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set2key_dec(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 2]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Triple-DES key schedule (168-bit, encryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key      24-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set3key_enc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 3]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Triple-DES key schedule (168-bit, decryption)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      3DES context to be initialized
+ * \param key      24-byte secret key
+ *
+ * \return         0
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_set3key_dec(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 3]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          DES-ECB block encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES context
+ * \param input    64-bit input block
+ * \param output   64-bit output block
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_des_context *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char input[8],
+                          unsigned char output[8]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief          DES-CBC buffer encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \note           Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *                 call the function same function again on the following
+ *                 block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *                 encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *                 If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ *                 IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *                 module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      DES context
+ * \param mode     MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT
+ * \param length   length of the input data
+ * \param iv       initialization vector (updated after use)
+ * \param input    buffer holding the input data
+ * \param output   buffer holding the output data
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_des_context *ctx,
+                          int mode,
+                          size_t length,
+                          unsigned char iv[8],
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          3DES-ECB block encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \param ctx      3DES context
+ * \param input    64-bit input block
+ * \param output   64-bit output block
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+                           const unsigned char input[8],
+                           unsigned char output[8]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief          3DES-CBC buffer encryption/decryption
+ *
+ * \note           Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *                 call the function same function again on the following
+ *                 block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *                 encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *                 If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
+ *                 IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *                 module instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      3DES context
+ * \param mode     MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT
+ * \param length   length of the input data
+ * \param iv       initialization vector (updated after use)
+ * \param input    buffer holding the input data
+ * \param output   buffer holding the output data
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_des3_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
+                           int mode,
+                           size_t length,
+                           unsigned char iv[8],
+                           const unsigned char *input,
+                           unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Internal function for key expansion.
+ *                 (Only exposed to allow overriding it,
+ *                 see MBEDTLS_DES_SETKEY_ALT)
+ *
+ * \param SK       Round keys
+ * \param key      Base key
+ *
+ * \warning        DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *                 security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
+ *                 instead.
+ */
+void mbedtls_des_setkey(uint32_t SK[32],
+                        const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL
+int mbedtls_des_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* des.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/dhm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,972 @@
+/**
+ * \file dhm.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (DHM) key exchange
+ *          definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (DHM) key exchange is defined in
+ * <em>RFC-2631: Diffie-Hellman Key Agreement Method</em> and
+ * <em>Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #3: Diffie
+ * Hellman Key Agreement Standard</em>.
+ *
+ * <em>RFC-3526: More Modular Exponential (MODP) Diffie-Hellman groups for
+ * Internet Key Exchange (IKE)</em> defines a number of standardized
+ * Diffie-Hellman groups for IKE.
+ *
+ * <em>RFC-5114: Additional Diffie-Hellman Groups for Use with IETF
+ * Standards</em> defines a number of standardized Diffie-Hellman
+ * groups that can be used.
+ *
+ * \warning  The security of the DHM key exchange relies on the proper choice
+ *           of prime modulus - optimally, it should be a safe prime. The usage
+ *           of non-safe primes both decreases the difficulty of the underlying
+ *           discrete logarithm problem and can lead to small subgroup attacks
+ *           leaking private exponent bits when invalid public keys are used
+ *           and not detected. This is especially relevant if the same DHM
+ *           parameters are reused for multiple key exchanges as in static DHM,
+ *           while the criticality of small-subgroup attacks is lower for
+ *           ephemeral DHM.
+ *
+ * \warning  For performance reasons, the code does neither perform primality
+ *           nor safe primality tests, nor the expensive checks for invalid
+ *           subgroups. Moreover, even if these were performed, non-standardized
+ *           primes cannot be trusted because of the possibility of backdoors
+ *           that can't be effectively checked for.
+ *
+ * \warning  Diffie-Hellman-Merkle is therefore a security risk when not using
+ *           standardized primes generated using a trustworthy ("nothing up
+ *           my sleeve") method, such as the RFC 3526 / 7919 primes. In the TLS
+ *           protocol, DH parameters need to be negotiated, so using the default
+ *           primes systematically is not always an option. If possible, use
+ *           Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), which has better performance,
+ *           and for which the TLS protocol mandates the use of standard
+ *           parameters.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_DHM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+
+/*
+ * DHM Error codes
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x3080
+/** Reading of the DHM parameters failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_READ_PARAMS_FAILED                -0x3100
+/** Making of the DHM parameters failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_MAKE_PARAMS_FAILED                -0x3180
+/** Reading of the public values failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_READ_PUBLIC_FAILED                -0x3200
+/** Making of the public value failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_MAKE_PUBLIC_FAILED                -0x3280
+/** Calculation of the DHM secret failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_CALC_SECRET_FAILED                -0x3300
+/** The ASN.1 data is not formatted correctly. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_INVALID_FORMAT                    -0x3380
+/** Allocation of memory failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_ALLOC_FAILED                      -0x3400
+/** Read or write of file failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_FILE_IO_ERROR                     -0x3480
+/** Setting the modulus and generator failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_SET_GROUP_FAILED                  -0x3580
+
+/** Which parameter to access in mbedtls_dhm_get_value(). */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_P,  /*!<  The prime modulus. */
+    MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_G,  /*!<  The generator. */
+    MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_X,  /*!<  Our secret value. */
+    MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_GX, /*!<  Our public key = \c G^X mod \c P. */
+    MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_GY, /*!<  The public key of the peer = \c G^Y mod \c P. */
+    MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_K,  /*!<  The shared secret = \c G^(XY) mod \c P. */
+} mbedtls_dhm_parameter;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The DHM context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_dhm_context {
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(P);      /*!<  The prime modulus. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(G);      /*!<  The generator. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(X);      /*!<  Our secret value. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(GX);     /*!<  Our public key = \c G^X mod \c P. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(GY);     /*!<  The public key of the peer = \c G^Y mod \c P. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(K);      /*!<  The shared secret = \c G^(XY) mod \c P. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RP);     /*!<  The cached value = \c R^2 mod \c P. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi);     /*!<  The blinding value. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf);     /*!<  The unblinding value. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pX);     /*!<  The previous \c X. */
+}
+mbedtls_dhm_context;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT */
+#include "dhm_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes the DHM context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_dhm_init(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function parses the DHM parameters in a
+ *                 TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message
+ *                 (DHM modulus, generator, and public key).
+ *
+ * \note           In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client
+ *                 sets up its DHM context from the server's public
+ *                 DHM key material.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param p        On input, *p must be the start of the input buffer.
+ *                 On output, *p is updated to point to the end of the data
+ *                 that has been read. On success, this is the first byte
+ *                 past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters.
+ *                 On error, this is the point at which an error has been
+ *                 detected, which is usually not useful except to debug
+ *                 failures.
+ * \param end      The end of the input buffer.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_read_params(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+                            unsigned char **p,
+                            const unsigned char *end);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function generates a DHM key pair and exports its
+ *                 public part together with the DHM parameters in the format
+ *                 used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message.
+ *
+ * \note           This function assumes that the DHM parameters \c ctx->P
+ *                 and \c ctx->G have already been properly set. For that, use
+ *                 mbedtls_dhm_set_group() below in conjunction with
+ *                 mbedtls_mpi_read_binary() and mbedtls_mpi_read_string().
+ *
+ * \note           In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server generates
+ *                 and exports its DHM key material.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not
+ *                 already have imported the peer's public key.
+ * \param x_size   The private key size in Bytes.
+ * \param olen     The address at which to store the number of Bytes
+ *                 written on success. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param output   The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ *                 sufficient size to hold the reduced binary presentation of
+ *                 the modulus, the generator and the public key, each wrapped
+ *                 with a 2-byte length field. It is the responsibility of the
+ *                 caller to ensure that enough space is available. Refer to
+ *                 mbedtls_mpi_size() to computing the byte-size of an MPI.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function. Must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                 \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_make_params(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t *olen,
+                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                            void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets the prime modulus and generator.
+ *
+ * \note           This function can be used to set \c ctx->P, \c ctx->G
+ *                 in preparation for mbedtls_dhm_make_params().
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to configure. This must be initialized.
+ * \param P        The MPI holding the DHM prime modulus. This must be
+ *                 an initialized MPI.
+ * \param G        The MPI holding the DHM generator. This must be an
+ *                 initialized MPI.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_set_group(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+                          const mbedtls_mpi *P,
+                          const mbedtls_mpi *G);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function imports the raw public value of the peer.
+ *
+ * \note           In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server imports
+ *                 the Client's public DHM key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and have
+ *                 its DHM parameters set, e.g. via mbedtls_dhm_set_group().
+ *                 It may or may not already have generated its own private key.
+ * \param input    The input buffer containing the \c G^Y value of the peer.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The size of the input buffer \p input in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_read_public(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function creates a DHM key pair and exports
+ *                 the raw public key in big-endian format.
+ *
+ * \note           The destination buffer is always fully written
+ *                 so as to contain a big-endian representation of G^X mod P.
+ *                 If it is larger than \c ctx->len, it is padded accordingly
+ *                 with zero-bytes at the beginning.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and
+ *                 have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not already
+ *                 have imported the peer's public key.
+ * \param x_size   The private key size in Bytes.
+ * \param output   The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ *                 size \p olen Bytes.
+ * \param olen     The length of the destination buffer. This must be at least
+ *                 equal to `ctx->len` (the size of \c P).
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ *                 if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_make_public(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t olen,
+                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                            void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function derives and exports the shared secret
+ *                 \c (G^Y)^X mod \c P.
+ *
+ * \note           If \p f_rng is not \c NULL, it is used to blind the input as
+ *                 a countermeasure against timing attacks. Blinding is used
+ *                 only if our private key \c X is re-used, and not used
+ *                 otherwise. We recommend always passing a non-NULL
+ *                 \p f_rng argument.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The DHM context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                      and have its own private key generated and the peer's
+ *                      public key imported.
+ * \param output        The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This
+ *                      must be a writable buffer of size \p output_size Bytes.
+ * \param output_size   The size of the destination buffer. This must be at
+ *                      least the size of \c ctx->len (the size of \c P).
+ * \param olen          On exit, holds the actual number of Bytes written.
+ * \param f_rng         The RNG function. Must not be \c NULL. Used for
+ *                      blinding.
+ * \param p_rng         The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_calc_secret(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, size_t *olen,
+                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                            void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function returns the size of the prime modulus in bits.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to query.
+ *
+ * \return         The size of the prime modulus in bits,
+ *                 i.e. the number n such that 2^(n-1) <= P < 2^n.
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_dhm_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function returns the size of the prime modulus in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to query.
+ *
+ * \return         The size of the prime modulus in bytes,
+ *                 i.e. the number n such that 2^(8*(n-1)) <= P < 2^(8*n).
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_dhm_get_len(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function copies a parameter of a DHM key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to query.
+ * \param param    The parameter to copy.
+ * \param dest     The MPI object to copy the value into. It must be
+ *                 initialized.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p param is invalid.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code if the copy fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_get_value(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx,
+                          mbedtls_dhm_parameter param,
+                          mbedtls_mpi *dest);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function frees and clears the components
+ *                 of a DHM context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The DHM context to free and clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                 in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL,
+ *                 it must point to an initialized DHM context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_dhm_free(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief             This function parses DHM parameters in PEM or DER format.
+ *
+ * \param dhm         The DHM context to import the DHM parameters into.
+ *                    This must be initialized.
+ * \param dhmin       The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                    length \p dhminlen Bytes.
+ * \param dhminlen    The size of the input buffer \p dhmin, including the
+ *                    terminating \c NULL Byte for PEM data.
+ *
+ * \return            \c 0 on success.
+ * \return            An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX error
+ *                    code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhm(mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const unsigned char *dhmin,
+                          size_t dhminlen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function loads and parses DHM parameters from a file.
+ *
+ * \param dhm      The DHM context to load the parameters to.
+ *                 This must be initialized.
+ * \param path     The filename to read the DHM parameters from.
+ *                 This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX
+ *                 error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhmfile(mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The DMH checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_dhm_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * RFC 3526, RFC 5114 and RFC 7919 standardize a number of
+ * Diffie-Hellman groups, some of which are included here
+ * for use within the SSL/TLS module and the user's convenience
+ * when configuring the Diffie-Hellman parameters by hand
+ * through \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param.
+ *
+ * The following lists the source of the above groups in the standards:
+ * - RFC 5114 section 2.2:  2048-bit MODP Group with 224-bit Prime Order Subgroup
+ * - RFC 3526 section 3:    2048-bit MODP Group
+ * - RFC 3526 section 4:    3072-bit MODP Group
+ * - RFC 3526 section 5:    4096-bit MODP Group
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.1:  ffdhe2048
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.2:  ffdhe3072
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.3:  ffdhe4096
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.4:  ffdhe6144
+ * - RFC 7919 section A.5:  ffdhe8192
+ *
+ * The constants with suffix "_p" denote the chosen prime moduli, while
+ * the constants with suffix "_g" denote the chosen generator
+ * of the associated prime field.
+ *
+ * The constants further suffixed with "_bin" are provided in binary format,
+ * while all other constants represent null-terminated strings holding the
+ * hexadecimal presentation of the respective numbers.
+ *
+ * The primes from RFC 3526 and RFC 7919 have been generating by the following
+ * trust-worthy procedure:
+ * - Fix N in { 2048, 3072, 4096, 6144, 8192 } and consider the N-bit number
+ *   the first and last 64 bits are all 1, and the remaining N - 128 bits of
+ *   which are 0x7ff...ff.
+ * - Add the smallest multiple of the first N - 129 bits of the binary expansion
+ *   of pi (for RFC 5236) or e (for RFC 7919) to this intermediate bit-string
+ *   such that the resulting integer is a safe-prime.
+ * - The result is the respective RFC 3526 / 7919 prime, and the corresponding
+ *   generator is always chosen to be 2 (which is a square for these prime,
+ *   hence the corresponding subgroup has order (p-1)/2 and avoids leaking a
+ *   bit in the private exponent).
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Trustworthy DHM parameters in binary form
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_P_BIN {        \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+        0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \
+        0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \
+        0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \
+        0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \
+        0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \
+        0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \
+        0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \
+        0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \
+        0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \
+        0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \
+        0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \
+        0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \
+        0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \
+        0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \
+        0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \
+        0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \
+        0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \
+        0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \
+        0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \
+        0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \
+        0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \
+        0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \
+        0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \
+        0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \
+        0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \
+        0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \
+        0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \
+        0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \
+        0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \
+        0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAC, 0xAA, 0x68, \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_P_BIN {       \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+        0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \
+        0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \
+        0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \
+        0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \
+        0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \
+        0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \
+        0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \
+        0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \
+        0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \
+        0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \
+        0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \
+        0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \
+        0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \
+        0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \
+        0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \
+        0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \
+        0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \
+        0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \
+        0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \
+        0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \
+        0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \
+        0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \
+        0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \
+        0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \
+        0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \
+        0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \
+        0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \
+        0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \
+        0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \
+        0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAA, 0xC4, 0x2D, \
+        0xAD, 0x33, 0x17, 0x0D, 0x04, 0x50, 0x7A, 0x33, \
+        0xA8, 0x55, 0x21, 0xAB, 0xDF, 0x1C, 0xBA, 0x64, \
+        0xEC, 0xFB, 0x85, 0x04, 0x58, 0xDB, 0xEF, 0x0A, \
+        0x8A, 0xEA, 0x71, 0x57, 0x5D, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x7D, \
+        0xB3, 0x97, 0x0F, 0x85, 0xA6, 0xE1, 0xE4, 0xC7, \
+        0xAB, 0xF5, 0xAE, 0x8C, 0xDB, 0x09, 0x33, 0xD7, \
+        0x1E, 0x8C, 0x94, 0xE0, 0x4A, 0x25, 0x61, 0x9D, \
+        0xCE, 0xE3, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x1A, 0xD2, 0xEE, 0x6B, \
+        0xF1, 0x2F, 0xFA, 0x06, 0xD9, 0x8A, 0x08, 0x64, \
+        0xD8, 0x76, 0x02, 0x73, 0x3E, 0xC8, 0x6A, 0x64, \
+        0x52, 0x1F, 0x2B, 0x18, 0x17, 0x7B, 0x20, 0x0C, \
+        0xBB, 0xE1, 0x17, 0x57, 0x7A, 0x61, 0x5D, 0x6C, \
+        0x77, 0x09, 0x88, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0xD9, 0x46, 0xE2, \
+        0x08, 0xE2, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x74, 0xE5, 0xAB, 0x31, \
+        0x43, 0xDB, 0x5B, 0xFC, 0xE0, 0xFD, 0x10, 0x8E, \
+        0x4B, 0x82, 0xD1, 0x20, 0xA9, 0x3A, 0xD2, 0xCA, \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_4096_P_BIN  {       \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF,  \
+        0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34,  \
+        0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1,  \
+        0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74,  \
+        0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22,  \
+        0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD,  \
+        0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B,  \
+        0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37,  \
+        0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45,  \
+        0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6,  \
+        0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B,  \
+        0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED,  \
+        0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5,  \
+        0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6,  \
+        0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D,  \
+        0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05,  \
+        0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A,  \
+        0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F,  \
+        0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96,  \
+        0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB,  \
+        0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D,  \
+        0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04,  \
+        0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C,  \
+        0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B,  \
+        0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03,  \
+        0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F,  \
+        0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9,  \
+        0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18,  \
+        0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5,  \
+        0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10,  \
+        0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAA, 0xC4, 0x2D,  \
+        0xAD, 0x33, 0x17, 0x0D, 0x04, 0x50, 0x7A, 0x33,  \
+        0xA8, 0x55, 0x21, 0xAB, 0xDF, 0x1C, 0xBA, 0x64,  \
+        0xEC, 0xFB, 0x85, 0x04, 0x58, 0xDB, 0xEF, 0x0A,  \
+        0x8A, 0xEA, 0x71, 0x57, 0x5D, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x7D,  \
+        0xB3, 0x97, 0x0F, 0x85, 0xA6, 0xE1, 0xE4, 0xC7,  \
+        0xAB, 0xF5, 0xAE, 0x8C, 0xDB, 0x09, 0x33, 0xD7,  \
+        0x1E, 0x8C, 0x94, 0xE0, 0x4A, 0x25, 0x61, 0x9D,  \
+        0xCE, 0xE3, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x1A, 0xD2, 0xEE, 0x6B,  \
+        0xF1, 0x2F, 0xFA, 0x06, 0xD9, 0x8A, 0x08, 0x64,  \
+        0xD8, 0x76, 0x02, 0x73, 0x3E, 0xC8, 0x6A, 0x64,  \
+        0x52, 0x1F, 0x2B, 0x18, 0x17, 0x7B, 0x20, 0x0C,  \
+        0xBB, 0xE1, 0x17, 0x57, 0x7A, 0x61, 0x5D, 0x6C,  \
+        0x77, 0x09, 0x88, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0xD9, 0x46, 0xE2,  \
+        0x08, 0xE2, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x74, 0xE5, 0xAB, 0x31,  \
+        0x43, 0xDB, 0x5B, 0xFC, 0xE0, 0xFD, 0x10, 0x8E,  \
+        0x4B, 0x82, 0xD1, 0x20, 0xA9, 0x21, 0x08, 0x01,  \
+        0x1A, 0x72, 0x3C, 0x12, 0xA7, 0x87, 0xE6, 0xD7,  \
+        0x88, 0x71, 0x9A, 0x10, 0xBD, 0xBA, 0x5B, 0x26,  \
+        0x99, 0xC3, 0x27, 0x18, 0x6A, 0xF4, 0xE2, 0x3C,  \
+        0x1A, 0x94, 0x68, 0x34, 0xB6, 0x15, 0x0B, 0xDA,  \
+        0x25, 0x83, 0xE9, 0xCA, 0x2A, 0xD4, 0x4C, 0xE8,  \
+        0xDB, 0xBB, 0xC2, 0xDB, 0x04, 0xDE, 0x8E, 0xF9,  \
+        0x2E, 0x8E, 0xFC, 0x14, 0x1F, 0xBE, 0xCA, 0xA6,  \
+        0x28, 0x7C, 0x59, 0x47, 0x4E, 0x6B, 0xC0, 0x5D,  \
+        0x99, 0xB2, 0x96, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x90, 0xC3, 0xA2,  \
+        0x23, 0x3B, 0xA1, 0x86, 0x51, 0x5B, 0xE7, 0xED,  \
+        0x1F, 0x61, 0x29, 0x70, 0xCE, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0xAF,  \
+        0xB8, 0x1B, 0xDD, 0x76, 0x21, 0x70, 0x48, 0x1C,  \
+        0xD0, 0x06, 0x91, 0x27, 0xD5, 0xB0, 0x5A, 0xA9,  \
+        0x93, 0xB4, 0xEA, 0x98, 0x8D, 0x8F, 0xDD, 0xC1,  \
+        0x86, 0xFF, 0xB7, 0xDC, 0x90, 0xA6, 0xC0, 0x8F,  \
+        0x4D, 0xF4, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x34, 0x06, 0x31, 0x99,  \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_4096_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE2048_P_BIN {        \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+        0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+        0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+        0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+        0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+        0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+        0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+        0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+        0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+        0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+        0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+        0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+        0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+        0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+        0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+        0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+        0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+        0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+        0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+        0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+        0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+        0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+        0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+        0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+        0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+        0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+        0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+        0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+        0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+        0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+        0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x28, 0x5C, 0x97, \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE2048_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE3072_P_BIN { \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+        0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+        0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+        0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+        0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+        0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+        0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+        0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+        0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+        0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+        0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+        0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+        0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+        0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+        0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+        0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+        0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+        0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+        0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+        0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+        0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+        0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+        0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+        0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+        0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+        0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+        0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+        0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+        0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+        0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+        0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+        0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+        0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+        0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+        0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+        0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+        0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+        0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+        0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+        0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+        0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+        0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+        0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+        0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+        0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+        0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+        0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0xC6, 0x2E, 0x37, \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE3072_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE4096_P_BIN {        \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+        0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+        0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+        0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+        0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+        0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+        0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+        0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+        0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+        0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+        0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+        0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+        0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+        0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+        0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+        0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+        0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+        0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+        0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+        0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+        0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+        0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+        0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+        0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+        0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+        0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+        0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+        0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+        0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+        0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+        0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+        0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+        0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+        0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+        0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+        0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+        0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+        0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+        0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+        0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+        0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+        0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+        0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+        0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+        0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+        0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+        0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \
+        0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \
+        0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \
+        0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \
+        0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \
+        0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \
+        0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \
+        0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \
+        0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \
+        0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \
+        0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \
+        0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \
+        0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \
+        0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \
+        0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \
+        0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \
+        0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x65, 0x5F, 0x6A, \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE4096_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE6144_P_BIN {        \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+        0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+        0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+        0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+        0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+        0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+        0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+        0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+        0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+        0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+        0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+        0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+        0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+        0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+        0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+        0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+        0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+        0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+        0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+        0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+        0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+        0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+        0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+        0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+        0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+        0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+        0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+        0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+        0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+        0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+        0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+        0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+        0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+        0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+        0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+        0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+        0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+        0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+        0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+        0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+        0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+        0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+        0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+        0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+        0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+        0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+        0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \
+        0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \
+        0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \
+        0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \
+        0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \
+        0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \
+        0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \
+        0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \
+        0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \
+        0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \
+        0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \
+        0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \
+        0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \
+        0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \
+        0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \
+        0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \
+        0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x0D, 0xD9, 0x02, \
+        0x0B, 0xFD, 0x64, 0xB6, 0x45, 0x03, 0x6C, 0x7A, \
+        0x4E, 0x67, 0x7D, 0x2C, 0x38, 0x53, 0x2A, 0x3A, \
+        0x23, 0xBA, 0x44, 0x42, 0xCA, 0xF5, 0x3E, 0xA6, \
+        0x3B, 0xB4, 0x54, 0x32, 0x9B, 0x76, 0x24, 0xC8, \
+        0x91, 0x7B, 0xDD, 0x64, 0xB1, 0xC0, 0xFD, 0x4C, \
+        0xB3, 0x8E, 0x8C, 0x33, 0x4C, 0x70, 0x1C, 0x3A, \
+        0xCD, 0xAD, 0x06, 0x57, 0xFC, 0xCF, 0xEC, 0x71, \
+        0x9B, 0x1F, 0x5C, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x46, 0x04, 0x1F, \
+        0x38, 0x81, 0x47, 0xFB, 0x4C, 0xFD, 0xB4, 0x77, \
+        0xA5, 0x24, 0x71, 0xF7, 0xA9, 0xA9, 0x69, 0x10, \
+        0xB8, 0x55, 0x32, 0x2E, 0xDB, 0x63, 0x40, 0xD8, \
+        0xA0, 0x0E, 0xF0, 0x92, 0x35, 0x05, 0x11, 0xE3, \
+        0x0A, 0xBE, 0xC1, 0xFF, 0xF9, 0xE3, 0xA2, 0x6E, \
+        0x7F, 0xB2, 0x9F, 0x8C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x23, 0xC3, \
+        0x58, 0x7E, 0x38, 0xDA, 0x00, 0x77, 0xD9, 0xB4, \
+        0x76, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x4B, 0x94, 0xB2, 0xBB, 0xC1, \
+        0x94, 0xC6, 0x65, 0x1E, 0x77, 0xCA, 0xF9, 0x92, \
+        0xEE, 0xAA, 0xC0, 0x23, 0x2A, 0x28, 0x1B, 0xF6, \
+        0xB3, 0xA7, 0x39, 0xC1, 0x22, 0x61, 0x16, 0x82, \
+        0x0A, 0xE8, 0xDB, 0x58, 0x47, 0xA6, 0x7C, 0xBE, \
+        0xF9, 0xC9, 0x09, 0x1B, 0x46, 0x2D, 0x53, 0x8C, \
+        0xD7, 0x2B, 0x03, 0x74, 0x6A, 0xE7, 0x7F, 0x5E, \
+        0x62, 0x29, 0x2C, 0x31, 0x15, 0x62, 0xA8, 0x46, \
+        0x50, 0x5D, 0xC8, 0x2D, 0xB8, 0x54, 0x33, 0x8A, \
+        0xE4, 0x9F, 0x52, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x5B, 0x91, 0x17, \
+        0x8C, 0xCF, 0x2D, 0xD5, 0xCA, 0xCE, 0xF4, 0x03, \
+        0xEC, 0x9D, 0x18, 0x10, 0xC6, 0x27, 0x2B, 0x04, \
+        0x5B, 0x3B, 0x71, 0xF9, 0xDC, 0x6B, 0x80, 0xD6, \
+        0x3F, 0xDD, 0x4A, 0x8E, 0x9A, 0xDB, 0x1E, 0x69, \
+        0x62, 0xA6, 0x95, 0x26, 0xD4, 0x31, 0x61, 0xC1, \
+        0xA4, 0x1D, 0x57, 0x0D, 0x79, 0x38, 0xDA, 0xD4, \
+        0xA4, 0x0E, 0x32, 0x9C, 0xD0, 0xE4, 0x0E, 0x65, \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE6144_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE8192_P_BIN {        \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \
+        0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \
+        0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \
+        0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \
+        0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \
+        0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \
+        0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \
+        0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \
+        0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \
+        0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \
+        0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \
+        0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \
+        0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \
+        0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \
+        0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \
+        0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \
+        0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \
+        0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \
+        0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \
+        0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \
+        0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \
+        0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \
+        0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \
+        0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \
+        0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \
+        0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \
+        0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \
+        0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \
+        0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \
+        0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \
+        0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \
+        0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \
+        0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \
+        0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \
+        0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \
+        0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \
+        0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \
+        0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \
+        0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \
+        0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \
+        0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \
+        0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \
+        0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \
+        0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \
+        0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \
+        0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \
+        0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \
+        0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \
+        0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \
+        0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \
+        0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \
+        0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \
+        0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \
+        0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \
+        0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \
+        0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \
+        0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \
+        0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \
+        0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \
+        0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \
+        0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \
+        0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \
+        0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x0D, 0xD9, 0x02, \
+        0x0B, 0xFD, 0x64, 0xB6, 0x45, 0x03, 0x6C, 0x7A, \
+        0x4E, 0x67, 0x7D, 0x2C, 0x38, 0x53, 0x2A, 0x3A, \
+        0x23, 0xBA, 0x44, 0x42, 0xCA, 0xF5, 0x3E, 0xA6, \
+        0x3B, 0xB4, 0x54, 0x32, 0x9B, 0x76, 0x24, 0xC8, \
+        0x91, 0x7B, 0xDD, 0x64, 0xB1, 0xC0, 0xFD, 0x4C, \
+        0xB3, 0x8E, 0x8C, 0x33, 0x4C, 0x70, 0x1C, 0x3A, \
+        0xCD, 0xAD, 0x06, 0x57, 0xFC, 0xCF, 0xEC, 0x71, \
+        0x9B, 0x1F, 0x5C, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x46, 0x04, 0x1F, \
+        0x38, 0x81, 0x47, 0xFB, 0x4C, 0xFD, 0xB4, 0x77, \
+        0xA5, 0x24, 0x71, 0xF7, 0xA9, 0xA9, 0x69, 0x10, \
+        0xB8, 0x55, 0x32, 0x2E, 0xDB, 0x63, 0x40, 0xD8, \
+        0xA0, 0x0E, 0xF0, 0x92, 0x35, 0x05, 0x11, 0xE3, \
+        0x0A, 0xBE, 0xC1, 0xFF, 0xF9, 0xE3, 0xA2, 0x6E, \
+        0x7F, 0xB2, 0x9F, 0x8C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x23, 0xC3, \
+        0x58, 0x7E, 0x38, 0xDA, 0x00, 0x77, 0xD9, 0xB4, \
+        0x76, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x4B, 0x94, 0xB2, 0xBB, 0xC1, \
+        0x94, 0xC6, 0x65, 0x1E, 0x77, 0xCA, 0xF9, 0x92, \
+        0xEE, 0xAA, 0xC0, 0x23, 0x2A, 0x28, 0x1B, 0xF6, \
+        0xB3, 0xA7, 0x39, 0xC1, 0x22, 0x61, 0x16, 0x82, \
+        0x0A, 0xE8, 0xDB, 0x58, 0x47, 0xA6, 0x7C, 0xBE, \
+        0xF9, 0xC9, 0x09, 0x1B, 0x46, 0x2D, 0x53, 0x8C, \
+        0xD7, 0x2B, 0x03, 0x74, 0x6A, 0xE7, 0x7F, 0x5E, \
+        0x62, 0x29, 0x2C, 0x31, 0x15, 0x62, 0xA8, 0x46, \
+        0x50, 0x5D, 0xC8, 0x2D, 0xB8, 0x54, 0x33, 0x8A, \
+        0xE4, 0x9F, 0x52, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x5B, 0x91, 0x17, \
+        0x8C, 0xCF, 0x2D, 0xD5, 0xCA, 0xCE, 0xF4, 0x03, \
+        0xEC, 0x9D, 0x18, 0x10, 0xC6, 0x27, 0x2B, 0x04, \
+        0x5B, 0x3B, 0x71, 0xF9, 0xDC, 0x6B, 0x80, 0xD6, \
+        0x3F, 0xDD, 0x4A, 0x8E, 0x9A, 0xDB, 0x1E, 0x69, \
+        0x62, 0xA6, 0x95, 0x26, 0xD4, 0x31, 0x61, 0xC1, \
+        0xA4, 0x1D, 0x57, 0x0D, 0x79, 0x38, 0xDA, 0xD4, \
+        0xA4, 0x0E, 0x32, 0x9C, 0xCF, 0xF4, 0x6A, 0xAA, \
+        0x36, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x4C, 0xF6, 0x00, 0xC8, 0x38, \
+        0x1E, 0x42, 0x5A, 0x31, 0xD9, 0x51, 0xAE, 0x64, \
+        0xFD, 0xB2, 0x3F, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x50, 0x9D, 0x43, \
+        0x68, 0x7F, 0xEB, 0x69, 0xED, 0xD1, 0xCC, 0x5E, \
+        0x0B, 0x8C, 0xC3, 0xBD, 0xF6, 0x4B, 0x10, 0xEF, \
+        0x86, 0xB6, 0x31, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xAB, 0x88, 0x29, \
+        0x55, 0x5B, 0x2F, 0x74, 0x7C, 0x93, 0x26, 0x65, \
+        0xCB, 0x2C, 0x0F, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x1B, 0xD7, 0x02, \
+        0x29, 0x38, 0x88, 0x39, 0xD2, 0xAF, 0x05, 0xE4, \
+        0x54, 0x50, 0x4A, 0xC7, 0x8B, 0x75, 0x82, 0x82, \
+        0x28, 0x46, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0x35, 0xC3, 0x5F, 0x5C, \
+        0x59, 0x16, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x46, 0xFD, 0x82, 0x51, \
+        0x54, 0x1F, 0xC6, 0x8C, 0x9C, 0x86, 0xB0, 0x22, \
+        0xBB, 0x70, 0x99, 0x87, 0x6A, 0x46, 0x0E, 0x74, \
+        0x51, 0xA8, 0xA9, 0x31, 0x09, 0x70, 0x3F, 0xEE, \
+        0x1C, 0x21, 0x7E, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x26, 0xE5, 0x2C, \
+        0x51, 0xAA, 0x69, 0x1E, 0x0E, 0x42, 0x3C, 0xFC, \
+        0x99, 0xE9, 0xE3, 0x16, 0x50, 0xC1, 0x21, 0x7B, \
+        0x62, 0x48, 0x16, 0xCD, 0xAD, 0x9A, 0x95, 0xF9, \
+        0xD5, 0xB8, 0x01, 0x94, 0x88, 0xD9, 0xC0, 0xA0, \
+        0xA1, 0xFE, 0x30, 0x75, 0xA5, 0x77, 0xE2, 0x31, \
+        0x83, 0xF8, 0x1D, 0x4A, 0x3F, 0x2F, 0xA4, 0x57, \
+        0x1E, 0xFC, 0x8C, 0xE0, 0xBA, 0x8A, 0x4F, 0xE8, \
+        0xB6, 0x85, 0x5D, 0xFE, 0x72, 0xB0, 0xA6, 0x6E, \
+        0xDE, 0xD2, 0xFB, 0xAB, 0xFB, 0xE5, 0x8A, 0x30, \
+        0xFA, 0xFA, 0xBE, 0x1C, 0x5D, 0x71, 0xA8, 0x7E, \
+        0x2F, 0x74, 0x1E, 0xF8, 0xC1, 0xFE, 0x86, 0xFE, \
+        0xA6, 0xBB, 0xFD, 0xE5, 0x30, 0x67, 0x7F, 0x0D, \
+        0x97, 0xD1, 0x1D, 0x49, 0xF7, 0xA8, 0x44, 0x3D, \
+        0x08, 0x22, 0xE5, 0x06, 0xA9, 0xF4, 0x61, 0x4E, \
+        0x01, 0x1E, 0x2A, 0x94, 0x83, 0x8F, 0xF8, 0x8C, \
+        0xD6, 0x8C, 0x8B, 0xB7, 0xC5, 0xC6, 0x42, 0x4C, \
+        0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF }
+
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE8192_G_BIN { 0x02 }
+
+#endif /* dhm.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h

@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecdh.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains ECDH definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) protocol is an anonymous
+ * key agreement protocol allowing two parties to establish a shared
+ * secret over an insecure channel. Each party must have an
+ * elliptic-curve public–private key pair.
+ *
+ * For more information, see <em>NIST SP 800-56A Rev. 2: Recommendation for
+ * Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete Logarithm
+ * Cryptography</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDH_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+
+/*
+ * Mbed TLS supports two formats for ECDH contexts (#mbedtls_ecdh_context
+ * defined in `ecdh.h`). For most applications, the choice of format makes
+ * no difference, since all library functions can work with either format,
+ * except that the new format is incompatible with MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE.
+
+ * The new format used when this option is disabled is smaller
+ * (56 bytes on a 32-bit platform). In future versions of the library, it
+ * will support alternative implementations of ECDH operations.
+ * The new format is incompatible with applications that access
+ * context fields directly and with restartable ECP operations.
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT
+#else
+#undef MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
+#undef MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT
+#include "everest/everest.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Defines the source of the imported EC key.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS,   /**< Our key. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */
+} mbedtls_ecdh_side;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
+/**
+ * Defines the ECDH implementation used.
+ *
+ * Later versions of the library may add new variants, therefore users should
+ * not make any assumptions about them.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_NONE = 0,   /*!< Implementation not defined. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_MBEDTLS_2_0,/*!< The default Mbed TLS implementation */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
+    MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST     /*!< Everest implementation */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_ecdh_variant;
+
+/**
+ * The context used by the default ECDH implementation.
+ *
+ * Later versions might change the structure of this context, therefore users
+ * should not make any assumptions about the structure of
+ * mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed {
+    mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp);   /*!< The elliptic curve used. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d);           /*!< The private key. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q);     /*!< The public key. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Qp);    /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(z);           /*!< The shared secret. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+    mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs); /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \warning         Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same
+ *                  ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type
+ *                  should not be shared between multiple threads.
+ * \brief           The ECDH context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
+    mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp);   /*!< The elliptic curve used. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d);           /*!< The private key. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q);     /*!< The public key. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Qp);    /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(z);           /*!< The shared secret. */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format);        /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi);    /*!< The blinding value. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf);    /*!< The unblinding value. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(_d);          /*!< The previous \p d. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_enabled);        /*!< The flag for restartable mode. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs); /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+#else
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format);       /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages
+                                                    as defined in RFC 4492. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_group_id MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp_id);/*!< The elliptic curve used. */
+    mbedtls_ecdh_variant MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(var);   /*!< The ECDH implementation/structure used. */
+    union {
+        mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed   MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mbed_ecdh);
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
+        mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(everest_ecdh);
+#endif
+    } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx);                      /*!< Implementation-specific context. The
+                                                    context in use is specified by the \c var
+                                                    field. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_enabled);    /*!< The flag for restartable mode. Functions of
+                                                    an alternative implementation not supporting
+                                                    restartable mode must return
+                                                    MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED error
+                                                    if this flag is set. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT */
+}
+mbedtls_ecdh_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the ECP group for provided context.
+ *
+ * \note           To access group specific fields, users should use
+ *                 `mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_grp_id` or
+ *                 `mbedtls_ecp_group_load` on the extracted `group_id`.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ECDH context to parse. This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return         The \c mbedtls_ecp_group_id of the context.
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecdh_get_grp_id(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Check whether a given group can be used for ECDH.
+ *
+ * \param gid      The ECP group ID to check.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_can_do(mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates an ECDH keypair on an elliptic
+ *                  curve.
+ *
+ *                  This function performs the first of two core computations
+ *                  implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The second core
+ *                  computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared().
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have
+ *                  domain parameters loaded, for example through
+ *                  mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group().
+ * \param d         The destination MPI (private key).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The destination point (public key).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                            void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function computes the shared secret.
+ *
+ *                  This function performs the second of two core computations
+ *                  implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The first core
+ *                  computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public().
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \note            If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
+ *                  countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
+ *                  For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have
+ *                  domain parameters loaded, for example through
+ *                  mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group().
+ * \param z         The destination MPI (shared secret).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The public key from another party.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param d         Our secret exponent (private key).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a
+ *                  context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *z,
+                                const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *d,
+                                mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes an ECDH context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDH context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdh_init(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets up the ECDH context with the information
+ *                  given.
+ *
+ *                  This function should be called after mbedtls_ecdh_init() but
+ *                  before mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(). There is no need to call
+ *                  this function before mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
+ *
+ *                  This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
+ *                  ciphersuites.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized.
+ * \param grp_id    The group id of the group to set up the context for.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_setup(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+                       mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function frees a context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                  case this function does nothing. If it is not \c NULL,
+ *                  it must point to an initialized ECDH context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdh_free(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates an EC key pair and exports its
+ *                  in the format used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake
+ *                  message.
+ *
+ *                  This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
+ *                  ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup().)
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup().
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
+ * \param buf       The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ *                  length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen      The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
+                             unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+                             mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                             void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function parses the ECDHE parameters in a
+ *                  TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message.
+ *
+ * \note            In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client
+ *                  sets up its ECDHE context from the server's public
+ *                  ECDHE key material.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDHE context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf       On input, \c *buf must be the start of the input buffer.
+ *                  On output, \c *buf is updated to point to the end of the
+ *                  data that has been read. On success, this is the first byte
+ *                  past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters.
+ *                  On error, this is the point at which an error has been
+ *                  detected, which is usually not useful except to debug
+ *                  failures.
+ * \param end       The end of the input buffer.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_read_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char **buf,
+                             const unsigned char *end);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets up an ECDH context from an EC key.
+ *
+ *                  It is used by clients and servers in place of the
+ *                  ServerKeyExchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH
+ *                  parameters from the EC key information of a certificate.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key       The EC key to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param side      Defines the source of the key. Possible values are:
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS: The key is ours.
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS: The key is that of the peer.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_get_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+                            const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+                            mbedtls_ecdh_side side);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates a public key and exports it
+ *                  as a TLS ClientKeyExchange payload.
+ *
+ *                  This is the second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E)
+ *                  ciphersuites.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and bound to a group, the latter usually by
+ *                  mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf       The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                  of length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen      The size of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_make_public(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
+                             unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+                             mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                             void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       This function parses and processes the ECDHE payload of a
+ *              TLS ClientKeyExchange message.
+ *
+ *              This is the third function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E)
+ *              ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup() and
+ *              mbedtls_ecdh_make_params().)
+ *
+ * \see         ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx   The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ *              and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup().
+ * \param buf   The pointer to the ClientKeyExchange payload. This must
+ *              be a readable buffer of length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen  The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return      \c 0 on success.
+ * \return      An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_read_public(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function derives and exports the shared secret.
+ *
+ *                  This is the last function used by both TLS client
+ *                  and servers.
+ *
+ * \note            If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
+ *                  countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
+ *                  For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+
+ * \param ctx       The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and have its own private key generated and the peer's
+ *                  public key imported.
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the total number of
+ *                  Bytes written on success. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf       The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This
+ *                  must be a writable buffer of size \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen      The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context. This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng
+ *                  doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdh_calc_secret(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
+                             unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+                             mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                             void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief           This function enables restartable EC computations for this
+ *                  context.  (Default: disabled.)
+ *
+ * \see             \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()
+ *
+ * \note            It is not possible to safely disable restartable
+ *                  computations once enabled, except by free-ing the context,
+ *                  which cancels possible in-progress operations.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ecdh.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h

@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecdsa.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains ECDSA definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) is defined in
+ * <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG):
+ * SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>.
+ * The use of ECDSA for TLS is defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve
+ * Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Maximum ECDSA signature size for a given curve bit size
+ *
+ * \param bits      Curve size in bits
+ * \return          Maximum signature size in bytes
+ *
+ * \note            This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument
+ *                  is one. It may evaluate its argument multiple times.
+ */
+/*
+ *     Ecdsa-Sig-Value ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *         r       INTEGER,
+ *         s       INTEGER
+ *     }
+ *
+ * For each of r and s, the value (V) may include an extra initial "0" bit.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(bits)                               \
+    (/*T,L of SEQUENCE*/ ((bits) >= 61 * 8 ? 3 : 2) +              \
+     /*T,L of r,s*/ 2 * (((bits) >= 127 * 8 ? 3 : 2) +     \
+                         /*V of r,s*/ ((bits) + 8) / 8))
+
+/** The maximal size of an ECDSA signature in Bytes. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN  MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief           The ECDSA context structure.
+ *
+ * \warning         Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same
+ *                  ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type
+ *                  should not be shared between multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note            pk_wrap module assumes that "ecdsa_context" is identical
+ *                  to "ecp_keypair" (see for example structure
+ *                  "mbedtls_eckey_info" where ECDSA sign/verify functions
+ *                  are used also for EC key)
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_ecp_keypair mbedtls_ecdsa_context;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal restart context for ecdsa_verify()
+ *
+ * \note            Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign()
+ *
+ * \note            Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign_det()
+ *
+ * \note            Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief           General context for resuming ECDSA operations
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ecp);        /*!<  base context for ECP restart and
+                                                            shared administrative info    */
+    mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver); /*!<  ecdsa_verify() sub-context    */
+    mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); /*!<  ecdsa_sign() sub-context      */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+    mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(det); /*!<  ecdsa_sign_det() sub-context  */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx;
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */
+typedef void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function checks whether a given group can be used
+ *                 for ECDSA.
+ *
+ * \param gid      The ECP group ID to check.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do(mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ *                  previously-hashed message.
+ *
+ * \note            The deterministic version implemented in
+ *                  mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext() is usually preferred.
+ *
+ * \note            If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ *                  bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated
+ *                  as defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ *                  (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ *                  4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp       The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r         The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ *                  the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s         The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ *                  the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d         The private signing key. This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf       The content to be signed. This is usually the hash of
+ *                  the original data to be signed. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                  \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen      The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function, used both to generate the ECDSA nonce
+ *                  and for blinding. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX
+ *                  or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
+                       const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+                       mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+/**
+ * \brief           This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ *                  previously-hashed message, deterministic version.
+ *
+ *                  For more information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic
+ *                  Usage of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic
+ *                  Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
+ *
+ * \note            If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ *                  bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ *                  defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ *                  (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ *                  4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp           The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ *                      This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                      set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r             The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ *                      the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s             The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ *                      the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d             The private signing key. This must be initialized
+ *                      and setup, for example through mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
+ * \param buf           The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
+ *                      buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                      \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen          The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param md_alg        The hash algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * \param f_rng_blind   The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng_blind   The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng_blind. This
+ *                      may be \c NULL if \p f_rng_blind doesn't need a context
+ *                      parameter.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
+ *                  error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r,
+                               mbedtls_mpi *s, const mbedtls_mpi *d,
+                               const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+                               mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                               mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng_blind,
+                               void *p_rng_blind);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ *                      previously-hashed message, in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \note                The deterministic version implemented in
+ *                      mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_restartable() is usually
+ *                      preferred.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_sign() but
+ *                      it can return early and restart according to the
+ *                      limit set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to
+ *                      reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \note                If the bitlength of the message hash is larger
+ *                      than the bitlength of the group order, then the
+ *                      hash is truncated as defined in <em>Standards for
+ *                      Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic
+ *                      Curve Cryptography</em>, section 4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see                 ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp           The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ *                      This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                      set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r             The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ *                      the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s             The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ *                      the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d             The private signing key. This must be initialized
+ *                      and setup, for example through
+ *                      mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
+ * \param buf           The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
+ *                      buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                      \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen          The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param f_rng         The RNG function used to generate the ECDSA nonce.
+ *                      This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng         The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ * \param f_rng_blind   The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng_blind   The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
+ * \param rs_ctx        The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL
+ *                      to disable restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it
+ *                      must point to an initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                      operations was reached: see \c
+ *                      mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return              Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX
+ *                      error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_restartable(
+    mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+    mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
+    const mbedtls_mpi *d,
+    const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+    void *p_rng,
+    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng_blind,
+    void *p_rng_blind,
+    mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
+ *                      previously-hashed message, in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is like \c
+ *                      mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext() but it can return
+ *                      early and restart according to the limit set with
+ *                      \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \note                If the bitlength of the message hash is larger
+ *                      than the bitlength of the group order, then the
+ *                      hash is truncated as defined in <em>Standards for
+ *                      Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic
+ *                      Curve Cryptography</em>, section 4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see                 ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp           The context for the elliptic curve to use.
+ *                      This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                      set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param r             The MPI context in which to store the first part
+ *                      the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param s             The MPI context in which to store the second part
+ *                      the signature. This must be initialized.
+ * \param d             The private signing key. This must be initialized
+ *                      and setup, for example through
+ *                      mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
+ * \param buf           The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
+ *                      buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                      \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen          The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param md_alg        The hash algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ * \param f_rng_blind   The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng_blind   The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng_blind. This may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p f_rng_blind doesn't need a context parameter.
+ * \param rs_ctx        The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL
+ *                      to disable restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it
+ *                      must point to an initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                      operations was reached: see \c
+ *                      mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return              Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX
+ *                      error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_restartable(
+    mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+    mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
+    const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+    mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng_blind,
+    void *p_rng_blind,
+    mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function verifies the ECDSA signature of a
+ *                  previously-hashed message.
+ *
+ * \note            If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ *                  bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ *                  defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ *                  (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ *                  4.1.4, step 3.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param buf       The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                  \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen      The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param Q         The public key to use for verification. This must be
+ *                  initialized and setup.
+ * \param r         The first integer of the signature.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param s         The second integer of the signature.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
+ *                  error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                         const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+                         const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *r,
+                         const mbedtls_mpi *s);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT)
+/**
+ * \brief           This function verifies the ECDSA signature of a
+ *                  previously-hashed message, in a restartable manner
+ *
+ * \note            If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ *                  bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ *                  defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ *                  (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ *                  4.1.4, step 3.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param buf       The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                  \p blen is zero.
+ * \param blen      The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param Q         The public key to use for verification. This must be
+ *                  initialized and setup.
+ * \param r         The first integer of the signature.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param s         The second integer of the signature.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param rs_ctx    The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
+ *                  restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
+ *                  initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
+ *                  error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify_restartable(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                                     const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
+                                     const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+                                     const mbedtls_mpi *r,
+                                     const mbedtls_mpi *s,
+                                     mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it
+ *                  to a buffer, serialized as defined in <em>RFC-4492:
+ *                  Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for
+ *                  Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
+ *
+ * \warning         It is not thread-safe to use the same context in
+ *                  multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note            The deterministic version is used if
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is defined. For more
+ *                  information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic Usage
+ *                  of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic
+ *                  Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
+ *
+ * \note            If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ *                  bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ *                  defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ *                  (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ *                  4.1.3, step 5.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and have a group and private key bound to it, for example
+ *                  via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair().
+ * \param md_alg    The message digest that was used to hash the message.
+ * \param hash      The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen      The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes.
+ * \param sig       The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a
+ *                  writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the
+ *                  size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if
+ *                  a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
+ * \param sig_size  The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param slen      The address at which to store the actual length of
+ *                  the signature written. Must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This is used for blinding.
+ *                  If #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset, this is also
+ *                  used to generate the ECDSA nonce.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+                                  mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                  const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+                                  unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *slen,
+                                  mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                  void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it
+ *                  to a buffer, in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see             \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature()
+ *
+ * \note            This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature()
+ *                  but it can return early and restart according to the limit
+ *                  set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and have a group and private key bound to it, for example
+ *                  via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair().
+ * \param md_alg    The message digest that was used to hash the message.
+ * \param hash      The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen      The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes.
+ * \param sig       The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a
+ *                  writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the
+ *                  size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if
+ *                  a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
+ * \param sig_size  The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param slen      The address at which to store the actual length of
+ *                  the signature written. Must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This is used for blinding.
+ *                  If #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset, this is also
+ *                  used to generate the ECDSA nonce.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context.
+ * \param rs_ctx    The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
+ *                  restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
+ *                  initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_restartable(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+                                              mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                              const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+                                              unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *slen,
+                                              mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                              void *p_rng,
+                                              mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature.
+ *
+ * \note            If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
+ *                  bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
+ *                  defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
+ *                  (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
+ *                  4.1.4, step 3.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and have a group and public key bound to it.
+ * \param hash      The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen      The size of the hash \p hash.
+ * \param sig       The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p slen Bytes.
+ * \param slen      The size of \p sig in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ *                  signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ *                  error code on failure for any other reason.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+                                 const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+                                 const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature,
+ *                  in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see             \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature()
+ *
+ * \note            This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature()
+ *                  but it can return early and restart according to the limit
+ *                  set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and have a group and public key bound to it.
+ * \param hash      The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p hlen Bytes.
+ * \param hlen      The size of the hash \p hash.
+ * \param sig       The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable
+ *                  buffer of length \p slen Bytes.
+ * \param slen      The size of \p sig in Bytes.
+ * \param rs_ctx    The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
+ *                  restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
+ *                  initialized restart context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ *                  signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ *                  error code on failure for any other reason.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature_restartable(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+                                             const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
+                                             const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen,
+                                             mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function generates an ECDSA keypair on the given curve.
+ *
+ * \see            ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The ECDSA context to store the keypair in.
+ *                 This must be initialized.
+ * \param gid      The elliptic curve to use. One of the various
+ *                 \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macros depending on configuration.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                 \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid,
+                         mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets up an ECDSA context from an EC key pair.
+ *
+ * \see             ecp.h
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDSA context to setup. This must be initialized.
+ * \param key       The EC key to use. This must be initialized and hold
+ *                  a private-public key pair or a public key. In the former
+ *                  case, the ECDSA context may be used for signature creation
+ *                  and verification after this call. In the latter case, it
+ *                  may be used for signature verification.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
+                               const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes an ECDSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDSA context to initialize.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_init(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function frees an ECDSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECDSA context to free. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                  in which case this function does nothing. If it
+ *                  is not \c NULL, it must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_free(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The restart context to initialize.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_init(mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Free the components of a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                  in which case this function does nothing. If it
+ *                  is not \c NULL, it must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_free(mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ecdsa.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecjpake.h
+ *
+ * \brief Elliptic curve J-PAKE
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+/*
+ * J-PAKE is a password-authenticated key exchange that allows deriving a
+ * strong shared secret from a (potentially low entropy) pre-shared
+ * passphrase, with forward secrecy and mutual authentication.
+ * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Password_Authenticated_Key_Exchange_by_Juggling
+ *
+ * This file implements the Elliptic Curve variant of J-PAKE,
+ * as defined in Chapter 7.4 of the Thread v1.0 Specification,
+ * available to members of the Thread Group http://threadgroup.org/
+ *
+ * As the J-PAKE algorithm is inherently symmetric, so is our API.
+ * Each party needs to send its first round message, in any order, to the
+ * other party, then each sends its second round message, in any order.
+ * The payloads are serialized in a way suitable for use in TLS, but could
+ * also be use outside TLS.
+ */
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Roles in the EC J-PAKE exchange
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT = 0,         /**< Client                         */
+    MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER,             /**< Server                         */
+    MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_NONE,               /**< Undefined                      */
+} mbedtls_ecjpake_role;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT)
+/**
+ * EC J-PAKE context structure.
+ *
+ * J-PAKE is a symmetric protocol, except for the identifiers used in
+ * Zero-Knowledge Proofs, and the serialization of the second message
+ * (KeyExchange) as defined by the Thread spec.
+ *
+ * In order to benefit from this symmetry, we choose a different naming
+ * convention from the Thread v1.0 spec. Correspondence is indicated in the
+ * description as a pair C: client name, S: server name
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecjpake_context {
+    mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_type);          /**< Hash to use                    */
+    mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp);              /**< Elliptic curve                 */
+    mbedtls_ecjpake_role MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(role);          /**< Are we client or server?       */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format);                   /**< Format for point export        */
+
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xm1);              /**< My public key 1   C: X1, S: X3 */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xm2);              /**< My public key 2   C: X2, S: X4 */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp1);              /**< Peer public key 1 C: X3, S: X1 */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp2);              /**< Peer public key 2 C: X4, S: X2 */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp);               /**< Peer public key   C: Xs, S: Xc */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(xm1);                    /**< My private key 1  C: x1, S: x3 */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(xm2);                    /**< My private key 2  C: x2, S: x4 */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s);                      /**< Pre-shared secret (passphrase) */
+} mbedtls_ecjpake_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */
+#include "ecjpake_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize an ECJPAKE context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to initialize.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecjpake_init(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Set up an ECJPAKE context for use.
+ *
+ * \note            Currently the only values for hash/curve allowed by the
+ *                  standard are #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256/#MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to set up. This must be initialized.
+ * \param role      The role of the caller. This must be either
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT or #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER.
+ * \param hash      The identifier of the hash function to use,
+ *                  for example #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256.
+ * \param curve     The identifier of the elliptic curve to use,
+ *                  for example #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1.
+ * \param secret    The pre-shared secret (passphrase). This must be
+ *                  a readable not empty buffer of length \p len Bytes. It need
+ *                  only be valid for the duration of this call.
+ * \param len       The length of the pre-shared secret \p secret.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_setup(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                          mbedtls_ecjpake_role role,
+                          mbedtls_md_type_t hash,
+                          mbedtls_ecp_group_id curve,
+                          const unsigned char *secret,
+                          size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Set the point format for future reads and writes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The ECJPAKE context to configure.
+ * \param point_format  The point format to use:
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED (default)
+ *                      or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p point_format
+ *                      is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_set_point_format(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                                     int point_format);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Check if an ECJPAKE context is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to check. This must be
+ *                  initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if the context is ready for use.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_check(const mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Generate and write the first round message
+ *                  (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension,
+ *                  excluding extension type and length bytes).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be
+ *                  initialized and set up.
+ * \param buf       The buffer to write the contents to. This must be a
+ *                  writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len       The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the total number
+ *                  of Bytes written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ *                  may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_one(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                                    unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+                                    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                    void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Read and process the first round message
+ *                  (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension,
+ *                  excluding extension type and length bytes).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and set up.
+ * \param buf       The buffer holding the first round message. This must
+ *                  be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len       The length in Bytes of \p buf.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_one(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                                   const unsigned char *buf,
+                                   size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Generate and write the second round message
+ *                  (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
+ *                  set up, and already have performed round one.
+ * \param buf       The buffer to write the round two contents to.
+ *                  This must be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len       The size of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the total number of Bytes
+ *                  written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ *                  may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_two(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                                    unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+                                    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                    void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Read and process the second round message
+ *                  (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and set up and already have performed round one.
+ * \param buf       The buffer holding the second round message. This must
+ *                  be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len       The length in Bytes of \p buf.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_two(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                                   const unsigned char *buf,
+                                   size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Derive the shared secret
+ *                  (TLS: Pre-Master Secret).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
+ *                  set up and have performed both round one and two.
+ * \param buf       The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must
+ *                  be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len       The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the total number of Bytes
+ *                  written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ *                  may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_derive_secret(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                                  unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+                                  mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                  void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write the shared key material to be passed to a Key
+ *                  Derivation Function as described in RFC8236.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
+ *                  set up and have performed both round one and two.
+ * \param buf       The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must
+ *                  be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
+ * \param len       The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the total number of bytes
+ *                  written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
+ *                  may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_shared_key(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
+                                     unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
+                                     mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                     void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This clears an ECJPAKE context and frees any
+ *                  embedded data structure.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The ECJPAKE context to free. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                  in which case this function does nothing. If it is not
+ *                  \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECJPAKE context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecjpake_free(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecjpake_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* ecjpake.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ecp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1528 @@
+/**
+ * \file ecp.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for Elliptic Curves over GF(P) (ECP).
+ *
+ * The use of ECP in cryptography and TLS is defined in
+ * <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1
+ * Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em> and
+ * <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites
+ * for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
+ *
+ * <em>RFC-2409: The Internet Key Exchange (IKE)</em> defines ECP
+ * group types.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECP_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+
+/*
+ * ECP error codes
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x4F80
+/** The buffer is too small to write to. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL                  -0x4F00
+/** The requested feature is not available, for example, the requested curve is not supported. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE               -0x4E80
+/** The signature is not valid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_VERIFY_FAILED                     -0x4E00
+/** Memory allocation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_ALLOC_FAILED                      -0x4D80
+/** Generation of random value, such as ephemeral key, failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED                     -0x4D00
+/** Invalid private or public key. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY                       -0x4C80
+/** The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH                  -0x4C00
+/** Operation in progress, call again with the same parameters to continue. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS                       -0x4B00
+
+/* Flags indicating whether to include code that is specific to certain
+ * types of curves. These flags are for internal library use only. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MONTGOMERY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Domain-parameter identifiers: curve, subgroup, and generator.
+ *
+ * \note Only curves over prime fields are supported.
+ *
+ * \warning This library does not support validation of arbitrary domain
+ * parameters. Therefore, only standardized domain parameters from trusted
+ * sources should be used. See mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ */
+/* Note: when adding a new curve:
+ * - Add it at the end of this enum, otherwise you'll break the ABI by
+ *   changing the numerical value for existing curves.
+ * - Increment MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_MAX below if needed.
+ * - Update the calculation of MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS below.
+ * - Add the corresponding MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx_ENABLED macro definition to
+ *   mbedtls_config.h.
+ * - List the curve as a dependency of MBEDTLS_ECP_C and
+ *   MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C if supported in check_config.h.
+ * - Add the curve to the appropriate curve type macro
+ *   MBEDTLS_ECP_yyy_ENABLED above.
+ * - Add the necessary definitions to ecp_curves.c.
+ * - Add the curve to the ecp_supported_curves array in ecp.c.
+ * - Add the curve to applicable profiles in x509_crt.c.
+ * - Add the curve to applicable presets in ssl_tls.c.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE = 0,       /*!< Curve not defined. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1,      /*!< Domain parameters for the 192-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1,      /*!< Domain parameters for the 224-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1,      /*!< Domain parameters for the 256-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1,      /*!< Domain parameters for the 384-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1,      /*!< Domain parameters for the 521-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1,        /*!< Domain parameters for 256-bit Brainpool curve. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1,        /*!< Domain parameters for 384-bit Brainpool curve. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1,        /*!< Domain parameters for 512-bit Brainpool curve. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519,     /*!< Domain parameters for Curve25519. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1,      /*!< Domain parameters for 192-bit "Koblitz" curve. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1,      /*!< Domain parameters for 224-bit "Koblitz" curve. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1,      /*!< Domain parameters for 256-bit "Koblitz" curve. */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448,       /*!< Domain parameters for Curve448. */
+} mbedtls_ecp_group_id;
+
+/**
+ * The number of supported curves, plus one for #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_MAX     14
+
+/*
+ * Curve types
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS,    /* y^2 = x^3 + a x + b      */
+    MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_MONTGOMERY,           /* y^2 = x^3 + a x^2 + x    */
+} mbedtls_ecp_curve_type;
+
+/**
+ * Curve information, for use by other modules.
+ *
+ * The fields of this structure are part of the public API and can be
+ * accessed directly by applications. Future versions of the library may
+ * add extra fields or reorder existing fields.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_curve_info {
+    mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id;    /*!< An internal identifier. */
+    uint16_t tls_id;                /*!< The TLS NamedCurve identifier. */
+    uint16_t bit_size;              /*!< The curve size in bits. */
+    const char *name;               /*!< A human-friendly name. */
+} mbedtls_ecp_curve_info;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           The ECP point structure, in Jacobian coordinates.
+ *
+ * \note            All functions expect and return points satisfying
+ *                  the following condition: <code>Z == 0</code> or
+ *                  <code>Z == 1</code>. Other values of \p Z are
+ *                  used only by internal functions.
+ *                  The point is zero, or "at infinity", if <code>Z == 0</code>.
+ *                  Otherwise, \p X and \p Y are its standard (affine)
+ *                  coordinates.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_point {
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(X);          /*!< The X coordinate of the ECP point. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Y);          /*!< The Y coordinate of the ECP point. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Z);          /*!< The Z coordinate of the ECP point. */
+}
+mbedtls_ecp_point;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT)
+/*
+ * default Mbed TLS elliptic curve arithmetic implementation
+ *
+ * (in case MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT is defined then the developer has to provide an
+ * alternative implementation for the whole module and it will replace this
+ * one.)
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           The ECP group structure.
+ *
+ * We consider two types of curve equations:
+ * <ul><li>Short Weierstrass: <code>y^2 = x^3 + A x + B mod P</code>
+ * (SEC1 + RFC-4492)</li>
+ * <li>Montgomery: <code>y^2 = x^3 + A x^2 + x mod P</code> (Curve25519,
+ * Curve448)</li></ul>
+ * In both cases, the generator (\p G) for a prime-order subgroup is fixed.
+ *
+ * For Short Weierstrass, this subgroup is the whole curve, and its
+ * cardinality is denoted by \p N. Our code requires that \p N is an
+ * odd prime as mbedtls_ecp_mul() requires an odd number, and
+ * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign() requires that it is prime for blinding purposes.
+ *
+ * The default implementation only initializes \p A without setting it to the
+ * authentic value for curves with <code>A = -3</code>(SECP256R1, etc), in which
+ * case you need to load \p A by yourself when using domain parameters directly,
+ * for example:
+ * \code
+ * mbedtls_mpi_init(&A);
+ * mbedtls_ecp_group_init(&grp);
+ * CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_ecp_group_load(&grp, grp_id));
+ * if (mbedtls_ecp_group_a_is_minus_3(&grp)) {
+ *     CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_mpi_sub_int(&A, &grp.P, 3));
+ * } else {
+ *     CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_mpi_copy(&A, &grp.A));
+ * }
+ *
+ * do_something_with_a(&A);
+ *
+ * cleanup:
+ * mbedtls_mpi_free(&A);
+ * mbedtls_ecp_group_free(&grp);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * For Montgomery curves, we do not store \p A, but <code>(A + 2) / 4</code>,
+ * which is the quantity used in the formulas. Additionally, \p nbits is
+ * not the size of \p N but the required size for private keys.
+ *
+ * If \p modp is NULL, reduction modulo \p P is done using a generic algorithm.
+ * Otherwise, \p modp must point to a function that takes an \p mbedtls_mpi in the
+ * range of <code>0..2^(2*pbits)-1</code>, and transforms it in-place to an integer
+ * which is congruent mod \p P to the given MPI, and is close enough to \p pbits
+ * in size, so that it may be efficiently brought in the 0..P-1 range by a few
+ * additions or subtractions. Therefore, it is only an approximate modular
+ * reduction. It must return 0 on success and non-zero on failure.
+ *
+ * \note        Alternative implementations of the ECP module must obey the
+ *              following constraints.
+ *              * Group IDs must be distinct: if two group structures have
+ *                the same ID, then they must be identical.
+ *              * The fields \c id, \c P, \c A, \c B, \c G, \c N,
+ *                \c pbits and \c nbits must have the same type and semantics
+ *                as in the built-in implementation.
+ *                They must be available for reading, but direct modification
+ *                of these fields does not need to be supported.
+ *                They do not need to be at the same offset in the structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_group {
+    mbedtls_ecp_group_id id;    /*!< An internal group identifier. */
+    mbedtls_mpi P;              /*!< The prime modulus of the base field. */
+    mbedtls_mpi A;              /*!< For Short Weierstrass: \p A in the equation. Note that
+                                     \p A is not set to the authentic value in some cases.
+                                     Refer to detailed description of ::mbedtls_ecp_group if
+                                     using domain parameters in the structure.
+                                     For Montgomery curves: <code>(A + 2) / 4</code>. */
+    mbedtls_mpi B;              /*!< For Short Weierstrass: \p B in the equation.
+                                     For Montgomery curves: unused. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point G;        /*!< The generator of the subgroup used. */
+    mbedtls_mpi N;              /*!< The order of \p G. */
+    size_t pbits;               /*!< The number of bits in \p P.*/
+    size_t nbits;               /*!< For Short Weierstrass: The number of bits in \p P.
+                                     For Montgomery curves: the number of bits in the
+                                     private keys. */
+    /* End of public fields */
+
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(h);             /*!< \internal 1 if the constants are static. */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(modp))(mbedtls_mpi *);  /*!< The function for fast pseudo-reduction
+                                                    mod \p P (see above).*/
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_pre))(mbedtls_ecp_point *, void *);   /*!< Unused. */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_post))(mbedtls_ecp_point *, void *);  /*!< Unused. */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_data);               /*!< Unused. */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T);       /*!< Pre-computed points for ecp_mul_comb(). */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T_size);              /*!< The number of dynamic allocated pre-computed points. */
+}
+mbedtls_ecp_group;
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h, or define them using the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE)
+/*
+ * Maximum "window" size used for point multiplication.
+ * Default: a point where higher memory usage yields diminishing performance
+ *          returns.
+ * Minimum value: 2. Maximum value: 7.
+ *
+ * Result is an array of at most ( 1 << ( MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE - 1 ) )
+ * points used for point multiplication. This value is directly tied to EC
+ * peak memory usage, so decreasing it by one should roughly cut memory usage
+ * by two (if large curves are in use).
+ *
+ * Reduction in size may reduce speed, but larger curves are impacted first.
+ * Sample performances (in ECDHE handshakes/s, with FIXED_POINT_OPTIM = 1):
+ *      w-size:     6       5       4       3       2
+ *      521       145     141     135     120      97
+ *      384       214     209     198     177     146
+ *      256       320     320     303     262     226
+ *      224       475     475     453     398     342
+ *      192       640     640     633     587     476
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE    4   /**< The maximum window size used. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM)
+/*
+ * Trade code size for speed on fixed-point multiplication.
+ *
+ * This speeds up repeated multiplication of the generator (that is, the
+ * multiplication in ECDSA signatures, and half of the multiplications in
+ * ECDSA verification and ECDHE) by a factor roughly 3 to 4.
+ *
+ * For each n-bit Short Weierstrass curve that is enabled, this adds 4n bytes
+ * of code size if n < 384 and 8n otherwise.
+ *
+ * Change this value to 0 to reduce code size.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM  1   /**< Enable fixed-point speed-up. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM */
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT */
+#include "ecp_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * The maximum size of the groups, that is, of \c N and \c P.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT)
+/* Dummy definition to help code that has optional ECP support and
+ * defines an MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES-sized array unconditionally. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 1
+/* Note: the curves must be listed in DECREASING size! */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 521
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 512
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 448
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 384
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 384
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 255
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 225 // n is slightly above 2^224
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 224
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 192
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 192
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT */
+#error "Missing definition of MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES    ((MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS + 7) / 8)
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_PT_LEN   (2 * MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES + 1)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal restart context for multiplication
+ *
+ * \note            Opaque struct
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal restart context for ecp_muladd()
+ *
+ * \note            Opaque struct
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           General context for resuming ECC operations
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ops_done);                  /*!<  current ops count             */
+    unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(depth);                     /*!<  call depth (0 = top-level)    */
+    mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rsm);   /*!<  ecp_mul_comb() sub-context    */
+    mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ma); /*!<  ecp_muladd() sub-context      */
+} mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx;
+
+/*
+ * Operation counts for restartable functions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_CHK   3 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_check_pubkey()  */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_DBL   8 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_double_jac()    */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_ADD  11 /*!< basic ops count for see ecp_add_mixed() */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_INV 120 /*!< empirical equivalent for mpi_mod_inv()  */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal; for restartable functions in other modules.
+ *                  Check and update basic ops budget.
+ *
+ * \param grp       Group structure
+ * \param rs_ctx    Restart context
+ * \param ops       Number of basic ops to do
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if doing \p ops basic ops is still allowed,
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_budget(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                             mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx,
+                             unsigned ops);
+
+/* Utility macro for checking and updating ops budget */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET(ops)   \
+    MBEDTLS_MPI_CHK(mbedtls_ecp_check_budget(grp, rs_ctx, \
+                                             (unsigned) (ops)));
+
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET(ops)     /* no-op; for compatibility */
+
+/* We want to declare restartable versions of existing functions anyway */
+typedef void mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief    The ECP key-pair structure.
+ *
+ * A generic key-pair that may be used for ECDSA and fixed ECDH, for example.
+ *
+ * \note    Members are deliberately in the same order as in the
+ *          ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_keypair {
+    mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp);      /*!<  Elliptic curve and base point     */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d);              /*!<  our secret value                  */
+    mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q);        /*!<  our public value                  */
+}
+mbedtls_ecp_keypair;
+
+/**
+ * The uncompressed point format for Short Weierstrass curves
+ * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED    0
+/**
+ * The compressed point format for Short Weierstrass curves
+ * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX).
+ *
+ * \warning     While this format is supported for all concerned curves for
+ *              writing, when it comes to parsing, it is not supported for all
+ *              curves. Specifically, parsing compressed points on
+ *              MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1 and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1 is not
+ *              supported.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED      1
+
+/*
+ * Some other constants from RFC 4492
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_NAMED_CURVE    3   /**< The named_curve of ECCurveType. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief           Set the maximum number of basic operations done in a row.
+ *
+ *                  If more operations are needed to complete a computation,
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS will be returned by the
+ *                  function performing the computation. It is then the
+ *                  caller's responsibility to either call again with the same
+ *                  parameters until it returns 0 or an error code; or to free
+ *                  the restart context if the operation is to be aborted.
+ *
+ *                  It is strictly required that all input parameters and the
+ *                  restart context be the same on successive calls for the
+ *                  same operation, but output parameters need not be the
+ *                  same; they must not be used until the function finally
+ *                  returns 0.
+ *
+ *                  This only applies to functions whose documentation
+ *                  mentions they may return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS for functions in the
+ *                  SSL module). For functions that accept a "restart context"
+ *                  argument, passing NULL disables restart and makes the
+ *                  function equivalent to the function with the same name
+ *                  with \c _restartable removed. For functions in the ECDH
+ *                  module, restart is disabled unless the function accepts
+ *                  an "ECDH context" argument and
+ *                  mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart() was previously called on
+ *                  that context. For function in the SSL module, restart is
+ *                  only enabled for specific sides and key exchanges
+ *                  (currently only for clients and ECDHE-ECDSA).
+ *
+ * \warning         Using the PSA interruptible interfaces with keys in local
+ *                  storage and no accelerator driver will also call this
+ *                  function to set the values specified via those interfaces,
+ *                  overwriting values previously set. Care should be taken if
+ *                  mixing these two interfaces.
+ *
+ * \param max_ops   Maximum number of basic operations done in a row.
+ *                  Default: 0 (unlimited).
+ *                  Lower (non-zero) values mean ECC functions will block for
+ *                  a lesser maximum amount of time.
+ *
+ * \note            A "basic operation" is defined as a rough equivalent of a
+ *                  multiplication in GF(p) for the NIST P-256 curve.
+ *                  As an indication, with default settings, a scalar
+ *                  multiplication (full run of \c mbedtls_ecp_mul()) is:
+ *                  - about 3300 basic operations for P-256
+ *                  - about 9400 basic operations for P-384
+ *
+ * \note            Very low values are not always respected: sometimes
+ *                  functions need to block for a minimum number of
+ *                  operations, and will do so even if max_ops is set to a
+ *                  lower value.  That minimum depends on the curve size, and
+ *                  can be made lower by decreasing the value of
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE.  As an indication, here is the
+ *                  lowest effective value for various curves and values of
+ *                  that parameter (w for short):
+ *                          w=6     w=5     w=4     w=3     w=2
+ *                  P-256   208     208     160     136     124
+ *                  P-384   682     416     320     272     248
+ *                  P-521  1364     832     640     544     496
+ *
+ * \note            This setting is currently ignored by Curve25519.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(unsigned max_ops);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Check if restart is enabled (max_ops != 0)
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if \c max_ops == 0 (restart disabled)
+ * \return          \c 1 otherwise (restart enabled)
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_restart_is_enabled(void);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/*
+ * Get the type of a curve
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_curve_type mbedtls_ecp_get_type(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function retrieves the information defined in
+ *                  mbedtls_ecp_curve_info() for all supported curves.
+ *
+ * \note            This function returns information about all curves
+ *                  supported by the library. Some curves may not be
+ *                  supported for all algorithms. Call mbedtls_ecdh_can_do()
+ *                  or mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do() to check if a curve is
+ *                  supported for ECDH or ECDSA.
+ *
+ * \return          A statically allocated array. The last entry is 0.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function retrieves the list of internal group
+ *                  identifiers of all supported curves in the order of
+ *                  preference.
+ *
+ * \note            This function returns information about all curves
+ *                  supported by the library. Some curves may not be
+ *                  supported for all algorithms. Call mbedtls_ecdh_can_do()
+ *                  or mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do() to check if a curve is
+ *                  supported for ECDH or ECDSA.
+ *
+ * \return          A statically allocated array,
+ *                  terminated with MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *mbedtls_ecp_grp_id_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function retrieves curve information from an internal
+ *                  group identifier.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id    An \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX value.
+ *
+ * \return          The associated curve information on success.
+ * \return          NULL on failure.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_grp_id(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function retrieves curve information from a TLS
+ *                  NamedCurve value.
+ *
+ * \param tls_id    An \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX value.
+ *
+ * \return          The associated curve information on success.
+ * \return          NULL on failure.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_tls_id(uint16_t tls_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function retrieves curve information from a
+ *                  human-readable name.
+ *
+ * \param name      The human-readable name.
+ *
+ * \return          The associated curve information on success.
+ * \return          NULL on failure.
+ */
+const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes a point as zero.
+ *
+ * \param pt        The point to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_point_init(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes an ECP group context
+ *                  without loading any domain parameters.
+ *
+ * \note            After this function is called, domain parameters
+ *                  for various ECP groups can be loaded through the
+ *                  mbedtls_ecp_group_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group()
+ *                  functions.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_group_init(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes a key pair as an invalid one.
+ *
+ * \param key       The key pair to initialize.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_keypair_init(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function frees the components of a point.
+ *
+ * \param pt        The point to free.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_point_free(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function frees the components of an ECP group.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The group to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                  case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ *                  \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP group.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_group_free(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function frees the components of a key pair.
+ *
+ * \param key       The key pair to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                  case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ *                  \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP key pair.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_keypair_free(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The restart context to initialize. This must
+ *                  not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_restart_init(mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Free the components of a restart context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                  case this function returns immediately. If it is not
+ *                  \c NULL, it must point to an initialized restart context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ecp_restart_free(mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function copies the contents of point \p Q into
+ *                  point \p P.
+ *
+ * \param P         The destination point. This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The source point. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          Another negative error code for other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_copy(mbedtls_ecp_point *P, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function copies the contents of group \p src into
+ *                  group \p dst.
+ *
+ * \param dst       The destination group. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src       The source group. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_group_copy(mbedtls_ecp_group *dst,
+                           const mbedtls_ecp_group *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets a point to the point at infinity.
+ *
+ * \param pt        The point to set. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_set_zero(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function checks if a point is the point at infinity.
+ *
+ * \param pt        The point to test. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 1 if the point is zero.
+ * \return          \c 0 if the point is non-zero.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_is_zero(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function compares two points.
+ *
+ * \note            This assumes that the points are normalized. Otherwise,
+ *                  they may compare as "not equal" even if they are.
+ *
+ * \param P         The first point to compare. This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The second point to compare. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if the points are equal.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the points are not equal.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_cmp(const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+                          const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function imports a non-zero point from two ASCII
+ *                  strings.
+ *
+ * \param P         The destination point. This must be initialized.
+ * \param radix     The numeric base of the input.
+ * \param x         The first affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string.
+ * \param y         The second affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_string(mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int radix,
+                                  const char *x, const char *y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function exports a point into unsigned binary data.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The group to which the point should belong.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param P         The point to export. This must be initialized.
+ * \param format    The point format. This must be either
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED.
+ *                  (For groups without these formats, this parameter is
+ *                  ignored. But it still has to be either of the above
+ *                  values.)
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the length of
+ *                  the output in Bytes. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf       The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                  of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen    The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output buffer
+ *                  is too small to hold the point.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the point format
+ *                  or the export for the given group is not implemented.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                                   const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+                                   int format, size_t *olen,
+                                   unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function imports a point from unsigned binary data.
+ *
+ * \note            This function does not check that the point actually
+ *                  belongs to the given group, see mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey()
+ *                  for that.
+ *
+ * \note            For compressed points, see #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED for
+ *                  limitations.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The group to which the point should belong.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param P         The destination context to import the point to.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf       The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                  of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen      The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the import for the
+ *                  given group is not implemented.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_binary(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                                  mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+                                  const unsigned char *buf, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function imports a point from a TLS ECPoint record.
+ *
+ * \note            On function return, \p *buf is updated to point immediately
+ *                  after the ECPoint record.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param pt        The destination point.
+ * \param buf       The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer.
+ * \param len       The length of the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on initialization
+ *                  failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_point(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                               mbedtls_ecp_point *pt,
+                               const unsigned char **buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function exports a point as a TLS ECPoint record
+ *                  defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param pt        The point to be exported. This must be initialized.
+ * \param format    The point format to use. This must be either
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED.
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the length in Bytes
+ *                  of the data written.
+ * \param buf       The target buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
+ *                  length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen      The length of the target buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer
+ *                  is too small to hold the exported point.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_point(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                                const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt,
+                                int format, size_t *olen,
+                                unsigned char *buf, size_t blen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets up an ECP group context
+ *                  from a standardized set of domain parameters.
+ *
+ * \note            The index should be a value of the NamedCurve enum,
+ *                  as defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve Cryptography
+ *                  (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>,
+ *                  usually in the form of an \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macro.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The group context to setup. This must be initialized.
+ * \param id        The identifier of the domain parameter set to load.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p id doesn't
+ *                  correspond to a known group.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_group_load(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_group_id id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets up an ECP group context from a TLS
+ *                  ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \note            The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after
+ *                  the ECParameters record on exit.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The group context to setup. This must be initialized.
+ * \param buf       The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer.
+ * \param len       The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not
+ *                  recognized.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                               const unsigned char **buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function extracts an elliptic curve group ID from a
+ *                  TLS ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \note            The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after
+ *                  the ECParameters record on exit.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The address at which to store the group id.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf       The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer.
+ * \param len       The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not
+ *                  recognized.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group_id(mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp,
+                                  const unsigned char **buf,
+                                  size_t len);
+/**
+ * \brief           This function exports an elliptic curve as a TLS
+ *                  ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to be exported.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf       The buffer to write to. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                  of length \p blen Bytes.
+ * \param blen      The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output
+ *                  buffer is too small to hold the exported group.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_group(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                                size_t *olen,
+                                unsigned char *buf, size_t blen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs a scalar multiplication of a point
+ *                  by an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P.
+ *
+ *                  It is not thread-safe to use same group in multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note            To prevent timing attacks, this function
+ *                  executes the exact same sequence of base-field
+ *                  operations for any valid \p m. It avoids any if-branch or
+ *                  array index depending on the value of \p m. It also uses
+ *                  \p f_rng to randomize some intermediate results.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R         The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param m         The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param P         The point to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ *                  NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private
+ *                  key, or \p P is not a valid public key.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_mul(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+                    const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+                    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs multiplication of a point by
+ *                  an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P in a restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see             mbedtls_ecp_mul()
+ *
+ * \note            This function does the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_mul(), but
+ *                  it can return early and restart according to the limit set
+ *                  with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R         The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param m         The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param P         The point to multiply. This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ *                  NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param rs_ctx    The restart context (NULL disables restart).
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private
+ *                  key, or \p P is not a valid public key.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_mul_restartable(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+                                const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+                                mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng,
+                                mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief           This function checks if domain parameter A of the curve is
+ *                  \c -3.
+ *
+ * \note            This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves.
+ *                  It may not be included in builds without any short
+ *                  Weierstrass curve.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ *
+ * \return          \c 1 if <code>A = -3</code>.
+ * \return          \c 0 Otherwise.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ecp_group_a_is_minus_3(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp)
+{
+    return grp->A.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p) == NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs multiplication and addition of two
+ *                  points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q
+ *
+ *                  It is not thread-safe to use same group in multiple threads.
+ *
+ * \note            In contrast to mbedtls_ecp_mul(), this function does not
+ *                  guarantee a constant execution flow and timing.
+ *
+ * \note            This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves.
+ *                  It may not be included in builds without any short
+ *                  Weierstrass curve.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R         The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param m         The integer by which to multiply \p P.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param P         The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized.
+ * \param n         The integer by which to multiply \p Q.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The point to be multiplied by \p n.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not
+ *                  valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public
+ *                  keys.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p grp does not
+ *                  designate a short Weierstrass curve.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_muladd(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+                       const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+                       const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs multiplication and addition of two
+ *                  points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q in a
+ *                  restartable way.
+ *
+ * \see             \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd()
+ *
+ * \note            This function works the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd(),
+ *                  but it can return early and restart according to the limit
+ *                  set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
+ *
+ * \note            This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves.
+ *                  It may not be included in builds without any short
+ *                  Weierstrass curve.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to use.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param R         The point in which to store the result of the calculation.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param m         The integer by which to multiply \p P.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param P         The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized.
+ * \param n         The integer by which to multiply \p Q.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The point to be multiplied by \p n.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param rs_ctx    The restart context (NULL disables restart).
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not
+ *                  valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public
+ *                  keys.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p grp does not
+ *                  designate a short Weierstrass curve.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_muladd_restartable(
+    mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
+    const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
+    const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+    mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function checks that a point is a valid public key
+ *                  on this curve.
+ *
+ *                  It only checks that the point is non-zero, has
+ *                  valid coordinates and lies on the curve. It does not verify
+ *                  that it is indeed a multiple of \c G. This additional
+ *                  check is computationally more expensive, is not required
+ *                  by standards, and should not be necessary if the group
+ *                  used has a small cofactor. In particular, it is useless for
+ *                  the NIST groups which all have a cofactor of 1.
+ *
+ * \note            This function uses bare components rather than an
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure, to ease use with other
+ *                  structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group the point should belong to.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param pt        The point to check. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if the point is a valid public key.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not
+ *                  a valid public key for the given curve.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                             const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function checks that an \c mbedtls_mpi is a
+ *                  valid private key for this curve.
+ *
+ * \note            This function uses bare components rather than an
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other
+ *                  structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group the private key should belong to.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param d         The integer to check. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if the point is a valid private key.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not a valid
+ *                  private key for the given curve.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_privkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                              const mbedtls_mpi *d);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates a private key.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to generate a private key for.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param d         The destination MPI (secret part). This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                  \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ *                  on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                            mbedtls_mpi *d,
+                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                            void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates a keypair with a configurable base
+ *                  point.
+ *
+ * \note            This function uses bare components rather than an
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other
+ *                  structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to generate a key pair for.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param G         The base point to use. This must be initialized
+ *                  and belong to \p grp. It replaces the default base
+ *                  point \c grp->G used by mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair().
+ * \param d         The destination MPI (secret part).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The destination point (public part).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ *                  be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ *                  on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair_base(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                                 const mbedtls_ecp_point *G,
+                                 mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+                                 mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                 void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates an ECP keypair.
+ *
+ * \note            This function uses bare components rather than an
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other
+ *                  structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context.
+ *
+ * \param grp       The ECP group to generate a key pair for.
+ *                  This must be initialized and have group parameters
+ *                  set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
+ * \param d         The destination MPI (secret part).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param Q         The destination point (public part).
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ *                  be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ *                  on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d,
+                            mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
+                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                            void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates an ECP key.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id    The ECP group identifier.
+ * \param key       The destination key. This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ *                  be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
+ *                  on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_gen_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+                        mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                        void *p_rng);
+
+/** \brief          Set the public key in a key pair object.
+ *
+ * \note            This function does not check that the point actually
+ *                  belongs to the given group. Call mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey()
+ *                  on \p Q before calling this function to check that.
+ *
+ * \note            This function does not check that the public key matches
+ *                  the private key that is already in \p key, if any.
+ *                  To check the consistency of the resulting key pair object,
+ *                  call mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv() after setting both
+ *                  the public key and the private key.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id    The ECP group identifier.
+ * \param key       The key pair object. It must be initialized.
+ *                  If its group has already been set, it must match \p grp_id.
+ *                  If its group has not been set, it will be set to \p grp_id.
+ *                  If the public key has already been set, it is overwritten.
+ * \param Q         The public key to copy. This must be a point on the
+ *                  curve indicated by \p grp_id.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p key does not
+ *                  match \p grp_id.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the operation for
+ *                  the group is not implemented.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_set_public_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id,
+                               mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+                               const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function reads an elliptic curve private key.
+ *
+ * \note            This function does not set the public key in the
+ *                  key pair object. Without a public key, the key pair object
+ *                  cannot be used with operations that require the public key.
+ *                  Call mbedtls_ecp_keypair_calc_public() to set the public
+ *                  key from the private key. Alternatively, you can call
+ *                  mbedtls_ecp_set_public_key() to set the public key part,
+ *                  and then optionally mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv() to check
+ *                  that the private and public parts are consistent.
+ *
+ * \note            If a public key has already been set in the key pair
+ *                  object, this function does not check that it is consistent
+ *                  with the private key. Call mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv()
+ *                  after setting both the public key and the private key
+ *                  to make that check.
+ *
+ * \param grp_id    The ECP group identifier.
+ * \param key       The destination key.
+ * \param buf       The buffer containing the binary representation of the
+ *                  key. (Big endian integer for Weierstrass curves, byte
+ *                  string for Montgomery curves.)
+ * \param buflen    The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY error if the key is
+ *                  invalid.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the operation for
+ *                  the group is not implemented.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_read_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+                         const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief           This function exports an elliptic curve private key.
+ *
+ * \deprecated      Note that although this function accepts an output
+ *                  buffer that is smaller or larger than the key, most key
+ *                  import interfaces require the output to have exactly
+ *                  key's nominal length. It is generally simplest to
+ *                  pass the key's nominal length as \c buflen, after
+ *                  checking that the output buffer is large enough.
+ *                  See the description of the \p buflen parameter for
+ *                  how to calculate the nominal length.
+ *                  To avoid this difficulty, use mbedtls_ecp_write_key_ext()
+ *                  instead.
+ *                  mbedtls_ecp_write_key() is deprecated and will be
+ *                  removed in a future version of the library.
+ *
+ * \note            If the private key was not set in \p key,
+ *                  the output is unspecified. Future versions
+ *                  may return an error in that case.
+ *
+ * \param key       The private key.
+ * \param buf       The output buffer for containing the binary representation
+ *                  of the key.
+ *                  For Weierstrass curves, this is the big-endian
+ *                  representation, padded with null bytes at the beginning
+ *                  to reach \p buflen bytes.
+ *                  For Montgomery curves, this is the standard byte string
+ *                  representation (which is little-endian), padded with
+ *                  null bytes at the end to reach \p buflen bytes.
+ * \param buflen    The total length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *                  The length of the output is
+ *                  (`grp->nbits` + 7) / 8 bytes
+ *                  where `grp->nbits` is the private key size in bits.
+ *                  For Weierstrass keys, if the output buffer is smaller,
+ *                  leading zeros are trimmed to fit if possible. For
+ *                  Montgomery keys, the output buffer must always be large
+ *                  enough for the nominal length.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL or
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the \p key
+ *                  representation is larger than the available space in \p buf.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ecp_write_key(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+                                             unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function exports an elliptic curve private key.
+ *
+ * \param key       The private key.
+ * \param olen      On success, the length of the private key.
+ *                  This is always (`grp->nbits` + 7) / 8 bytes
+ *                  where `grp->nbits` is the private key size in bits.
+ * \param buf       The output buffer for containing the binary representation
+ *                  of the key.
+ * \param buflen    The total length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES is always sufficient.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the \p key
+ *                  representation is larger than the available space in \p buf.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if no private key is
+ *                  set in \p key.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_write_key_ext(const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+                              size_t *olen, unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function exports an elliptic curve public key.
+ *
+ * \note            If the public key was not set in \p key,
+ *                  the output is unspecified. Future versions
+ *                  may return an error in that case.
+ *
+ * \param key       The public key.
+ * \param format    The point format. This must be either
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED.
+ *                  (For groups without these formats, this parameter is
+ *                  ignored. But it still has to be either of the above
+ *                  values.)
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the length of
+ *                  the output in Bytes. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param buf       The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                  of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen    The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output buffer
+ *                  is too small to hold the point.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the point format
+ *                  or the export for the given group is not implemented.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_write_public_key(const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+                                 int format, size_t *olen,
+                                 unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function checks that the keypair objects
+ *                  \p pub and \p prv have the same group and the
+ *                  same public point, and that the private key in
+ *                  \p prv is consistent with the public key.
+ *
+ * \param pub       The keypair structure holding the public key. This
+ *                  must be initialized. If it contains a private key, that
+ *                  part is ignored.
+ * \param prv       The keypair structure holding the full keypair.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ *                  NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success, meaning that the keys are valid and match.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the keys are invalid or do not match.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or an \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ *                  error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv(
+    const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *pub, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *prv,
+    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/** \brief          Calculate the public key from a private key in a key pair.
+ *
+ * \param key       A keypair structure. It must have a private key set.
+ *                  If the public key is set, it will be overwritten.
+ * \param f_rng     The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c
+ *                  NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success. The key pair object can be used for
+ *                  operations that require the public key.
+ * \return          An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or an \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
+ *                  error code on calculation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_keypair_calc_public(
+    mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
+    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/** \brief          Query the group that a key pair belongs to.
+ *
+ * \param key       The key pair to query.
+ *
+ * \return          The group ID for the group registered in the key pair
+ *                  object.
+ *                  This is \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE if no group has been set
+ *                  in the key pair object.
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecp_keypair_get_group_id(
+    const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function exports generic key-pair parameters.
+ *
+ *                  Each of the output parameters can be a null pointer
+ *                  if you do not need that parameter.
+ *
+ * \note            If the private key or the public key was not set in \p key,
+ *                  the corresponding output is unspecified. Future versions
+ *                  may return an error in that case.
+ *
+ * \param key       The key pair to export from.
+ * \param grp       Slot for exported ECP group.
+ *                  It must either be null or point to an initialized ECP group.
+ * \param d         Slot for the exported secret value.
+ *                  It must either be null or point to an initialized mpi.
+ * \param Q         Slot for the exported public value.
+ *                  It must either be null or point to an initialized ECP point.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success,
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if key id doesn't
+ *                  correspond to a known group.
+ * \return          Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_export(const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
+                       mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The ECP checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecp_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ecp.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/entropy.h

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/**
+ * \file entropy.h
+ *
+ * \brief Entropy accumulator implementation
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "md.h"
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512)) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256)
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MD  MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE      64      /**< Block size of entropy accumulator (SHA-512) */
+#else
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256))
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA256_ACCUMULATOR
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MD  MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE      32      /**< Block size of entropy accumulator (SHA-256) */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/** Critical entropy source failure. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED                 -0x003C
+/** No more sources can be added. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES                   -0x003E
+/** No sources have been added to poll. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_NO_SOURCES_DEFINED            -0x0040
+/** No strong sources have been added to poll. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_NO_STRONG_SOURCE              -0x003D
+/** Read/write error in file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR                 -0x003F
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES)
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES     20      /**< Maximum number of sources supported */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER)
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER      128     /**< Maximum amount requested from entropy sources */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE   1024    /**< Maximum size of seed we read from seed file */
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_MANUAL   MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_STRONG   1       /**< Entropy source is strong   */
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_WEAK     0       /**< Entropy source is weak     */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Entropy poll callback pointer
+ *
+ * \param data      Callback-specific data pointer
+ * \param output    Data to fill
+ * \param len       Maximum size to provide
+ * \param olen      The actual amount of bytes put into the buffer (Can be 0)
+ *
+ * \return          0 if no critical failures occurred,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED otherwise
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr)(void *data, unsigned char *output, size_t len,
+                                            size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Entropy source state
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_source_state {
+    mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr    MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_source);   /**< The entropy source callback */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_source);             /**< The callback data pointer */
+    size_t          MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(size);       /**< Amount received in bytes */
+    size_t          MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(threshold);  /**< Minimum bytes required before release */
+    int             MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(strong);     /**< Is the source strong? */
+}
+mbedtls_entropy_source_state;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Entropy context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_context {
+    mbedtls_md_context_t  MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(accumulator);
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(accumulator_started); /* 0 after init.
+                                               * 1 after the first update.
+                                               * -1 after free. */
+    int             MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(source_count); /* Number of entries used in source. */
+    mbedtls_entropy_source_state    MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(source)[MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES];
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+    mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);    /*!< mutex                  */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(initial_entropy_run);
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_entropy_context;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY)
+/**
+ * \brief           Platform-specific entropy poll callback
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_entropy_poll(void *data,
+                                  unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize the context
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Entropy context to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_entropy_init(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Free the data in the context
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Entropy context to free
+ */
+void mbedtls_entropy_free(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Adds an entropy source to poll
+ *                  (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Entropy context
+ * \param f_source  Entropy function
+ * \param p_source  Function data
+ * \param threshold Minimum required from source before entropy is released
+ *                  ( with mbedtls_entropy_func() ) (in bytes)
+ * \param strong    MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_STRONG or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_WEAK.
+ *                  At least one strong source needs to be added.
+ *                  Weaker sources (such as the cycle counter) can be used as
+ *                  a complement.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_add_source(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx,
+                               mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr f_source, void *p_source,
+                               size_t threshold, int strong);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Trigger an extra gather poll for the accumulator
+ *                  (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Entropy context
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_gather(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Retrieve entropy from the accumulator
+ *                  (Maximum length: MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ *                  (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data      Entropy context
+ * \param output    Buffer to fill
+ * \param len       Number of bytes desired, must be at most MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_func(void *data, unsigned char *output, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Add data to the accumulator manually
+ *                  (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Entropy context
+ * \param data      Data to add
+ * \param len       Length of data
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_update_manual(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx,
+                                  const unsigned char *data, size_t len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+/**
+ * \brief           Trigger an update of the seed file in NV by using the
+ *                  current entropy pool.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Entropy context
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_update_nv_seed(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief               Write a seed file
+ *
+ * \param ctx           Entropy context
+ * \param path          Name of the file
+ *
+ * \return              0 if successful,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error, or
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_write_seed_file(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Read and update a seed file. Seed is added to this
+ *                      instance. No more than MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE bytes are
+ *                      read from the seed file. The rest is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           Entropy context
+ * \param path          Name of the file
+ *
+ * \return              0 if successful,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_update_seed_file(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ *                 This module self-test also calls the entropy self-test,
+ *                 mbedtls_entropy_source_self_test();
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ *                 Verifies the integrity of the hardware entropy source
+ *                 provided by the function 'mbedtls_hardware_poll()'.
+ *
+ *                 Note this is the only hardware entropy source that is known
+ *                 at link time, and other entropy sources configured
+ *                 dynamically at runtime by the function
+ *                 mbedtls_entropy_add_source() will not be tested.
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_entropy_source_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* entropy.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/error.h

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/**
+ * \file error.h
+ *
+ * \brief Error to string translation
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ERROR_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * Error code layout.
+ *
+ * Currently we try to keep all error codes within the negative space of 16
+ * bits signed integers to support all platforms (-0x0001 - -0x7FFF). In
+ * addition we'd like to give two layers of information on the error if
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * For that purpose the error codes are segmented in the following manner:
+ *
+ * 16 bit error code bit-segmentation
+ *
+ * 1 bit  - Unused (sign bit)
+ * 3 bits - High level module ID
+ * 5 bits - Module-dependent error code
+ * 7 bits - Low level module errors
+ *
+ * For historical reasons, low-level error codes are divided in even and odd,
+ * even codes were assigned first, and -1 is reserved for other errors.
+ *
+ * Low-level module errors (0x0002-0x007E, 0x0001-0x007F)
+ *
+ * Module   Nr  Codes assigned
+ * ERROR     2  0x006E          0x0001
+ * MPI       7  0x0002-0x0010
+ * GCM       3  0x0012-0x0016   0x0013-0x0013
+ * THREADING 3  0x001A-0x001E
+ * AES       5  0x0020-0x0022   0x0021-0x0025
+ * CAMELLIA  3  0x0024-0x0026   0x0027-0x0027
+ * BASE64    2  0x002A-0x002C
+ * OID       1  0x002E-0x002E   0x000B-0x000B
+ * PADLOCK   1  0x0030-0x0030
+ * DES       2  0x0032-0x0032   0x0033-0x0033
+ * CTR_DBRG  4  0x0034-0x003A
+ * ENTROPY   3  0x003C-0x0040   0x003D-0x003F
+ * NET      13  0x0042-0x0052   0x0043-0x0049
+ * ARIA      4  0x0058-0x005E
+ * ASN1      7  0x0060-0x006C
+ * CMAC      1  0x007A-0x007A
+ * PBKDF2    1  0x007C-0x007C
+ * HMAC_DRBG 4                  0x0003-0x0009
+ * CCM       3                  0x000D-0x0011
+ * MD5       1                  0x002F-0x002F
+ * RIPEMD160 1                  0x0031-0x0031
+ * SHA1      1                  0x0035-0x0035 0x0073-0x0073
+ * SHA256    1                  0x0037-0x0037 0x0074-0x0074
+ * SHA512    1                  0x0039-0x0039 0x0075-0x0075
+ * SHA-3     1                  0x0076-0x0076
+ * CHACHA20  3                  0x0051-0x0055
+ * POLY1305  3                  0x0057-0x005B
+ * CHACHAPOLY 2 0x0054-0x0056
+ * PLATFORM  2  0x0070-0x0072
+ * LMS       5  0x0011-0x0019
+ *
+ * High-level module nr (3 bits - 0x0...-0x7...)
+ * Name      ID  Nr of Errors
+ * PEM       1   9
+ * PKCS#12   1   4 (Started from top)
+ * X509      2   20
+ * PKCS5     2   4 (Started from top)
+ * DHM       3   11
+ * PK        3   15 (Started from top)
+ * RSA       4   11
+ * ECP       4   10 (Started from top)
+ * MD        5   5
+ * HKDF      5   1 (Started from top)
+ * PKCS7     5   12 (Started from 0x5300)
+ * SSL       5   3 (Started from 0x5F00)
+ * CIPHER    6   8 (Started from 0x6080)
+ * SSL       6   22 (Started from top, plus 0x6000)
+ * SSL       7   20 (Started from 0x7000, gaps at
+ *                   0x7380, 0x7900-0x7980, 0x7A80-0x7E80)
+ *
+ * Module dependent error code (5 bits 0x.00.-0x.F8.)
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Generic error */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR       -0x0001
+/** This is a bug in the library */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED -0x006E
+
+/** Hardware accelerator failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED     -0x0070
+/** The requested feature is not supported by the platform */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED -0x0072
+
+/**
+ * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together.
+ *
+ *        Wrapper macro for mbedtls_error_add(). See that function for
+ *        more details.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD(high, low) \
+    mbedtls_error_add(high, low, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+/**
+ * \brief Testing hook called before adding/combining two error codes together.
+ *        Only used when invasive testing is enabled via MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS.
+ */
+extern void (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add)(int, int, const char *, int);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together.
+ *
+ *        This function can be called directly however it is usually
+ *        called via the #MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD macro.
+ *
+ *        While a value of zero is not a negative error code, it is still an
+ *        error code (that denotes success) and can be combined with both a
+ *        negative error code or another value of zero.
+ *
+ * \note  When invasive testing is enabled via #MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS, also try to
+ *        call \link mbedtls_test_hook_error_add \endlink.
+ *
+ * \param high      high-level error code. See error.h for more details.
+ * \param low       low-level error code. See error.h for more details.
+ * \param file      file where this error code addition occurred.
+ * \param line      line where this error code addition occurred.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_error_add(int high, int low,
+                                    const char *file, int line)
+{
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+    if (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add != NULL) {
+        (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add)(high, low, file, line);
+    }
+#endif
+    (void) file;
+    (void) line;
+
+    return high + low;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate an Mbed TLS error code into a string representation.
+ *        The result is truncated if necessary and always includes a
+ *        terminating null byte.
+ *
+ * \param errnum    error code
+ * \param buffer    buffer to place representation in
+ * \param buflen    length of the buffer
+ */
+void mbedtls_strerror(int errnum, char *buffer, size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate the high-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string
+ *        representation.
+ *
+ * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller
+ * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for
+ * logging purposes.
+ *
+ * \param error_code    error code
+ *
+ * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error
+ *         code is unknown.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_high_level_strerr(int error_code);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate the low-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string
+ *        representation.
+ *
+ * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller
+ * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for
+ * logging purposes.
+ *
+ * \param error_code    error code
+ *
+ * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error
+ *         code is unknown.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_low_level_strerr(int error_code);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/gcm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/**
+ * \file gcm.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains GCM definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) for 128-bit block ciphers is defined
+ * in <em>D. McGrew, J. Viega, The Galois/Counter Mode of Operation
+ * (GCM), Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol.</em>
+ *
+ * For more information on GCM, see <em>NIST SP 800-38D: Recommendation for
+ * Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) and GMAC</em>.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_GCM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+#include "mbedtls/block_cipher.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT     1
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT     0
+
+/** Authenticated decryption failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED                       -0x0012
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT                         -0x0014
+/** An output buffer is too small. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL                  -0x0016
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_LARGE_TABLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_HTABLE_SIZE 256
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_HTABLE_SIZE 16
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The GCM context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_gcm_context {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_C)
+    mbedtls_block_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_cipher_ctx);  /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#else
+    mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx);    /*!< The cipher context used. */
+#endif
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(H)[MBEDTLS_GCM_HTABLE_SIZE][2]; /*!< Precalculated HTable. */
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len);                           /*!< The total length of the encrypted data. */
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_len);                       /*!< The total length of the additional data. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(base_ectr)[16];            /*!< The first ECTR for tag. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(y)[16];                    /*!< The Y working value. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[16];                  /*!< The buf working value. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);                     /*!< The operation to perform:
+                                                              #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT or
+                                                              #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(acceleration);             /*!< The acceleration to use. */
+}
+mbedtls_gcm_context;
+
+#else  /* !MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT */
+#include "gcm_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the specified GCM context,
+ *                  to make references valid, and prepares the context
+ *                  for mbedtls_gcm_setkey() or mbedtls_gcm_free().
+ *
+ *                  The function does not bind the GCM context to a particular
+ *                  cipher, nor set the key. For this purpose, use
+ *                  mbedtls_gcm_setkey().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_gcm_init(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function associates a GCM context with a
+ *                  cipher algorithm and a key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param cipher    The 128-bit block cipher to use.
+ * \param key       The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of at
+ *                  least \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits   The key size in bits. Valid options are:
+ *                  <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ *                  <li>192 bits</li>
+ *                  <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_setkey(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+                       mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+                       const unsigned char *key,
+                       unsigned int keybits);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs GCM encryption or decryption of a buffer.
+ *
+ * \note            The output buffer \p output can be the same as the input
+ *                  buffer \p input. If \p output is greater than \p input, they
+ *                  cannot overlap.
+ *
+ * \warning         When this function performs a decryption, it outputs the
+ *                  authentication tag and does not verify that the data is
+ *                  authentic. You should use this function to perform encryption
+ *                  only. For decryption, use mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt() instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context to use for encryption or decryption. This
+ *                  must be initialized.
+ * \param mode      The operation to perform:
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT to perform authenticated encryption.
+ *                    The ciphertext is written to \p output and the
+ *                    authentication tag is written to \p tag.
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT to perform decryption.
+ *                    The plaintext is written to \p output and the
+ *                    authentication tag is written to \p tag.
+ *                    Note that this mode is not recommended, because it does
+ *                    not verify the authenticity of the data. For this reason,
+ *                    you should use mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt() instead of
+ *                    calling this function in decryption mode.
+ * \param length    The length of the input data, which is equal to the length
+ *                  of the output data.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                  at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the IV.
+ * \param add       The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at
+ *                  least that size in Bytes.
+ * \param add_len   The length of the additional data.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that
+ *                  size in Bytes.
+ * \param output    The buffer for holding the output data. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at least that
+ *                  size in Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the tag to generate.
+ * \param tag       The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a writable
+ *                  buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if the encryption or decryption was performed
+ *                  successfully. Note that in #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT mode,
+ *                  this does not indicate that the data is authentic.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are
+ *                  not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the encryption
+ *                  or decryption failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_crypt_and_tag(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+                              int mode,
+                              size_t length,
+                              const unsigned char *iv,
+                              size_t iv_len,
+                              const unsigned char *add,
+                              size_t add_len,
+                              const unsigned char *input,
+                              unsigned char *output,
+                              size_t tag_len,
+                              unsigned char *tag);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function performs a GCM authenticated decryption of a
+ *                  buffer.
+ *
+ * \note            The output buffer \p output can be the same as the input
+ *                  buffer \p input. If \p output is greater than \p input, they
+ *                  cannot overlap. Implementations which require
+ *                  MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT to be enabled may not provide support for
+ *                  overlapping buffers.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param length    The length of the ciphertext to decrypt, which is also
+ *                  the length of the decrypted plaintext.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                  of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the IV.
+ * \param add       The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at
+ *                  least that size in Bytes.
+ * \param add_len   The length of the additional data.
+ * \param tag       The buffer holding the tag to verify. This must be a
+ *                  readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the tag to verify.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the ciphertext. If \p length is greater
+ *                  than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that
+ *                  size.
+ * \param output    The buffer for holding the decrypted plaintext. If \p length
+ *                  is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at
+ *                  least that size.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 if successful and authenticated.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are
+ *                  not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the decryption
+ *                  failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+                             size_t length,
+                             const unsigned char *iv,
+                             size_t iv_len,
+                             const unsigned char *add,
+                             size_t add_len,
+                             const unsigned char *tag,
+                             size_t tag_len,
+                             const unsigned char *input,
+                             unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function starts a GCM encryption or decryption
+ *                  operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param mode      The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT or
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT.
+ * \param iv        The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                  at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The length of the IV.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_starts(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+                       int mode,
+                       const unsigned char *iv,
+                       size_t iv_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer as associated data
+ *                  (authenticated but not encrypted data) in a GCM
+ *                  encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                  Call this function after mbedtls_gcm_starts() to pass
+ *                  the associated data. If the associated data is empty,
+ *                  you do not need to call this function. You may not
+ *                  call this function after calling mbedtls_cipher_update().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context. This must have been started with
+ *                  mbedtls_gcm_starts() and must not have yet received
+ *                  any input with mbedtls_gcm_update().
+ * \param add       The buffer holding the additional data, or \c NULL
+ *                  if \p add_len is \c 0.
+ * \param add_len   The length of the additional data. If \c 0,
+ *                  \p add may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_update_ad(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char *add,
+                          size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing GCM
+ *                  encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                  You may call this function zero, one or more times
+ *                  to pass successive parts of the input: the plaintext to
+ *                  encrypt, or the ciphertext (not including the tag) to
+ *                  decrypt. After the last part of the input, call
+ *                  mbedtls_gcm_finish().
+ *
+ *                  This function may produce output in one of the following
+ *                  ways:
+ *                  - Immediate output: the output length is always equal
+ *                    to the input length.
+ *                  - Buffered output: the output consists of a whole number
+ *                    of 16-byte blocks. If the total input length so far
+ *                    (not including associated data) is 16 \* *B* + *A*
+ *                    with *A* < 16 then the total output length is 16 \* *B*.
+ *
+ *                  In particular:
+ *                  - It is always correct to call this function with
+ *                    \p output_size >= \p input_length + 15.
+ *                  - If \p input_length is a multiple of 16 for all the calls
+ *                    to this function during an operation, then it is
+ *                    correct to use \p output_size = \p input_length.
+ *
+ * \note            The output buffer \p output can be the same as the input
+ *                  buffer \p input. If \p output is greater than \p input, they
+ *                  cannot overlap. Implementations which require
+ *                  MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT to be enabled may not provide support for
+ *                  overlapping buffers.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. If \p input_length
+ *                      is greater than zero, this must be a readable buffer
+ *                      of at least \p input_length bytes.
+ * \param input_length  The length of the input data in bytes.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. If \p output_size
+ *                      is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of
+ *                      of at least \p output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size   The size of the output buffer in bytes.
+ *                      See the function description regarding the output size.
+ * \param output_length On success, \p *output_length contains the actual
+ *                      length of the output written in \p output.
+ *                      On failure, the content of \p *output_length is
+ *                      unspecified.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ *                 total input length too long,
+ *                 unsupported input/output buffer overlap detected,
+ *                 or \p output_size too small.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_update(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *input, size_t input_length,
+                       unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+                       size_t *output_length);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function finishes the GCM operation and generates
+ *                  the authentication tag.
+ *
+ *                  It wraps up the GCM stream, and generates the
+ *                  tag. The tag can have a maximum length of 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param tag       The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a writable
+ *                  buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len   The length of the tag to generate. This must be at least
+ *                  four.
+ * \param output    The buffer for the final output.
+ *                  If \p output_size is nonzero, this must be a writable
+ *                  buffer of at least \p output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size  The size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ *                  This must be large enough for the output that
+ *                  mbedtls_gcm_update() has not produced. In particular:
+ *                  - If mbedtls_gcm_update() produces immediate output,
+ *                    or if the total input size is a multiple of \c 16,
+ *                    then mbedtls_gcm_finish() never produces any output,
+ *                    so \p output_size can be \c 0.
+ *                  - \p output_size never needs to be more than \c 15.
+ * \param output_length On success, \p *output_length contains the actual
+ *                      length of the output written in \p output.
+ *                      On failure, the content of \p *output_length is
+ *                      unspecified.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure:
+ *                  invalid value of \p tag_len,
+ *                  or \p output_size too small.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_finish(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx,
+                       unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+                       size_t *output_length,
+                       unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function clears a GCM context and the underlying
+ *                  cipher sub-context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The GCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the call has
+ *                  no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_gcm_free(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The GCM checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_gcm_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* gcm.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/**
+ * \file hkdf.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains the HKDF interface.
+ *
+ *          The HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF) is
+ *          specified by RFC 5869.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_HKDF_H
+#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+/**
+ *  \name HKDF Error codes
+ *  \{
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA  -0x5F80
+/** \} name */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  This is the HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function
+ *          (HKDF).
+ *
+ *  \param  md        A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the hash
+ *                    function output in bytes.
+ *  \param  salt      An optional salt value (a non-secret random value);
+ *                    if the salt is not provided, a string of all zeros of
+ *                    md.size length is used as the salt.
+ *  \param  salt_len  The length in bytes of the optional \p salt.
+ *  \param  ikm       The input keying material.
+ *  \param  ikm_len   The length in bytes of \p ikm.
+ *  \param  info      An optional context and application specific information
+ *                    string. This can be a zero-length string.
+ *  \param  info_len  The length of \p info in bytes.
+ *  \param  okm       The output keying material of \p okm_len bytes.
+ *  \param  okm_len   The length of the output keying material in bytes. This
+ *                    must be less than or equal to 255 * md.size bytes.
+ *
+ *  \return 0 on success.
+ *  \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid.
+ *  \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying
+ *          MD layer.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hkdf(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, const unsigned char *salt,
+                 size_t salt_len, const unsigned char *ikm, size_t ikm_len,
+                 const unsigned char *info, size_t info_len,
+                 unsigned char *okm, size_t okm_len);
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  Take the input keying material \p ikm and extract from it a
+ *          fixed-length pseudorandom key \p prk.
+ *
+ *  \warning    This function should only be used if the security of it has been
+ *              studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3
+ *              key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use
+ *              \c mbedtls_hkdf instead.
+ *
+ *  \param       md        A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the
+ *                         hash function output in bytes.
+ *  \param       salt      An optional salt value (a non-secret random value);
+ *                         if the salt is not provided, a string of all zeros
+ *                         of md.size length is used as the salt.
+ *  \param       salt_len  The length in bytes of the optional \p salt.
+ *  \param       ikm       The input keying material.
+ *  \param       ikm_len   The length in bytes of \p ikm.
+ *  \param[out]  prk       A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes.
+ *
+ *  \return 0 on success.
+ *  \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid.
+ *  \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying
+ *          MD layer.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hkdf_extract(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md,
+                         const unsigned char *salt, size_t salt_len,
+                         const unsigned char *ikm, size_t ikm_len,
+                         unsigned char *prk);
+
+/**
+ *  \brief  Expand the supplied \p prk into several additional pseudorandom
+ *          keys, which is the output of the HKDF.
+ *
+ *  \warning    This function should only be used if the security of it has been
+ *              studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3
+ *              key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use
+ *              \c mbedtls_hkdf instead.
+ *
+ *  \param  md        A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the hash
+ *                    function output in bytes.
+ *  \param  prk       A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes. \p prk is
+ *                    usually the output from the HKDF extract step.
+ *  \param  prk_len   The length in bytes of \p prk.
+ *  \param  info      An optional context and application specific information
+ *                    string. This can be a zero-length string.
+ *  \param  info_len  The length of \p info in bytes.
+ *  \param  okm       The output keying material of \p okm_len bytes.
+ *  \param  okm_len   The length of the output keying material in bytes. This
+ *                    must be less than or equal to 255 * md.size bytes.
+ *
+ *  \return 0 on success.
+ *  \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid.
+ *  \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying
+ *          MD layer.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hkdf_expand(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, const unsigned char *prk,
+                        size_t prk_len, const unsigned char *info,
+                        size_t info_len, unsigned char *okm, size_t okm_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* hkdf.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+/**
+ * \file hmac_drbg.h
+ *
+ * \brief The HMAC_DRBG pseudorandom generator.
+ *
+ * This module implements the HMAC_DRBG pseudorandom generator described
+ * in <em>NIST SP 800-90A: Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using
+ * Deterministic Random Bit Generators</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_H
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Error codes
+ */
+/** Too many random requested in single call. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG              -0x0003
+/** Input too large (Entropy + additional). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG                -0x0005
+/** Read/write error in file. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR                -0x0007
+/** The entropy source failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED        -0x0009
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL   10000   /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT         256     /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST       1024    /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT    384     /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_OFF   0   /**< No prediction resistance       */
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_ON    1   /**< Prediction resistance enabled  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * HMAC_DRBG context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context {
+    /* Working state: the key K is not stored explicitly,
+     * but is implied by the HMAC context */
+    mbedtls_md_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_ctx);                    /*!< HMAC context (inc. K)  */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(V)[MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE];  /*!< V in the spec          */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_counter);                     /*!< reseed counter         */
+
+    /* Administrative state */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(entropy_len);         /*!< entropy bytes grabbed on each (re)seed */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prediction_resistance);  /*!< enable prediction resistance (Automatic
+                                                    reseed before every random generation) */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_interval);        /*!< reseed interval   */
+
+    /* Callbacks */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_entropy))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t);  /*!< entropy function */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_entropy);            /*!< context for the entropy function        */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+    /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized if and only if
+     * md_ctx->md_info != NULL. This means that the mutex is initialized
+     * during the initial seeding in mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed() or
+     * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf() and freed in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
+     *
+     * Note that this invariant may change without notice. Do not rely on it
+     * and do not access the mutex directly in application code.
+     */
+    mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+#endif
+} mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief               HMAC_DRBG context initialization.
+ *
+ * This function makes the context ready for mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed(),
+ * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf() or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free().
+ *
+ * \note                The reseed interval is #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL
+ *                      by default. Override this value by calling
+ *                      mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_reseed_interval().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           HMAC_DRBG context to be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               HMAC_DRBG initial seeding.
+ *
+ * Set the initial seed and set up the entropy source for future reseeds.
+ *
+ * A typical choice for the \p f_entropy and \p p_entropy parameters is
+ * to use the entropy module:
+ * - \p f_entropy is mbedtls_entropy_func();
+ * - \p p_entropy is an instance of ::mbedtls_entropy_context initialized
+ *   with mbedtls_entropy_init() (which registers the platform's default
+ *   entropy sources).
+ *
+ * You can provide a personalization string in addition to the
+ * entropy source, to make this instantiation as unique as possible.
+ *
+ * \note                By default, the security strength as defined by NIST is:
+ *                      - 128 bits if \p md_info is SHA-1;
+ *                      - 192 bits if \p md_info is SHA-224;
+ *                      - 256 bits if \p md_info is SHA-256, SHA-384 or SHA-512.
+ *                      Note that SHA-256 is just as efficient as SHA-224.
+ *                      The security strength can be reduced if a smaller
+ *                      entropy length is set with
+ *                      mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len().
+ *
+ * \note                The default entropy length is the security strength
+ *                      (converted from bits to bytes). You can override
+ *                      it by calling mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len().
+ *
+ * \note                During the initial seeding, this function calls
+ *                      the entropy source to obtain a nonce
+ *                      whose length is half the entropy length.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note                When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ *                      after this function returns successfully,
+ *                      it is safe to call mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random()
+ *                      from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ *                      reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param ctx           HMAC_DRBG context to be seeded.
+ * \param md_info       MD algorithm to use for HMAC_DRBG.
+ * \param f_entropy     The entropy callback, taking as arguments the
+ *                      \p p_entropy context, the buffer to fill, and the
+ *                      length of the buffer.
+ *                      \p f_entropy is always called with a length that is
+ *                      less than or equal to the entropy length.
+ * \param p_entropy     The entropy context to pass to \p f_entropy.
+ * \param custom        The personalization string.
+ *                      This can be \c NULL, in which case the personalization
+ *                      string is empty regardless of the value of \p len.
+ * \param len           The length of the personalization string.
+ *                      This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT
+ *                      and also at most
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len * 3 / 2
+ *                      where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ *                      described above.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info is
+ *                      invalid.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED if there was not enough
+ *                      memory to allocate context data.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ *                      if the call to \p f_entropy failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+                           const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info,
+                           int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
+                           void *p_entropy,
+                           const unsigned char *custom,
+                           size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Initialisation of simplified HMAC_DRBG (never reseeds).
+ *
+ * This function is meant for use in algorithms that need a pseudorandom
+ * input such as deterministic ECDSA.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note                When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ *                      after this function returns successfully,
+ *                      it is safe to call mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random()
+ *                      from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ *                      reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param ctx           HMAC_DRBG context to be initialised.
+ * \param md_info       MD algorithm to use for HMAC_DRBG.
+ * \param data          Concatenation of the initial entropy string and
+ *                      the additional data.
+ * \param data_len      Length of \p data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful. or
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info is
+ *                      invalid.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED if there was not enough
+ *                      memory to allocate context data.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+                               const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info,
+                               const unsigned char *data, size_t data_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function turns prediction resistance on or off.
+ *                      The default value is off.
+ *
+ * \note                If enabled, entropy is gathered at the beginning of
+ *                      every call to mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add()
+ *                      or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random().
+ *                      Only use this if your entropy source has sufficient
+ *                      throughput.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param resistance    #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_ON or #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_OFF.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_prediction_resistance(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+                                                 int resistance);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed on each
+ *                      seed or reseed.
+ *
+ * See the documentation of mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed() for the default value.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param len           The amount of entropy to grab, in bytes.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+                                       size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Set the reseed interval.
+ *
+ * The reseed interval is the number of calls to mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random()
+ * or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add() after which the entropy function
+ * is called again.
+ *
+ * The default value is #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param interval      The reseed interval.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_reseed_interval(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+                                           int interval);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function updates the state of the HMAC_DRBG context.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ *                      to call this function if another thread might be
+ *                      concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ *                      context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional    The data to update the state with.
+ *                      If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data.
+ * \param add_len       Length of \p additional in bytes.
+ *                      Unused if \p additional is \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success, or an error from the underlying
+ *                      hash calculation.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function reseeds the HMAC_DRBG context, that is
+ *                      extracts data from the entropy source.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ *                      to call this function if another thread might be
+ *                      concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ *                      context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param additional    Additional data to add to the state.
+ *                      If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data
+ *                      and \p len should be \c 0.
+ * \param len           The length of the additional data.
+ *                      This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT
+ *                      and also at most
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
+ *                      where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
+ *                      (see mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len()).
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ *                      if a call to the entropy function failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_reseed(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char *additional, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function updates an HMAC_DRBG instance with additional
+ *          data and uses it to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note                This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe
+ *                      to call this function if another thread might be
+ *                      concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same
+ *                      context or updating or reseeding the same context.
+ *
+ * \param p_rng         The HMAC_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ *                      #mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output        The buffer to fill.
+ * \param output_len    The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *                      This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ * \param additional    Additional data to update with.
+ *                      If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data
+ *                      and \p add_len should be \c 0.
+ * \param add_len       The length of the additional data.
+ *                      This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ *                      if a call to the entropy source failed.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG if
+ *                      \p output_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if
+ *                      \p add_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add(void *p_rng,
+                                      unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+                                      const unsigned char *additional,
+                                      size_t add_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function uses HMAC_DRBG to generate random data.
+ *
+ * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
+ * or prediction resistance is enabled.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+/**
+ * \note                When Mbed TLS is built with threading support,
+ *                      it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
+ *                      from multiple threads. Other operations, including
+ *                      reseeding, are not thread-safe.
+ */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */
+/**
+ * \param p_rng         The HMAC_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
+ *                      #mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context structure.
+ * \param output        The buffer to fill.
+ * \param out_len       The length of the buffer in bytes.
+ *                      This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
+ *                      if a call to the entropy source failed.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG if
+ *                      \p out_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t out_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function resets HMAC_DRBG context to the state immediately
+ *                      after initial call of mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context to free.
+ */
+void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function writes a seed file.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param path          The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on reseed
+ *                      failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_write_seed_file(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function reads and updates a seed file. The seed
+ *                      is added to this instance.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The HMAC_DRBG context.
+ * \param path          The name of the file.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on
+ *                      reseed failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if the existing
+ *                      seed file is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_seed_file(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief               The HMAC_DRBG Checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return              \c 1 if the test failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* hmac_drbg.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/lms.h

@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/**
+ * \file lms.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for the LMS post-quantum-safe stateful-hash
+          public-key signature scheme as defined in RFC8554 and NIST.SP.200-208.
+ *        This implementation currently only supports a single parameter set
+ *        MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 in order to reduce complexity. This is one
+ *        of the signature schemes recommended by the IETF draft SUIT standard
+ *        for IOT firmware upgrades (RFC9019).
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_LMS_H
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_BAD_INPUT_DATA   -0x0011 /**< Bad data has been input to an LMS function */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_OUT_OF_PRIVATE_KEYS -0x0013 /**< Specified LMS key has utilised all of its private keys */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_VERIFY_FAILED    -0x0015 /**< LMS signature verification failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_ALLOC_FAILED     -0x0017 /**< LMS failed to allocate space for a private key */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0019 /**< Input/output buffer is too small to contain requited data */
+
+/* Currently only defined for SHA256, 32 is the max hash output size */
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX           (32u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT_MAX    (34u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type)         ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 ? 32u : 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN             (16u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN            (4u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN                 (4u)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT(type)  ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 ? 34u : 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_C_RANDOM_VALUE_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type))
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SIG_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN + \
+                                     MBEDTLS_LMOTS_C_RANDOM_VALUE_LEN(type) + \
+                                     (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT(type) * \
+                                      MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type)))
+
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN            (4)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 ? 10u : 0)
+
+/* The length of a hash output, Currently only implemented for SHA256.
+ * Max is 32 bytes.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 ? 32 : 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES_MAX 32
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN(type, otstype) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN + \
+                                            MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SIG_LEN(otstype) + \
+                                            MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN + \
+                                            (MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) * \
+                                             MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type)))
+
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN + \
+                                          MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN + \
+                                          MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN + \
+                                          MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type))
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** The Identifier of the LMS parameter set, as per
+ * https://www.iana.org/assignments/leighton-micali-signatures/leighton-micali-signatures.xhtml
+ * We are only implementing a subset of the types, particularly H10, for the sake of simplicity.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 = 0x6,
+} mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t;
+
+/** The Identifier of the LMOTS parameter set, as per
+ *  https://www.iana.org/assignments/leighton-micali-signatures/leighton-micali-signatures.xhtml.
+ *  We are only implementing a subset of the types, particularly N32_W8, for the sake of simplicity.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 = 4
+} mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t;
+
+/** LMOTS parameters structure.
+ *
+ * This contains the metadata associated with an LMOTS key, detailing the
+ * algorithm type, the key ID, and the leaf identifier should be key be part of
+ * a LMS key.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(I_key_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN]); /*!< The key
+                                                                                    identifier. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q_leaf_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN]); /*!< Which
+                                                                                      leaf of the LMS key this is.
+                                                                                      0 if the key is not part of an LMS key. */
+    mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); /*!< The LM-OTS key type identifier as
+                                                               per IANA. Only SHA256_N32_W8 is
+                                                               currently supported. */
+} mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t;
+
+/** LMOTS public context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMOTS public key is a hash output, and the applicable parameter set.
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lmots_public_t {
+ *   UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ *   HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ *   INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="import_public_key"];
+ *   INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="calculate_public_key from private key"];
+ *   HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="export_public_key"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(public_key)[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX];
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_public_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a public key.
+                                                       Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lmots_public_t;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE)
+/** LMOTS private context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMOTS private key is one hash output for each of digit of the digest +
+ * checksum, and the applicable parameter set.
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lmots_public_t {
+ *   UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ *   HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ *   INIT -> HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY [label="generate_private_key"];
+ *   HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="sign"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(private_key)[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT_MAX][
+        MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX];
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_private_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a private key.
+                                                        Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lmots_private_t;
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */
+
+
+/** LMS parameters structure.
+ *
+ * This contains the metadata associated with an LMS key, detailing the
+ * algorithm type, the type of the underlying OTS algorithm, and the key ID.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(I_key_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN]); /*!< The key
+                                                                                    identifier. */
+    mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(otstype); /*!< The LM-OTS key type identifier as
+                                                                per IANA. Only SHA256_N32_W8 is
+                                                                currently supported. */
+    mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); /*!< The LMS key type identifier as per
+                                                             IANA. Only SHA256_M32_H10 is currently
+                                                             supported. */
+} mbedtls_lms_parameters_t;
+
+/** LMS public context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMS public key is the hash output that is the root of the Merkle tree, and
+ * the applicable parameter set
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lms_public_t {
+ *   UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ *   HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ *   INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="import_public_key"];
+ *   INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="calculate_public_key from private key"];
+ *   HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="export_public_key"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_lms_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T_1_pub_key)[MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES_MAX]; /*!< The public key, in
+                                                                                 the form of the Merkle tree root node. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_public_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a public key.
+                                                       Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lms_public_t;
+
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE)
+/** LMS private context structure.
+ *
+ * A LMS private key is a set of LMOTS private keys, an index to the next usable
+ * key, and the applicable parameter set.
+ *
+ * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either
+ * be imported or generated from a private context.
+ *
+ * \dot
+ * digraph lms_public_t {
+ *   UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"];
+ *   HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="free"];
+ *   INIT -> HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY [label="generate_private_key"];
+ * }
+ * \enddot
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_lms_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params);
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q_next_usable_key); /*!< The index of the next OTS key that has not
+                                                      been used. */
+    mbedtls_lmots_private_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ots_private_keys); /*!< The private key material. One OTS key
+                                                                   for each leaf node in the Merkle tree. NULL
+                                                                   when have_private_key is 0 and non-NULL otherwise.
+                                                                   is 2^MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) in length. */
+    mbedtls_lmots_public_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ots_public_keys); /*!< The OTS key public keys, used to
+                                                                   build the Merkle tree. NULL
+                                                                   when have_private_key is 0 and
+                                                                   non-NULL otherwise.
+                                                                   Is 2^MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type)
+                                                                   in length. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_private_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a private key.
+                                                        Boolean values only. */
+} mbedtls_lms_private_t;
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function initializes an LMS public context
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The uninitialized LMS context that will then be
+ *                           initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_lms_public_init(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function uninitializes an LMS public context
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMS context that will then be
+ *                           uninitialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_lms_public_free(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function imports an LMS public key into a
+ *                           public LMS context.
+ *
+ * \note                     Before this function is called, the context must
+ *                           have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \note                     See IETF RFC8554 for details of the encoding of
+ *                           this public key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMS context store the key in.
+ * \param key                The buffer from which the key will be read.
+ *                           #MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN bytes will be read from
+ *                           this.
+ * \param key_size           The size of the key being imported.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_import_public_key(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+                                  const unsigned char *key, size_t key_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function exports an LMS public key from a
+ *                           LMS public context that already contains a public
+ *                           key.
+ *
+ * \note                     Before this function is called, the context must
+ *                           have been initialized and the context must contain
+ *                           a public key.
+ *
+ * \note                     See IETF RFC8554 for details of the encoding of
+ *                           this public key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMS public context that contains
+ *                           the public key.
+ * \param key                The buffer into which the key will be output. Must
+ *                           be at least #MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN in size.
+ * \param key_size           The size of the key buffer.
+ * \param key_len            If not NULL, will be written with the size of the
+ *                           key.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_export_public_key(const mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+                                  unsigned char *key, size_t key_size,
+                                  size_t *key_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function verifies a LMS signature, using a
+ *                           LMS context that contains a public key.
+ *
+ * \note                     Before this function is called, the context must
+ *                           have been initialized and must contain a public key
+ *                           (either by import or generation).
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMS public context from which the
+ *                           public key will be read.
+ * \param msg                The buffer from which the message will be read.
+ * \param msg_size           The size of the message that will be read.
+ * \param sig                The buf from which the signature will be read.
+ *                           #MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN bytes will be read from
+ *                           this.
+ * \param sig_size           The size of the signature to be verified.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on successful verification.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_verify(const mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *msg, size_t msg_size,
+                       const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE)
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function initializes an LMS private context
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The uninitialized LMS private context that will
+ *                           then be initialized. */
+void mbedtls_lms_private_init(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function uninitializes an LMS private context
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMS private context that will then
+ *                           be uninitialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_lms_private_free(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function generates an LMS private key, and
+ *                           stores in into an LMS private context.
+ *
+ * \warning                  This function is **not intended for use in
+ *                           production**, due to as-yet unsolved problems with
+ *                           handling stateful keys. The API for this function
+ *                           may change considerably in future versions.
+ *
+ * \note                     The seed must have at least 256 bits of entropy.
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMOTS context to generate the key
+ *                           into.
+ * \param type               The LMS parameter set identifier.
+ * \param otstype            The LMOTS parameter set identifier.
+ * \param f_rng              The RNG function to be used to generate the key ID.
+ * \param p_rng              The RNG context to be passed to f_rng
+ * \param seed               The seed used to deterministically generate the
+ *                           key.
+ * \param seed_size          The length of the seed.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_generate_private_key(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx,
+                                     mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t type,
+                                     mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t otstype,
+                                     mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                     void *p_rng, const unsigned char *seed,
+                                     size_t seed_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function calculates an LMS public key from a
+ *                           LMS context that already contains a private key.
+ *
+ * \note                     Before this function is called, the context must
+ *                           have been initialized and the context must contain
+ *                           a private key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMS public context to calculate the key
+ *                           from and store it into.
+ *
+ * \param priv_ctx           The LMS private context to read the private key
+ *                           from. This must have been initialized and contain a
+ *                           private key.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_calculate_public_key(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx,
+                                     const mbedtls_lms_private_t *priv_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                    This function creates a LMS signature, using a
+ *                           LMS context that contains unused private keys.
+ *
+ * \warning                  This function is **not intended for use in
+ *                           production**, due to as-yet unsolved problems with
+ *                           handling stateful keys. The API for this function
+ *                           may change considerably in future versions.
+ *
+ * \note                     Before this function is called, the context must
+ *                           have been initialized and must contain a private
+ *                           key.
+ *
+ * \note                     Each of the LMOTS private keys inside a LMS private
+ *                           key can only be used once. If they are reused, then
+ *                           attackers may be able to forge signatures with that
+ *                           key. This is all handled transparently, but it is
+ *                           important to not perform copy operations on LMS
+ *                           contexts that contain private key material.
+ *
+ * \param ctx                The initialized LMS private context from which the
+ *                           private key will be read.
+ * \param f_rng              The RNG function to be used for signature
+ *                           generation.
+ * \param p_rng              The RNG context to be passed to f_rng
+ * \param msg                The buffer from which the message will be read.
+ * \param msg_size           The size of the message that will be read.
+ * \param sig                The buf into which the signature will be stored.
+ *                           Must be at least #MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN in size.
+ * \param sig_size           The size of the buffer the signature will be
+ *                           written into.
+ * \param sig_len            If not NULL, will be written with the size of the
+ *                           signature.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_lms_sign(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx,
+                     mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                     void *p_rng, const unsigned char *msg,
+                     unsigned int msg_size, unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size,
+                     size_t *sig_len);
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_LMS_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h

@@ -0,0 +1,4392 @@
+/**
+ * \file mbedtls_config.h
+ *
+ * \brief Configuration options (set of defines)
+ *
+ *  This set of compile-time options may be used to enable
+ *  or disable features selectively, and reduce the global
+ *  memory footprint.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This is an optional version symbol that enables compatibility handling of
+ * config files.
+ *
+ * It is equal to the #MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER of the Mbed TLS version that
+ * introduced the config format we want to be compatible with.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION 0x03000000
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: System support
+ *
+ * This section sets system specific settings.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
+ *
+ * The compiler has support for asm().
+ *
+ * Requires support for asm() in compiler.
+ *
+ * Used in:
+ *      library/aesni.h
+ *      library/aria.c
+ *      library/bn_mul.h
+ *      library/constant_time.c
+ *      library/padlock.h
+ *
+ * Required by:
+ *      MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+ *      MBEDTLS_AESNI_C (on some platforms)
+ *      MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
+ *
+ * Comment to disable the use of assembly code.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION
+ *
+ * The platform lacks support for double-width integer division (64-bit
+ * division on a 32-bit platform, 128-bit division on a 64-bit platform).
+ *
+ * Used in:
+ *      include/mbedtls/bignum.h
+ *      library/bignum.c
+ *
+ * The bignum code uses double-width division to speed up some operations.
+ * Double-width division is often implemented in software that needs to
+ * be linked with the program. The presence of a double-width integer
+ * type is usually detected automatically through preprocessor macros,
+ * but the automatic detection cannot know whether the code needs to
+ * and can be linked with an implementation of division for that type.
+ * By default division is assumed to be usable if the type is present.
+ * Uncomment this option to prevent the use of double-width division.
+ *
+ * Note that division for the native integer type is always required.
+ * Furthermore, a 64-bit type is always required even on a 32-bit
+ * platform, but it need not support multiplication or division. In some
+ * cases it is also desirable to disable some double-width operations. For
+ * example, if double-width division is implemented in software, disabling
+ * it can reduce code size in some embedded targets.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_64BIT_MULTIPLICATION
+ *
+ * The platform lacks support for 32x32 -> 64-bit multiplication.
+ *
+ * Used in:
+ *      library/poly1305.c
+ *
+ * Some parts of the library may use multiplication of two unsigned 32-bit
+ * operands with a 64-bit result in order to speed up computations. On some
+ * platforms, this is not available in hardware and has to be implemented in
+ * software, usually in a library provided by the toolchain.
+ *
+ * Sometimes it is not desirable to have to link to that library. This option
+ * removes the dependency of that library on platforms that lack a hardware
+ * 64-bit multiplier by embedding a software implementation in Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * Note that depending on the compiler, this may decrease performance compared
+ * to using the library function provided by the toolchain.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_NO_64BIT_MULTIPLICATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_SSE2
+ *
+ * CPU supports SSE2 instruction set.
+ *
+ * Uncomment if the CPU supports SSE2 (IA-32 specific).
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_SSE2
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
+ *
+ * System has time.h and time().
+ * The time does not need to be correct, only time differences are used,
+ * by contrast with MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
+ *
+ * Defining MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME allows you to specify MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT,
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO and
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME.
+ *
+ * Comment if your system does not support time functions.
+ *
+ * \note If MBEDTLS_TIMING_C is set - to enable the semi-portable timing
+ *       interface - timing.c will include time.h on suitable platforms
+ *       regardless of the setting of MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME, unless
+ *       MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT is used. See timing.c for more information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
+ *
+ * System has time.h, time(), and an implementation for
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() (see below).
+ * The time needs to be correct (not necessarily very accurate, but at least
+ * the date should be correct). This is used to verify the validity period of
+ * X.509 certificates.
+ *
+ * Comment if your system does not have a correct clock.
+ *
+ * \note mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() is an abstraction in platform_util.h that
+ * behaves similarly to the gmtime_r() function from the C standard. Refer to
+ * the documentation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() for more information.
+ *
+ * \note It is possible to configure an implementation for
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() at compile-time by using the macro
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+ *
+ * Enable the memory allocation layer.
+ *
+ * By default Mbed TLS uses the system-provided calloc() and free().
+ * This allows different allocators (self-implemented or provided) to be
+ * provided to the platform abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * Enabling #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY without the
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{FREE,CALLOC}_MACROs will provide
+ * "mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free()" allowing you to set an alternative calloc() and
+ * free() function pointer at runtime.
+ *
+ * Enabling #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY and specifying
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{CALLOC,FREE}_MACROs will allow you to specify the
+ * alternate function at compile time.
+ *
+ * An overview of how the value of mbedtls_calloc is determined:
+ *
+ * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+ *     - mbedtls_calloc = calloc
+ * - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+ *     - if (MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO):
+ *         - mbedtls_calloc = MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO
+ *     - if !(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO):
+ *         - Dynamic setup via mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free is now possible with a default value MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC.
+ *         - How is MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC handled?
+ *         - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS:
+ *             - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is not set to anything;
+ *             - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR can be included if present;
+ *         - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS:
+ *             - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is present:
+ *                 - User-defined MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is respected;
+ *             - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC:
+ *                 - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC = calloc
+ *
+ *         - At this point the presence of MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is checked.
+ *         - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC
+ *             - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC = uninitialized_calloc
+ *
+ *         - mbedtls_calloc = MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC.
+ *
+ * Defining MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC at the same time is not possible.
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO must both be defined or undefined at the same time.
+ * #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE do not have to be defined at the same time, as, if they are used,
+ * dynamic setup of these functions is possible. See the tree above to see how are they handled in all cases.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC always fails, returning a null pointer.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE does not do anything.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * Enable this layer to allow use of alternative memory allocators.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS
+ *
+ * Do not assign standard functions in the platform layer (e.g. calloc() to
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and printf() to MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF)
+ *
+ * This makes sure there are no linking errors on platforms that do not support
+ * these functions. You will HAVE to provide alternatives, either at runtime
+ * via the platform_set_xxx() functions or at compile time by setting
+ * the MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_XXX defines, or enabling a
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to prevent default assignment of standard functions in the
+ * platform layer.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS support the
+ * function in the platform abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT, Mbed TLS will
+ * provide a function "mbedtls_platform_set_printf()" that allows you to set an
+ * alternative printf function pointer.
+ *
+ * All these define require MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C to be defined!
+ *
+ * \note MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT is required on Windows;
+ * it will be enabled automatically by check_config.h
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT cannot be defined at the same time as
+ * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO!
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT requires MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of specific base
+ * platform function
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment the macro to let Mbed TLS use your alternate implementation of
+ * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(). This replaces the default implementation in
+ * platform_util.c.
+ *
+ * gmtime() is not a thread-safe function as defined in the C standard. The
+ * library will try to use safer implementations of this function, such as
+ * gmtime_r() when available. However, if Mbed TLS cannot identify the target
+ * system, the implementation of mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() will default to
+ * using the standard gmtime(). In this case, calls from the library to
+ * gmtime() will be guarded by the global mutex mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex
+ * if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled. We recommend that calls from outside the
+ * library are also guarded with this mutex to avoid race conditions. However,
+ * if the macro MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, Mbed TLS will
+ * unconditionally use the implementation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r()
+ * supplied at compile time.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment the macro to let Mbed TLS use your alternate implementation of
+ * mbedtls_platform_zeroize(), to wipe sensitive data in memory. This replaces
+ * the default implementation in platform_util.c.
+ *
+ * By default, the library uses a system function such as memset_s()
+ * (optional feature of C11), explicit_bzero() (BSD and compatible), or
+ * SecureZeroMemory (Windows). If no such function is detected, the library
+ * falls back to a plain C implementation. Compilers are technically
+ * permitted to optimize this implementation out, meaning that the memory is
+ * not actually wiped. The library tries to prevent that, but the C language
+ * makes it impossible to guarantee that the memory will always be wiped.
+ *
+ * If your platform provides a guaranteed method to wipe memory which
+ * `platform_util.c` does not detect, define this macro to the name of
+ * a function that takes two arguments, a `void *` pointer and a length,
+ * and wipes that many bytes starting at the specified address. For example,
+ * if your platform has explicit_bzero() but `platform_util.c` does not
+ * detect its presence, define `MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT` to be
+ * `explicit_bzero` to use that function as mbedtls_platform_zeroize().
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING
+ *
+ * Mark deprecated functions and features so that they generate a warning if
+ * used. Functionality deprecated in one version will usually be removed in the
+ * next version. You can enable this to help you prepare the transition to a
+ * new major version by making sure your code is not using this functionality.
+ *
+ * This only works with GCC and Clang. With other compilers, you may want to
+ * use MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED
+ *
+ * Uncomment to get warnings on using deprecated functions and features.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED
+ *
+ * Remove deprecated functions and features so that they generate an error if
+ * used. Functionality deprecated in one version will usually be removed in the
+ * next version. You can enable this to help you prepare the transition to a
+ * new major version by making sure your code is not using this functionality.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to get errors on using deprecated functions and features.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED
+
+/** \} name SECTION: System support */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Mbed TLS feature support
+ *
+ * This section sets support for features that are or are not needed
+ * within the modules that are enabled.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT
+ *
+ * Uncomment to provide your own alternate implementation for
+ * mbedtls_timing_get_timer(), mbedtls_set_alarm(), mbedtls_set/get_delay()
+ *
+ * Only works if you have MBEDTLS_TIMING_C enabled.
+ *
+ * You will need to provide a header "timing_alt.h" and an implementation at
+ * compile time.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ALT
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use your
+ * alternate core implementation of a symmetric crypto, an arithmetic or hash
+ * module (e.g. platform specific assembly optimized implementations). Keep
+ * in mind that the function prototypes should remain the same.
+ *
+ * This replaces the whole module. If you only want to replace one of the
+ * functions, use one of the MBEDTLS__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT flags.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_AES_ALT, Mbed TLS will no longer
+ * provide the "struct mbedtls_aes_context" definition and omit the base
+ * function declarations and implementations. "aes_alt.h" will be included from
+ * "aes.h" to include the new function definitions.
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding
+ * module.
+ *
+ * \warning   MD5, DES and SHA-1 are considered weak and their
+ *            use constitutes a security risk. If possible, we recommend
+ *            avoiding dependencies on them, and considering stronger message
+ *            digests and ciphers instead.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT
+
+/*
+ * When replacing the elliptic curve module, please consider, that it is
+ * implemented with two .c files:
+ *      - ecp.c
+ *      - ecp_curves.c
+ * You can replace them very much like all the other MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT
+ * macros as described above. The only difference is that you have to make sure
+ * that you provide functionality for both .c files.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use you
+ * alternate core implementation of symmetric crypto or hash function. Keep in
+ * mind that function prototypes should remain the same.
+ *
+ * This replaces only one function. The header file from Mbed TLS is still
+ * used, in contrast to the MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT flags.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT, Mbed TLS will
+ * no longer provide the mbedtls_sha1_process() function, but it will still provide
+ * the other function (using your mbedtls_sha1_process() function) and the definition
+ * of mbedtls_sha1_context, so your implementation of mbedtls_sha1_process must be compatible
+ * with this definition.
+ *
+ * \note If you use the AES_xxx_ALT macros, then it is recommended to also set
+ *       MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES in order to help the linker garbage-collect the AES
+ *       tables.
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding
+ * function.
+ *
+ * \warning   MD5, DES and SHA-1 are considered weak and their use
+ *            constitutes a security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding
+ *            dependencies on them, and considering stronger message digests
+ *            and ciphers instead.
+ *
+ * \warning   If both MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT and MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC are
+ *            enabled, then the deterministic ECDH signature functions pass the
+ *            the static HMAC-DRBG as RNG to mbedtls_ecdsa_sign(). Therefore
+ *            alternative implementations should use the RNG only for generating
+ *            the ephemeral key and nothing else. If this is not possible, then
+ *            MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC should be disabled and an alternative
+ *            implementation should be provided for mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext().
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MD5_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES_SETKEY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES_CRYPT_ECB_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_DES3_CRYPT_ECB_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_SETKEY_ENC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_SETKEY_DEC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT
+ *
+ * Expose a part of the internal interface of the Elliptic Curve Point module.
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use your
+ * alternative core implementation of elliptic curve arithmetic. Keep in mind
+ * that function prototypes should remain the same.
+ *
+ * This partially replaces one function. The header file from Mbed TLS is still
+ * used, in contrast to the MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT flag. The original implementation
+ * is still present and it is used for group structures not supported by the
+ * alternative.
+ *
+ * The original implementation can in addition be removed by setting the
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK option, in which case any function for which the
+ * corresponding MBEDTLS_ECP__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT macro is defined will not be
+ * able to fallback to curves not supported by the alternative implementation.
+ *
+ * Any of these options become available by defining MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT
+ * and implementing the following functions:
+ *      unsigned char mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable(
+ *          const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp )
+ *      int  mbedtls_internal_ecp_init( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp )
+ *      void mbedtls_internal_ecp_free( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp )
+ * The mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable function should return 1 if the
+ * replacement functions implement arithmetic for the given group and 0
+ * otherwise.
+ * The functions mbedtls_internal_ecp_init and mbedtls_internal_ecp_free are
+ * called before and after each point operation and provide an opportunity to
+ * implement optimized set up and tear down instructions.
+ *
+ * Example: In case you set MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT and
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT, Mbed TLS will still provide the ecp_double_jac()
+ * function, but will use your mbedtls_internal_ecp_double_jac() if the group
+ * for the operation is supported by your implementation (i.e. your
+ * mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable() function returns 1 for this group). If the
+ * group is not supported by your implementation, then the original Mbed TLS
+ * implementation of ecp_double_jac() is used instead, unless this fallback
+ * behaviour is disabled by setting MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK (in which case
+ * ecp_double_jac() will return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE).
+ *
+ * The function prototypes and the definition of mbedtls_ecp_group and
+ * mbedtls_ecp_point will not change based on MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT, so your
+ * implementation of mbedtls_internal_ecp__function_name__ must be compatible
+ * with their definitions.
+ *
+ * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding
+ * function.
+ */
+/* Required for all the functions in this section */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT
+/* Turn off software fallback for curves not supported in hardware */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK
+/* Support for Weierstrass curves with Jacobi representation */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT
+/* Support for curves with Montgomery arithmetic */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to let Mbed TLS use your own implementation of a
+ * hardware entropy collector.
+ *
+ * Your function must be called \c mbedtls_hardware_poll(), have the same
+ * prototype as declared in library/entropy_poll.h, and accept NULL as first
+ * argument.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to use your own hardware entropy collector.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
+ *
+ * Use precomputed AES tables stored in ROM.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to use precomputed AES tables stored in ROM.
+ * Comment this macro to generate AES tables in RAM at runtime.
+ *
+ * Tradeoff: Using precomputed ROM tables reduces RAM usage by ~8kb
+ * (or ~2kb if \c MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES is used) and reduces the
+ * initialization time before the first AES operation can be performed.
+ * It comes at the cost of additional ~8kb ROM use (resp. ~2kb if \c
+ * MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES below is used), and potentially degraded
+ * performance if ROM access is slower than RAM access.
+ *
+ * This option is independent of \c MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES
+ *
+ * Use less ROM/RAM for AES tables.
+ *
+ * Uncommenting this macro omits 75% of the AES tables from
+ * ROM / RAM (depending on the value of \c MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES)
+ * by computing their values on the fly during operations
+ * (the tables are entry-wise rotations of one another).
+ *
+ * Tradeoff: Uncommenting this reduces the RAM / ROM footprint
+ * by ~6kb but at the cost of more arithmetic operations during
+ * runtime. Specifically, one has to compare 4 accesses within
+ * different tables to 4 accesses with additional arithmetic
+ * operations within the same table. The performance gain/loss
+ * depends on the system and memory details.
+ *
+ * This option is independent of \c MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH
+ *
+ * Use only 128-bit keys in AES operations to save ROM.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to remove support for AES operations that use 192-
+ * or 256-bit keys.
+ *
+ * Uncommenting this macro reduces the size of AES code by ~300 bytes
+ * on v8-M/Thumb2.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH
+
+/*
+ * Disable plain C implementation for AES.
+ *
+ * When the plain C implementation is enabled, and an implementation using a
+ * special CPU feature (such as MBEDTLS_AESCE_C) is also enabled, runtime
+ * detection will be used to select between them.
+ *
+ * If only one implementation is present, runtime detection will not be used.
+ * This configuration will crash at runtime if running on a CPU without the
+ * necessary features. It will not build unless at least one of MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+ * and/or MBEDTLS_AESNI_C is enabled & present in the build.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_AES_USE_HARDWARE_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY
+ *
+ * Use less ROM for the Camellia implementation (saves about 768 bytes).
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to use less memory for Camellia.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING
+ *
+ * If this macro is defined, emit a compile-time warning if application code
+ * calls a function without checking its return value, but the return value
+ * should generally be checked in portable applications.
+ *
+ * This is only supported on platforms where #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN is
+ * implemented. Otherwise this option has no effect.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to get warnings on using fallible functions without checking
+ * their return value.
+ *
+ * \note  This feature is a work in progress.
+ *        Warnings will be added to more functions in the future.
+ *
+ * \note  A few functions are considered critical, and ignoring the return
+ *        value of these functions will trigger a warning even if this
+ *        macro is not defined. To completely disable return value check
+ *        warnings, define #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN with an empty expansion.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+ *
+ * Enable Cipher Block Chaining mode (CBC) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
+ *
+ * Enable Cipher Feedback mode (CFB) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
+ *
+ * Enable Counter Block Cipher mode (CTR) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
+ *
+ * Enable Output Feedback mode (OFB) for symmetric ciphers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS
+ *
+ * Enable Xor-encrypt-xor with ciphertext stealing mode (XTS) for AES.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER
+ *
+ * Enable NULL cipher.
+ * Warning: Only do so when you know what you are doing. This allows for
+ * encryption or channels without any security!
+ *
+ * To enable the following ciphersuites:
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable the NULL cipher and ciphersuites
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_XXX: Uncomment or comment macros to add support for
+ * specific padding modes in the cipher layer with cipher modes that support
+ * padding (e.g. CBC)
+ *
+ * If you disable all padding modes, only full blocks can be used with CBC.
+ *
+ * Enable padding modes in the cipher layer.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to use a 128-bit key in the CTR_DRBG module.
+ * Without this, CTR_DRBG uses a 256-bit key
+ * unless \c MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH is set.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
+
+/**
+ * Enable the verified implementations of ECDH primitives from Project Everest
+ * (currently only Curve25519). This feature changes the layout of ECDH
+ * contexts and therefore is a compatibility break for applications that access
+ * fields of a mbedtls_ecdh_context structure directly. See also
+ * MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT in include/mbedtls/ecdh.h.
+ *
+ * The Everest code is provided under the Apache 2.0 license only; therefore enabling this
+ * option is not compatible with taking the library under the GPL v2.0-or-later license.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED
+ *
+ * MBEDTLS_ECP_XXXX_ENABLED: Enables specific curves within the Elliptic Curve
+ * module.  By default all supported curves are enabled.
+ *
+ * Comment macros to disable the curve and functions for it
+ */
+/* Short Weierstrass curves (supporting ECP, ECDH, ECDSA) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED
+/* Montgomery curves (supporting ECP) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
+ *
+ * Enable specific 'modulo p' routines for each NIST prime.
+ * Depending on the prime and architecture, makes operations 4 to 8 times
+ * faster on the corresponding curve.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable NIST curves optimisation.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE
+ *
+ * Enable "non-blocking" ECC operations that can return early and be resumed.
+ *
+ * This allows various functions to pause by returning
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or, for functions in the SSL module,
+ * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS) and then be called later again in
+ * order to further progress and eventually complete their operation. This is
+ * controlled through mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() which limits the maximum
+ * number of ECC operations a function may perform before pausing; see
+ * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() for more information.
+ *
+ * This is useful in non-threaded environments if you want to avoid blocking
+ * for too long on ECC (and, hence, X.509 or SSL/TLS) operations.
+ *
+ * This option:
+ * - Adds xxx_restartable() variants of existing operations in the
+ *   following modules, with corresponding restart context types:
+ *   - ECP (for Short Weierstrass curves only): scalar multiplication (mul),
+ *     linear combination (muladd);
+ *   - ECDSA: signature generation & verification;
+ *   - PK: signature generation & verification;
+ *   - X509: certificate chain verification.
+ * - Adds mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart() in the ECDH module.
+ * - Changes the behaviour of TLS 1.2 clients (not servers) when using the
+ *   ECDHE-ECDSA key exchange (not other key exchanges) to make all ECC
+ *   computations restartable:
+ *   - ECDH operations from the key exchange, only for Short Weierstrass
+ *     curves, only when MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is not enabled.
+ *   - verification of the server's key exchange signature;
+ *   - verification of the server's certificate chain;
+ *   - generation of the client's signature if client authentication is used,
+ *     with an ECC key/certificate.
+ *
+ * \note  In the cases above, the usual SSL/TLS functions, such as
+ *        mbedtls_ssl_handshake(), can now return
+ *        MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS.
+ *
+ * \note  When this option and MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO are both enabled,
+ *        restartable operations in PK, X.509 and TLS (see above) are not
+ *        using PSA. On the other hand, ECDH computations in TLS are using
+ *        PSA, and are not restartable. These are temporary limitations that
+ *        should be lifted in the future.
+ *
+ * \note  This option only works with the default software implementation of
+ *        elliptic curve functionality. It is incompatible with
+ *        MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT, MBEDTLS_ECDH_XXX_ALT, MBEDTLS_ECDSA_XXX_ALT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable restartable ECC computations.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment to enable using new bignum code in the ECC modules.
+ *
+ * \warning This is currently experimental, incomplete and therefore should not
+ * be used in production.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WITH_MPI_UINT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
+ *
+ * Enable deterministic ECDSA (RFC 6979).
+ * Standard ECDSA is "fragile" in the sense that lack of entropy when signing
+ * may result in a compromise of the long-term signing key. This is avoided by
+ * the deterministic variant.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C, MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable deterministic ECDSA.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the DHE-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_DHM_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *
+ * \warning    Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it
+ *             is not possible to validate custom DH parameters.
+ *             If possible, it is recommended users should consider
+ *             preferring other methods of key exchange.
+ *             See dhm.h for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDHE-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the RSA-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15,
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the RSA-only based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15,
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the DHE-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_DHM_C, MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15,
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ *
+ * \warning    Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it
+ *             is not possible to validate custom DH parameters.
+ *             If possible, it is recommended users should consider
+ *             preferring other methods of key exchange.
+ *             See dhm.h for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDHE-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ *           MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *           MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDHE-ECDSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ *           MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDH-ECDSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ *           MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECDH-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+ *           MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable the ECJPAKE based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS.
+ *
+ * \warning This is currently experimental. EC J-PAKE support is based on the
+ * Thread v1.0.0 specification; incompatible changes to the specification
+ * might still happen. For this reason, this is disabled by default.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE)
+ *           SHA-256 (via MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or a PSA driver)
+ *           MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
+ *
+ * \warning If SHA-256 is provided only by a PSA driver, you must call
+ * psa_crypto_init() before the first handshake (even if
+ * MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is disabled).
+ *
+ * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED
+ *
+ * Enhance support for reading EC keys using variants of SEC1 not allowed by
+ * RFC 5915 and RFC 5480.
+ *
+ * Currently this means parsing the SpecifiedECDomain choice of EC
+ * parameters (only known groups are supported, not arbitrary domains, to
+ * avoid validation issues).
+ *
+ * Disable if you only need to support RFC 5915 + 5480 key formats.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED
+ *
+ * Enable the support for parsing public keys of type Short Weierstrass
+ * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX) which are using the
+ * compressed point format. This parsing is done through ECP module's functions.
+ *
+ * \note As explained in the description of MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED (in ecp.h)
+ *       the only unsupported curves are MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1 and
+ *       MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
+ *
+ * Enable a dummy error function to make use of mbedtls_strerror() in
+ * third party libraries easier when MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is disabled
+ * (no effect when MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is enabled).
+ *
+ * You can safely disable this if MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is enabled, or if you're
+ * not using mbedtls_strerror() or error_strerror() in your application.
+ *
+ * Disable if you run into name conflicts and want to really remove the
+ * mbedtls_strerror()
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_GENPRIME
+ *
+ * Enable the prime-number generation code.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_GENPRIME
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_FS_IO
+ *
+ * Enable functions that use the filesystem.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_FS_IO
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES
+ *
+ * Do not add default entropy sources in mbedtls_entropy_init().
+ *
+ * This is useful to have more control over the added entropy sources in an
+ * application.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to prevent loading of default entropy functions.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY
+ *
+ * Do not use built-in platform entropy functions.
+ * This is useful if your platform does not support
+ * standards like the /dev/urandom or Windows CryptoAPI.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to disable the built-in platform entropy functions.
+ */
+// #define MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256
+ *
+ * Force the entropy accumulator to use a SHA-256 accumulator instead of the
+ * default SHA-512 based one (if both are available).
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+ *
+ * On 32-bit systems SHA-256 can be much faster than SHA-512. Use this option
+ * if you have performance concerns.
+ *
+ * This option is only useful if both MBEDTLS_SHA256_C and
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA512_C are defined. Otherwise the available hash module is used.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+ *
+ * Enable the non-volatile (NV) seed file-based entropy source.
+ * (Also enables the NV seed read/write functions in the platform layer)
+ *
+ * This is crucial (if not required) on systems that do not have a
+ * cryptographic entropy source (in hardware or kernel) available.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * \note The read/write functions that are used by the entropy source are
+ *       determined in the platform layer, and can be modified at runtime and/or
+ *       compile-time depending on the flags (MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_*) used.
+ *
+ * \note If you use the default implementation functions that read a seedfile
+ *       with regular fopen(), please make sure you make a seedfile with the
+ *       proper name (defined in MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE) and at
+ *       least MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in size that can be read from
+ *       and written to or you will get an entropy source error! The default
+ *       implementation will only use the first MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE
+ *       bytes from the file.
+ *
+ * \note The entropy collector will write to the seed file before entropy is
+ *       given to an external source, to update it.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+
+/* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER
+ *
+ * Enable key identifiers that encode a key owner identifier.
+ *
+ * The owner of a key is identified by a value of type ::mbedtls_key_owner_id_t
+ * which is currently hard-coded to be int32_t.
+ *
+ * Note that this option is meant for internal use only and may be removed
+ * without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
+ *
+ * Enable debugging of buffer allocator memory issues. Automatically prints
+ * (to stderr) all (fatal) messages on memory allocation issues. Enables
+ * function for 'debug output' of allocated memory.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to let the buffer allocator print out error messages.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE
+ *
+ * Include backtrace information with each allocated block.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+ *           GLIBC-compatible backtrace() and backtrace_symbols() support
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to include backtrace information
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT
+ *
+ * Support external private RSA keys (eg from a HSM) in the PK layer.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for external private RSA keys.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+ *
+ * Enable support for PKCS#1 v1.5 encoding.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *
+ * This enables support for PKCS#1 v1.5 operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+ *
+ * Enable support for PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS#1 v2.1 operation.
+ *
+ * This enables support for RSAES-OAEP and RSASSA-PSS operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS
+ *
+ * Enable support for platform built-in keys. If you enable this feature,
+ * you must implement the function mbedtls_psa_platform_get_builtin_key().
+ * See the documentation of that function for more information.
+ *
+ * Built-in keys are typically derived from a hardware unique key or
+ * stored in a secure element.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C.
+ *
+ * \warning This interface is experimental and may change or be removed
+ * without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+ *
+ * Enable support for PSA crypto client.
+ *
+ * \note This option allows to include the code necessary for a PSA
+ *       crypto client when the PSA crypto implementation is not included in
+ *       the library (MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C disabled). The code included is the
+ *       code to set and get PSA key attributes.
+ *       The development of PSA drivers partially relying on the library to
+ *       fulfill the hardware gaps is another possible usage of this option.
+ *
+ * \warning This interface is experimental and may change or be removed
+ * without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG
+ *
+ * Make the PSA Crypto module use an external random generator provided
+ * by a driver, instead of Mbed TLS's entropy and DRBG modules.
+ *
+ * \note This random generator must deliver random numbers with cryptographic
+ *       quality and high performance. It must supply unpredictable numbers
+ *       with a uniform distribution. The implementation of this function
+ *       is responsible for ensuring that the random generator is seeded
+ *       with sufficient entropy. If you have a hardware TRNG which is slow
+ *       or delivers non-uniform output, declare it as an entropy source
+ *       with mbedtls_entropy_add_source() instead of enabling this option.
+ *
+ * If you enable this option, you must configure the type
+ * ::mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t in psa/crypto_platform.h
+ * and define a function called mbedtls_psa_external_get_random()
+ * with the following prototype:
+ * ```
+ * psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_external_get_random(
+ *     mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t *context,
+ *     uint8_t *output, size_t output_size, size_t *output_length);
+ * );
+ * ```
+ * The \c context value is initialized to 0 before the first call.
+ * The function must fill the \c output buffer with \c output_size bytes
+ * of random data and set \c *output_length to \c output_size.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * \warning If you enable this option, code that uses the PSA cryptography
+ *          interface will not use any of the entropy sources set up for
+ *          the entropy module, nor the NV seed that MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+ *          enables.
+ *
+ * \note This option is experimental and may be removed without notice.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM
+ *
+ * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM is defined, the code is built for SPM (Secure
+ * Partition Manager) integration which separates the code into two parts: a
+ * NSPE (Non-Secure Process Environment) and an SPE (Secure Process
+ * Environment).
+ *
+ * If you enable this option, your build environment must include a header
+ * file `"crypto_spe.h"` (either in the `psa` subdirectory of the Mbed TLS
+ * header files, or in another directory on the compiler's include search
+ * path). Alternatively, your platform may customize the header
+ * `psa/crypto_platform.h`, in which case it can skip or replace the
+ * inclusion of `"crypto_spe.h"`.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/psa_crypto.c
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_STORE_DYNAMIC
+ *
+ * Dynamically resize the PSA key store to accommodate any number of
+ * volatile keys (until the heap memory is exhausted).
+ *
+ * If this option is disabled, the key store has a fixed size
+ * #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT for volatile keys and loaded persistent keys
+ * together.
+ *
+ * This option has no effect when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C is disabled.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/psa_crypto.c
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_STORE_DYNAMIC
+
+/**
+ * Uncomment to enable p256-m. This is an alternative implementation of
+ * key generation, ECDH and (randomized) ECDSA on the curve SECP256R1.
+ * Compared to the default implementation:
+ *
+ * - p256-m has a much smaller code size and RAM footprint.
+ * - p256-m is only available via the PSA API. This includes the pk module
+ *   when #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled.
+ * - p256-m does not support deterministic ECDSA, EC-JPAKE, custom protocols
+ *   over the core arithmetic, or deterministic derivation of keys.
+ *
+ * We recommend enabling this option if your application uses the PSA API
+ * and the only elliptic curve support it needs is ECDH and ECDSA over
+ * SECP256R1.
+ *
+ * If you enable this option, you do not need to enable any ECC-related
+ * MBEDTLS_xxx option. You do need to separately request support for the
+ * cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA API:
+ * - #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C and #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG for PSA-based
+ *   configuration;
+ * - #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO if you want to use p256-m from PK, X.509 or TLS;
+ * - #PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256;
+ * - #PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH and/or #PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA as needed;
+ * - #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY, #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC,
+ *   #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT,
+ *   #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT and/or
+ *   #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE as needed.
+ *
+ * \note To benefit from the smaller code size of p256-m, make sure that you
+ *       do not enable any ECC-related option not supported by p256-m: this
+ *       would cause the built-in ECC implementation to be built as well, in
+ *       order to provide the required option.
+ *       Make sure #PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA, #PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE and
+ *       #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE, and curves other than
+ *       SECP256R1 are disabled as they are not supported by this driver.
+ *       Also, avoid defining #MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED or
+ *       #MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED as those currently require a subset of
+ *       the built-in ECC implementation, see docs/driver-only-builds.md.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY
+ *
+ * Enable support for entropy injection at first boot. This feature is
+ * required on systems that do not have a built-in entropy source (TRNG).
+ * This feature is currently not supported on systems that have a built-in
+ * entropy source.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C, MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_ASSUME_EXCLUSIVE_BUFFERS
+ *
+ * Assume all buffers passed to PSA functions are owned exclusively by the
+ * PSA function and are not stored in shared memory.
+ *
+ * This option may be enabled if all buffers passed to any PSA function reside
+ * in memory that is accessible only to the PSA function during its execution.
+ *
+ * This option MUST be disabled whenever buffer arguments are in memory shared
+ * with an untrusted party, for example where arguments to PSA calls are passed
+ * across a trust boundary.
+ *
+ * \note Enabling this option reduces memory usage and code size.
+ *
+ * \note Enabling this option causes overlap of input and output buffers
+ *       not to be supported by PSA functions.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ASSUME_EXCLUSIVE_BUFFERS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_RSA_NO_CRT
+ *
+ * Do not use the Chinese Remainder Theorem
+ * for the RSA private operation.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to disable the use of CRT in RSA.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_NO_CRT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
+ *
+ * Enable the checkup functions (*_self_test).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER
+ *
+ * Enable an implementation of SHA-256 that has lower ROM footprint but also
+ * lower performance.
+ *
+ * The default implementation is meant to be a reasonable compromise between
+ * performance and size. This version optimizes more aggressively for size at
+ * the expense of performance. Eg on Cortex-M4 it reduces the size of
+ * mbedtls_sha256_process() from ~2KB to ~0.5KB for a performance hit of about
+ * 30%.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the smaller implementation of SHA256.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER
+ *
+ * Enable an implementation of SHA-512 that has lower ROM footprint but also
+ * lower performance.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the smaller implementation of SHA512.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES
+ *
+ * Enable sending of alert messages in case of encountered errors as per RFC.
+ * If you choose not to send the alert messages, Mbed TLS can still communicate
+ * with other servers, only debugging of failures is harder.
+ *
+ * The advantage of not sending alert messages, is that no information is given
+ * about reasons for failures thus preventing adversaries of gaining intel.
+ *
+ * Enable sending of all alert messages
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+ *
+ * Enable support for the DTLS Connection ID (CID) extension,
+ * which allows to identify DTLS connections across changes
+ * in the underlying transport. The CID functionality is described
+ * in RFC 9146.
+ *
+ * Setting this option enables the SSL APIs `mbedtls_ssl_set_cid()`,
+ * mbedtls_ssl_get_own_cid()`, `mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid()` and
+ * `mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid()`. See the corresponding documentation for
+ * more information.
+ *
+ * The maximum lengths of outgoing and incoming CIDs can be configured
+ * through the options
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX
+ * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the Connection ID extension.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT
+ *
+ * Defines whether RFC 9146 (default) or the legacy version
+ * (version draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05,
+ * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05)
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * Set the value to 0 for the standard version, and
+ * 1 for the legacy draft version.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Support for the legacy version of the DTLS
+ *             Connection ID feature is deprecated. Please
+ *             switch to the standardized version defined
+ *             in RFC 9146 enabled by utilizing
+ *             MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID without use
+ *             of MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT 0
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE
+ *
+ * Enable asynchronous external private key operations in SSL. This allows
+ * you to configure an SSL connection to call an external cryptographic
+ * module to perform private key operations instead of performing the
+ * operation inside the library.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_ALLOW_WEAK_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME
+ *
+ * In TLS clients, when a client authenticates a server through its
+ * certificate, the client normally checks three things:
+ * - the certificate chain must be valid;
+ * - the chain must start from a trusted CA;
+ * - the certificate must cover the server name that is expected by the client.
+ *
+ * Omitting any of these checks is generally insecure, and can allow a
+ * malicious server to impersonate a legitimate server.
+ *
+ * The third check may be safely skipped in some unusual scenarios,
+ * such as networks where eavesdropping is a risk but not active attacks,
+ * or a private PKI where the client equally trusts all servers that are
+ * accredited by the root CA.
+ *
+ * You should call mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname() with the expected server name
+ * before starting a TLS handshake on a client (unless the client is
+ * set up to only use PSK-based authentication, which does not rely on the
+ * host name). This configuration option controls what happens if a TLS client
+ * is configured with the authentication mode #MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED
+ * (default), certificate authentication is enabled and the client does not
+ * call mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname():
+ *
+ * - If this option is unset (default), the connection attempt is aborted
+ *   with the error #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME.
+ * - If this option is set, the TLS library does not check the server name
+ *   that the certificate is valid for. This is the historical behavior
+ *   of Mbed TLS, but may be insecure as explained above.
+ *
+ * Enable this option for strict backward compatibility if you have
+ * determined that it is secure in the scenario where you are using
+ * Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This option exists only for backward compatibility and will
+ *             be removed in the next major version of Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_ALLOW_WEAK_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION
+ *
+ * Enable serialization of the TLS context structures, through use of the
+ * functions mbedtls_ssl_context_save() and mbedtls_ssl_context_load().
+ *
+ * This pair of functions allows one side of a connection to serialize the
+ * context associated with the connection, then free or re-use that context
+ * while the serialized state is persisted elsewhere, and finally deserialize
+ * that state to a live context for resuming read/write operations on the
+ * connection. From a protocol perspective, the state of the connection is
+ * unaffected, in particular this is entirely transparent to the peer.
+ *
+ * Note: this is distinct from TLS session resumption, which is part of the
+ * protocol and fully visible by the peer. TLS session resumption enables
+ * establishing new connections associated to a saved session with shorter,
+ * lighter handshakes, while context serialization is a local optimization in
+ * handling a single, potentially long-lived connection.
+ *
+ * Enabling these APIs makes some SSL structures larger, as 64 extra bytes are
+ * saved after the handshake to allow for more efficient serialization, so if
+ * you don't need this feature you'll save RAM by disabling it.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_GCM_C or MBEDTLS_CCM_C or MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+ *
+ * Comment to disable the context serialization APIs.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL
+ *
+ * Enable the debug messages in SSL module for all issues.
+ * Debug messages have been disabled in some places to prevent timing
+ * attacks due to (unbalanced) debugging function calls.
+ *
+ * If you need all error reporting you should enable this during debugging,
+ * but remove this for production servers that should log as well.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to report all debug messages on errors introducing
+ * a timing side-channel.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC
+ *
+ * Enable support for Encrypt-then-MAC, RFC 7366.
+ *
+ * This allows peers that both support it to use a more robust protection for
+ * ciphersuites using CBC, providing deep resistance against timing attacks
+ * on the padding or underlying cipher.
+ *
+ * This only affects CBC ciphersuites, and is useless if none is defined.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for Encrypt-then-MAC
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 7627: Session Hash and Extended Master Secret
+ * Extension.
+ *
+ * This was introduced as "the proper fix" to the Triple Handshake family of
+ * attacks, but it is recommended to always use it (even if you disable
+ * renegotiation), since it actually fixes a more fundamental issue in the
+ * original SSL/TLS design, and has implications beyond Triple Handshake.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for Extended Master Secret.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE
+ *
+ * This option controls the availability of the API mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert()
+ * giving access to the peer's certificate after completion of the handshake.
+ *
+ * Unless you need mbedtls_ssl_peer_cert() in your application, it is
+ * recommended to disable this option for reduced RAM usage.
+ *
+ * \note If this option is disabled, mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert() is still
+ *       defined, but always returns \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note This option has no influence on the protection against the
+ *       triple handshake attack. Even if it is disabled, Mbed TLS will
+ *       still ensure that certificates do not change during renegotiation,
+ *       for example by keeping a hash of the peer's certificate.
+ *
+ * \note This option is required if MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is set.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable storing the peer's certificate
+ * after the handshake.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_KEYING_MATERIAL_EXPORT
+ *
+ * When this option is enabled, the client and server can extract additional
+ * shared symmetric keys after an SSL handshake using the function
+ * mbedtls_ssl_export_keying_material().
+ *
+ * The process for deriving the keys is specified in RFC 5705 for TLS 1.2 and
+ * in RFC 8446, Section 7.5, for TLS 1.3.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable mbedtls_ssl_export_keying_material().
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_KEYING_MATERIAL_EXPORT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION
+ *
+ * Enable support for TLS renegotiation.
+ *
+ * The two main uses of renegotiation are (1) refresh keys on long-lived
+ * connections and (2) client authentication after the initial handshake.
+ * If you don't need renegotiation, it's probably better to disable it, since
+ * it has been associated with security issues in the past and is easy to
+ * misuse/misunderstand.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for renegotiation.
+ *
+ * \note   Even if this option is disabled, both client and server are aware
+ *         of the Renegotiation Indication Extension (RFC 5746) used to
+ *         prevent the SSL renegotiation attack (see RFC 5746 Sect. 1).
+ *         (See \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_legacy_renegotiation for the
+ *          configuration of this extension).
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 6066 max_fragment_length extension in SSL.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for the max_fragment_length extension
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 8449 record_size_limit extension in SSL (TLS 1.3 only).
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable support for the record_size_limit extension
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Enable support for TLS 1.2 (and DTLS 1.2 if DTLS is enabled).
+ *
+ * Requires: Without MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO: MBEDTLS_MD_C and
+ *              (MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or MBEDTLS_SHA384_C or
+ *               SHA-256 or SHA-512 provided by a PSA driver)
+ *           With MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO:
+ *              PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 or PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384
+ *
+ * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, or if the hash(es) used
+ * are only provided by PSA drivers, you must call psa_crypto_init() before
+ * doing any TLS operations.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for TLS 1.2 / DTLS 1.2
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+ *
+ * Enable support for TLS 1.3.
+ *
+ * \note See docs/architecture/tls13-support.md for a description of the TLS
+ *       1.3 support that this option enables.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * \note TLS 1.3 uses PSA crypto for cryptographic operations that are
+ *       directly performed by TLS 1.3 code. As a consequence, when TLS 1.3
+ *       is enabled, a TLS handshake may call psa_crypto_init(), even
+ *       if it ends up negotiating a different TLS version.
+ *
+ * \note Cryptographic operations performed indirectly via another module
+ *       (X.509, PK) or by code shared with TLS 1.2 (record protection,
+ *       running handshake hash) only use PSA crypto if
+ *       #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note In multithreaded applications, you must also enable
+ *       #MBEDTLS_THREADING_C, even if individual TLS contexts are not
+ *       shared between threads, unless only one thread ever calls
+ *       TLS functions.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this macro to enable the support for TLS 1.3.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 middlebox compatibility mode.
+ *
+ * As specified in Section D.4 of RFC 8446, TLS 1.3 offers a compatibility
+ * mode to make a TLS 1.3 connection more likely to pass through middle boxes
+ * expecting TLS 1.2 traffic.
+ *
+ * Turning on the compatibility mode comes at the cost of a few added bytes
+ * on the wire, but it doesn't affect compatibility with TLS 1.3 implementations
+ * that don't use it. Therefore, unless transmission bandwidth is critical and
+ * you know that middlebox compatibility issues won't occur, it is therefore
+ * recommended to set this option.
+ *
+ * Comment to disable compatibility mode for TLS 1.3. If
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any
+ * effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 PSK key exchange mode.
+ *
+ * Comment to disable support for the PSK key exchange mode in TLS 1.3. If
+ * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any
+ * effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 ephemeral key exchange mode.
+ *
+ * Requires: PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH or PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *           and at least one of:
+ *               MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
+ *               MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+ *
+ * Comment to disable support for the ephemeral key exchange mode in TLS 1.3.
+ * If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any
+ * effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Enable TLS 1.3 PSK ephemeral key exchange mode.
+ *
+ * Requires: PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH or PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH
+ *
+ * Comment to disable support for the PSK ephemeral key exchange mode in
+ * TLS 1.3. If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not
+ * have any effect on the build.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 early data.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS and either
+ *           MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED or
+ *           MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for early data. If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3
+ * is not enabled, this option does not have any effect on the build.
+ *
+ * \note The maximum amount of early data can be set with
+ *       MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Enable support for DTLS (all available versions).
+ *
+ * Enable this and MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 to enable DTLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for DTLS
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 7301 Application Layer Protocol Negotiation.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for ALPN.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
+ *
+ * Enable support for the anti-replay mechanism in DTLS.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ *           MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * \warning Disabling this is often a security risk!
+ * See mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_anti_replay() for details.
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable anti-replay in DTLS.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+ *
+ * Enable support for HelloVerifyRequest on DTLS servers.
+ *
+ * This feature is highly recommended to prevent DTLS servers being used as
+ * amplifiers in DoS attacks against other hosts. It should always be enabled
+ * unless you know for sure amplification cannot be a problem in the
+ * environment in which your server operates.
+ *
+ * \warning Disabling this can be a security risk! (see above)
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for HelloVerifyRequest.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP
+ *
+ * Enable support for negotiation of DTLS-SRTP (RFC 5764)
+ * through the use_srtp extension.
+ *
+ * \note This feature provides the minimum functionality required
+ * to negotiate the use of DTLS-SRTP and to allow the derivation of
+ * the associated SRTP packet protection key material.
+ * In particular, the SRTP packet protection itself, as well as the
+ * demultiplexing of RTP and DTLS packets at the datagram layer
+ * (see Section 5 of RFC 5764), are not handled by this feature.
+ * Instead, after successful completion of a handshake negotiating
+ * the use of DTLS-SRTP, the extended key exporter API
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_export_keys_cb() should be used to implement
+ * the key exporter described in Section 4.2 of RFC 5764 and RFC 5705
+ * (this is implemented in the SSL example programs).
+ * The resulting key should then be passed to an SRTP stack.
+ *
+ * Setting this option enables the runtime API
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_srtp_protection_profiles()
+ * through which the supported DTLS-SRTP protection
+ * profiles can be configured. You must call this API at
+ * runtime if you wish to negotiate the use of DTLS-SRTP.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to enable support for use_srtp extension.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE
+ *
+ * Enable server-side support for clients that reconnect from the same port.
+ *
+ * Some clients unexpectedly close the connection and try to reconnect using the
+ * same source port. This needs special support from the server to handle the
+ * new connection securely, as described in section 4.2.8 of RFC 6347. This
+ * flag enables that support.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable support for clients reusing the source port.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 5077 session tickets in SSL.
+ * Client-side, provides full support for session tickets (maintenance of a
+ * session store remains the responsibility of the application, though).
+ * Server-side, you also need to provide callbacks for writing and parsing
+ * tickets, including authenticated encryption and key management. Example
+ * callbacks are provided by MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C.
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for SSL session tickets
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION
+ *
+ * Enable support for RFC 6066 server name indication (SNI) in SSL.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disable support for server name indication in SSL
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH
+ *
+ * When this option is enabled, the SSL buffer will be resized automatically
+ * based on the negotiated maximum fragment length in each direction.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN
+ *
+ * Enable testing of the constant-flow nature of some sensitive functions with
+ * clang's MemorySanitizer. This causes some existing tests to also test
+ * this non-functional property of the code under test.
+ *
+ * This setting requires compiling with clang -fsanitize=memory. The test
+ * suites can then be run normally.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro is only used for extended testing; it is not considered
+ * part of the library's API, so it may change or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable testing of the constant-flow nature of selected code.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_VALGRIND
+ *
+ * Enable testing of the constant-flow nature of some sensitive functions with
+ * valgrind's memcheck tool. This causes some existing tests to also test
+ * this non-functional property of the code under test.
+ *
+ * This setting requires valgrind headers for building, and is only useful for
+ * testing if the tests suites are run with valgrind's memcheck. This can be
+ * done for an individual test suite with 'valgrind ./test_suite_xxx', or when
+ * using CMake, this can be done for all test suites with 'make memcheck'.
+ *
+ * \warning This macro is only used for extended testing; it is not considered
+ * part of the library's API, so it may change or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable testing of the constant-flow nature of selected code.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_VALGRIND
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS
+ *
+ * Enable features for invasive testing such as introspection functions and
+ * hooks for fault injection. This enables additional unit tests.
+ *
+ * Merely enabling this feature should not change the behavior of the product.
+ * It only adds new code, and new branching points where the default behavior
+ * is the same as when this feature is disabled.
+ * However, this feature increases the attack surface: there is an added
+ * risk of vulnerabilities, and more gadgets that can make exploits easier.
+ * Therefore this feature must never be enabled in production.
+ *
+ * See `docs/architecture/testing/mbed-crypto-invasive-testing.md` for more
+ * information.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable invasive tests.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT
+ *
+ * Provide your own alternate implementation of threading primitives
+ * for mutexes. If you enable this option:
+ *
+ * - Provide a header file `"threading_alt.h"`, defining the
+ *   type `mbedtls_threading_mutex_t` of mutex objects.
+ *
+ * - Call the function mbedtls_threading_set_alt() in your application
+ *   before calling any other library function (in particular before
+ *   calling psa_crypto_init(), performing an asymmetric cryptography
+ *   operation, or starting a TLS connection).
+ *
+ * See mbedtls/threading.h for more details, especially the documentation
+ * of mbedtls_threading_set_alt().
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to allow your own alternate threading implementation.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD
+ *
+ * Enable the pthread wrapper layer for the threading layer.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to enable pthread mutexes.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
+ *
+ * Make the X.509 and TLS libraries use PSA for cryptographic operations as
+ * much as possible, and enable new APIs for using keys handled by PSA Crypto.
+ *
+ * \note Development of this option is currently in progress, and parts of Mbed
+ * TLS's X.509 and TLS modules are not ported to PSA yet. However, these parts
+ * will still continue to work as usual, so enabling this option should not
+ * break backwards compatibility.
+ *
+ * \warning If you enable this option, you need to call `psa_crypto_init()`
+ * before calling any function from the SSL/TLS, X.509 or PK modules, except
+ * for the various mbedtls_xxx_init() functions which can be called at any time.
+ *
+ * \warning In multithreaded applications, you must also enable
+ * #MBEDTLS_THREADING_C, unless only one thread ever calls PSA functions
+ * (`psa_xxx()`), including indirect calls through SSL/TLS, X.509 or PK.
+ *
+ * \note An important and desirable effect of this option is that it allows
+ * PK, X.509 and TLS to take advantage of PSA drivers. For example, enabling
+ * this option is what allows use of drivers for ECDSA, ECDH and EC J-PAKE in
+ * those modules. However, note that even with this option disabled, some code
+ * in PK, X.509, TLS or the crypto library might still use PSA drivers, if it
+ * can determine it's safe to do so; currently that's the case for hashes.
+ *
+ * \note See docs/use-psa-crypto.md for a complete description this option.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C.
+ *
+ * Uncomment this to enable internal use of PSA Crypto and new associated APIs.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG
+ *
+ * This setting allows support for cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA
+ * API to be configured separately from support through the mbedtls API.
+ *
+ * When this option is disabled, the PSA API exposes the cryptographic
+ * mechanisms that can be implemented on top of the `mbedtls_xxx` API
+ * configured with `MBEDTLS_XXX` symbols.
+ *
+ * When this option is enabled, the PSA API exposes the cryptographic
+ * mechanisms requested by the `PSA_WANT_XXX` symbols defined in
+ * include/psa/crypto_config.h. The corresponding `MBEDTLS_XXX` settings are
+ * automatically enabled if required (i.e. if no PSA driver provides the
+ * mechanism). You may still freely enable additional `MBEDTLS_XXX` symbols
+ * in mbedtls_config.h.
+ *
+ * If the symbol #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE is defined, it specifies
+ * an alternative header to include instead of include/psa/crypto_config.h.
+ *
+ * \warning This option is experimental, in that the set of `PSA_WANT_XXX`
+ *          symbols is not completely finalized yet, and the configuration
+ *          tooling is not ideally adapted to having two separate configuration
+ *          files.
+ *          Future minor releases of Mbed TLS may make minor changes to those
+ *          symbols, but we will endeavor to provide a transition path.
+ *          Nonetheless, this option is considered mature enough to use in
+ *          production, as long as you accept that you may need to make
+ *          minor changes to psa/crypto_config.h when upgrading Mbed TLS.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
+ *
+ * Allow run-time checking of compile-time enabled features. Thus allowing users
+ * to check at run-time if the library is for instance compiled with threading
+ * support via mbedtls_version_check_feature().
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
+ *
+ * Comment this to disable run-time checking and save ROM space
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK
+ *
+ * If set, this enables the X.509 API `mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb()`
+ * and the SSL API `mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb()` which allow users to configure
+ * the set of trusted certificates through a callback instead of a linked
+ * list.
+ *
+ * This is useful for example in environments where a large number of trusted
+ * certificates is present and storing them in a linked list isn't efficient
+ * enough, or when the set of trusted certificates changes frequently.
+ *
+ * See the documentation of `mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb()` and
+ * `mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb()` for more information.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable trusted certificate callbacks.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO
+ *
+ * Disable mbedtls_x509_*_info() and related APIs.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to omit mbedtls_x509_*_info(), as well as mbedtls_debug_print_crt()
+ * and other functions/constants only used by these functions, thus reducing
+ * the code footprint by several KB.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT
+ *
+ * Enable parsing and verification of X.509 certificates, CRLs and CSRS
+ * signed with RSASSA-PSS (aka PKCS#1 v2.1).
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
+ *
+ * Comment this macro to disallow using RSASSA-PSS in certificates.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT
+/** \} name SECTION: Mbed TLS feature support */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Mbed TLS modules
+ *
+ * This section enables or disables entire modules in Mbed TLS
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AESNI_C
+ *
+ * Enable AES-NI support on x86-64 or x86-32.
+ *
+ * \note AESNI is only supported with certain compilers and target options:
+ * - Visual Studio: supported
+ * - GCC, x86-64, target not explicitly supporting AESNI:
+ *   requires MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM.
+ * - GCC, x86-32, target not explicitly supporting AESNI:
+ *   not supported.
+ * - GCC, x86-64 or x86-32, target supporting AESNI: supported.
+ *   For this assembly-less implementation, you must currently compile
+ *   `library/aesni.c` and `library/aes.c` with machine options to enable
+ *   SSE2 and AESNI instructions: `gcc -msse2 -maes -mpclmul` or
+ *   `clang -maes -mpclmul`.
+ * - Non-x86 targets: this option is silently ignored.
+ * - Other compilers: this option is silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * Above, "GCC" includes compatible compilers such as Clang.
+ * The limitations on target support are likely to be relaxed in the future.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/aesni.c
+ * Caller:  library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM (on some platforms, see note)
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for the AES-NI instructions on x86.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+ *
+ * Enable AES cryptographic extension support on Armv8.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/aesce.c
+ * Caller:  library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C
+ *
+ * \warning Runtime detection only works on Linux. For non-Linux operating
+ *          system, Armv8-A Cryptographic Extensions must be supported by
+ *          the CPU when this option is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note    Minimum compiler versions for this feature when targeting aarch64
+ *          are Clang 4.0; armclang 6.6; GCC 6.0; or MSVC 2019 version 16.11.2.
+ *          Minimum compiler versions for this feature when targeting 32-bit
+ *          Arm or Thumb are Clang 11.0; armclang 6.20; or GCC 6.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for
+ * armclang <= 6.9
+ *
+ * This module adds support for the AES Armv8-A Cryptographic Extensions on Armv8 systems.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_AESCE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_AES_C
+ *
+ * Enable the AES block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/aes.c
+ * Caller:  library/cipher.c
+ *          library/pem.c
+ *          library/ctr_drbg.c
+ *
+ * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
+ *
+ * PEM_PARSE uses AES for decrypting encrypted keys.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic ASN1 parser.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/asn1.c
+ * Caller:  library/x509.c
+ *          library/dhm.c
+ *          library/pkcs12.c
+ *          library/pkcs5.c
+ *          library/pkparse.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic ASN1 writer.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/asn1write.c
+ * Caller:  library/ecdsa.c
+ *          library/pkwrite.c
+ *          library/x509_create.c
+ *          library/x509write_crt.c
+ *          library/x509write_csr.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Base64 module.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/base64.c
+ * Caller:  library/pem.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for PEM support (required by X.509).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT
+ *
+ * Remove decryption operation for AES, ARIA and Camellia block cipher.
+ *
+ * \note  This feature is incompatible with insecure block cipher,
+ *        MBEDTLS_DES_C, and cipher modes which always require decryption
+ *        operation, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS and
+ *        MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C. When #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled,
+ *        this feature is incompatible with following supported PSA equivalence,
+ *        PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING, PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING,
+ *        PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 and PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/aes.c
+ *          library/aesce.c
+ *          library/aesni.c
+ *          library/aria.c
+ *          library/camellia.c
+ *          library/cipher.c
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_BLOCK_CIPHER_NO_DECRYPT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the multi-precision integer library.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/bignum.c
+ *          library/bignum_core.c
+ *          library/bignum_mod.c
+ *          library/bignum_mod_raw.c
+ * Caller:  library/dhm.c
+ *          library/ecp.c
+ *          library/ecdsa.c
+ *          library/rsa.c
+ *          library/rsa_alt_helpers.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for RSA, DHM and ECC (ECDH, ECDSA) support.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Camellia block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/camellia.c
+ * Caller:  library/cipher.c
+ *
+ * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the ARIA block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/aria.c
+ * Caller:  library/cipher.c
+ *
+ * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well):
+ *
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256
+ *      MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM) mode for 128-bit block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ccm.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C or
+ *                             MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+ *
+ * This module enables the AES-CCM ciphersuites, if other requisites are
+ * enabled as well.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+ *
+ * Enable the ChaCha20 stream cipher.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/chacha20.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+ *
+ * Enable the ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/chachapoly.c
+ *
+ * This module requires: MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C, MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic cipher layer.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/cipher.c
+ * Caller:  library/ccm.c
+ *          library/cmac.c
+ *          library/gcm.c
+ *          library/nist_kw.c
+ *          library/pkcs12.c
+ *          library/pkcs5.c
+ *          library/psa_crypto_aead.c
+ *          library/psa_crypto_mac.c
+ *          library/ssl_ciphersuites.c
+ *          library/ssl_msg.c
+ *          library/ssl_ticket.c (unless MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled)
+ * Auto-enabled by: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C depending on which ciphers are enabled
+ *                  (see the documentation of that option for details).
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic cipher wrappers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
+ *
+ * Enable the CMAC (Cipher-based Message Authentication Code) mode for block
+ * ciphers.
+ *
+ * \note When #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT is active, meaning that the underlying
+ *       implementation of the CMAC algorithm is provided by an alternate
+ *       implementation, that alternate implementation may opt to not support
+ *       AES-192 or 3DES as underlying block ciphers for the CMAC operation.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/cmac.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_DES_C
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
+ *
+ * Enable the CTR_DRBG AES-based random generator.
+ * The CTR_DRBG generator uses AES-256 by default.
+ * To use AES-128 instead, enable \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY above.
+ *
+ * AES support can either be achieved through builtin (MBEDTLS_AES_C) or PSA.
+ * Builtin is the default option when MBEDTLS_AES_C is defined otherwise PSA
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * \warning When using PSA, the user should call `psa_crypto_init()` before
+ *          using any CTR_DRBG operation (except `mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init()`).
+ *
+ * \note AES-128 will be used if \c MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH is set.
+ *
+ * \note To achieve a 256-bit security strength with CTR_DRBG,
+ *       you must use AES-256 *and* use sufficient entropy.
+ *       See ctr_drbg.h for more details.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ctr_drbg.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C or
+ *           (PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING and
+ *            MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
+ *
+ * This module provides the CTR_DRBG AES random number generator.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
+ *
+ * Enable the debug functions.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/debug.c
+ * Caller:  library/ssl_msg.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls12_*.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls13_*.c
+ *
+ * This module provides debugging functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DES_C
+ *
+ * Enable the DES block cipher.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/des.c
+ * Caller:  library/pem.c
+ *          library/cipher.c
+ *
+ * PEM_PARSE uses DES/3DES for decrypting encrypted keys.
+ *
+ * \warning   DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a
+ *            security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_DES_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_DHM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle module.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/dhm.c
+ * Caller:  library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ *      DHE-RSA, DHE-PSK
+ *
+ * \warning    Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it
+ *             is not possible to validate custom DH parameters.
+ *             If possible, it is recommended users should consider
+ *             preferring other methods of key exchange.
+ *             See dhm.h for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_DHM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman library.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ecdh.c
+ * Caller:  library/psa_crypto.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ *      ECDHE-ECDSA, ECDHE-RSA, DHE-PSK
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve DSA library.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ecdsa.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ *      ECDHE-ECDSA
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C, MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C, MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C,
+ *           and at least one MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX_ENABLED for a
+ *           short Weierstrass curve.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve J-PAKE library.
+ *
+ * \note EC J-PAKE support is based on the Thread v1.0.0 specification.
+ *       It has not been reviewed for compliance with newer standards such as
+ *       Thread v1.1 or RFC 8236.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ecjpake.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ *      ECJPAKE
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C and either MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any EC J-PAKE operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ *
+ * Enable the elliptic curve over GF(p) library.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ecp.c
+ * Caller:  library/ecdh.c
+ *          library/ecdsa.c
+ *          library/ecjpake.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C and at least one MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX_ENABLED
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
+ *
+ * Enable the platform-specific entropy code.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/entropy.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C or MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+ *
+ * This module provides a generic entropy pool
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
+ *
+ * Enable error code to error string conversion.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/error.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * This module enables mbedtls_strerror().
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Galois/Counter Mode (GCM).
+ *
+ * Module:  library/gcm.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C or
+ *                             MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
+ *
+ * This module enables the AES-GCM and CAMELLIA-GCM ciphersuites, if other
+ * requisites are enabled as well.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_GCM_LARGE_TABLE
+ *
+ * Enable large pre-computed tables for  Galois/Counter Mode (GCM).
+ * Can significantly increase throughput on systems without GCM hardware
+ * acceleration (e.g., AESNI, AESCE).
+ *
+ * The mbedtls_gcm_context size will increase by 3840 bytes.
+ * The code size will increase by roughly 344 bytes.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/gcm.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_GCM_C
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_GCM_LARGE_TABLE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HKDF_C
+ *
+ * Enable the HKDF algorithm (RFC 5869).
+ *
+ * Module:  library/hkdf.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * This module adds support for the Hashed Message Authentication Code
+ * (HMAC)-based key derivation function (HKDF).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
+ *
+ * Enable the HMAC_DRBG random generator.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/hmac_drbg.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the HMAC_DRBG random number generator.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_LMS_C
+ *
+ * Enable the LMS stateful-hash asymmetric signature algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/lms.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the LMS verification algorithm and public key operations.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_LMS_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE
+ *
+ * Enable LMS private-key operations and signing code. Functions enabled by this
+ * option are experimental, and should not be used in production.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_LMS_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable the LMS signature algorithm and private key operations.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Key Wrapping mode for 128-bit block ciphers,
+ * as defined in NIST SP 800-38F. Only KW and KWP modes
+ * are supported. At the moment, only AES is approved by NIST.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/nist_kw.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C and MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic layer for message digest (hashing) and HMAC.
+ *
+ * Requires: one of: MBEDTLS_MD5_C, MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C, MBEDTLS_SHA1_C,
+ *                   MBEDTLS_SHA224_C, MBEDTLS_SHA256_C, MBEDTLS_SHA384_C,
+ *                   MBEDTLS_SHA512_C, or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C with at least
+ *                   one hash.
+ * Module:  library/md.c
+ * Caller:  library/constant_time.c
+ *          library/ecdsa.c
+ *          library/ecjpake.c
+ *          library/hkdf.c
+ *          library/hmac_drbg.c
+ *          library/pk.c
+ *          library/pkcs5.c
+ *          library/pkcs12.c
+ *          library/psa_crypto_ecp.c
+ *          library/psa_crypto_rsa.c
+ *          library/rsa.c
+ *          library/ssl_cookie.c
+ *          library/ssl_msg.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/x509.c
+ *          library/x509_crt.c
+ *          library/x509write_crt.c
+ *          library/x509write_csr.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic message digest wrappers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MD5_C
+ *
+ * Enable the MD5 hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/md5.c
+ * Caller:  library/md.c
+ *          library/pem.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for TLS 1.2 depending on the handshake parameters.
+ * Further, it is used for checking MD5-signed certificates, and for PBKDF1
+ * when decrypting PEM-encoded encrypted keys.
+ *
+ * \warning   MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a
+ *            security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding dependencies on
+ *            it, and considering stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+ *
+ * Enable the buffer allocator implementation that makes use of a (stack)
+ * based buffer to 'allocate' dynamic memory. (replaces calloc() and free()
+ * calls)
+ *
+ * Module:  library/memory_buffer_alloc.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *           MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY (to use it within Mbed TLS)
+ *
+ * Enable this module to enable the buffer memory allocator.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_NET_C
+ *
+ * Enable the TCP and UDP over IPv6/IPv4 networking routines.
+ *
+ * \note This module only works on POSIX/Unix (including Linux, BSD and OS X)
+ * and Windows. For other platforms, you'll want to disable it, and write your
+ * own networking callbacks to be passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio().
+ *
+ * \note See also our Knowledge Base article about porting to a new
+ * environment:
+ * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS
+ *
+ * Module:  library/net_sockets.c
+ *
+ * This module provides networking routines.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_OID_C
+ *
+ * Enable the OID database.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/oid.c
+ * Caller:  library/asn1write.c
+ *          library/pkcs5.c
+ *          library/pkparse.c
+ *          library/pkwrite.c
+ *          library/rsa.c
+ *          library/x509.c
+ *          library/x509_create.c
+ *          library/x509_crl.c
+ *          library/x509_crt.c
+ *          library/x509_csr.c
+ *          library/x509write_crt.c
+ *          library/x509write_csr.c
+ *
+ * This modules translates between OIDs and internal values.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
+ *
+ * Enable VIA Padlock support on x86.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/padlock.c
+ * Caller:  library/aes.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for the VIA PadLock on x86.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable PEM decoding / parsing.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pem.c
+ * Caller:  library/dhm.c
+ *          library/pkparse.c
+ *          library/x509_crl.c
+ *          library/x509_crt.c
+ *          library/x509_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+ *           optionally MBEDTLS_MD5_C, or PSA Crypto with MD5 (see below)
+ *
+ * \warning When parsing password-protected files, if MD5 is provided only by
+ * a PSA driver, you must call psa_crypto_init() before the first file.
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for decoding / parsing PEM files.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable PEM encoding / writing.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pem.c
+ * Caller:  library/pkwrite.c
+ *          library/x509write_crt.c
+ *          library/x509write_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
+ *
+ * This modules adds support for encoding / writing PEM files.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key layer.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pk.c
+ * Caller:  library/psa_crypto_rsa.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *          library/x509.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C, MBEDTLS_RSA_C or MBEDTLS_ECP_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic public key wrappers.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key parser.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pkparse.c
+ * Caller:  library/x509_crt.c
+ *          library/x509_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic public key parse functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key writer.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pkwrite.c
+ * Caller:  library/x509write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_C
+ *
+ * Uncomment to enable generic public key write functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C
+ *
+ * Enable PKCS#5 functions.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pkcs5.c
+ *
+ * Auto-enables: MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS5 operations.
+ *
+ * This module adds support for the PKCS#5 functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C
+ *
+ * Enable PKCS #7 core for using PKCS #7-formatted signatures.
+ * RFC Link - https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pkcs7.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C,
+ *           MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C,
+ *           MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for the PKCS #7 parsing modules.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C
+ *
+ * Enable PKCS#12 PBE functions.
+ * Adds algorithms for parsing PKCS#8 encrypted private keys
+ *
+ * Module:  library/pkcs12.c
+ * Caller:  library/pkparse.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C and either MBEDTLS_MD_C or
+ *           MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C.
+ *
+ * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must
+ * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS12 operations.
+ *
+ * This module enables PKCS#12 functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+ *
+ * Enable the platform abstraction layer that allows you to re-assign
+ * functions like calloc(), free(), snprintf(), printf(), fprintf(), exit().
+ *
+ * Enabling MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C enables to use of MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT
+ * or MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO directives, allowing the functions mentioned
+ * above to be specified at runtime or compile time respectively.
+ *
+ * \note This abstraction layer must be enabled on Windows (including MSYS2)
+ * as other modules rely on it for a fixed snprintf implementation.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/platform.c
+ * Caller:  Most other .c files
+ *
+ * This module enables abstraction of common (libc) functions.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Poly1305 MAC algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/poly1305.c
+ * Caller:  library/chachapoly.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Platform Security Architecture (PSA) cryptography API.
+ *
+ * \note In multithreaded applications, you must enable #MBEDTLS_THREADING_C,
+ *       unless only one thread ever calls `psa_xxx()` functions.
+ *       That includes indirect calls, such as:
+ *       - performing a TLS handshake if support for TLS 1.3 is enabled;
+ *       - using a TLS 1.3 connection;
+ *       - indirect calls from PK, X.509 or SSL functions when
+ *         #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled;
+ *       - indirect calls to calculate a hash when #MBEDTLS_MD_C is disabled;
+ *       - any other call to a function that requires calling psa_crypto_init()
+ *         beforehand.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/psa_crypto.c
+ *
+ * Requires: either MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C and MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C,
+ *           or MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C and MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C,
+ *           or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG.
+ * Auto-enables: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C if any unauthenticated (ie, non-AEAD) cipher
+ *               is enabled in PSA (unless it's fully accelerated, see
+ *               docs/driver-only-builds.md about that).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C
+ *
+ * Enable dynamic secure element support in the Platform Security Architecture
+ * cryptography API.
+ *
+ * \deprecated This feature is deprecated. Please switch to the PSA driver
+ *             interface.
+ *
+ * \warning    This feature is not thread-safe, and should not be used in a
+ *             multi-threaded environment.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/psa_crypto_se.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C, MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the Platform Security Architecture persistent key storage.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/psa_crypto_storage.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C,
+ *           either MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C or a native implementation of
+ *           the PSA ITS interface
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C
+ *
+ * Enable the emulation of the Platform Security Architecture
+ * Internal Trusted Storage (PSA ITS) over files.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/psa_its_file.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_FS_IO
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOTS
+ *
+ * Statically preallocate memory to store keys' material in PSA instead
+ * of allocating it dynamically when required. This allows builds without a
+ * heap, if none of the enabled cryptographic implementations or other features
+ * require it.
+ * This feature affects both volatile and persistent keys which means that
+ * it's not possible to persistently store a key which is larger than
+ * #MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOT_BUFFER_SIZE.
+ *
+ * \note This feature comes with a (potentially) higher RAM usage since:
+ *       - All the key slots are allocated no matter if they are used or not.
+ *       - Each key buffer's length is #MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOT_BUFFER_SIZE bytes.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOTS
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
+ *
+ * Enable the RIPEMD-160 hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ripemd160.c
+ * Caller:  library/md.c
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+ *
+ * Enable the RSA public-key cryptosystem.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/rsa.c
+ *          library/rsa_alt_helpers.c
+ * Caller:  library/pk.c
+ *          library/psa_crypto.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module is used by the following key exchanges:
+ *      RSA, DHE-RSA, ECDHE-RSA, RSA-PSK
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA1 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha1.c
+ * Caller:  library/md.c
+ *          library/psa_crypto_hash.c
+ *
+ * This module is required for TLS 1.2 depending on the handshake parameters,
+ * and for SHA1-signed certificates.
+ *
+ * \warning   SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes
+ *            a security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding dependencies
+ *            on it, and considering stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA224_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha256.c
+ * Caller:  library/md.c
+ *          library/ssl_cookie.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA-224.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA224_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA-256 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha256.c
+ * Caller:  library/entropy.c
+ *          library/md.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA-256.
+ * This module is required for the SSL/TLS 1.2 PRF function.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-256 and SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions if they are available at runtime.
+ * If not, the library will fall back to the C implementation.
+ *
+ * \note If MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT is defined when building
+ * for a non-Armv8-A build it will be silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \note    Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 4.0,
+ * armclang 6.6 or GCC 6.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for
+ * armclang <= 6.9
+ *
+ * \note This was previously known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ * That name is deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for this
+ * option.
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT cannot be defined at the
+ * same time as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha256.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library check for the Armv8-A SHA-256 crypto extensions
+ * and use them if available.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * \deprecated This is now known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ * This name is now deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for
+ * this option.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-256 and SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions, which must be available at runtime
+ * or else an illegal instruction fault will occur.
+ *
+ * \note This allows builds with a smaller code size than with
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * \note    Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 4.0,
+ * armclang 6.6 or GCC 6.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for
+ * armclang <= 6.9
+ *
+ * \note This was previously known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ * That name is deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for this
+ * option.
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY cannot be defined at the same
+ * time as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha256.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library use the Armv8-A SHA-256 crypto extensions
+ * unconditionally.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+ *
+ * \deprecated This is now known as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_ARMV8_A_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ * This name is now deprecated, but may still be used as an alternative form for
+ * this option.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA384_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha512.c
+ * Caller:  library/md.c
+ *          library/psa_crypto_hash.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * Comment to disable SHA-384
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA384_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
+ *
+ * Enable SHA-512 cryptographic hash algorithms.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha512.c
+ * Caller:  library/entropy.c
+ *          library/md.c
+ *          library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl_cookie.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA-512.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SHA3 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha3.c
+ *
+ * This module adds support for SHA3.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-512 and SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions if they are available at runtime.
+ * If not, the library will fall back to the C implementation.
+ *
+ * \note If MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT is defined when building
+ * for a non-Aarch64 build it will be silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \note    Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 7.0,
+ * armclang 6.9 or GCC 8.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8.2-a+sha3 for
+ * armclang 6.9
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT cannot be defined at the
+ * same time as MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha512.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library check for the A64 SHA-512 crypto extensions
+ * and use them if available.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+ *
+ * Enable acceleration of the SHA-512 and SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithms
+ * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions, which must be available at runtime
+ * or else an illegal instruction fault will occur.
+ *
+ * \note This allows builds with a smaller code size than with
+ * MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT
+ *
+ * \note    Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 7.0,
+ * armclang 6.9 or GCC 8.0.
+ *
+ * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8.2-a+sha3 for
+ * armclang 6.9
+ *
+ * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY cannot be defined at the same
+ * time as MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT.
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/sha512.c
+ *
+ * Uncomment to have the library use the A64 SHA-512 crypto extensions
+ * unconditionally.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C
+ *
+ * Enable simple SSL cache implementation.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ssl_cache.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C
+ *
+ * Enable basic implementation of DTLS cookies for hello verification.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ssl_cookie.c
+ * Caller:
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C
+ *
+ * Enable an implementation of TLS server-side callbacks for session tickets.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ssl_ticket.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: (MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C || MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) &&
+ *           (MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SSL/TLS client code.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ssl*_client.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for SSL/TLS client support.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
+ *
+ * Enable the SSL/TLS server code.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ssl*_server.c
+ * Caller:
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for SSL/TLS server support.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+ *
+ * Enable the generic SSL/TLS code.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/ssl_tls.c
+ * Caller:  library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_MD_C
+ *           and at least one of the MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_XXX defines
+ *
+ * This module is required for SSL/TLS.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+ *
+ * Enable the threading abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * Traditionally, Mbed TLS assumes it is used in a non-threaded environment or
+ * that contexts are not shared between threads. If you do intend to use contexts
+ * between threads, you will need to enable this layer to prevent race
+ * conditions.
+ *
+ * The PSA subsystem has an implicit shared context. Therefore, you must
+ * enable this option if more than one thread may use any part of
+ * Mbed TLS that is implemented on top of the PSA subsystem.
+ *
+ * You must enable this option in multithreaded applications where more than
+ * one thread performs any of the following operations:
+ *
+ * - Any call to a PSA function (`psa_xxx()`).
+ * - Any call to a TLS, X.509 or PK function (`mbedtls_ssl_xxx()`,
+ *   `mbedtls_x509_xxx()`, `mbedtls_pkcs7_xxx()`, `mbedtls_pk_xxx()`)
+ *   if `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` is enabled (regardless of whether individual
+ *   TLS, X.509 or PK contexts are shared between threads).
+ * - A TLS 1.3 connection, regardless of the compile-time configuration.
+ * - Any library feature that calculates a hash, if `MBEDTLS_MD_C` is disabled.
+ *   As an exception, algorithm-specific low-level modules do not require
+ *   threading protection unless the contexts are shared between threads.
+ * - Any library feature that performs symmetric encryption or decryption,
+ *   if `MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C` is disabled.
+ *   As an exception, algorithm-specific low-level modules do not require
+ *   threading protection unless the contexts are shared between threads.
+ * - Any use of a cryptographic context if the same context is used in
+ *   multiple threads.
+ * - Any call to a function where the documentation specifies that
+ *   psa_crypto_init() must be called prior to that function.
+ *
+ * See also our Knowledge Base article about threading:
+ * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/development/thread-safety-and-multi-threading
+ *
+ * Module:  library/threading.c
+ *
+ * This allows different threading implementations (self-implemented or
+ * provided).
+ *
+ * You will have to enable either MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT or
+ * MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD.
+ *
+ * Enable this layer to allow use of mutexes within Mbed TLS
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
+ *
+ * Enable the semi-portable timing interface.
+ *
+ * \note The provided implementation only works on POSIX/Unix (including Linux,
+ * BSD and OS X) and Windows. On other platforms, you can either disable that
+ * module and provide your own implementations of the callbacks needed by
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb() for DTLS, or leave it enabled and provide
+ * your own implementation of the whole module by setting
+ * \c MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT in the current file.
+ *
+ * \note The timing module will include time.h on suitable platforms
+ *       regardless of the setting of MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME, unless
+ *       MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT is used. See timing.c for more information.
+ *
+ * \note See also our Knowledge Base article about porting to a new
+ * environment:
+ * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS
+ *
+ * Module:  library/timing.c
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
+ *
+ * Enable run-time version information.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/version.c
+ *
+ * This module provides run-time version information.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 core for using certificates.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/x509.c
+ * Caller:  library/x509_crl.c
+ *          library/x509_crt.c
+ *          library/x509_csr.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C,
+ *           (MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ *
+ * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, you must call
+ * psa_crypto_init() before doing any X.509 operation.
+ *
+ * This module is required for the X.509 parsing modules.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 certificate parsing.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/x509_crt.c
+ * Caller:  library/ssl_tls.c
+ *          library/ssl*_client.c
+ *          library/ssl*_server.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 certificate parsing.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 CRL parsing.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/x509_crl.c
+ * Caller:  library/x509_crt.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 CRL parsing.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 Certificate Signing Request (CSR) parsing.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/x509_csr.c
+ * Caller:  library/x509_crt_write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
+ *
+ * This module is used for reading X.509 certificate request.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+ *
+ * Enable X.509 core for creating certificates.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/x509_create.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C,
+ *           (MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+ *
+ * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, you must call
+ * psa_crypto_init() before doing any X.509 create operation.
+ *
+ * This module is the basis for creating X.509 certificates and CSRs.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable creating X.509 certificates.
+ *
+ * Module:  library/x509_crt_write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 certificate creation.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C
+ *
+ * Enable creating X.509 Certificate Signing Requests (CSR).
+ *
+ * Module:  library/x509_csr_write.c
+ *
+ * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C
+ *
+ * This module is required for X.509 certificate request writing.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Mbed TLS modules */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: General configuration options
+ *
+ * This section contains Mbed TLS build settings that are not associated
+ * with a particular module.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"`.
+ * This header file specifies the compile-time configuration of Mbed TLS.
+ * Unlike other configuration options, this one must be defined on the
+ * compiler command line: a definition in `mbedtls_config.h` would have
+ * no effect.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE "mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included after
+ * `"mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"` or #MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE.
+ * This allows you to modify the default configuration, including the ability
+ * to undefine options that are enabled by default.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE "/dev/null"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"psa/crypto_config.h"`.
+ * This header file specifies which cryptographic mechanisms are available
+ * through the PSA API when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled, and
+ * is not used when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE "psa/crypto_config.h"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included after
+ * `"psa/crypto_config.h"` or #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE.
+ * This allows you to modify the default configuration, including the ability
+ * to undefine options that are enabled by default.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE "/dev/null"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"psa/crypto_platform.h"`. This file should declare the same identifiers
+ * as the one in Mbed TLS, but with definitions adapted to the platform on
+ * which the library code will run.
+ *
+ * \note The required content of this header can vary from one version of
+ *       Mbed TLS to the next. Integrators who provide an alternative file
+ *       should review the changes in the original file whenever they
+ *       upgrade Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE "psa/crypto_platform_alt.h"
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE
+ *
+ * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of
+ * `"psa/crypto_struct.h"`. This file should declare the same identifiers
+ * as the one in Mbed TLS, but with definitions adapted to the environment
+ * in which the library code will run. The typical use for this feature
+ * is to provide alternative type definitions on the client side in
+ * client-server integrations of PSA crypto, where operation structures
+ * contain handles instead of cryptographic data.
+ *
+ * \note The required content of this header can vary from one version of
+ *       Mbed TLS to the next. Integrators who provide an alternative file
+ *       should review the changes in the original file whenever they
+ *       upgrade Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but
+ * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available
+ * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line.
+ *
+ * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either
+ * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE "psa/crypto_struct_alt.h"
+
+/** \} name SECTION: General configuration options */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module configuration options
+ *
+ * This section allows for the setting of module specific sizes and
+ * configuration options. The default values are already present in the
+ * relevant header files and should suffice for the regular use cases.
+ *
+ * Our advice is to enable options and change their values here
+ * only if you have a good reason and know the consequences.
+ * \{
+ */
+/* The Doxygen documentation here is used when a user comments out a
+ * setting and runs doxygen themselves. On the other hand, when we typeset
+ * the full documentation including disabled settings, the documentation
+ * in specific modules' header files is used if present. When editing this
+ * file, make sure that each option is documented in exactly one place,
+ * plus optionally a same-line Doxygen comment here if there is a Doxygen
+ * comment in the specific module. */
+
+/* MPI / BIGNUM options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE            2 /**< Maximum window size used. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE            1024 /**< Maximum number of bytes for usable MPIs. */
+
+/* CTR_DRBG options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN               48 /**< Amount of entropy used per seed by default (48 with SHA-512, 32 with SHA-256) */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL        10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT                256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST             1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT           384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */
+
+/* HMAC_DRBG options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL   10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT           256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST        1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */
+//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT      384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */
+
+/* ECP options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE            4 /**< Maximum window size used */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM      1 /**< Enable fixed-point speed-up */
+
+/* Entropy options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES                20 /**< Maximum number of sources supported */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER                128 /**< Maximum amount requested from entropy sources */
+//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_HARDWARE               32 /**< Default minimum number of bytes required for the hardware entropy source mbedtls_hardware_poll() before entropy is released */
+
+/* Memory buffer allocator options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE      4 /**< Align on multiples of this value */
+
+/* Platform options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR   <stdlib.h> /**< Header to include if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS is defined. Don't define if no header is needed. */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC
+ *
+ * Default allocator to use, can be undefined.
+ * It must initialize the allocated buffer memory to zeroes.
+ * The size of the buffer is the product of the two parameters.
+ * The calloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.
+ * If the product is 0, the function may either return NULL or a valid pointer to an array of size 0 which is a valid input to the deallocation function.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC always fails, returning a null pointer.
+ * See the description of #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY for more details.
+ * The corresponding deallocation function is #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC        calloc
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
+ *
+ * Default free to use, can be undefined.
+ * NULL is a valid parameter, and the function must do nothing.
+ * A non-null parameter will always be a pointer previously returned by #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and not yet freed.
+ * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE does not do anything.
+ * See the description of #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY for more details (same principles as for MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC apply).
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE            free
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF      setbuf /**< Default setbuf to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT            exit /**< Default exit to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME            time /**< Default time to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF      fprintf /**< Default fprintf to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF        printf /**< Default printf to use, can be undefined */
+/* Note: your snprintf must correctly zero-terminate the buffer! */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF    snprintf /**< Default snprintf to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS       0 /**< Default exit value to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE       1 /**< Default exit value to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ   mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read /**< Default nv_seed_read function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE  mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write /**< Default nv_seed_write function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE  "seedfile" /**< Seed file to read/write with default implementation */
+
+/* To use the following function macros, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C must be enabled. */
+/* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT cannot both be defined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO        calloc /**< Default allocator macro to use, can be undefined. See MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC for requirements. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO            free /**< Default free macro to use, can be undefined. See MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE for requirements. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO            exit /**< Default exit macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO      setbuf /**< Default setbuf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO            time /**< Default time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO       time_t /**< Default time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO      fprintf /**< Default fprintf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO        printf /**< Default printf macro to use, can be undefined */
+/* Note: your snprintf must correctly zero-terminate the buffer! */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO    snprintf /**< Default snprintf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO    vsnprintf /**< Default vsnprintf macro to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO   mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read /**< Default nv_seed_read function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO  mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write /**< Default nv_seed_write function to use, can be undefined */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO   int64_t //#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO   int64_t /**< Default milliseconds time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled. It must be signed, and at least 64 bits. If it is changed from the default, MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME must be updated to match.*/
+//#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME    PRId64 /**< Default fmt for printf. That's avoid compiler warning if mbedtls_ms_time_t is redefined */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+ *
+ * This macro is used at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * to indicate that its return value should be checked. It should
+ * instruct the compiler to emit a warning or an error if the function
+ * is called without checking its return value.
+ *
+ * There is a default implementation for popular compilers in platform_util.h.
+ * You can override the default implementation by defining your own here.
+ *
+ * If the implementation here is empty, this will effectively disable the
+ * checking of functions' return values.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN
+ *
+ * This macro requires one argument, which should be a C function call.
+ * If that function call would cause a #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN warning, this
+ * warning is suppressed.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN( result ) ((void) !(result))
+
+/* PSA options */
+/**
+ * Use HMAC_DRBG with the specified hash algorithm for HMAC_DRBG for the
+ * PSA crypto subsystem.
+ *
+ * If this option is unset, the library chooses a hash (currently between
+ * #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512 and #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256) based on availability and
+ * unspecified heuristics.
+ *
+ * \note The PSA crypto subsystem uses the first available mechanism amongst
+ *       the following:
+ *       - #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG if enabled;
+ *       - Entropy from #MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C plus CTR_DRBG with AES
+ *         if #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C is enabled;
+ *       - Entropy from #MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C plus HMAC_DRBG.
+ *
+ *       A future version may reevaluate the prioritization of DRBG mechanisms.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_HMAC_DRBG_MD_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT
+ *
+ * When #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_STORE_DYNAMIC is disabled,
+ * the maximum amount of PSA keys simultaneously in memory. This counts all
+ * volatile keys, plus loaded persistent keys.
+ *
+ * When #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_STORE_DYNAMIC is enabled,
+ * the maximum number of loaded persistent keys.
+ *
+ * Currently, persistent keys do not need to be loaded all the time while
+ * a multipart operation is in progress, only while the operation is being
+ * set up. This may change in future versions of the library.
+ *
+ * Currently, the library traverses of the whole table on each access to a
+ * persistent key. Therefore large values may cause poor performance.
+ *
+ * This option has no effect when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C is disabled.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT 32
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOT_BUFFER_SIZE
+ *
+ * Define the size (in bytes) of each static key buffer when
+ * #MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOTS is set. If not
+ * explicitly defined then it's automatically guessed from available PSA keys
+ * enabled in the build through PSA_WANT_xxx symbols.
+ * If required by the application this parameter can be set to higher values
+ * in order to store larger objects (ex: raw keys), but please note that this
+ * will increase RAM usage.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_STATIC_KEY_SLOT_BUFFER_SIZE       256
+
+/* RSA OPTIONS */
+//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS            1024 /**<  Minimum RSA key size that can be generated in bits (Minimum possible value is 128 bits) */
+
+/* SSL Cache options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT       86400 /**< 1 day  */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES      50 /**< Maximum entries in cache */
+
+/* SSL options */
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN
+ *
+ * Maximum length (in bytes) of incoming plaintext fragments.
+ *
+ * This determines the size of the incoming TLS I/O buffer in such a way
+ * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data,
+ * regardless of the protection mechanism used.
+ *
+ * \note When using a value less than the default of 16KB on the client, it is
+ *       recommended to use the Maximum Fragment Length (MFL) extension to
+ *       inform the server about this limitation. On the server, there
+ *       is no supported, standardized way of informing the client about
+ *       restriction on the maximum size of incoming messages, and unless
+ *       the limitation has been communicated by other means, it is recommended
+ *       to only change the outgoing buffer size #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN
+ *       while keeping the default value of 16KB for the incoming buffer.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the incoming I/O buffer.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN              16384
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX
+ *
+ * The maximum length of CIDs used for incoming DTLS messages.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX 32
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX
+ *
+ * The maximum length of CIDs used for outgoing DTLS messages.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX 32
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY
+ *
+ * This option controls the use of record plaintext padding
+ * in TLS 1.3 and when using the Connection ID extension in DTLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * The padding will always be chosen so that the length of the
+ * padded plaintext is a multiple of the value of this option.
+ *
+ * Note: A value of \c 1 means that no padding will be used
+ *       for outgoing records.
+ *
+ * Note: On systems lacking division instructions,
+ *       a power of two should be preferred.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY 16
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN
+ *
+ * Maximum length (in bytes) of outgoing plaintext fragments.
+ *
+ * This determines the size of the outgoing TLS I/O buffer in such a way
+ * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data,
+ * regardless of the protection mechanism used.
+ *
+ * It is possible to save RAM by setting a smaller outward buffer, while keeping
+ * the default inward 16384 byte buffer to conform to the TLS specification.
+ *
+ * The minimum required outward buffer size is determined by the handshake
+ * protocol's usage. Handshaking will fail if the outward buffer is too small.
+ * The specific size requirement depends on the configured ciphers and any
+ * certificate data which is sent during the handshake.
+ *
+ * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the outgoing I/O buffer.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN             16384
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING
+ *
+ * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of
+ * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering.
+ *
+ * This should be at least 9/8 * MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN
+ * to account for a reassembled handshake message of maximum size,
+ * together with its reassembly bitmap.
+ *
+ * A value of 2 * MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN (32768 by default)
+ * should be sufficient for all practical situations as it allows
+ * to reassembly a large handshake message (such as a certificate)
+ * while buffering multiple smaller handshake messages.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING             32768
+
+//#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN               32 /**< Max size of TLS pre-shared keys, in bytes (default 256 or 384 bits) */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT        60 /**< Default expiration delay of DTLS cookies, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies issued */
+
+/**
+ * Complete list of ciphersuites to use, in order of preference.
+ *
+ * \warning No dependency checking is done on that field! This option can only
+ * be used to restrict the set of available ciphersuites. It is your
+ * responsibility to make sure the needed modules are active.
+ *
+ * Use this to save a few hundred bytes of ROM (default ordering of all
+ * available ciphersuites) and a few to a few hundred bytes of RAM.
+ *
+ * The value below is only an example, not the default.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE
+ *
+ * The default maximum amount of 0-RTT data. See the documentation of
+ * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_early_data_size() for more information.
+ *
+ * It must be positive and smaller than UINT32_MAX.
+ *
+ * If MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA is not defined, this default value does not
+ * have any impact on the build.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE        1024
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE
+ *
+ * Maximum allowed ticket age difference in milliseconds tolerated between
+ * server and client. Default value is 6000. This is not used in TLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * - The client ticket age is the time difference between the time when the
+ *   client proposes to the server to use the ticket and the time the client
+ *   received the ticket from the server.
+ * - The server ticket age is the time difference between the time when the
+ *   server receives a proposition from the client to use the ticket and the
+ *   time when the ticket was created by the server.
+ *
+ * The ages might be different due to the client and server clocks not running
+ * at the same pace. The typical accuracy of an RTC crystal is ±100 to ±20 parts
+ * per million (360 to 72 milliseconds per hour). Default tolerance window is
+ * 6s, thus in the worst case clients and servers must sync up their system time
+ * every 6000/360/2~=8 hours.
+ *
+ * See section 8.3 of the TLS 1.3 specification(RFC 8446) for more information.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE 6000
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH
+ *
+ * Size in bytes of a ticket nonce. This is not used in TLS 1.2.
+ *
+ * This must be less than 256.
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH 32
+
+/**
+ * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS
+ *
+ * Default number of NewSessionTicket messages to be sent by a TLS 1.3 server
+ * after handshake completion. This is not used in TLS 1.2 and relevant only if
+ * the MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS option is enabled.
+ *
+ */
+//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS 1
+
+/* X509 options */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA   8   /**< Maximum number of intermediate CAs in a verification chain. */
+//#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN     512 /**< Maximum length of a path/filename string in bytes including the null terminator character ('\0'). */
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module configuration options */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/md.h

@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+/**
+ * \file md.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains the generic functions for message-digest
+ *          (hashing) and HMAC.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+/** The selected feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE                -0x5080
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA                     -0x5100
+/** Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED                       -0x5180
+/** Opening or reading of file failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR                      -0x5200
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief     Supported message digests.
+ *
+ * \warning   MD5 and SHA-1 are considered weak message digests and
+ *            their use constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *            stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+/* Note: these are aligned with the definitions of PSA_ALG_ macros for hashes,
+ * in order to enable an efficient implementation of conversion functions.
+ * This is tested by md_to_from_psa() in test_suite_md. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_MD_NONE=0,    /**< None. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_MD5=0x03,       /**< The MD5 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160=0x04, /**< The RIPEMD-160 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1=0x05,      /**< The SHA-1 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224=0x08,    /**< The SHA-224 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256=0x09,    /**< The SHA-256 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384=0x0a,    /**< The SHA-384 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512=0x0b,    /**< The SHA-512 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_224=0x10,  /**< The SHA3-224 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_256=0x11,  /**< The SHA3-256 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_384=0x12,  /**< The SHA3-384 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_512=0x13,  /**< The SHA3-512 message digest. */
+} mbedtls_md_type_t;
+
+/* Note: this should always be >= PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE
+ * in all builds with both CRYPTO_C and MD_LIGHT.
+ *
+ * This is to make things easier for modules such as TLS that may define a
+ * buffer size using MD_MAX_SIZE in a part of the code that's common to PSA
+ * and legacy, then assume the buffer's size is PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE in another
+ * part of the code based on PSA.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE         64  /* longest known is SHA512 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE         48  /* longest known is SHA384 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE         32  /* longest known is SHA256 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE         28  /* longest known is SHA224 */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE         20  /* longest known is SHA1 or RIPE MD-160
+                                           or smaller (MD5 and earlier) */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         144 /* the longest known is SHA3-224 */
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         136
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         128
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         104
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         72
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         64
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Opaque struct.
+ *
+ * Constructed using either #mbedtls_md_info_from_string or
+ * #mbedtls_md_info_from_type.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed with #mbedtls_md_get_size,
+ * #mbedtls_md_get_type and #mbedtls_md_get_name.
+ */
+/* Defined internally in library/md_wrap.h. */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_md_info_t;
+
+/**
+ * Used internally to indicate whether a context uses legacy or PSA.
+ *
+ * Internal use only.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_MD_ENGINE_LEGACY = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_MD_ENGINE_PSA,
+} mbedtls_md_engine_t;
+
+/**
+ * The generic message-digest context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md_context_t {
+    /** Information about the associated message digest. */
+    const mbedtls_md_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_info);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA)
+    /** Are hash operations dispatched to PSA or legacy? */
+    mbedtls_md_engine_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(engine);
+#endif
+
+    /** The digest-specific context (legacy) or the PSA operation. */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+    /** The HMAC part of the context. */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac_ctx);
+#endif
+} mbedtls_md_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the message-digest information
+ *                  associated with the given digest type.
+ *
+ * \param md_type   The type of digest to search for.
+ *
+ * \return          The message-digest information associated with \p md_type.
+ * \return          NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes a message-digest context without
+ *                  binding it to a particular message-digest algorithm.
+ *
+ *                  This function should always be called first. It prepares the
+ *                  context for mbedtls_md_setup() for binding it to a
+ *                  message-digest algorithm.
+ */
+void mbedtls_md_init(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function clears the internal structure of \p ctx and
+ *                  frees any embedded internal structure, but does not free
+ *                  \p ctx itself.
+ *
+ *                  If you have called mbedtls_md_setup() on \p ctx, you must
+ *                  call mbedtls_md_free() when you are no longer using the
+ *                  context.
+ *                  Calling this function if you have previously
+ *                  called mbedtls_md_init() and nothing else is optional.
+ *                  You must not call this function if you have not called
+ *                  mbedtls_md_init().
+ */
+void mbedtls_md_free(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function selects the message digest algorithm to use,
+ *                  and allocates internal structures.
+ *
+ *                  It should be called after mbedtls_md_init() or
+ *                  mbedtls_md_free(). Makes it necessary to call
+ *                  mbedtls_md_free() later.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to set up.
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ * \param hmac      Defines if HMAC is used. 0: HMAC is not used (saves some memory),
+ *                  or non-zero: HMAC is used with this context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_setup(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, int hmac);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function clones the state of a message-digest
+ *                  context.
+ *
+ * \note            You must call mbedtls_md_setup() on \c dst before calling
+ *                  this function.
+ *
+ * \note            The two contexts must have the same type,
+ *                  for example, both are SHA-256.
+ *
+ * \warning         This function clones the message-digest state, not the
+ *                  HMAC state.
+ *
+ * \param dst       The destination context.
+ * \param src       The context to be cloned.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if both contexts are
+ *                  not using the same engine. This can be avoided by moving
+ *                  the call to psa_crypto_init() before the first call to
+ *                  mbedtls_md_setup().
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_clone(mbedtls_md_context_t *dst,
+                     const mbedtls_md_context_t *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function extracts the message-digest size from the
+ *                  message-digest information structure.
+ *
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ *
+ * \return          The size of the message-digest output in Bytes.
+ */
+unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function gives the message-digest size associated to
+ *                  message-digest type.
+ *
+ * \param md_type   The message-digest type.
+ *
+ * \return          The size of the message-digest output in Bytes,
+ *                  or 0 if the message-digest type is not known.
+ */
+static inline unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type)
+{
+    return mbedtls_md_get_size(mbedtls_md_info_from_type(md_type));
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function extracts the message-digest type from the
+ *                  message-digest information structure.
+ *
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ *
+ * \return          The type of the message digest.
+ */
+mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md_get_type(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function starts a message-digest computation.
+ *
+ *                  You must call this function after setting up the context
+ *                  with mbedtls_md_setup(), and before passing data with
+ *                  mbedtls_md_update().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic message-digest context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_starts(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ *                  message-digest computation.
+ *
+ *                  You must call mbedtls_md_starts() before calling this
+ *                  function. You may call this function multiple times.
+ *                  Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic message-digest context.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen      The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_update(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function finishes the digest operation,
+ *                  and writes the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ *                  Call this function after a call to mbedtls_md_starts(),
+ *                  followed by any number of calls to mbedtls_md_update().
+ *                  Afterwards, you may either clear the context with
+ *                  mbedtls_md_free(), or call mbedtls_md_starts() to reuse
+ *                  the context for another digest operation with the same
+ *                  algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic message-digest context.
+ * \param output    The buffer for the generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_finish(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the message-digest of a buffer,
+ *                 with respect to a configurable message-digest algorithm
+ *                 in a single call.
+ *
+ *                 The result is calculated as
+ *                 Output = message_digest(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param md_info  The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                 to use.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the data.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data.
+ * \param output   The generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                 failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+               unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the list of digests supported by the
+ *                  generic digest module.
+ *
+ * \note            The list starts with the strongest available hashes.
+ *
+ * \return          A statically allocated array of digests. Each element
+ *                  in the returned list is an integer belonging to the
+ *                  message-digest enumeration #mbedtls_md_type_t.
+ *                  The last entry is 0.
+ */
+const int *mbedtls_md_list(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the message-digest information
+ *                  associated with the given digest name.
+ *
+ * \param md_name   The name of the digest to search for.
+ *
+ * \return          The message-digest information associated with \p md_name.
+ * \return          NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_string(const char *md_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the name of the message digest for
+ *                  the message-digest information structure given.
+ *
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ *
+ * \return          The name of the message digest.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_md_get_name(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the message-digest information
+ *                  from the given context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context from which to extract the information.
+ *                  This must be initialized (or \c NULL).
+ *
+ * \return          The message-digest information associated with \p ctx.
+ * \return          \c NULL if \p ctx is \c NULL.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_ctx(
+    const mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the message-digest checksum
+ *                 result of the contents of the provided file.
+ *
+ *                 The result is calculated as
+ *                 Output = message_digest(file contents).
+ *
+ * \param md_info  The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                 to use.
+ * \param path     The input file name.
+ * \param output   The generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR on an I/O error accessing
+ *                 the file pointed by \p path.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info was NULL.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_file(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const char *path,
+                    unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the HMAC key and prepares to
+ *                  authenticate a new message.
+ *
+ *                  Call this function after mbedtls_md_setup(), to use
+ *                  the MD context for an HMAC calculation, then call
+ *                  mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to provide the input data, and
+ *                  mbedtls_md_hmac_finish() to get the HMAC value.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ * \param key       The HMAC secret key.
+ * \param keylen    The length of the HMAC key in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_starts(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                           size_t keylen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing HMAC
+ *                  computation.
+ *
+ *                  Call mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() or mbedtls_md_hmac_reset()
+ *                  before calling this function.
+ *                  You may call this function multiple times to pass the
+ *                  input piecewise.
+ *                  Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_hmac_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen      The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_update(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input,
+                           size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function finishes the HMAC operation, and writes
+ *                  the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ *                  Call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() and
+ *                  mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to get the HMAC value. Afterwards
+ *                  you may either call mbedtls_md_free() to clear the context,
+ *                  or call mbedtls_md_hmac_reset() to reuse the context with
+ *                  the same HMAC key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ * \param output    The generic HMAC checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_finish(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function prepares to authenticate a new message with
+ *                  the same key as the previous HMAC operation.
+ *
+ *                  You may call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_finish().
+ *                  Afterwards call mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to pass the new
+ *                  input.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_reset(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the full generic HMAC
+ *                 on the input buffer with the provided key.
+ *
+ *                 The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                 calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                 The HMAC result is calculated as
+ *                 output = generic HMAC(hmac key, input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param md_info  The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                 to use.
+ * \param key      The HMAC secret key.
+ * \param keylen   The length of the HMAC secret key in Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data.
+ * \param output   The generic HMAC result.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                 failure.
+ */
+MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+int mbedtls_md_hmac(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+                    const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                    unsigned char *output);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/md5.h

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/**
+ * \file md5.h
+ *
+ * \brief MD5 message digest algorithm (hash function)
+ *
+ * \warning   MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a
+ *            security risk. We recommend considering stronger message
+ *            digests instead.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD5_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MD5_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          MD5 context structure
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md5_context {
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2];          /*!< number of bytes processed  */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[4];          /*!< intermediate digest state  */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64];   /*!< data block being processed */
+}
+mbedtls_md5_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT */
+#include "md5_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize MD5 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      MD5 context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_md5_init(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Clear MD5 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      MD5 context to be cleared
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_md5_free(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Clone (the state of) an MD5 context
+ *
+ * \param dst      The destination context
+ * \param src      The context to be cloned
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_md5_clone(mbedtls_md5_context *dst,
+                       const mbedtls_md5_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          MD5 context setup
+ *
+ * \param ctx      context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_starts(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          MD5 process buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx      MD5 context
+ * \param input    buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen     length of the input data
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_update(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *input,
+                       size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          MD5 final digest
+ *
+ * \param ctx      MD5 context
+ * \param output   MD5 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_finish(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx,
+                       unsigned char output[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          MD5 process data block (internal use only)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      MD5 context
+ * \param data     buffer holding one block of data
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_md5_process(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx,
+                                 const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Output = MD5( input buffer )
+ *
+ * \param input    buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen     length of the input data
+ * \param output   MD5 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5(const unsigned char *input,
+                size_t ilen,
+                unsigned char output[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ *
+ * \warning        MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_md5_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_md5.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/**
+ * \file memory_buffer_alloc.h
+ *
+ * \brief Buffer-based memory allocator
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE)
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE       4 /**< Align on multiples of this value */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE         0
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC        (1 << 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE         (1 << 1)
+#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS       (MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC | \
+                                            MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Initialize use of stack-based memory allocator.
+ *          The stack-based allocator does memory management inside the
+ *          presented buffer and does not call calloc() and free().
+ *          It sets the global mbedtls_calloc() and mbedtls_free() pointers
+ *          to its own functions.
+ *          (Provided mbedtls_calloc() and mbedtls_free() are thread-safe if
+ *           MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is defined)
+ *
+ * \note    This code is not optimized and provides a straight-forward
+ *          implementation of a stack-based memory allocator.
+ *
+ * \param buf   buffer to use as heap
+ * \param len   size of the buffer
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_init(unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Free the mutex for thread-safety and clear remaining memory
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_free(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Determine when the allocator should automatically verify the state
+ *          of the entire chain of headers / meta-data.
+ *          (Default: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE)
+ *
+ * \param verify    One of MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE, MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE or MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_set_verify(int verify);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG)
+/**
+ * \brief   Print out the status of the allocated memory (primarily for use
+ *          after a program should have de-allocated all memory)
+ *          Prints out a list of 'still allocated' blocks and their stack
+ *          trace if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE is defined.
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_status(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Get the number of alloc/free so far.
+ *
+ * \param alloc_count   Number of allocations.
+ * \param free_count    Number of frees.
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_count_get(size_t *alloc_count, size_t *free_count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Get the peak heap usage so far
+ *
+ * \param max_used      Peak number of bytes in use or committed. This
+ *                      includes bytes in allocated blocks too small to split
+ *                      into smaller blocks but larger than the requested size.
+ * \param max_blocks    Peak number of blocks in use, including free and used
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_max_get(size_t *max_used, size_t *max_blocks);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Reset peak statistics
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_max_reset(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Get the current heap usage
+ *
+ * \param cur_used      Current number of bytes in use or committed. This
+ *                      includes bytes in allocated blocks too small to split
+ *                      into smaller blocks but larger than the requested size.
+ * \param cur_blocks    Current number of blocks in use, including free and used
+ */
+void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_cur_get(size_t *cur_used, size_t *cur_blocks);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG */
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Verifies that all headers in the memory buffer are correct
+ *          and contain sane values. Helps debug buffer-overflow errors.
+ *
+ *          Prints out first failure if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG is defined.
+ *          Prints out full header information if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
+ *          is defined. (Includes stack trace information for each block if
+ *          MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE is defined as well).
+ *
+ * \return             0 if verified, 1 otherwise
+ */
+int mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_verify(void);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* memory_buffer_alloc.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h

@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/**
+ * \file net_sockets.h
+ *
+ * \brief   Network sockets abstraction layer to integrate Mbed TLS into a
+ *          BSD-style sockets API.
+ *
+ *          The network sockets module provides an example integration of the
+ *          Mbed TLS library into a BSD sockets implementation. The module is
+ *          intended to be an example of how Mbed TLS can be integrated into a
+ *          networking stack, as well as to be Mbed TLS's network integration
+ *          for its supported platforms.
+ *
+ *          The module is intended only to be used with the Mbed TLS library and
+ *          is not intended to be used by third party application software
+ *          directly.
+ *
+ *          The supported platforms are as follows:
+ *              * Microsoft Windows and Windows CE
+ *              * POSIX/Unix platforms including Linux, OS X
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_NET_SOCKETS_H
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_SOCKETS_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** Failed to open a socket. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED                     -0x0042
+/** The connection to the given server / port failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONNECT_FAILED                    -0x0044
+/** Binding of the socket failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED                       -0x0046
+/** Could not listen on the socket. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_LISTEN_FAILED                     -0x0048
+/** Could not accept the incoming connection. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_ACCEPT_FAILED                     -0x004A
+/** Reading information from the socket failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_RECV_FAILED                       -0x004C
+/** Sending information through the socket failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SEND_FAILED                       -0x004E
+/** Connection was reset by peer. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONN_RESET                        -0x0050
+/** Failed to get an IP address for the given hostname. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST                      -0x0052
+/** Buffer is too small to hold the data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL                  -0x0043
+/** The context is invalid, eg because it was free()ed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_INVALID_CONTEXT                   -0x0045
+/** Polling the net context failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_POLL_FAILED                       -0x0047
+/** Input invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x0049
+
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_LISTEN_BACKLOG         10 /**< The backlog that listen() should use. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP 0 /**< The TCP transport protocol */
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP 1 /**< The UDP transport protocol */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ  1 /**< Used in \c mbedtls_net_poll to check for pending data  */
+#define MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE 2 /**< Used in \c mbedtls_net_poll to check if write possible */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper type for sockets.
+ *
+ * Currently backed by just a file descriptor, but might be more in the future
+ * (eg two file descriptors for combined IPv4 + IPv6 support, or additional
+ * structures for hand-made UDP demultiplexing).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_net_context {
+    /** The underlying file descriptor.
+     *
+     * This field is only guaranteed to be present on POSIX/Unix-like platforms.
+     * On other platforms, it may have a different type, have a different
+     * meaning, or be absent altogether.
+     */
+    int fd;
+}
+mbedtls_net_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize a context
+ *                 Just makes the context ready to be used or freed safely.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context to initialize
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_init(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initiate a connection with host:port in the given protocol
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket to use
+ * \param host     Host to connect to
+ * \param port     Port to connect to
+ * \param proto    Protocol: MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP or MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or one of:
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONNECT_FAILED
+ *
+ * \note           Sets the socket in connected mode even with UDP.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_connect(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, const char *host, const char *port, int proto);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Create a receiving socket on bind_ip:port in the chosen
+ *                 protocol. If bind_ip == NULL, all interfaces are bound.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket to use
+ * \param bind_ip  IP to bind to, can be NULL
+ * \param port     Port number to use
+ * \param proto    Protocol: MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP or MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or one of:
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED,
+ *                      MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_LISTEN_FAILED
+ *
+ * \note           Regardless of the protocol, opens the sockets and binds it.
+ *                 In addition, make the socket listening if protocol is TCP.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_bind(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, const char *bind_ip, const char *port, int proto);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Accept a connection from a remote client
+ *
+ * \param bind_ctx  Relevant socket
+ * \param client_ctx Will contain the connected client socket
+ * \param client_ip Will contain the client IP address, can be NULL
+ * \param buf_size  Size of the client_ip buffer
+ * \param cip_len   Will receive the size of the client IP written,
+ *                  can be NULL if client_ip is null
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_ACCEPT_FAILED, or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if buf_size is too small,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if bind_fd was set to
+ *                  non-blocking and accept() would block.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_accept(mbedtls_net_context *bind_ctx,
+                       mbedtls_net_context *client_ctx,
+                       void *client_ip, size_t buf_size, size_t *cip_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Check and wait for the context to be ready for read/write
+ *
+ * \note           The current implementation of this function uses
+ *                 select() and returns an error if the file descriptor
+ *                 is \c FD_SETSIZE or greater.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket to check
+ * \param rw       Bitflag composed of MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ and
+ *                 MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE specifying the events
+ *                 to wait for:
+ *                 - If MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ is set, the function
+ *                   will return as soon as the net context is available
+ *                   for reading.
+ *                 - If MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE is set, the function
+ *                   will return as soon as the net context is available
+ *                   for writing.
+ * \param timeout  Maximal amount of time to wait before returning,
+ *                 in milliseconds. If \c timeout is zero, the
+ *                 function returns immediately. If \c timeout is
+ *                 -1u, the function blocks potentially indefinitely.
+ *
+ * \return         Bitmask composed of MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ/WRITE
+ *                 on success or timeout, or a negative return code otherwise.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_poll(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, uint32_t rw, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the socket blocking
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket to set
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or a non-zero error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_set_block(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the socket non-blocking
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket to set
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or a non-zero error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_set_nonblock(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Portable usleep helper
+ *
+ * \param usec     Amount of microseconds to sleep
+ *
+ * \note           Real amount of time slept will not be less than
+ *                 select()'s timeout granularity (typically, 10ms).
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_usleep(unsigned long usec);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Read at most 'len' characters. If no error occurs,
+ *                 the actual amount read is returned.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket
+ * \param buf      The buffer to write to
+ * \param len      Maximum length of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return         the number of bytes received,
+ *                 or a non-zero error code; with a non-blocking socket,
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ indicates read() would block.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_recv(void *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Write at most 'len' characters. If no error occurs,
+ *                 the actual amount written is returned.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket
+ * \param buf      The buffer to read from
+ * \param len      The length of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return         the number of bytes sent,
+ *                 or a non-zero error code; with a non-blocking socket,
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE indicates write() would block.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_send(void *ctx, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Read at most 'len' characters, blocking for at most
+ *                 'timeout' seconds. If no error occurs, the actual amount
+ *                 read is returned.
+ *
+ * \note           The current implementation of this function uses
+ *                 select() and returns an error if the file descriptor
+ *                 is \c FD_SETSIZE or greater.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Socket
+ * \param buf      The buffer to write to
+ * \param len      Maximum length of the buffer
+ * \param timeout  Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for data
+ *                 0 means no timeout (wait forever)
+ *
+ * \return         The number of bytes received if successful.
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT if the operation timed out.
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if interrupted by a signal.
+ *                 Another negative error code (MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_xxx)
+ *                 for other failures.
+ *
+ * \note           This function will block (until data becomes available or
+ *                 timeout is reached) even if the socket is set to
+ *                 non-blocking. Handling timeouts with non-blocking reads
+ *                 requires a different strategy.
+ */
+int mbedtls_net_recv_timeout(void *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len,
+                             uint32_t timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Closes down the connection and free associated data
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The context to close
+ *
+ * \note           This function frees and clears data associated with the
+ *                 context but does not free the memory pointed to by \p ctx.
+ *                 This memory is the responsibility of the caller.
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_close(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Gracefully shutdown the connection and free associated data
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The context to free
+ *
+ * \note           This function frees and clears data associated with the
+ *                 context but does not free the memory pointed to by \p ctx.
+ *                 This memory is the responsibility of the caller.
+ */
+void mbedtls_net_free(mbedtls_net_context *ctx);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* net_sockets.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/**
+ * \file nist_kw.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for key wrapping (KW) and key wrapping with
+ *        padding (KWP) as defined in NIST SP 800-38F.
+ *        https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-38F.pdf
+ *
+ *        Key wrapping specifies a deterministic authenticated-encryption mode
+ *        of operation, according to <em>NIST SP 800-38F: Recommendation for
+ *        Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Methods for Key Wrapping</em>. Its
+ *        purpose is to protect cryptographic keys.
+ *
+ *        Its equivalent is RFC 3394 for KW, and RFC 5649 for KWP.
+ *        https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3394
+ *        https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5649
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H
+#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP = 1
+} mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief    The key wrapping context-type definition. The key wrapping context is passed
+ *           to the APIs called.
+ *
+ * \note     The definition of this type may change in future library versions.
+ *           Don't make any assumptions on this context!
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx);    /*!< The cipher context used. */
+} mbedtls_nist_kw_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_NIST_key wrapping_ALT */
+#include "nist_kw_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the specified key wrapping context
+ *                  to make references valid and prepare the context
+ *                  for mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey() or mbedtls_nist_kw_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to initialize.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_init(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the key wrapping context set in the
+ *                  \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context.
+ * \param cipher    The 128-bit block cipher to use. Only AES is supported.
+ * \param key       The Key Encryption Key (KEK).
+ * \param keybits   The KEK size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher.
+ * \param is_wrap   Specify whether the operation within the context is wrapping or unwrapping
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for any invalid input.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE for 128-bit block ciphers
+ *                  which are not supported.
+ * \return          cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx,
+                           mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+                           const unsigned char *key,
+                           unsigned int keybits,
+                           const int is_wrap);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function releases and clears the specified key wrapping context
+ *          and underlying cipher sub-context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to clear.
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_free(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function encrypts a buffer using key wrapping.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to use for encryption.
+ * \param mode      The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP)
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks.
+ *                  <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^57-8 inclusive. </li>
+ *                  <li>For KWP mode: any length between 1 and 2^32-1 inclusive.</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] output    The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                  <ul><li>For KW mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger than \p in_len.</li>
+ *                  <li>For KWP mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger rounded up to a multiple of
+ *                  8 bytes for KWP (15 bytes at most).</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure.
+ * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length.
+ * \return          cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_wrap(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+                         const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+                         unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function decrypts a buffer using key wrapping.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to use for decryption.
+ * \param mode      The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP)
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks.
+ *                  The input must be a multiple of semiblocks.
+ *                  <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 24 and 2^57 inclusive. </li>
+ *                  <li>For KWP mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^32 inclusive.</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] output    The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                  The output buffer's minimal length is 8 bytes shorter than \p in_len.
+ * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure.
+ *                  For KWP mode, the length could be up to 15 bytes shorter than \p in_len,
+ *                  depending on how much padding was added to the data.
+ * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED for verification failure of the ciphertext.
+ * \return          cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+                           const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+                           unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size);
+
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          The key wrapping checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/oid.h

@@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
+/**
+ * \file oid.h
+ *
+ * \brief Object Identifier (OID) database
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_OID_H
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/pk.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+/** OID is not found. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND                         -0x002E
+/** output buffer is too small */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL                     -0x000B
+
+/* This is for the benefit of X.509, but defined here in order to avoid
+ * having a "backwards" include of x.509.h here */
+/*
+ * X.509 extension types (internal, arbitrary values for bitsets)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER    (1 << 0)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER      (1 << 1)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_KEY_USAGE                   (1 << 2)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES        (1 << 3)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_MAPPINGS             (1 << 4)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME            (1 << 5)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_ISSUER_ALT_NAME             (1 << 6)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS     (1 << 7)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS           (1 << 8)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NAME_CONSTRAINTS            (1 << 9)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS          (1 << 10)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE          (1 << 11)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS     (1 << 12)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY          (1 << 13)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_FRESHEST_CRL                (1 << 14)
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NS_CERT_TYPE                (1 << 16)
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of OID components allowed
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_MAX_COMPONENTS              128
+
+/*
+ * Top level OID tuples
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES           "\x2a"          /* {iso(1) member-body(2)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG          "\x2b"          /* {iso(1) identified-organization(3)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS                "\x55"          /* {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_COUNTRY             "\x60"          /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16)} */
+
+/*
+ * ISO Member bodies OID parts
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US                  "\x86\x48"      /* {us(840)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_RSA_DATA_SECURITY       "\x86\xf7\x0d"  /* {rsadsi(113549)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY                 MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_RSA_DATA_SECURITY                                 /* {iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_ANSI_X9_62              "\xce\x3d" /* ansi-X9-62(10045) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62                  MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_ANSI_X9_62
+
+/*
+ * ISO Identified organization OID parts
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_DOD                     "\x06"          /* {dod(6)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_OIW                     "\x0e"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG                  MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_OIW "\x03"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG              MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG "\x02"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_SHA1             MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG "\x1a"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_THAWTE                  "\x65"          /* thawte(101) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE                      MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_THAWTE
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_CERTICOM                "\x81\x04"  /* certicom(132) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM                    MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_CERTICOM
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_TELETRUST               "\x24" /* teletrust(36) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST                   MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_TELETRUST
+
+/*
+ * ISO ITU OID parts
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORGANIZATION                "\x01"          /* {organization(1)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG              MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_COUNTRY MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_ORGANIZATION                                                                                            /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1)} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_GOV                     "\x65"          /* {gov(101)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_GOV                         MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_GOV /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101)} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_NETSCAPE                "\x86\xF8\x42"  /* {netscape(113730)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE                    MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_NETSCAPE /* Netscape OID {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) netscape(113730)} */
+
+/* ISO arc for standard certificate and CRL extensions */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE                       MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x1D" /**< id-ce OBJECT IDENTIFIER  ::=  {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 29} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG                    MBEDTLS_OID_GOV "\x03\x04" /** { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithm(4) */
+
+/**
+ * Private Internet Extensions
+ * { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
+ *                      security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) }
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET                    MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_DOD \
+    "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX                        MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x05\x05\x07"
+
+/*
+ * Arc for standard naming attributes
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT                          MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x04" /**< id-at OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_CN                       MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x03" /**< id-at-commonName AttributeType:= {id-at 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_SUR_NAME                 MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x04" /**< id-at-surName AttributeType:= {id-at 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_SERIAL_NUMBER            MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x05" /**< id-at-serialNumber AttributeType:= {id-at 5} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_COUNTRY                  MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x06" /**< id-at-countryName AttributeType:= {id-at 6} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_LOCALITY                 MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x07" /**< id-at-locality AttributeType:= {id-at 7} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_STATE                    MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x08" /**< id-at-state AttributeType:= {id-at 8} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_ORGANIZATION             MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0A" /**< id-at-organizationName AttributeType:= {id-at 10} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_ORG_UNIT                 MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0B" /**< id-at-organizationalUnitName AttributeType:= {id-at 11} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_TITLE                    MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0C" /**< id-at-title AttributeType:= {id-at 12} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_POSTAL_ADDRESS           MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x10" /**< id-at-postalAddress AttributeType:= {id-at 16} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_POSTAL_CODE              MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x11" /**< id-at-postalCode AttributeType:= {id-at 17} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_GIVEN_NAME               MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2A" /**< id-at-givenName AttributeType:= {id-at 42} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_INITIALS                 MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2B" /**< id-at-initials AttributeType:= {id-at 43} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_GENERATION_QUALIFIER     MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2C" /**< id-at-generationQualifier AttributeType:= {id-at 44} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_UNIQUE_IDENTIFIER        MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2D" /**< id-at-uniqueIdentifier AttributeType:= {id-at 45} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_DN_QUALIFIER             MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2E" /**< id-at-dnQualifier AttributeType:= {id-at 46} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_PSEUDONYM                MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x41" /**< id-at-pseudonym AttributeType:= {id-at 65} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_UID                         "\x09\x92\x26\x89\x93\xF2\x2C\x64\x01\x01" /** id-domainComponent AttributeType:= {itu-t(0) data(9) pss(2342) ucl(19200300) pilot(100) pilotAttributeType(1) uid(1)} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DOMAIN_COMPONENT            "\x09\x92\x26\x89\x93\xF2\x2C\x64\x01\x19" /** id-domainComponent AttributeType:= {itu-t(0) data(9) pss(2342) ucl(19200300) pilot(100) pilotAttributeType(1) domainComponent(25)} */
+
+/*
+ * OIDs for standard certificate extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER    MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x23" /**< id-ce-authorityKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 35 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER      MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x0E" /**< id-ce-subjectKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 14 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_KEY_USAGE                   MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x0F" /**< id-ce-keyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 15 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES        MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x20" /**< id-ce-certificatePolicies OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 32 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_POLICY_MAPPINGS             MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x21" /**< id-ce-policyMappings OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 33 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME            MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x11" /**< id-ce-subjectAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 17 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISSUER_ALT_NAME             MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x12" /**< id-ce-issuerAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 18 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS     MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x09" /**< id-ce-subjectDirectoryAttributes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 9 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS           MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x13" /**< id-ce-basicConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 19 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NAME_CONSTRAINTS            MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x1E" /**< id-ce-nameConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 30 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS          MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x24" /**< id-ce-policyConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 36 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE          MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x25" /**< id-ce-extKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 37 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS     MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x1F" /**< id-ce-cRLDistributionPoints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 31 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY          MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x36" /**< id-ce-inhibitAnyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 54 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_FRESHEST_CRL                MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x2E" /**< id-ce-freshestCRL OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::=  { id-ce 46 } */
+
+/*
+ * Certificate policies
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANY_POLICY              MBEDTLS_OID_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES "\x00" /**< anyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-certificatePolicies 0 } */
+
+/*
+ * Netscape certificate extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT                 MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT_TYPE            MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_BASE_URL             MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x02"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_REVOCATION_URL       MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x03"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CA_REVOCATION_URL    MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x04"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_RENEWAL_URL          MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x07"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CA_POLICY_URL        MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x08"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_SSL_SERVER_NAME      MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x0C"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_COMMENT              MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT  "\x0D"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_DATA_TYPE            MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE "\x02"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT_SEQUENCE        MBEDTLS_OID_NS_DATA_TYPE "\x05"
+
+/*
+ * OIDs for CRL extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PRIVATE_KEY_USAGE_PERIOD    MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x10"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CRL_NUMBER                  MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x14" /**< id-ce-cRLNumber OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 20 } */
+
+/*
+ * X.509 v3 Extended key usage OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANY_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE      MBEDTLS_OID_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE "\x00" /**< anyExtendedKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-extKeyUsage 0 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_KP                          MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX "\x03" /**< id-kp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 3 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_SERVER_AUTH                 MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x01" /**< id-kp-serverAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CLIENT_AUTH                 MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x02" /**< id-kp-clientAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 2 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_CODE_SIGNING                MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x03" /**< id-kp-codeSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 3 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EMAIL_PROTECTION            MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x04" /**< id-kp-emailProtection OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_TIME_STAMPING               MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x08" /**< id-kp-timeStamping OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 8 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_OCSP_SIGNING                MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x09" /**< id-kp-OCSPSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 9 } */
+
+/**
+ * Wi-SUN Alliance Field Area Network
+ * { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
+ *                      private(4) enterprise(1) WiSUN(45605) FieldAreaNetwork(1) }
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_WISUN_FAN                   MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x04\x01\x82\xe4\x25\x01"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ON                          MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX "\x08" /**< id-on OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 8 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ON_HW_MODULE_NAME           MBEDTLS_OID_ON "\x04" /**< id-on-hardwareModuleName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-on 4 } */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS definition OIDs
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS                MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x01" /**< pkcs OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1               MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x01" /**< pkcs-1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5               MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x05" /**< pkcs-5 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7               MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x07" /**< pkcs-7 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9               MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x09" /**< pkcs-9 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 9 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12              MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x0c" /**< pkcs-12 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 12 } */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#1 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_RSA           MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x01" /**< rsaEncryption OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { pkcs-1 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_MD5           MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x04" /**< md5WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA1          MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x05" /**< sha1WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA224        MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0e" /**< sha224WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 14 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA256        MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0b" /**< sha256WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 11 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA384        MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0c" /**< sha384WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 12 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA512        MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0d" /**< sha512WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 13 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_SHA_OBS         "\x2B\x0E\x03\x02\x1D"
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9_EMAIL         MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 "\x01" /**< emailAddress AttributeType ::= { pkcs-9 1 } */
+
+/* RFC 4055 */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSASSA_PSS          MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0a" /**< id-RSASSA-PSS ::= { pkcs-1 10 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_MGF1                MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x08" /**< id-mgf1 ::= { pkcs-1 8 } */
+
+/*
+ * Digest algorithms
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_MD5              MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x05" /**< id-mbedtls_md5 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA1             MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_SHA1                                                                        /**< id-mbedtls_sha1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) identified-organization(3) oiw(14) secsig(3) algorithms(2) 26 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA224           MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x04" /**< id-sha224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA256           MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x01" /**< id-mbedtls_sha256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 1 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA384           MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x02" /**< id-sha384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 2 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA512           MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x03" /**< id-mbedtls_sha512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 3 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_RIPEMD160        MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST "\x03\x02\x01" /**< id-ripemd160 OBJECT IDENTIFIER :: { iso(1) identified-organization(3) teletrust(36) algorithm(3) hashAlgorithm(2) ripemd160(1) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_224         MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x07" /**< id-sha3-224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-224(7) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_256         MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x08" /**< id-sha3-256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-256(8) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_384         MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x09" /**< id-sha3-384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-384(9) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_512         MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0a" /**< id-sha3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-512(10) } */
+
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA1                   MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x07" /**< id-hmacWithSHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 7 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA224                 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x08" /**< id-hmacWithSHA224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 8 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA256                 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x09" /**< id-hmacWithSHA256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 9 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA384                 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x0A" /**< id-hmacWithSHA384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 10 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA512                 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x0B" /**< id-hmacWithSHA512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 11 } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_224               MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0d" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-224(13) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_256               MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0e" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-256(14) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_384               MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0f" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-384(15) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_512               MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x10" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-512(16) } */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_RIPEMD160              MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x05\x05\x08\x01\x04" /**< id-hmacWithSHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {iso(1) iso-identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) ipsec(8) isakmpOakley(1) hmacRIPEMD160(4)} */
+
+/*
+ * Encryption algorithms,
+ * the following standardized object identifiers are specified at
+ * https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8018#appendix-C.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DES_CBC                     MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \
+        MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG "\x07"                                                                        /**< desCBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) identified-organization(3) oiw(14) secsig(3) algorithms(2) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_DES_EDE3_CBC                MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x03\x07" /**< des-ede3-cbc OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) -- us(840) rsadsi(113549) encryptionAlgorithm(3) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES                         MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x01" /** aes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithm(4) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES_128_CBC                 MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x02" /** aes128-cbc-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) aes(1) aes128-CBC-PAD(2) } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES_192_CBC                 MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x16" /** aes192-cbc-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) aes(1) aes192-CBC-PAD(22) } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES_256_CBC                 MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x2a" /** aes256-cbc-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) aes(1) aes256-CBC-PAD(42) } */
+
+/*
+ * Key Wrapping algorithms
+ */
+/*
+ * RFC 5649
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES128_KW                   MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x05" /** id-aes128-wrap     OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 5 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES128_KWP                  MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x08" /** id-aes128-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 8 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES192_KW                   MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x19" /** id-aes192-wrap     OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 25 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES192_KWP                  MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x1c" /** id-aes192-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 28 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES256_KW                   MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x2d" /** id-aes256-wrap     OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 45 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES256_KWP                  MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x30" /** id-aes256-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 48 } */
+/*
+ * PKCS#5 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBKDF2                MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0c" /**< id-PBKDF2 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 12} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBES2                 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0d" /**< id-PBES2 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 13} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBMAC1                MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0e" /**< id-PBMAC1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 14} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#5 PBES1 algorithms
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_MD5_DES_CBC       MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x03" /**< pbeWithMD5AndDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_MD5_RC2_CBC       MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x06" /**< pbeWithMD5AndRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 6} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_SHA1_DES_CBC      MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0a" /**< pbeWithSHA1AndDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 10} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_SHA1_RC2_CBC      MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0b" /**< pbeWithSHA1AndRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 11} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#7 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_DATA                        MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x01" /**< Content type is Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 1} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_SIGNED_DATA                 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x02" /**< Content type is Signed Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 2} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_ENVELOPED_DATA              MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x03" /**< Content type is Enveloped Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_DATA   MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x04" /**< Content type is Signed and Enveloped Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_DIGESTED_DATA               MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x05" /**< Content type is Digested Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 5} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_ENCRYPTED_DATA              MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x06" /**< Content type is Encrypted Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 6} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#8 OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9_CSR_EXT_REQ           MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 "\x0e" /**< extensionRequest OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-9 14} */
+
+/*
+ * PKCS#12 PBE OIDs
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE                      MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12 "\x01" /**< pkcs-12PbeIds OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12 1} */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_DES3_EDE_CBC    MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x03" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 3} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_DES2_EDE_CBC    MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x04" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd2-KeyTripleDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 4} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_RC2_128_CBC     MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x05" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd128BitRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 5} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_RC2_40_CBC      MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x06" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd40BitRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 6} */
+
+/*
+ * EC key algorithms from RFC 5480
+ */
+
+/* id-ecPublicKey OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *       iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) keyType(2) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_ALG_UNRESTRICTED         MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x02\01"
+
+/*   id-ecDH OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *     iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132)
+ *     schemes(1) ecdh(12) } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_ALG_ECDH                 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x01\x0c"
+
+/*
+ * ECParameters namedCurve identifiers, from RFC 5480, RFC 5639, and SEC2
+ */
+
+/* secp192r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) curves(3) prime(1) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP192R1        MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x03\x01\x01"
+
+/* secp224r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 33 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP224R1        MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x21"
+
+/* secp256r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) curves(3) prime(1) 7 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP256R1        MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x03\x01\x07"
+
+/* secp384r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 34 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP384R1        MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x22"
+
+/* secp521r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 35 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP521R1        MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x23"
+
+/* secp192k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 31 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP192K1        MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x1f"
+
+/* secp224k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 32 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP224K1        MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x20"
+
+/* secp256k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 10 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP256K1        MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x0a"
+
+/* RFC 5639 4.1
+ * ecStdCurvesAndGeneration OBJECT IDENTIFIER::= {iso(1)
+ * identified-organization(3) teletrust(36) algorithm(3) signature-
+ * algorithm(3) ecSign(2) 8}
+ * ellipticCurve OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {ecStdCurvesAndGeneration 1}
+ * versionOne OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {ellipticCurve 1} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1         MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST "\x03\x03\x02\x08\x01\x01"
+
+/* brainpoolP256r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 7} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP256R1          MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x07"
+
+/* brainpoolP384r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 11} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP384R1          MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x0B"
+
+/* brainpoolP512r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 13} */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP512R1          MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x0D"
+
+/*
+ * SEC1 C.1
+ *
+ * prime-field OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-fieldType 1 }
+ * id-fieldType OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ansi-X9-62 fieldType(1)}
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_FIELD_TYPE   MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x01"
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_PRIME_FIELD  MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_FIELD_TYPE "\x01"
+
+/*
+ * ECDSA signature identifiers, from RFC 5480
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG          MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x04" /* signatures(4) */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2     MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG "\x03" /* ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) */
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA1              MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG "\x01"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ *   ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 1 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA224            MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x01"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ *   ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 2 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA256            MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x02"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ *   ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 3 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA384            MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x03"
+
+/* ecdsa-with-SHA512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4)
+ *   ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 4 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA512            MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x04"
+
+/*
+ * EC key algorithms from RFC 8410
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X25519                  MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x6e" /**< id-X25519    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 110 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_X448                    MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x6f" /**< id-X448      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 111 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ED25519                 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x70" /**< id-Ed25519   OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 112 } */
+#define MBEDTLS_OID_ED448                   MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x71" /**< id-Ed448     OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 113 } */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Base OID descriptor structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_oid_descriptor_t {
+    const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asn1);               /*!< OID ASN.1 representation       */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asn1_len);                /*!< length of asn1                 */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+    const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);               /*!< official name (e.g. from RFC)  */
+    const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(description);        /*!< human friendly description     */
+#endif
+} mbedtls_oid_descriptor_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Translate an ASN.1 OID into its numeric representation
+ *                  (e.g. "\x2A\x86\x48\x86\xF7\x0D" into "1.2.840.113549")
+ *
+ * \param buf       buffer to put representation in
+ * \param size      size of the buffer
+ * \param oid       OID to translate
+ *
+ * \return          Length of the string written (excluding final NULL) or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL in case of error
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_numeric_string(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Translate a string containing a dotted-decimal
+ *                  representation of an ASN.1 OID into its encoded form
+ *                  (e.g. "1.2.840.113549" into "\x2A\x86\x48\x86\xF7\x0D").
+ *                  On success, this function allocates oid->buf from the
+ *                  heap. It must be freed by the caller using mbedtls_free().
+ *
+ * \param oid       #mbedtls_asn1_buf to populate with the DER-encoded OID
+ * \param oid_str   string representation of the OID to parse
+ * \param size      length of the OID string, not including any null terminator
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if \p oid_str does not
+ *                  represent a valid OID
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if the function fails to
+ *                  allocate oid->buf
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_from_numeric_string(mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char *oid_str, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate an X.509 extension OID into local values
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param ext_type place to store the extension type
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_x509_ext_type(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, int *ext_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate an X.509 attribute type OID into the short name
+ *                 (e.g. the OID for an X520 Common Name into "CN")
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param short_name    place to store the string pointer
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_attr_short_name(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **short_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate PublicKeyAlgorithm OID into pk_type
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param pk_alg   place to store public key algorithm
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_pk_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_pk_type_t *pk_alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate pk_type into PublicKeyAlgorithm OID
+ *
+ * \param pk_alg   Public key type to look for
+ * \param oid      place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen     length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_pk_alg(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg,
+                                  const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS)
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate NamedCurve OID into an EC group identifier
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param grp_id   place to store group id
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_ec_grp(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate EC group identifier into NamedCurve OID
+ *
+ * \param grp_id   EC group identifier
+ * \param oid      place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen     length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_ec_grp(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id,
+                                  const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate AlgorithmIdentifier OID into an EC group identifier,
+ *                 for curves that are directly encoded at this level
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param grp_id   place to store group id
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_ec_grp_algid(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate EC group identifier into AlgorithmIdentifier OID,
+ *                 for curves that are directly encoded at this level
+ *
+ * \param grp_id   EC group identifier
+ * \param oid      place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen     length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_ec_grp_algid(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id,
+                                        const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate SignatureAlgorithm OID into md_type and pk_type
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param md_alg   place to store message digest algorithm
+ * \param pk_alg   place to store public key algorithm
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_sig_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid,
+                            mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg, mbedtls_pk_type_t *pk_alg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate SignatureAlgorithm OID into description
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param desc     place to store string pointer
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_sig_alg_desc(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate md_type and pk_type into SignatureAlgorithm OID
+ *
+ * \param md_alg   message digest algorithm
+ * \param pk_alg   public key algorithm
+ * \param oid      place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen     length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_sig_alg(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                   const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate hmac algorithm OID into md_type
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param md_hmac  place to store message hmac algorithm
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_md_hmac(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_hmac);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate hash algorithm OID into md_type
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param md_alg   place to store message digest algorithm
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_md_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg);
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO)
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate Extended Key Usage OID into description
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param desc     place to store string pointer
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_extended_key_usage(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate certificate policies OID into description
+ *
+ * \param oid      OID to use
+ * \param desc     place to store string pointer
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_certificate_policies(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate md_type into hash algorithm OID
+ *
+ * \param md_alg   message digest algorithm
+ * \param oid      place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer
+ * \param olen     length of the OID
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_md(mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, const char **oid, size_t *olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate encryption algorithm OID into cipher_type
+ *
+ * \param oid           OID to use
+ * \param cipher_alg    place to store cipher algorithm
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_cipher_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_cipher_type_t *cipher_alg);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Translate PKCS#12 PBE algorithm OID into md_type and
+ *                 cipher_type
+ *
+ * \param oid           OID to use
+ * \param md_alg        place to store message digest algorithm
+ * \param cipher_alg    place to store cipher algorithm
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
+ */
+int mbedtls_oid_get_pkcs12_pbe_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg,
+                                   mbedtls_cipher_type_t *cipher_alg);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* oid.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/pem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/**
+ * \file pem.h
+ *
+ * \brief Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) decoding
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PEM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PEM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * \name PEM Error codes
+ * These error codes are returned in case of errors reading the
+ * PEM data.
+ * \{
+ */
+/** No PEM header or footer found. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_NO_HEADER_FOOTER_PRESENT          -0x1080
+/** PEM string is not as expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_INVALID_DATA                      -0x1100
+/** Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_ALLOC_FAILED                      -0x1180
+/** RSA IV is not in hex-format. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_INVALID_ENC_IV                    -0x1200
+/** Unsupported key encryption algorithm. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_UNKNOWN_ENC_ALG                   -0x1280
+/** Private key password can't be empty. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_PASSWORD_REQUIRED                 -0x1300
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_PASSWORD_MISMATCH                 -0x1380
+/** Unavailable feature, e.g. hashing/encryption combination. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE               -0x1400
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x1480
+/** \} name PEM Error codes */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief       PEM context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pem_context {
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf);     /*!< buffer for decoded data             */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buflen);          /*!< length of the buffer                */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info);    /*!< buffer for extra header information */
+}
+mbedtls_pem_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief       PEM context setup
+ *
+ * \param ctx   context to be initialized
+ */
+void mbedtls_pem_init(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Read a buffer for PEM information and store the resulting
+ *              data into the specified context buffers.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       context to use
+ * \param header    header string to seek and expect
+ * \param footer    footer string to seek and expect
+ * \param data      source data to look in (must be nul-terminated)
+ * \param pwd       password for decryption (can be NULL)
+ * \param pwdlen    length of password
+ * \param use_len   destination for total length used from data buffer. It is
+ *                  set after header is correctly read, so unless you get
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_NO_HEADER_FOOTER_PRESENT, use_len is
+ *                  the length to skip.
+ *
+ * \note            Attempts to check password correctness by verifying if
+ *                  the decrypted text starts with an ASN.1 sequence of
+ *                  appropriate length
+ *
+ * \note            \c mbedtls_pem_free must be called on PEM context before
+ *                  the PEM context can be reused in another call to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_pem_read_buffer
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success, or a specific PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pem_read_buffer(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx, const char *header, const char *footer,
+                            const unsigned char *data,
+                            const unsigned char *pwd,
+                            size_t pwdlen, size_t *use_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief       Get the pointer to the decoded binary data in a PEM context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       PEM context to access.
+ * \param buflen    On success, this will contain the length of the binary data.
+ *                  This must be a valid (non-null) pointer.
+ *
+ * \return          A pointer to the decoded binary data.
+ *
+ * \note            The returned pointer remains valid only until \p ctx is
+                    modified or freed.
+ */
+static inline const unsigned char *mbedtls_pem_get_buffer(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx, size_t *buflen)
+{
+    *buflen = ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buflen);
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief       PEM context memory freeing
+ *
+ * \param ctx   context to be freed
+ */
+void mbedtls_pem_free(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a buffer of PEM information from a DER encoded
+ *                  buffer.
+ *
+ * \param header    The header string to write.
+ * \param footer    The footer string to write.
+ * \param der_data  The DER data to encode.
+ * \param der_len   The length of the DER data \p der_data in Bytes.
+ * \param buf       The buffer to write to.
+ * \param buf_len   The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes.
+ * \param olen      The address at which to store the total length written
+ *                  or required (if \p buf_len is not enough).
+ *
+ * \note            You may pass \c NULL for \p buf and \c 0 for \p buf_len
+ *                  to request the length of the resulting PEM buffer in
+ *                  `*olen`.
+ *
+ * \note            This function may be called with overlapping \p der_data
+ *                  and \p buf buffers.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't large
+ *                  enough to hold the PEM buffer. In  this case, `*olen` holds
+ *                  the required minimum size of \p buf.
+ * \return          Another PEM or BASE64 error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pem_write_buffer(const char *header, const char *footer,
+                             const unsigned char *der_data, size_t der_len,
+                             unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len, size_t *olen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pem.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/pk.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1296 @@
+/**
+ * \file pk.h
+ *
+ * \brief Public Key abstraction layer
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PK_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/rsa.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
+#include "mbedtls/ecdsa.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+#endif
+
+/** Memory allocation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED        -0x3F80
+/** Type mismatch, eg attempt to encrypt with an ECDSA key */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH       -0x3F00
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA      -0x3E80
+/** Read/write of file failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FILE_IO_ERROR       -0x3E00
+/** Unsupported key version */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_KEY_INVALID_VERSION -0x3D80
+/** Invalid key tag or value. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_KEY_INVALID_FORMAT  -0x3D00
+/** Key algorithm is unsupported (only RSA and EC are supported). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_PK_ALG      -0x3C80
+/** Private key password can't be empty. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_PASSWORD_REQUIRED   -0x3C00
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_PASSWORD_MISMATCH   -0x3B80
+/** The pubkey tag or value is invalid (only RSA and EC are supported). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_INVALID_PUBKEY      -0x3B00
+/** The algorithm tag or value is invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_INVALID_ALG         -0x3A80
+/** Elliptic curve is unsupported (only NIST curves are supported). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_NAMED_CURVE -0x3A00
+/** Unavailable feature, e.g. RSA disabled for RSA key. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x3980
+/** The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH    -0x3900
+/** The output buffer is too small. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    -0x3880
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Public key types
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_PK_NONE=0,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_RSA,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_OPAQUE,
+} mbedtls_pk_type_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Options for RSASSA-PSS signature verification.
+ *                  See \c mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext()
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options {
+    /** The digest to use for MGF1 in PSS.
+     *
+     * \note When #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled and #MBEDTLS_RSA_C is
+     *       disabled, this must be equal to the \c md_alg argument passed
+     *       to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(). In a future version of the library,
+     *       this constraint may apply whenever #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is
+     *       enabled regardless of the status of #MBEDTLS_RSA_C.
+     */
+    mbedtls_md_type_t mgf1_hash_id;
+
+    /** The expected length of the salt, in bytes. This may be
+     * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length.
+     *
+     * \note When #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, only
+     *       #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY is valid. Any other value may be
+     *       ignored (allowing any salt length).
+     */
+    int expected_salt_len;
+
+} mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Maximum size of a signature made by mbedtls_pk_sign().
+ */
+/* We need to set MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE to the maximum signature
+ * size among the supported signature types. Do it by starting at 0,
+ * then incrementally increasing to be large enough for each supported
+ * signature mechanism.
+ *
+ * The resulting value can be 0, for example if MBEDTLS_ECDH_C is enabled
+ * (which allows the pk module to be included) but neither MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
+ * nor MBEDTLS_RSA_C nor any opaque signature mechanism (PSA or RSA_ALT).
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE 0
+
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT)) && \
+    MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* For RSA, the signature can be as large as the bignum module allows.
+ * For RSA_ALT, the signature size is not necessarily tied to what the
+ * bignum module can do, but in the absence of any specific setting,
+ * we use that (rsa_alt_sign_wrap in library/pk_wrap.h will check). */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) &&                                 \
+    MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* For ECDSA, the ecdsa module exports a constant for the maximum
+ * signature size. */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is the maximum size of a signature made
+ * through the PSA API in the PSA representation. */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#if PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE + 11 > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+/* The Mbed TLS representation is different for ECDSA signatures:
+ * PSA uses the raw concatenation of r and s,
+ * whereas Mbed TLS uses the ASN.1 representation (SEQUENCE of two INTEGERs).
+ * Add the overhead of ASN.1: up to (1+2) + 2 * (1+2+1) for the
+ * types, lengths (represented by up to 2 bytes), and potential leading
+ * zeros of the INTEGERs and the SEQUENCE. */
+#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE (PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE + 11)
+#endif
+#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) */
+
+/* Internal helper to define which fields in the pk_context structure below
+ * should be used for EC keys: legacy ecp_keypair or the raw (PSA friendly)
+ * format. It should be noted that this only affects how data is stored, not
+ * which functions are used for various operations. The overall picture looks
+ * like this:
+ * - if USE_PSA is not defined and ECP_C is defined then use ecp_keypair data
+ *   structure and legacy functions
+ * - if USE_PSA is defined and
+ *     - if ECP_C then use ecp_keypair structure, convert data to a PSA friendly
+ *       format and use PSA functions
+ *     - if !ECP_C then use new raw data and PSA functions directly.
+ *
+ * The main reason for the "intermediate" (USE_PSA + ECP_C) above is that as long
+ * as ECP_C is defined mbedtls_pk_ec() gives the user a read/write access to the
+ * ecp_keypair structure inside the pk_context so they can modify it using
+ * ECP functions which are not under PK module's control.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Types for interfacing with the debug module
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_NONE = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_MPI,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_ECP,
+    MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_PSA_EC,
+} mbedtls_pk_debug_type;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Item to send to the debug module
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_debug_item {
+    mbedtls_pk_debug_type MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+    const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(value);
+} mbedtls_pk_debug_item;
+
+/** Maximum number of item send for debugging, plus 1 */
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_MAX_ITEMS 3
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Public key information and operations
+ *
+ * \note        The library does not support custom pk info structures,
+ *              only built-in structures returned by
+ *              mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type().
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_info_t mbedtls_pk_info_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PK_MAX_EC_PUBKEY_RAW_LEN \
+    PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)
+/**
+ * \brief           Public key container
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pk_context {
+    const mbedtls_pk_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_info);    /**< Public key information         */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx);                        /**< Underlying public key context  */
+    /* The following field is used to store the ID of a private key in the
+     * following cases:
+     * - opaque key when MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is defined
+     * - normal key when MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is defined. In this case:
+     *    - the pk_ctx above is not not used to store the private key anymore.
+     *      Actually that field not populated at all in this case because also
+     *      the public key will be stored in raw format as explained below
+     *    - this ID is used for all private key operations (ex: sign, check
+     *      key pair, key write, etc) using PSA functions
+     *
+     * Note: this private key storing solution only affects EC keys, not the
+     *       other ones. The latters still use the pk_ctx to store their own
+     *       context. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+    mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(priv_id);      /**< Key ID for opaque keys */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+    /* The following fields are meant for storing the public key in raw format
+     * which is handy for:
+     * - easily importing it into the PSA context
+     * - reducing the ECP module dependencies in the PK one.
+     *
+     * When MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is enabled:
+     * - the pk_ctx above is not used anymore for storing the public key
+     *   inside the ecp_keypair structure
+     * - the following fields are used for all public key operations: signature
+     *   verify, key pair check and key write.
+     * - For a key pair, priv_id contains the private key. For a public key,
+     *   priv_id is null.
+     * Of course, when MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is not enabled, the legacy
+     * ecp_keypair structure is used for storing the public key and performing
+     * all the operations.
+     *
+     * Note: This new public key storing solution only works for EC keys, not
+     *       other ones. The latters still use pk_ctx to store their own
+     *       context.
+     */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pub_raw)[MBEDTLS_PK_MAX_EC_PUBKEY_RAW_LEN]; /**< Raw public key   */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pub_raw_len);            /**< Valid bytes in "pub_raw" */
+    psa_ecc_family_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ec_family);    /**< EC family of pk */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ec_bits);                /**< Curve's bits of pk */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA */
+} mbedtls_pk_context;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief           Context for resuming operations
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    const mbedtls_pk_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_info);    /**< Public key information         */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs_ctx);                        /**< Underlying restart context     */
+} mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx;
+#else /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */
+typedef void mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT)
+/**
+ * \brief           Types for RSA-alt abstraction
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_decrypt_func)(void *ctx, size_t *olen,
+                                               const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
+                                               size_t output_max_len);
+typedef int (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_sign_func)(void *ctx,
+                                            mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                            void *p_rng,
+                                            mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, unsigned int hashlen,
+                                            const unsigned char *hash, unsigned char *sig);
+typedef size_t (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_key_len_func)(void *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Return information associated with the given PK type
+ *
+ * \param pk_type   PK type to search for.
+ *
+ * \return          The PK info associated with the type or NULL if not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_pk_info_t *mbedtls_pk_info_from_type(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_type);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize a #mbedtls_pk_context (as NONE).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to initialize.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_init(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Free the components of a #mbedtls_pk_context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to clear. It must have been initialized.
+ *                  If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note            For contexts that have been set up with
+ *                  mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque(), this does not free the underlying
+ *                  PSA key and you still need to call psa_destroy_key()
+ *                  independently if you want to destroy that key.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_free(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize a restart context
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to initialize.
+ *                  This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_restart_init(mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Free the components of a restart context
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to clear. It must have been initialized.
+ *                  If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pk_restart_free(mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize a PK context with the information given
+ *                  and allocates the type-specific PK subcontext.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Context to initialize. It must not have been set
+ *                  up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE).
+ * \param info      Information to use
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA on invalid input,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED on allocation failure.
+ *
+ * \note            For contexts holding an RSA-alt key, use
+ *                  \c mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt() instead.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_setup(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const mbedtls_pk_info_t *info);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize a PK context to wrap a PSA key.
+ *
+ * This function creates a PK context which wraps a PSA key. The PSA wrapped
+ * key must be an EC or RSA key pair (DH is not suported in the PK module).
+ *
+ * Under the hood PSA functions will be used to perform the required
+ * operations and, based on the key type, used algorithms will be:
+ * * EC:
+ *     * verify, verify_ext, sign, sign_ext: ECDSA.
+ * * RSA:
+ *     * sign, decrypt: use the primary algorithm in the wrapped PSA key;
+ *     * sign_ext: RSA PSS if the pk_type is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, otherwise
+ *       it falls back to the sign() case;
+ *     * verify, verify_ext, encrypt: not supported.
+ *
+ * In order for the above operations to succeed, the policy of the wrapped PSA
+ * key must allow the specified algorithm.
+ *
+ * Opaque PK contexts wrapping an EC keys also support \c mbedtls_pk_check_pair(),
+ * whereas RSA ones do not.
+ *
+ * \warning The PSA wrapped key must remain valid as long as the wrapping PK
+ *          context is in use, that is at least between the point this function
+ *          is called and the point mbedtls_pk_free() is called on this context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx The context to initialize. It must be empty (type NONE).
+ * \param key The PSA key to wrap, which must hold an ECC or RSA key pair.
+ *
+ * \return    \c 0 on success.
+ * \return    #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA on invalid input (context already
+ *            used, invalid key identifier).
+ * \return    #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the key is not an ECC or
+ *            RSA key pair.
+ * \return    #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED on allocation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                            const mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT)
+/**
+ * \brief           Initialize an RSA-alt context
+ *
+ * \param ctx       Context to initialize. It must not have been set
+ *                  up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE).
+ * \param key       RSA key pointer
+ * \param decrypt_func  Decryption function
+ * \param sign_func     Signing function
+ * \param key_len_func  Function returning key length in bytes
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success, or MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the
+ *                  context wasn't already initialized as RSA_ALT.
+ *
+ * \note            This function replaces \c mbedtls_pk_setup() for RSA-alt.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, void *key,
+                             mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_decrypt_func decrypt_func,
+                             mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_sign_func sign_func,
+                             mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_key_len_func key_len_func);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Get the size in bits of the underlying key
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          Key size in bits, or 0 on error
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_pk_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Get the length in bytes of the underlying key
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          Key length in bytes, or 0 on error
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_pk_get_len(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx)
+{
+    return (mbedtls_pk_get_bitlen(ctx) + 7) / 8;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Tell if a context can do the operation given by type
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ * \param type      The desired type.
+ *
+ * \return          1 if the context can do operations on the given type.
+ * \return          0 if the context cannot do the operations on the given
+ *                  type. This is always the case for a context that has
+ *                  been initialized but not set up, or that has been
+ *                  cleared with mbedtls_pk_free().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_can_do(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_type_t type);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief           Tell if context can do the operation given by PSA algorithm
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to query. It must have been initialized.
+ * \param alg       PSA algorithm to check against, the following are allowed:
+ *                  PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(hash),
+ *                  PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(hash),
+ *                  PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT,
+ *                  PSA_ALG_ECDSA(hash),
+ *                  PSA_ALG_ECDH, where hash is a specific hash.
+ * \param usage     PSA usage flag to check against, must be composed of:
+ *                  PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH
+ *                  PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT
+ *                  PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE.
+ *                  Context key must match all passed usage flags.
+ *
+ * \warning         Since the set of allowed algorithms and usage flags may be
+ *                  expanded in the future, the return value \c 0 should not
+ *                  be taken in account for non-allowed algorithms and usage
+ *                  flags.
+ *
+ * \return          1 if the context can do operations on the given type.
+ * \return          0 if the context cannot do the operations on the given
+ *                  type, for non-allowed algorithms and usage flags, or
+ *                  for a context that has been initialized but not set up
+ *                  or that has been cleared with mbedtls_pk_free().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_can_do_ext(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, psa_algorithm_t alg,
+                          psa_key_usage_t usage);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+/**
+ * \brief           Determine valid PSA attributes that can be used to
+ *                  import a key into PSA.
+ *
+ * The attributes determined by this function are suitable
+ * for calling mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa() to create
+ * a PSA key with the same key material.
+ *
+ * The typical flow of operations involving this function is
+ * ```
+ * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
+ * int ret = mbedtls_pk_get_psa_attributes(pk, &attributes);
+ * if (ret != 0) ...; // error handling omitted
+ * // Tweak attributes if desired
+ * psa_key_id_t key_id = 0;
+ * ret = mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa(pk, &attributes, &key_id);
+ * if (ret != 0) ...; // error handling omitted
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \note            This function does not support RSA-alt contexts
+ *                  (set up with mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt()).
+ *
+ * \param[in] pk    The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ *                  It can either contain a key pair or just a public key.
+ * \param usage     A single `PSA_KEY_USAGE_xxx` flag among the following:
+ *                  - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT: \p pk must contain a
+ *                    key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ *                    key pair type, and the usage policy will allow
+ *                    #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT as well as
+ *                    #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT.
+ *                  - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE: \p pk must contain a
+ *                    key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ *                    key pair type.
+ *                  - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT: The output
+ *                    \p attributes will contain a public key type.
+ *                  - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH: \p pk must contain a
+ *                    key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ *                    key pair type, and the usage policy will allow
+ *                    #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH as well as
+ *                    #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH.
+ *                  - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE: \p pk must contain a
+ *                    key pair. The output \p attributes will contain a
+ *                    key pair type, and the usage policy will allow
+ *                    #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE as well as
+ *                    #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE.
+ *                  - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH: The output
+ *                    \p attributes will contain a public key type.
+ *                  - #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE: The output
+ *                    \p attributes will contain a public key type.
+ * \param[out] attributes
+ *                  On success, valid attributes to import the key into PSA.
+ *                  - The lifetime and key identifier are unchanged. If the
+ *                    attribute structure was initialized or reset before
+ *                    calling this function, this will result in a volatile
+ *                    key. Call psa_set_key_identifier() before or after this
+ *                    function if you wish to create a persistent key. Call
+ *                    psa_set_key_lifetime() before or after this function if
+ *                    you wish to import the key in a secure element.
+ *                  - The key type and bit-size are determined by the contents
+ *                    of the PK context. If the PK context contains a key
+ *                    pair, the key type can be either a key pair type or
+ *                    the corresponding public key type, depending on
+ *                    \p usage. If the PK context contains a public key,
+ *                    the key type is a public key type.
+ *                  - The key's policy is determined by the key type and
+ *                    the \p usage parameter. The usage always allows
+ *                    \p usage, exporting and copying the key, and
+ *                    possibly other permissions as documented for the
+ *                    \p usage parameter.
+ *                    The permitted algorithm policy is determined as follows
+ *                    based on the #mbedtls_pk_type_t type of \p pk,
+ *                    the chosen \p usage and other factors:
+ *                      - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA whose underlying
+ *                        #mbedtls_rsa_context has the padding mode
+ *                        #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15:
+ *                        #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
+ *                        if \p usage is SIGN/VERIFY, and
+ *                        #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT
+ *                        if \p usage is ENCRYPT/DECRYPT.
+ *                      - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA whose underlying
+ *                        #mbedtls_rsa_context has the padding mode
+ *                        #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 and the digest type
+ *                        corresponding to the PSA algorithm \c hash:
+ *                        #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
+ *                        if \p usage is SIGN/VERIFY, and
+ *                        #PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP(\c hash)
+ *                        if \p usage is ENCRYPT/DECRYPT.
+ *                      - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT: not supported.
+ *                      - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA or #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY
+ *                        if \p usage is SIGN/VERIFY:
+ *                        #PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
+ *                        if #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is enabled,
+ *                        otherwise #PSA_ALG_ECDSA(#PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH).
+ *                      - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH or #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY
+ *                        if \p usage is DERIVE:
+ *                        #PSA_ALG_ECDH.
+ *                      - #MBEDTLS_PK_OPAQUE: same as the primary algorithm
+ *                        set for the underlying PSA key, except that
+ *                        sign/decrypt flags are removed if the type is
+ *                        set to a public key type.
+ *                        The underlying key must allow \p usage.
+ *                        Note that the enrollment algorithm set with
+ *                        psa_set_key_enrollment_algorithm() is not copied.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success.
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH if \p pk does not contain
+ *                  a key of the type identified in \p attributes.
+ *                  Another error code on other failures.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_get_psa_attributes(const mbedtls_pk_context *pk,
+                                  psa_key_usage_t usage,
+                                  psa_key_attributes_t *attributes);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Import a key into the PSA key store.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to calling psa_import_key()
+ * with the key material from \p pk.
+ *
+ * The typical way to use this function is:
+ * -# Call mbedtls_pk_get_psa_attributes() to obtain
+ *    attributes for the given key.
+ * -# If desired, modify the attributes, for example:
+ *     - To create a persistent key, call
+ *       psa_set_key_identifier() and optionally
+ *       psa_set_key_lifetime().
+ *     - To import only the public part of a key pair:
+ *
+ *           psa_set_key_type(&attributes,
+ *                            PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(
+ *                                psa_get_key_type(&attributes)));
+ *     - Restrict the key usage if desired.
+ * -# Call mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa().
+ *
+ * \note            This function does not support RSA-alt contexts
+ *                  (set up with mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt()).
+ *
+ * \param[in] pk    The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ *                  It can either contain a key pair or just a public key.
+ * \param[in] attributes
+ *                  The attributes to use for the new key. They must be
+ *                  compatible with \p pk. In particular, the key type
+ *                  must match the content of \p pk.
+ *                  If \p pk contains a key pair, the key type in
+ *                  attributes can be either the key pair type or the
+ *                  corresponding public key type (to import only the
+ *                  public part).
+ * \param[out] key_id
+ *                  On success, the identifier of the newly created key.
+ *                  On error, this is #MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success.
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH if \p pk does not contain
+ *                  a key of the type identified in \p attributes.
+ *                  Another error code on other failures.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_import_into_psa(const mbedtls_pk_context *pk,
+                               const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
+                               mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Create a PK context starting from a key stored in PSA.
+ *                  This key:
+ *                  - must be exportable and
+ *                  - must be an RSA or EC key pair or public key (FFDH is not supported in PK).
+ *
+ *                  The resulting PK object will be a transparent type:
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA for RSA keys or
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY for EC keys.
+ *
+ *                  Once this functions returns the PK object will be completely
+ *                  independent from the original PSA key that it was generated
+ *                  from.
+ *                  Calling mbedtls_pk_sign(), mbedtls_pk_verify(),
+ *                  mbedtls_pk_encrypt(), mbedtls_pk_decrypt() on the resulting
+ *                  PK context will perform the corresponding algorithm for that
+ *                  PK context type.
+ *                  * For ECDSA, the choice of deterministic vs randomized will
+ *                    be based on the compile-time setting #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC.
+ *                  * For an RSA key, the output PK context will allow both
+ *                    encrypt/decrypt and sign/verify regardless of the original
+ *                    key's policy.
+ *                    The original key's policy determines the output key's padding
+ *                    mode: PCKS1 v2.1 is set if the PSA key policy is OAEP or PSS,
+ *                    otherwise PKCS1 v1.5 is set.
+ *
+ * \param key_id    The key identifier of the key stored in PSA.
+ * \param pk        The PK context that will be filled. It must be initialized,
+ *                  but not set up.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA in case the provided input
+ *                  parameters are not correct.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_copy_from_psa(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id, mbedtls_pk_context *pk);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Create a PK context for the public key of a PSA key.
+ *
+ *                  The key must be an RSA or ECC key. It can be either a
+ *                  public key or a key pair, and only the public key is copied.
+ *                  The resulting PK object will be a transparent type:
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA for RSA keys or
+ *                  - #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY for EC keys.
+ *
+ *                  Once this functions returns the PK object will be completely
+ *                  independent from the original PSA key that it was generated
+ *                  from.
+ *                  Calling mbedtls_pk_verify() or
+ *                  mbedtls_pk_encrypt() on the resulting
+ *                  PK context will perform the corresponding algorithm for that
+ *                  PK context type.
+ *
+ *                  For an RSA key, the output PK context will allow both
+ *                  encrypt and verify regardless of the original key's policy.
+ *                  The original key's policy determines the output key's padding
+ *                  mode: PCKS1 v2.1 is set if the PSA key policy is OAEP or PSS,
+ *                  otherwise PKCS1 v1.5 is set.
+ *
+ * \param key_id    The key identifier of the key stored in PSA.
+ * \param pk        The PK context that will be filled. It must be initialized,
+ *                  but not set up.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success.
+ * \return          MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA in case the provided input
+ *                  parameters are not correct.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_copy_public_from_psa(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id, mbedtls_pk_context *pk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Verify signature (including padding if relevant).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param md_alg    Hash algorithm used.
+ *                  This can be #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if the signature algorithm
+ *                  does not rely on a hash algorithm (non-deterministic
+ *                  ECDSA, RSA PKCS#1 v1.5).
+ *                  For PKCS#1 v1.5, if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, then
+ *                  \p hash is the DigestInfo structure used by RFC 8017
+ *                  &sect;9.2 steps 3&ndash;6. If \p md_alg is a valid hash
+ *                  algorithm then \p hash is the digest itself, and this
+ *                  function calculates the DigestInfo encoding internally.
+ * \param hash      Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len  Hash length
+ * \param sig       Signature to verify
+ * \param sig_len   Signature length
+ *
+ * \note            For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ *                  either PKCS#1 v1.5 or PSS (accepting any salt length),
+ *                  depending on the padding mode in the underlying RSA context.
+ *                  For a pk object constructed by parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5
+ *                  by default. Use mbedtls_pk_verify_ext() to explicitly select
+ *                  a different algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success (signature is valid),
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ *                  signature in \p sig but its length is less than \p sig_len,
+ *                  or a specific error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_verify(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                      const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+                      const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_verify()
+ *
+ * \note            Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), but can
+ *                  return early and restart according to the limit set with
+ *                  \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC
+ *                  operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_verify().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param md_alg    Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash      Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len  Hash length or 0 (see notes)
+ * \param sig       Signature to verify
+ * \param sig_len   Signature length
+ * \param rs_ctx    Restart context (NULL to disable restart)
+ *
+ * \return          See \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), or
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_verify_restartable(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                                  mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                  const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+                                  const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len,
+                                  mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Verify signature, with options.
+ *                  (Includes verification of the padding depending on type.)
+ *
+ * \param type      Signature type (inc. possible padding type) to verify
+ * \param options   Pointer to type-specific options, or NULL
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param md_alg    Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash      Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len  Hash length or 0 (see notes)
+ * \param sig       Signature to verify
+ * \param sig_len   Signature length
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success (signature is valid),
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH if the PK context can't be
+ *                  used for this type of signatures,
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
+ *                  signature in \p sig but its length is less than \p sig_len,
+ *                  or a specific error code.
+ *
+ * \note            If hash_len is 0, then the length associated with md_alg
+ *                  is used instead, or an error returned if it is invalid.
+ *
+ * \note            md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, only if hash_len != 0
+ *
+ * \note            If type is MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, then options must point
+ *                  to a mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options structure,
+ *                  otherwise it must be NULL. Note that if
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is defined, the salt length is not
+ *                  verified as PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT is used.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(mbedtls_pk_type_t type, const void *options,
+                          mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                          const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+                          const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Make signature, including padding if relevant.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ *                  with a private key.
+ * \param md_alg    Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash      Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len  Hash length
+ * \param sig       Place to write the signature.
+ *                  It must have enough room for the signature.
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough.
+ *                  You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough
+ *                  given the key type.
+ * \param sig_size  The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param sig_len   On successful return,
+ *                  the number of bytes written to \p sig.
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note            For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ *                  either PKCS#1 v1.5 or PSS (using the largest possible salt
+ *                  length up to the hash length), depending on the padding mode
+ *                  in the underlying RSA context. For a pk object constructed
+ *                  by parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5 by default. Use
+ *                  mbedtls_pk_verify_ext() to explicitly select a different
+ *                  algorithm.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ *
+ * \note            For RSA, md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if hash_len != 0.
+ *                  For ECDSA, md_alg may never be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_sign(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                    const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+                    unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len,
+                    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Make signature given a signature type.
+ *
+ * \param pk_type   Signature type.
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ *                  with a private key.
+ * \param md_alg    Hash algorithm used (see notes)
+ * \param hash      Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len  Hash length
+ * \param sig       Place to write the signature.
+ *                  It must have enough room for the signature.
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough.
+ *                  You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough
+ *                  given the key type.
+ * \param sig_size  The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param sig_len   On successful return,
+ *                  the number of bytes written to \p sig.
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ *
+ * \note            When \p pk_type is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS,
+ *                  see #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS for a description of PSS options used.
+ *
+ * \note            For RSA, md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if hash_len != 0.
+ *                  For ECDSA, md_alg may never be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_sign_ext(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_type,
+                        mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                        mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                        const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+                        unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len,
+                        mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                        void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_sign()
+ *
+ * \note            Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_sign(), but can
+ *                  return early and restart according to the limit set with
+ *                  \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC
+ *                  operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_sign().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ *                  with a private key.
+ * \param md_alg    Hash algorithm used (see notes for mbedtls_pk_sign())
+ * \param hash      Hash of the message to sign
+ * \param hash_len  Hash length
+ * \param sig       Place to write the signature.
+ *                  It must have enough room for the signature.
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough.
+ *                  You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough
+ *                  given the key type.
+ * \param sig_size  The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes.
+ * \param sig_len   On successful return,
+ *                  the number of bytes written to \p sig.
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ * \param rs_ctx    Restart context (NULL to disable restart)
+ *
+ * \return          See \c mbedtls_pk_sign().
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
+ *                  operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_sign_restartable(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                                mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len,
+                                unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len,
+                                mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng,
+                                mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Decrypt message (including padding if relevant).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up
+ *                  with a private key.
+ * \param input     Input to decrypt
+ * \param ilen      Input size
+ * \param output    Decrypted output
+ * \param olen      Decrypted message length
+ * \param osize     Size of the output buffer
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note            For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ *                  either PKCS#1 v1.5 or OAEP, depending on the padding mode in
+ *                  the underlying RSA context. For a pk object constructed by
+ *                  parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5 by default.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_decrypt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                       unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, size_t osize,
+                       mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Encrypt message (including padding if relevant).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been set up.
+ * \param input     Message to encrypt
+ * \param ilen      Message size
+ * \param output    Encrypted output
+ * \param olen      Encrypted output length
+ * \param osize     Size of the output buffer
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note            For keys of type #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, the signature algorithm is
+ *                  either PKCS#1 v1.5 or OAEP, depending on the padding mode in
+ *                  the underlying RSA context. For a pk object constructed by
+ *                  parsing, this is PKCS#1 v1.5 by default.
+ *
+ * \note            \p f_rng is used for padding generation.
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success, or a specific error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_encrypt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                       unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, size_t osize,
+                       mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Check if a public-private pair of keys matches.
+ *
+ * \param pub       Context holding a public key.
+ * \param prv       Context holding a private (and public) key.
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success (keys were checked and match each other).
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the keys could not
+ *                  be checked - in that case they may or may not match.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA if a context is invalid.
+ * \return          Another non-zero value if the keys do not match.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_check_pair(const mbedtls_pk_context *pub,
+                          const mbedtls_pk_context *prv,
+                          mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                          void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Export debug information
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been initialized.
+ * \param items     Place to write debug items
+ *
+ * \return          0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_debug(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_debug_item *items);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Access the type name
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          Type name on success, or "invalid PK"
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_pk_get_name(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Get the key type
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to use. It must have been initialized.
+ *
+ * \return          Type on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE for a context that has not been set up.
+ */
+mbedtls_pk_type_t mbedtls_pk_get_type(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
+/**
+ * Quick access to an RSA context inside a PK context.
+ *
+ * \warning This function can only be used when the type of the context, as
+ * returned by mbedtls_pk_get_type(), is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA.
+ * Ensuring that is the caller's responsibility.
+ * Alternatively, you can check whether this function returns NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The internal RSA context held by the PK context, or NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_rsa_context *mbedtls_pk_rsa(const mbedtls_pk_context pk)
+{
+    switch (mbedtls_pk_get_type(&pk)) {
+        case MBEDTLS_PK_RSA:
+            return (mbedtls_rsa_context *) (pk).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx);
+        default:
+            return NULL;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+/**
+ * Quick access to an EC context inside a PK context.
+ *
+ * \warning This function can only be used when the type of the context, as
+ * returned by mbedtls_pk_get_type(), is #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY,
+ * #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH, or #MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA.
+ * Ensuring that is the caller's responsibility.
+ * Alternatively, you can check whether this function returns NULL.
+ *
+ * \return The internal EC context held by the PK context, or NULL.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_ecp_keypair *mbedtls_pk_ec(const mbedtls_pk_context pk)
+{
+    switch (mbedtls_pk_get_type(&pk)) {
+        case MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY:
+        case MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH:
+        case MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA:
+            return (mbedtls_ecp_keypair *) (pk).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx);
+        default:
+            return NULL;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C)
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief           Parse a private key in PEM or DER format
+ *
+ * \note            If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ *                  subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ *                  psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ *                  but not set up.
+ * \param key       Input buffer to parse.
+ *                  The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no
+ *                  extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must
+ *                  contain a null-terminated string.
+ * \param keylen    Size of \b key in bytes.
+ *                  For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte,
+ *                  so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`.
+ * \param pwd       Optional password for decryption.
+ *                  Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key.
+ *                  Pass a string of \p pwdlen bytes if expecting an encrypted
+ *                  key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted.
+ *                  The empty password is not supported.
+ * \param pwdlen    Size of the password in bytes.
+ *                  Ignored if \p pwd is \c NULL.
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL. Used for blinding.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note            On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ *                  with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a
+ *                  specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note            The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_key(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                         const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+                         const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+                         mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief           Parse a public key in PEM or DER format
+ *
+ * \note            If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ *                  subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ *                  psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ *                  but not set up.
+ * \param key       Input buffer to parse.
+ *                  The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no
+ *                  extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must
+ *                  contain a null-terminated string.
+ * \param keylen    Size of \b key in bytes.
+ *                  For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte,
+ *                  so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`.
+ *
+ * \note            On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ *                  with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a
+ *                  specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note            For compressed points, see #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED for
+ *                  limitations.
+ *
+ * \note            The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_key(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                                const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief           Load and parse a private key
+ *
+ * \note            If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ *                  subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ *                  psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ *                  but not set up.
+ * \param path      filename to read the private key from
+ * \param password  Optional password to decrypt the file.
+ *                  Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key.
+ *                  Pass a null-terminated string if expecting an encrypted
+ *                  key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted.
+ *                  The empty password is not supported.
+ * \param f_rng     RNG function, must not be \c NULL. Used for blinding.
+ * \param p_rng     RNG parameter
+ *
+ * \note            On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ *                  with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a
+ *                  specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note            The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_keyfile(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx,
+                             const char *path, const char *password,
+                             mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng);
+
+/** \ingroup pk_module */
+/**
+ * \brief           Load and parse a public key
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ *                  but not set up.
+ * \param path      filename to read the public key from
+ *
+ * \note            On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised
+ *                  with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If
+ *                  you need a specific key type, check the result with
+ *                  mbedtls_pk_can_do().
+ *
+ * \note            The key is also checked for correctness.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_keyfile(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const char *path);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a private key to a PKCS#1 or SEC1 DER structure
+ *                  Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the
+ *                        return value to determine where you should start
+ *                        using the buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx       PK context which must contain a valid private key.
+ * \param buf       buffer to write to
+ * \param size      size of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return          length of data written if successful, or a specific
+ *                  error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_key_der(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a public key to a SubjectPublicKeyInfo DER structure
+ *                  Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the
+ *                        return value to determine where you should start
+ *                        using the buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx       PK context which must contain a valid public or private key.
+ * \param buf       buffer to write to
+ * \param size      size of the buffer
+ *
+ * \return          length of data written if successful, or a specific
+ *                  error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_der(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a public key to a PEM string
+ *
+ * \param ctx       PK context which must contain a valid public or private key.
+ * \param buf       Buffer to write to. The output includes a
+ *                  terminating null byte.
+ * \param size      Size of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_pem(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a private key to a PKCS#1 or SEC1 PEM string
+ *
+ * \param ctx       PK context which must contain a valid private key.
+ * \param buf       Buffer to write to. The output includes a
+ *                  terminating null byte.
+ * \param size      Size of the buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_key_pem(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C */
+
+/*
+ * WARNING: Low-level functions. You probably do not want to use these unless
+ *          you are certain you do ;)
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Parse a SubjectPublicKeyInfo DER structure
+ *
+ * \param p         the position in the ASN.1 data
+ * \param end       end of the buffer
+ * \param pk        The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized
+ *                  but not set up.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific PK error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_parse_subpubkey(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end,
+                               mbedtls_pk_context *pk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Write a subjectPublicKey to ASN.1 data
+ *                  Note: function works backwards in data buffer
+ *
+ * \param p         reference to current position pointer
+ * \param start     start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
+ * \param key       PK context which must contain a valid public or private key.
+ *
+ * \return          the length written or a negative error code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey(unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
+                            const mbedtls_pk_context *key);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs12.h
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS#12 Personal Information Exchange Syntax
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS12_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_BAD_INPUT_DATA                 -0x1F80
+/** Feature not available, e.g. unsupported encryption scheme. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE            -0x1F00
+/** PBE ASN.1 data not as expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PBE_INVALID_FORMAT             -0x1E80
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH              -0x1E00
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_KEY       1   /**< encryption/decryption key */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_IV        2   /**< initialization vector     */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_MAC_KEY   3   /**< integrity / MAC key       */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT      MBEDTLS_DECRYPT
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT      MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief            PKCS12 Password Based function (encryption / decryption)
+ *                   for cipher-based and mbedtls_md-based PBE's
+ *
+ * \note             When encrypting, #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 must
+ *                   be enabled at compile time.
+ *
+ * \deprecated       This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ *                   future version of the library.
+ *                   Please use mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe_ext() instead.
+ *
+ * \warning          When decrypting:
+ *                   - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is enabled at compile
+ *                     time, this function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ *                     #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ *                     invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ *                     attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ *                     there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ *                     detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ *                     password are about 1/255).
+ *                   - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is disabled at compile
+ *                     time, this function does not validate the CBC padding.
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params an ASN1 buffer containing the pkcs-12 PbeParams structure
+ * \param mode       either #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT or
+ *                   #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT
+ * \param cipher_type the cipher used
+ * \param md_type    the mbedtls_md used
+ * \param pwd        Latin1-encoded password used. This may only be \c NULL when
+ *                   \p pwdlen is 0. No null terminator should be used.
+ * \param pwdlen     length of the password (may be 0)
+ * \param data       the input data
+ * \param len        data length
+ * \param output     Output buffer.
+ *                   On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data,
+ *                   possibly followed by the CBC padding.
+ *                   On failure, the content is indeterminate.
+ *                   For decryption, there must be enough room for \p len
+ *                   bytes.
+ *                   For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ *                   \p len + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ *                   the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ *
+ * \return           0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe(mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+                                          mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type,
+                                          mbedtls_md_type_t md_type,
+                                          const unsigned char *pwd,  size_t pwdlen,
+                                          const unsigned char *data, size_t len,
+                                          unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7)
+
+/**
+ * \brief            PKCS12 Password Based function (encryption / decryption)
+ *                   for cipher-based and mbedtls_md-based PBE's
+ *
+ *
+ * \warning          When decrypting:
+ *                   - This function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ *                     #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ *                     invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ *                     attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ *                     there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ *                     detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ *                     password are about 1/255).
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params an ASN1 buffer containing the pkcs-12 PbeParams structure
+ * \param mode       either #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT or
+ *                   #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT
+ * \param cipher_type the cipher used
+ * \param md_type    the mbedtls_md used
+ * \param pwd        Latin1-encoded password used. This may only be \c NULL when
+ *                   \p pwdlen is 0. No null terminator should be used.
+ * \param pwdlen     length of the password (may be 0)
+ * \param data       the input data
+ * \param len        data length
+ * \param output     Output buffer.
+ *                   On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data,
+ *                   possibly followed by the CBC padding.
+ *                   On failure, the content is indeterminate.
+ *                   For decryption, there must be enough room for \p len
+ *                   bytes.
+ *                   For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ *                   \p len + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ *                   the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ * \param output_size size of output buffer.
+ *                    This must be big enough to accommodate for output plus
+ *                    padding data.
+ * \param output_len On success, length of actual data written to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return           0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe_ext(mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+                           mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type, mbedtls_md_type_t md_type,
+                           const unsigned char *pwd,  size_t pwdlen,
+                           const unsigned char *data, size_t len,
+                           unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+                           size_t *output_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C && MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief            The PKCS#12 derivation function uses a password and a salt
+ *                   to produce pseudo-random bits for a particular "purpose".
+ *
+ *                   Depending on the given id, this function can produce an
+ *                   encryption/decryption key, an initialization vector or an
+ *                   integrity key.
+ *
+ * \param data       buffer to store the derived data in
+ * \param datalen    length of buffer to fill
+ * \param pwd        The password to use. For compliance with PKCS#12 §B.1, this
+ *                   should be a BMPString, i.e. a Unicode string where each
+ *                   character is encoded as 2 bytes in big-endian order, with
+ *                   no byte order mark and with a null terminator (i.e. the
+ *                   last two bytes should be 0x00 0x00).
+ * \param pwdlen     length of the password (may be 0).
+ * \param salt       Salt buffer to use. This may only be \c NULL when
+ *                   \p saltlen is 0.
+ * \param saltlen    length of the salt (may be zero)
+ * \param mbedtls_md mbedtls_md type to use during the derivation
+ * \param id         id that describes the purpose (can be
+ *                   #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_KEY, #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_IV or
+ *                   #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_MAC_KEY)
+ * \param iterations number of iterations
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a MD, BIGNUM type error.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs12_derivation(unsigned char *data, size_t datalen,
+                              const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen,
+                              const unsigned char *salt, size_t saltlen,
+                              mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md, int id, int iterations);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pkcs12.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs5.h
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS#5 functions
+ *
+ * \author Mathias Olsson <mathias@kompetensum.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_BAD_INPUT_DATA                  -0x2f80
+/** Unexpected ASN.1 data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_INVALID_FORMAT                  -0x2f00
+/** Requested encryption or digest alg not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE             -0x2e80
+/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH               -0x2e00
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT      MBEDTLS_DECRYPT
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT      MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C)
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief          PKCS#5 PBES2 function
+ *
+ * \note           When encrypting, #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 must
+ *                 be enabled at compile time.
+ *
+ * \deprecated     This function is deprecated and will be removed in a
+ *                 future version of the library.
+ *                 Please use mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2_ext() instead.
+ *
+ * \warning        When decrypting:
+ *                 - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is enabled at compile
+ *                   time, this function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ *                   #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ *                   invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ *                   attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ *                   there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ *                   detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ *                   password are about 1/255).
+ *                 - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is disabled at compile
+ *                   time, this function does not validate the CBC padding.
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params the ASN.1 algorithm parameters
+ * \param mode       either #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT
+ * \param pwd        password to use when generating key
+ * \param pwdlen     length of password
+ * \param data       data to process
+ * \param datalen    length of data
+ * \param output     Output buffer.
+ *                   On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data,
+ *                   possibly followed by the CBC padding.
+ *                   On failure, the content is indeterminate.
+ *                   For decryption, there must be enough room for \p datalen
+ *                   bytes.
+ *                   For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ *                   \p datalen + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ *                   the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ *
+ * \returns        0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+                                           const unsigned char *pwd,  size_t pwdlen,
+                                           const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen,
+                                           unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          PKCS#5 PBES2 function
+ *
+ * \warning        When decrypting:
+ *                 - This function validates the CBC padding and returns
+ *                   #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is
+ *                   invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries
+ *                   attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that
+ *                   there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be
+ *                   detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random
+ *                   password are about 1/255).
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params the ASN.1 algorithm parameters
+ * \param mode       either #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT
+ * \param pwd        password to use when generating key
+ * \param pwdlen     length of password
+ * \param data       data to process
+ * \param datalen    length of data
+ * \param output     Output buffer.
+ *                   On success, it contains the decrypted data.
+ *                   On failure, the content is indetermidate.
+ *                   For decryption, there must be enough room for \p datalen
+ *                   bytes.
+ *                   For encryption, there must be enough room for
+ *                   \p datalen + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of
+ *                   the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params.
+ * \param output_size size of output buffer.
+ *                    This must be big enough to accommodate for output plus
+ *                    padding data.
+ * \param output_len On success, length of actual data written to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \returns        0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if parsing or decryption fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2_ext(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+                            const unsigned char *pwd,  size_t pwdlen,
+                            const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t output_size,
+                            size_t *output_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C && MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief          PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC without using the HMAC context
+ *
+ * \param md_type  Hash algorithm used
+ * \param password Password to use when generating key
+ * \param plen     Length of password
+ * \param salt     Salt to use when generating key
+ * \param slen     Length of salt
+ * \param iteration_count       Iteration count
+ * \param key_length            Length of generated key in bytes
+ * \param output   Generated key. Must be at least as big as key_length
+ *
+ * \returns        0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac_ext(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type,
+                                  const unsigned char *password,
+                                  size_t plen, const unsigned char *salt, size_t slen,
+                                  unsigned int iteration_count,
+                                  uint32_t key_length, unsigned char *output);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief          PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC
+ *
+ * \deprecated     Superseded by mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac_ext().
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Generic HMAC context
+ * \param password Password to use when generating key
+ * \param plen     Length of password
+ * \param salt     Salt to use when generating key
+ * \param slen     Length of salt
+ * \param iteration_count       Iteration count
+ * \param key_length            Length of generated key in bytes
+ * \param output   Generated key. Must be at least as big as key_length
+ *
+ * \returns        0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx,
+                                                 const unsigned char *password,
+                                                 size_t plen,
+                                                 const unsigned char *salt,
+                                                 size_t slen,
+                                                 unsigned int iteration_count,
+                                                 uint32_t key_length,
+                                                 unsigned char *output);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pkcs5.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h

@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs7.h
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS #7 generic defines and structures
+ *  https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Note: For the time being, this implementation of the PKCS #7 cryptographic
+ * message syntax is a partial implementation of RFC 2315.
+ * Differences include:
+ *  - The RFC specifies 6 different content types. The only type currently
+ *    supported in Mbed TLS is the signed-data content type.
+ *  - The only supported PKCS #7 Signed Data syntax version is version 1
+ *  - The RFC specifies support for BER. This implementation is limited to
+ *    DER only.
+ *  - The RFC specifies that multiple digest algorithms can be specified
+ *    in the Signed Data type. Only one digest algorithm is supported in Mbed TLS.
+ *  - The RFC specifies the Signed Data type can contain multiple X.509 or PKCS #6 extended
+ *    certificates. In Mbed TLS, this list can only contain 0 or 1 certificates
+ *    and they must be in X.509 format.
+ *  - The RFC specifies the Signed Data type can contain
+ *    certificate-revocation lists (CRLs). This implementation has no support
+ *    for CRLs so it is assumed to be an empty list.
+ *  - The RFC allows for SignerInfo structure to optionally contain
+ *    unauthenticatedAttributes and authenticatedAttributes. In Mbed TLS it is
+ *    assumed these fields are empty.
+ *  - The RFC allows for the signed Data type to contain contentInfo. This
+ *    implementation assumes the type is DATA and the content is empty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS7_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
+#include "mbedtls/x509_crt.h"
+
+/**
+ * \name PKCS #7 Module Error codes
+ * \{
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_FORMAT                   -0x5300  /**< The format is invalid, e.g. different type expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE              -0x5380  /**< Unavailable feature, e.g. anything other than signed data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_VERSION                  -0x5400  /**< The PKCS #7 version element is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_CONTENT_INFO             -0x5480  /**< The PKCS #7 content info is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_ALG                      -0x5500  /**< The algorithm tag or value is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_CERT                     -0x5580  /**< The certificate tag or value is invalid or cannot be parsed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_SIGNATURE                -0x5600  /**< Error parsing the signature */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_SIGNER_INFO              -0x5680  /**< Error parsing the signer's info */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_BAD_INPUT_DATA                   -0x5700  /**< Input invalid. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_ALLOC_FAILED                     -0x5780  /**< Allocation of memory failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_VERIFY_FAIL                      -0x5800  /**< Verification Failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_CERT_DATE_INVALID                -0x5880  /**< The PKCS #7 date issued/expired dates are invalid */
+/* \} name */
+
+/**
+ * \name PKCS #7 Supported Version
+ * \{
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SUPPORTED_VERSION                           0x01
+/* \} name */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN.1 using DER.
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_buf mbedtls_pkcs7_buf;
+
+/**
+ * Container for ASN.1 named information objects.
+ * It allows for Relative Distinguished Names (e.g. cn=localhost,ou=code,etc.).
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_named_data mbedtls_pkcs7_name;
+
+/**
+ * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items
+ */
+typedef mbedtls_asn1_sequence mbedtls_pkcs7_sequence;
+
+/**
+ * PKCS #7 types
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_PKCS7_NONE=0,
+    MBEDTLS_PKCS7_DATA,
+    MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SIGNED_DATA,
+    MBEDTLS_PKCS7_ENVELOPED_DATA,
+    MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_DATA,
+    MBEDTLS_PKCS7_DIGESTED_DATA,
+    MBEDTLS_PKCS7_ENCRYPTED_DATA,
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7_type;
+
+/**
+ * Structure holding PKCS #7 signer info
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info {
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version);
+    mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial);
+    mbedtls_x509_name MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer);
+    mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer_raw);
+    mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg_identifier);
+    mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_alg_identifier);
+    mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig);
+    struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next);
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info;
+
+/**
+ * Structure holding the signed data section
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data {
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version);
+    mbedtls_pkcs7_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(digest_alg_identifiers);
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_certs);
+    mbedtls_x509_crt MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(certs);
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_crls);
+    mbedtls_x509_crl MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crl);
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_signers);
+    mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(signers);
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data;
+
+/**
+ * Structure holding PKCS #7 structure, only signed data for now
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7 {
+    mbedtls_pkcs7_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(raw);
+    mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(signed_data);
+}
+mbedtls_pkcs7;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize mbedtls_pkcs7 structure.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7    mbedtls_pkcs7 structure.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pkcs7_init(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Parse a single DER formatted PKCS #7 detached signature.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7    The mbedtls_pkcs7 structure to be filled by the parser.
+ * \param buf      The buffer holding only the DER encoded PKCS #7 content.
+ * \param buflen   The size in bytes of \p buf. The size must be exactly the
+ *                 length of the DER encoded PKCS #7 content.
+ *
+ * \note           This function makes an internal copy of the PKCS #7 buffer
+ *                 \p buf. In particular, \p buf may be destroyed or reused
+ *                 after this call returns.
+ * \note           Signatures with internal data are not supported.
+ *
+ * \return         The \c mbedtls_pkcs7_type of \p buf, if successful.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs7_parse_der(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7, const unsigned char *buf,
+                            const size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Verification of PKCS #7 signature against a caller-supplied
+ *                 certificate.
+ *
+ *                 For each signer in the PKCS structure, this function computes
+ *                 a signature over the supplied data, using the supplied
+ *                 certificate and the same digest algorithm as specified by the
+ *                 signer. It then compares this signature against the
+ *                 signer's signature; verification succeeds if any comparison
+ *                 matches.
+ *
+ *                 This function does not use the certificates held within the
+ *                 PKCS #7 structure itself, and does not check that the
+ *                 certificate is signed by a trusted certification authority.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7    mbedtls_pkcs7 structure containing signature.
+ * \param cert     Certificate containing key to verify signature.
+ * \param data     Plain data on which signature has to be verified.
+ * \param datalen  Length of the data.
+ *
+ * \note           This function internally calculates the hash on the supplied
+ *                 plain data for signature verification.
+ *
+ * \return         0 if the signature verifies, or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data_verify(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7,
+                                     const mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+                                     const unsigned char *data,
+                                     size_t datalen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Verification of PKCS #7 signature against a caller-supplied
+ *                 certificate.
+ *
+ *                 For each signer in the PKCS structure, this function
+ *                 validates a signature over the supplied hash, using the
+ *                 supplied certificate and the same digest algorithm as
+ *                 specified by the signer. Verification succeeds if any
+ *                 signature is good.
+ *
+ *                 This function does not use the certificates held within the
+ *                 PKCS #7 structure itself, and does not check that the
+ *                 certificate is signed by a trusted certification authority.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7    PKCS #7 structure containing signature.
+ * \param cert     Certificate containing key to verify signature.
+ * \param hash     Hash of the plain data on which signature has to be verified.
+ * \param hashlen  Length of the hash.
+ *
+ * \note           This function is different from mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data_verify()
+ *                 in that it is directly passed the hash of the data.
+ *
+ * \return         0 if the signature verifies, or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_hash_verify(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7,
+                                     const mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+                                     const unsigned char *hash, size_t hashlen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Unallocate all PKCS #7 data and zeroize the memory.
+ *                 It doesn't free \p pkcs7 itself. This should be done by the caller.
+ *
+ * \param pkcs7    mbedtls_pkcs7 structure to free.
+ */
+void mbedtls_pkcs7_free(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pkcs7.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/platform.h

@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains the definitions and functions of the
+ *        Mbed TLS platform abstraction layer.
+ *
+ *        The platform abstraction layer removes the need for the library
+ *        to directly link to standard C library functions or operating
+ *        system services, making the library easier to port and embed.
+ *        Application developers and users of the library can provide their own
+ *        implementations of these functions, or implementations specific to
+ *        their platform, which can be statically linked to the library or
+ *        dynamically configured at runtime.
+ *
+ *        When all compilation options related to platform abstraction are
+ *        disabled, this header just defines `mbedtls_xxx` function names
+ *        as aliases to the standard `xxx` function.
+ *
+ *        Most modules in the library and example programs are expected to
+ *        include this header.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/* The older Microsoft Windows common runtime provides non-conforming
+ * implementations of some standard library functions, including snprintf
+ * and vsnprintf. This affects MSVC and MinGW builds.
+ */
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#include <time.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF   mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use.  */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF   snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use.  */
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF   mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use.  */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF   vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use.  */
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF   printf /**< The default \c printf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF fprintf /**< The default \c fprintf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC   calloc /**< The default \c calloc function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE       free /**< The default \c free function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF   setbuf /**< The default \c setbuf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT      exit /**< The default \c exit function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME       time    /**< The default \c time function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS  EXIT_SUCCESS /**< The default exit value to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE  EXIT_FAILURE /**< The default exit value to use. */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ   mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE  mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE   "seedfile"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR)
+#include MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */
+
+/* Enable certain documented defines only when generating doxygen to avoid
+ * an "unrecognized define" error. */
+#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for calloc and free.
+ * Please see MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
+ * in mbedtls_config.h for more information about behaviour and requirements.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO)
+#undef mbedtls_free
+#undef mbedtls_calloc
+#define mbedtls_free       MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO
+#define mbedtls_calloc     MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO
+#else
+/* For size_t */
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *mbedtls_calloc(size_t n, size_t size);
+extern void mbedtls_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function dynamically sets the memory-management
+ *                      functions used by the library, during runtime.
+ *
+ * \param calloc_func   The \c calloc function implementation.
+ * \param free_func     The \c free function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free(void *(*calloc_func)(size_t, size_t),
+                                     void (*free_func)(void *));
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO */
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY */
+#undef mbedtls_free
+#undef mbedtls_calloc
+#define mbedtls_free       free
+#define mbedtls_calloc     calloc
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY && !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{FREE,CALLOC}_MACRO */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for fprintf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT)
+/* We need FILE * */
+#include <stdio.h>
+extern int (*mbedtls_fprintf)(FILE *stream, const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                This function dynamically configures the fprintf
+ *                       function that is called when the
+ *                       mbedtls_fprintf() function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param fprintf_func   The \c fprintf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return               \c 0.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_fprintf(int (*fprintf_func)(FILE *stream, const char *,
+                                                     ...));
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_fprintf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_fprintf    MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_fprintf    fprintf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for printf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_printf)(const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function dynamically configures the snprintf
+ *                      function that is called when the mbedtls_snprintf()
+ *                      function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param printf_func   The \c printf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_printf(int (*printf_func)(const char *, ...));
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */
+#undef mbedtls_printf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_printf     MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_printf     printf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for snprintf
+ *
+ * The snprintf implementation should conform to C99:
+ * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer
+ *   (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched)
+ * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when
+ *   the destination buffer is too short.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF)
+/* For Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */
+int mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_snprintf)(char *s, size_t n, const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                 This function allows configuring a custom
+ *                        \c snprintf function pointer.
+ *
+ * \param snprintf_func   The \c snprintf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return                \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_snprintf(int (*snprintf_func)(char *s, size_t n,
+                                                       const char *format, ...));
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */
+#undef mbedtls_snprintf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_snprintf   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_snprintf   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for vsnprintf
+ *
+ * The vsnprintf implementation should conform to C99:
+ * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer
+ *   (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched)
+ * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when
+ *   the destination buffer is too short.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/* For Older Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */
+int mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list arg);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+extern int (*mbedtls_vsnprintf)(char *s, size_t n, const char *format, va_list arg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Set your own snprintf function pointer
+ *
+ * \param   vsnprintf_func   The \c vsnprintf function implementation
+ *
+ * \return  \c 0
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_vsnprintf(int (*vsnprintf_func)(char *s, size_t n,
+                                                         const char *format, va_list arg));
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */
+#undef mbedtls_vsnprintf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_vsnprintf   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_vsnprintf   vsnprintf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for setbuf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT)
+#include <stdio.h>
+/**
+ * \brief                  Function pointer to call for `setbuf()` functionality
+ *                         (changing the internal buffering on stdio calls).
+ *
+ * \note                   The library calls this function to disable
+ *                         buffering when reading or writing sensitive data,
+ *                         to avoid having extra copies of sensitive data
+ *                         remaining in stdio buffers after the file is
+ *                         closed. If this is not a concern, for example if
+ *                         your platform's stdio doesn't have any buffering,
+ *                         you can set mbedtls_setbuf to a function that
+ *                         does nothing.
+ *
+ *                         The library always calls this function with
+ *                         `buf` equal to `NULL`.
+ */
+extern void (*mbedtls_setbuf)(FILE *stream, char *buf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                  Dynamically configure the function that is called
+ *                         when the mbedtls_setbuf() function is called by the
+ *                         library.
+ *
+ * \param   setbuf_func   The \c setbuf function implementation
+ *
+ * \return                 \c 0
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_setbuf(void (*setbuf_func)(
+                                    FILE *stream, char *buf));
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_setbuf
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO)
+/**
+ * \brief                  Macro defining the function for the library to
+ *                         call for `setbuf` functionality (changing the
+ *                         internal buffering on stdio calls).
+ *
+ * \note                   See extra comments on the mbedtls_setbuf() function
+ *                         pointer above.
+ *
+ * \return                 \c 0 on success, negative on error.
+ */
+#define mbedtls_setbuf    MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_setbuf    setbuf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for exit
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT)
+extern void (*mbedtls_exit)(int status);
+
+/**
+ * \brief             This function dynamically configures the exit
+ *                    function that is called when the mbedtls_exit()
+ *                    function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param exit_func   The \c exit function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return            \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_exit(void (*exit_func)(int status));
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_exit
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_exit   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_exit   exit
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The default exit values
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS)
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE)
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for reading from and writing a seed file to
+ * Non-Volatile storage (NV) in a platform-independent way
+ *
+ * Only enabled when the NV seed entropy source is enabled
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/* Internal standard platform definitions */
+int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_read)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_write)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function allows configuring custom seed file writing and
+ *          reading functions.
+ *
+ * \param   nv_seed_read_func   The seed reading function implementation.
+ * \param   nv_seed_write_func  The seed writing function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return  \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_nv_seed(
+    int (*nv_seed_read_func)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len),
+    int (*nv_seed_write_func)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len)
+    );
+#else
+#undef mbedtls_nv_seed_read
+#undef mbedtls_nv_seed_write
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read    MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read    mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write   mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT)
+
+/**
+ * \brief   The platform context structure.
+ *
+ * \note    This structure may be used to assist platform-specific
+ *          setup or teardown operations.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_platform_context {
+    char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); /**< A placeholder member, as empty structs are not portable. */
+}
+mbedtls_platform_context;
+
+#else
+#include "platform_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function performs any platform-specific initialization
+ *          operations.
+ *
+ * \note    This function should be called before any other library functions.
+ *
+ *          Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless
+ *          platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note    The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param   ctx     The platform context.
+ *
+ * \return  \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_setup(mbedtls_platform_context *ctx);
+/**
+ * \brief   This function performs any platform teardown operations.
+ *
+ * \note    This function should be called after every other Mbed TLS module
+ *          has been correctly freed using the appropriate free function.
+ *
+ *          Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless
+ *          platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note    The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param   ctx     The platform context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_platform_teardown(mbedtls_platform_context *ctx);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* platform.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform_time.h
+ *
+ * \brief Mbed TLS Platform time abstraction
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The time_t datatype
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO)
+typedef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO mbedtls_time_t;
+#else
+/* For time_t */
+#include <time.h>
+typedef time_t mbedtls_time_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO)
+typedef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO mbedtls_ms_time_t;
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+typedef int64_t mbedtls_ms_time_t;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Get time in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return Monotonically-increasing current time in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \note Define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT to be able to provide an
+ *       alternative implementation
+ *
+ * \warning This function returns a monotonically-increasing time value from a
+ *          start time that will differ from platform to platform, and possibly
+ *          from run to run of the process.
+ *
+ */
+mbedtls_ms_time_t mbedtls_ms_time(void);
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for time
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT)
+extern mbedtls_time_t (*mbedtls_time)(mbedtls_time_t *time);
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Set your own time function pointer
+ *
+ * \param   time_func   the time function implementation
+ *
+ * \return              0
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_time(mbedtls_time_t (*time_func)(mbedtls_time_t *time));
+#else
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_time    MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_time   time
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* platform_time.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h

@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform_util.h
+ *
+ * \brief Common and shared functions used by multiple modules in the Mbed TLS
+ *        library.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE)
+#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Internal helper macros for deprecating API constants. */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
+MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef char const *mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t;
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT(VAL)       \
+    ((mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t) (VAL))
+MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef int mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t;
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(VAL)       \
+    ((mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t) (VAL))
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT(VAL) VAL
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(VAL) VAL
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/* Implementation of the check-return facility.
+ * See the user documentation in mbedtls_config.h.
+ *
+ * Do not use this macro directly to annotate function: instead,
+ * use one of MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL or MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+ * depending on how important it is to check the return value.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700
+#include <sal.h>
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN _Check_return_
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/** Critical-failure function
+ *
+ * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * indicates that its return value should be checked in all applications.
+ * Omitting the check is very likely to indicate a bug in the application
+ * and will result in a compile-time warning if #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+ * is implemented for the compiler in use.
+ *
+ * \note  The use of this macro is a work in progress.
+ *        This macro may be added to more functions in the future.
+ *        Such an extension is not considered an API break, provided that
+ *        there are near-unavoidable circumstances under which the function
+ *        can fail. For example, signature/MAC/AEAD verification functions,
+ *        and functions that require a random generator, are considered
+ *        return-check-critical.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+
+/** Ordinary-failure function
+ *
+ * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * indicates that its return value should be generally be checked in portable
+ * applications. Omitting the check will result in a compile-time warning if
+ * #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN is implemented for the compiler in use and
+ * #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING is enabled in the compile-time configuration.
+ *
+ * You can use #MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN to explicitly ignore the return value
+ * of a function that is annotated with #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN.
+ *
+ * \note  The use of this macro is a work in progress.
+ *        This macro will be added to more functions in the future.
+ *        Eventually this should appear before most functions returning
+ *        an error code (as \c int in the \c mbedtls_xxx API or
+ *        as ::psa_status_t in the \c psa_xxx API).
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING)
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
+#endif
+
+/** Benign-failure function
+ *
+ * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function
+ * indicates that it is rarely useful to check its return value.
+ *
+ * This macro has an empty expansion. It exists for documentation purposes:
+ * a #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_OPTIONAL annotation indicates that the function
+ * has been analyzed for return-check usefulness, whereas the lack of
+ * an annotation indicates that the function has not been analyzed and its
+ * return-check usefulness is unknown.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_OPTIONAL
+
+/** \def MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN
+ *
+ * Call this macro with one argument, a function call, to suppress a warning
+ * from #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN due to that function call.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN)
+/* GCC doesn't silence the warning with just (void)(result).
+ * (void)!(result) is known to work up at least up to GCC 10, as well
+ * as with Clang and MSVC.
+ *
+ * https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.4.6/gcc/Non_002dbugs.html
+ * https://stackoverflow.com/questions/40576003/ignoring-warning-wunused-result
+ * https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66425#c34
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN(result) ((void) !(result))
+#endif
+
+/* If the following macro is defined, the library is being built by the test
+ * framework, and the framework is going to provide a replacement
+ * mbedtls_platform_zeroize() using a preprocessor macro, so the function
+ * declaration should be omitted.  */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_DEFINES_ZEROIZE) //no-check-names
+/**
+ * \brief       Securely zeroize a buffer
+ *
+ *              The function is meant to wipe the data contained in a buffer so
+ *              that it can no longer be recovered even if the program memory
+ *              is later compromised. Call this function on sensitive data
+ *              stored on the stack before returning from a function, and on
+ *              sensitive data stored on the heap before freeing the heap
+ *              object.
+ *
+ *              It is extremely difficult to guarantee that calls to
+ *              mbedtls_platform_zeroize() are not removed by aggressive
+ *              compiler optimizations in a portable way. For this reason, Mbed
+ *              TLS provides the configuration option
+ *              MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT, which allows users to configure
+ *              mbedtls_platform_zeroize() to use a suitable implementation for
+ *              their platform and needs
+ *
+ * \param buf   Buffer to be zeroized
+ * \param len   Length of the buffer in bytes
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_platform_zeroize(void *buf, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/** \brief              The type of custom random generator (RNG) callbacks.
+ *
+ *                      Many Mbed TLS functions take two parameters
+ *                      `mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng, void *p_rng`. The
+ *                      library will call \c f_rng to generate
+ *                      random values.
+ *
+ * \note                This is typically one of the following:
+ *                      - mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random() with \c p_rng
+ *                        pointing to a #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context;
+ *                      - mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random() with \c p_rng
+ *                        pointing to a #mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context;
+ *                      - mbedtls_psa_get_random() with
+ *                        `prng = MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE`.
+ *
+ * \note                Generally, given a call
+ *                      `mbedtls_foo(f_rng, p_rng, ....)`, the RNG callback
+ *                      and the context only need to remain valid until
+ *                      the call to `mbedtls_foo` returns. However, there
+ *                      are a few exceptions where the callback is stored
+ *                      in for future use. Check the documentation of
+ *                      the calling function.
+ *
+ * \warning             In a multithreaded environment, calling the
+ *                      function should be thread-safe. The standard
+ *                      functions provided by the library are thread-safe
+ *                      when #MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled.
+ *
+ * \warning             This function must either provide as many
+ *                      bytes as requested of **cryptographic quality**
+ *                      random data, or return a negative error code.
+ *
+ * \param p_rng         The \c p_rng argument that was passed along \c f_rng.
+ *                      The library always passes \c p_rng unchanged.
+ *                      This is typically a pointer to the random generator
+ *                      state, or \c NULL if the custom random generator
+ *                      doesn't need a context-specific state.
+ * \param[out] output   On success, this must be filled with \p output_size
+ *                      bytes of cryptographic-quality random data.
+ * \param output_size   The number of bytes to output.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success, or a negative error code on failure.
+ *                      Library functions will generally propagate this
+ *                      error code, so \c MBEDTLS_ERR_xxx values are
+ *                      recommended. #MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED is
+ *                      typically sensible for RNG failures.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_f_rng_t(void *p_rng,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t output_size);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE)
+/**
+ * \brief      Platform-specific implementation of gmtime_r()
+ *
+ *             The function is a thread-safe abstraction that behaves
+ *             similarly to the gmtime_r() function from Unix/POSIX.
+ *
+ *             Mbed TLS will try to identify the underlying platform and
+ *             make use of an appropriate underlying implementation (e.g.
+ *             gmtime_r() for POSIX and gmtime_s() for Windows). If this is
+ *             not possible, then gmtime() will be used. In this case, calls
+ *             from the library to gmtime() will be guarded by the mutex
+ *             mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is
+ *             enabled. It is recommended that calls from outside the library
+ *             are also guarded by this mutex.
+ *
+ *             If MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, then Mbed TLS will
+ *             unconditionally use the alternative implementation for
+ *             mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() supplied by the user at compile time.
+ *
+ * \param tt     Pointer to an object containing time (in seconds) since the
+ *               epoch to be converted
+ * \param tm_buf Pointer to an object where the results will be stored
+ *
+ * \return      Pointer to an object of type struct tm on success, otherwise
+ *              NULL
+ */
+struct tm *mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(const mbedtls_time_t *tt,
+                                     struct tm *tm_buf);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/**
+ * \file poly1305.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains Poly1305 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ *          Poly1305 is a one-time message authenticator that can be used to
+ *          authenticate messages. Poly1305-AES was created by Daniel
+ *          Bernstein https://cr.yp.to/mac/poly1305-20050329.pdf The generic
+ *          Poly1305 algorithm (not tied to AES) was also standardized in RFC
+ *          7539.
+ *
+ * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H
+#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/** Invalid input parameter(s). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA         -0x0057
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT)
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_poly1305_context {
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(r)[4];      /** The value for 'r' (low 128 bits of the key). */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s)[4];      /** The value for 's' (high 128 bits of the key). */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(acc)[5];    /** The accumulator number. */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(queue)[16];  /** The current partial block of data. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(queue_len);   /** The number of bytes stored in 'queue'. */
+}
+mbedtls_poly1305_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT */
+#include "poly1305_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the specified Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ *                  It must be the first API called before using
+ *                  the context.
+ *
+ *                  It is usually followed by a call to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_poly1305_starts(), then one or more calls to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_poly1305_update(), then one call to
+ *                  \c mbedtls_poly1305_finish(), then finally
+ *                  \c mbedtls_poly1305_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The Poly1305 context to initialize. This must
+ *                  not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_poly1305_init(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function releases and clears the specified
+ *                  Poly1305 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The Poly1305 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                  case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must
+ *                  point to an initialized Poly1305 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_poly1305_free(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the one-time authentication key.
+ *
+ * \warning         The key must be unique and unpredictable for each
+ *                  invocation of Poly1305.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The Poly1305 context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                  This must be initialized.
+ * \param key       The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_starts(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char key[32]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This functions feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ *                  Poly1305 computation.
+ *
+ *                  It is called between \c mbedtls_cipher_poly1305_starts() and
+ *                  \c mbedtls_cipher_poly1305_finish().
+ *                  It can be called repeatedly to process a stream of data.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation.
+ *                  This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param ilen      The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  Any value is accepted.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_update(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx,
+                            const unsigned char *input,
+                            size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function generates the Poly1305 Message
+ *                  Authentication Code (MAC).
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation.
+ *                  This must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mac       The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must
+ *                  be a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_finish(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx,
+                            unsigned char mac[16]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function calculates the Poly1305 MAC of the input
+ *                  buffer with the provided key.
+ *
+ * \warning         The key must be unique and unpredictable for each
+ *                  invocation of Poly1305.
+ *
+ * \param key       The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key.
+ * \param ilen      The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  Any value is accepted.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                  This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param mac       The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must be
+ *                  a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_mac(const unsigned char key[32],
+                         const unsigned char *input,
+                         size_t ilen,
+                         unsigned char mac[16]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief           The Poly1305 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_poly1305_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/private_access.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/**
+ * \file private_access.h
+ *
+ * \brief Macro wrapper for struct's members.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) private_##member
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) member
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h

@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/**
+ * \file psa_util.h
+ *
+ * \brief Utility functions for the use of the PSA Crypto library.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+
+/* ASN1 defines used in the ECDSA conversion functions.
+ * Note: intentionally not adding MBEDTLS_ASN1_[PARSE|WRITE]_C guards here
+ * otherwise error codes would be unknown in test_suite_psa_crypto_util.data.*/
+#include <mbedtls/asn1write.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT)
+
+/** The random generator function for the PSA subsystem.
+ *
+ * This function is suitable as the `f_rng` random generator function
+ * parameter of many `mbedtls_xxx` functions.
+ *
+ * The implementation of this function depends on the configuration of the
+ * library.
+ *
+ * \note This function may only be used if the PSA crypto subsystem is active.
+ *       This means that you must call psa_crypto_init() before any call to
+ *       this function, and you must not call this function after calling
+ *       mbedtls_psa_crypto_free().
+ *
+ * \param p_rng         This parameter is only kept for backward compatibility
+ *                      reasons with legacy `f_rng` functions and it's ignored.
+ *                      Set to #MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE or NULL.
+ * \param output        The buffer to fill. It must have room for
+ *                      \c output_size bytes.
+ * \param output_size   The number of bytes to write to \p output.
+ *                      This function may fail if \p output_size is too
+ *                      large. It is guaranteed to accept any output size
+ *                      requested by Mbed TLS library functions. The
+ *                      maximum request size depends on the library
+ *                      configuration.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              An `MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_xxx`,
+ *                      `MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_xxx,
+ *                      `MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_xxx` or
+ *                      `MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_xxx` on error.
+ */
+int mbedtls_psa_get_random(void *p_rng,
+                           unsigned char *output,
+                           size_t output_size);
+
+/** The random generator state for the PSA subsystem.
+ *
+ * This macro always expands to NULL because the `p_rng` parameter is unused
+ * in mbedtls_psa_get_random(), but it's kept for interface's backward
+ * compatibility.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE    NULL
+
+/** \defgroup psa_tls_helpers TLS helper functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
+#include <mbedtls/ecp.h>
+
+/** Convert an ECC curve identifier from the Mbed TLS encoding to PSA.
+ *
+ * \param grpid         An Mbed TLS elliptic curve identifier
+ *                      (`MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx`).
+ * \param[out] bits     On success the bit size of the curve; 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * \return              If the curve is supported in the PSA API, this function
+ *                      returns the proper PSA curve identifier
+ *                      (`PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`). This holds even if the curve is
+ *                      not supported by the ECP module.
+ * \return              \c 0 if the curve is not supported in the PSA API.
+ */
+psa_ecc_family_t mbedtls_ecc_group_to_psa(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grpid,
+                                          size_t *bits);
+
+/** Convert an ECC curve identifier from the PSA encoding to Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \param family        A PSA elliptic curve family identifier
+ *                      (`PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`).
+ * \param bits          The bit-length of a private key on \p curve.
+ *
+ * \return              If the curve is supported in the PSA API, this function
+ *                      returns the corresponding Mbed TLS elliptic curve
+ *                      identifier (`MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx`).
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE if the combination of \c curve
+ *                      and \p bits is not supported.
+ */
+mbedtls_ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecc_group_from_psa(psa_ecc_family_t family,
+                                                size_t bits);
+#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the PSA algorithm identifier
+ *                  associated with the given digest type.
+ *
+ * \param md_type   The type of digest to search for. Must not be NONE.
+ *
+ * \warning         If \p md_type is \c MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this function will
+ *                  not return \c PSA_ALG_NONE, but an invalid algorithm.
+ *
+ * \warning         This function does not check if the algorithm is
+ *                  supported, it always returns the corresponding identifier.
+ *
+ * \return          The PSA algorithm identifier associated with \p md_type,
+ *                  regardless of whether it is supported or not.
+ */
+static inline psa_algorithm_t mbedtls_md_psa_alg_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type)
+{
+    return PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | (psa_algorithm_t) md_type;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the given digest type
+ *                  associated with the PSA algorithm identifier.
+ *
+ * \param psa_alg   The PSA algorithm identifier to search for.
+ *
+ * \warning         This function does not check if the algorithm is
+ *                  supported, it always returns the corresponding identifier.
+ *
+ * \return          The MD type associated with \p psa_alg,
+ *                  regardless of whether it is supported or not.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md_type_from_psa_alg(psa_algorithm_t psa_alg)
+{
+    return (mbedtls_md_type_t) (psa_alg & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK);
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA)
+
+/** Convert an ECDSA signature from raw format to DER ASN.1 format.
+ *
+ * \param       bits        Size of each coordinate in bits.
+ * \param       raw         Buffer that contains the signature in raw format.
+ * \param       raw_len     Length of \p raw in bytes. This must be
+ *                          PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(bits) bytes.
+ * \param[out]  der         Buffer that will be filled with the converted DER
+ *                          output. It can overlap with raw buffer.
+ * \param       der_size    Size of \p der in bytes. It is enough if \p der_size
+ *                          is at least the size of the actual output. (The size
+ *                          of the output can vary depending on the presence of
+ *                          leading zeros in the data.) You can use
+ *                          #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(\p bits) to determine a
+ *                          size that is large enough for all signatures for a
+ *                          given value of \p bits.
+ * \param[out]  der_len     On success it contains the amount of valid data
+ *                          (in bytes) written to \p der. It's undefined
+ *                          in case of failure.
+ *
+ * \note                    The behavior is undefined if \p der is null,
+ *                          even if \p der_size is 0.
+ *
+ * \return                  0 if successful.
+ * \return                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_BUF_TOO_SMALL if \p der_size
+ *                          is too small or if \p bits is larger than the
+ *                          largest supported curve.
+ * \return                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if one of the
+ *                          numbers in the signature is 0.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_raw_to_der(size_t bits, const unsigned char *raw, size_t raw_len,
+                             unsigned char *der, size_t der_size, size_t *der_len);
+
+/** Convert an ECDSA signature from DER ASN.1 format to raw format.
+ *
+ * \param       bits        Size of each coordinate in bits.
+ * \param       der         Buffer that contains the signature in DER format.
+ * \param       der_len     Size of \p der in bytes.
+ * \param[out]  raw         Buffer that will be filled with the converted raw
+ *                          signature. It can overlap with der buffer.
+ * \param       raw_size    Size of \p raw in bytes. Must be at least
+ *                          2 * PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(bits) bytes.
+ * \param[out]  raw_len     On success it is updated with the amount of valid
+ *                          data (in bytes) written to \p raw. It's undefined
+ *                          in case of failure.
+ *
+ * \return                  0 if successful.
+ * \return                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_BUF_TOO_SMALL if \p raw_size
+ *                          is too small or if \p bits is larger than the
+ *                          largest supported curve.
+ * \return                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if the data in
+ *                          \p der is inconsistent with \p bits.
+ * \return                  An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_xxx error code if
+ *                          \p der is malformed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ecdsa_der_to_raw(size_t bits, const unsigned char *der, size_t der_len,
+                             unsigned char *raw, size_t raw_size, size_t *raw_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_HAVE_ECDSA */
+
+/**@}*/
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/**
+ * \file ripemd160.h
+ *
+ * \brief RIPE MD-160 message digest
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_H
+#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          RIPEMD-160 context structure
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ripemd160_context {
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2];          /*!< number of bytes processed  */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[5];          /*!< intermediate digest state  */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64];   /*!< data block being processed */
+}
+mbedtls_ripemd160_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT */
+#include "ripemd160_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize RIPEMD-160 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      RIPEMD-160 context to be initialized
+ */
+void mbedtls_ripemd160_init(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Clear RIPEMD-160 context
+ *
+ * \param ctx      RIPEMD-160 context to be cleared
+ */
+void mbedtls_ripemd160_free(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Clone (the state of) a RIPEMD-160 context
+ *
+ * \param dst      The destination context
+ * \param src      The context to be cloned
+ */
+void mbedtls_ripemd160_clone(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *dst,
+                             const mbedtls_ripemd160_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          RIPEMD-160 context setup
+ *
+ * \param ctx      context to be initialized
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_starts(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          RIPEMD-160 process buffer
+ *
+ * \param ctx      RIPEMD-160 context
+ * \param input    buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen     length of the input data
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_update(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char *input,
+                             size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          RIPEMD-160 final digest
+ *
+ * \param ctx      RIPEMD-160 context
+ * \param output   RIPEMD-160 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_finish(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx,
+                             unsigned char output[20]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          RIPEMD-160 process data block (internal use only)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      RIPEMD-160 context
+ * \param data     buffer holding one block of data
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_ripemd160_process(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx,
+                                       const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Output = RIPEMD-160( input buffer )
+ *
+ * \param input    buffer holding the data
+ * \param ilen     length of the input data
+ * \param output   RIPEMD-160 checksum result
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160(const unsigned char *input,
+                      size_t ilen,
+                      unsigned char output[20]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_ripemd160_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_ripemd160.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/rsa.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1164 @@
+/**
+ * \file rsa.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for the RSA public-key cryptosystem.
+ *
+ * The RSA public-key cryptosystem is defined in <em>Public-Key
+ * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v1.5: RSA Encryption</em>
+ * and <em>Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1:
+ * RSA Cryptography Specifications</em>.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_RSA_H
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * RSA Error codes
+ */
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x4080
+/** Input data contains invalid padding and is rejected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING                   -0x4100
+/** Something failed during generation of a key. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_KEY_GEN_FAILED                    -0x4180
+/** Key failed to pass the validity check of the library. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_KEY_CHECK_FAILED                  -0x4200
+/** The public key operation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_PUBLIC_FAILED                     -0x4280
+/** The private key operation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_PRIVATE_FAILED                    -0x4300
+/** The PKCS#1 verification failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_VERIFY_FAILED                     -0x4380
+/** The output buffer for decryption is not large enough. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE                  -0x4400
+/** The random generator failed to generate non-zeros. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_RNG_FAILED                        -0x4480
+
+/*
+ * RSA constants
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15    0 /**< Use PKCS#1 v1.5 encoding. */
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21    1 /**< Use PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_SIGN        1 /**< Identifier for RSA signature operations. */
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_CRYPT       2 /**< Identifier for RSA encryption and decryption operations. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY    -1
+
+/*
+ * The above constants may be used even if the RSA module is compile out,
+ * eg for alternative (PKCS#11) RSA implementations in the PK layers.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS)
+#define MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS 1024
+#elif MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS < 128
+#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS must be at least 128 bits"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief   The RSA context structure.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_rsa_context {
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver);                    /*!<  Reserved for internal purposes.
+                                                  *    Do not set this field in application
+                                                  *    code. Its meaning might change without
+                                                  *    notice. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len);                 /*!<  The size of \p N in Bytes. */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(N);              /*!<  The public modulus. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(E);              /*!<  The public exponent. */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(D);              /*!<  The private exponent. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(P);              /*!<  The first prime factor. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q);              /*!<  The second prime factor. */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(DP);             /*!<  <code>D % (P - 1)</code>. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(DQ);             /*!<  <code>D % (Q - 1)</code>. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(QP);             /*!<  <code>1 / (Q % P)</code>. */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RN);             /*!<  cached <code>R^2 mod N</code>. */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RP);             /*!<  cached <code>R^2 mod P</code>. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RQ);             /*!<  cached <code>R^2 mod Q</code>. */
+
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi);             /*!<  The cached blinding value. */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf);             /*!<  The cached un-blinding value. */
+
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(padding);                /*!< Selects padding mode:
+                                                  #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 for 1.5 padding and
+                                                  #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 for OAEP or PSS. */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash_id);                /*!< Hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t type,
+                                                    as specified in md.h for use in the MGF
+                                                    mask generating function used in the
+                                                    EME-OAEP and EMSA-PSS encodings. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+    /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized iff ver != 0. */
+    mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);    /*!<  Thread-safety mutex. */
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_rsa_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT */
+#include "rsa_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes an RSA context.
+ *
+ * \note           This function initializes the padding and the hash
+ *                 identifier to respectively #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 and
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. See mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() for more
+ *                 information about those parameters.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The RSA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_rsa_init(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets padding for an already initialized RSA
+ *                 context.
+ *
+ * \note           Set padding to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 for the RSAES-OAEP
+ *                 encryption scheme and the RSASSA-PSS signature scheme.
+ *
+ * \note           The \p hash_id parameter is ignored when using
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 padding.
+ *
+ * \note           The choice of padding mode is strictly enforced for private
+ *                 key operations, since there might be security concerns in
+ *                 mixing padding modes. For public key operations it is
+ *                 a default value, which can be overridden by calling specific
+ *                 \c mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_xxx or \c mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_xxx
+ *                 functions.
+ *
+ * \note           The hash selected in \p hash_id is always used for OEAP
+ *                 encryption. For PSS signatures, it is always used for
+ *                 making signatures, but can be overridden for verifying them.
+ *                 If set to #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it is always overridden.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to be configured.
+ * \param padding  The padding mode to use. This must be either
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21.
+ * \param hash_id  The hash identifier for PSS or OAEP, if \p padding is
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE is accepted by this
+ *                 function but may be not suitable for some operations.
+ *                 Ignored if \p padding is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING failure:
+ *                 \p padding or \p hash_id is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_set_padding(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, int padding,
+                            mbedtls_md_type_t hash_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function retrieves padding mode of initialized
+ *                 RSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return         RSA padding mode.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_get_padding_mode(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function retrieves hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t
+ *                 type.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return         Hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t type.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_get_md_alg(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function imports a set of core parameters into an
+ *                 RSA context.
+ *
+ * \note           This function can be called multiple times for successive
+ *                 imports, if the parameters are not simultaneously present.
+ *
+ *                 Any sequence of calls to this function should be followed
+ *                 by a call to mbedtls_rsa_complete(), which checks and
+ *                 completes the provided information to a ready-for-use
+ *                 public or private RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note           See mbedtls_rsa_complete() for more information on which
+ *                 parameters are necessary to set up a private or public
+ *                 RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note           The imported parameters are copied and need not be preserved
+ *                 for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in.
+ * \param N        The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param P        The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param Q        The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param D        The private exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param E        The public exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_import(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                       const mbedtls_mpi *N,
+                       const mbedtls_mpi *P, const mbedtls_mpi *Q,
+                       const mbedtls_mpi *D, const mbedtls_mpi *E);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function imports core RSA parameters, in raw big-endian
+ *                 binary format, into an RSA context.
+ *
+ * \note           This function can be called multiple times for successive
+ *                 imports, if the parameters are not simultaneously present.
+ *
+ *                 Any sequence of calls to this function should be followed
+ *                 by a call to mbedtls_rsa_complete(), which checks and
+ *                 completes the provided information to a ready-for-use
+ *                 public or private RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note           See mbedtls_rsa_complete() for more information on which
+ *                 parameters are necessary to set up a private or public
+ *                 RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note           The imported parameters are copied and need not be preserved
+ *                 for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in.
+ * \param N        The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param N_len    The Byte length of \p N; it is ignored if \p N == NULL.
+ * \param P        The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param P_len    The Byte length of \p P; it is ignored if \p P == NULL.
+ * \param Q        The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param Q_len    The Byte length of \p Q; it is ignored if \p Q == NULL.
+ * \param D        The private exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param D_len    The Byte length of \p D; it is ignored if \p D == NULL.
+ * \param E        The public exponent. This may be \c NULL.
+ * \param E_len    The Byte length of \p E; it is ignored if \p E == NULL.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_import_raw(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                           unsigned char const *N, size_t N_len,
+                           unsigned char const *P, size_t P_len,
+                           unsigned char const *Q, size_t Q_len,
+                           unsigned char const *D, size_t D_len,
+                           unsigned char const *E, size_t E_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function completes an RSA context from
+ *                 a set of imported core parameters.
+ *
+ *                 To setup an RSA public key, precisely \c N and \c E
+ *                 must have been imported.
+ *
+ *                 To setup an RSA private key, sufficient information must
+ *                 be present for the other parameters to be derivable.
+ *
+ *                 The default implementation supports the following:
+ *                 <ul><li>Derive \c P, \c Q from \c N, \c D, \c E.</li>
+ *                 <li>Derive \c N, \c D from \c P, \c Q, \c E.</li></ul>
+ *                 Alternative implementations need not support these.
+ *
+ *                 If this function runs successfully, it guarantees that
+ *                 the RSA context can be used for RSA operations without
+ *                 the risk of failure or crash.
+ *
+ * \warning        This function need not perform consistency checks
+ *                 for the imported parameters. In particular, parameters that
+ *                 are not needed by the implementation might be silently
+ *                 discarded and left unchecked. To check the consistency
+ *                 of the key material, see mbedtls_rsa_check_privkey().
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context holding imported parameters.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the attempted derivations
+ *                 failed.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_complete(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function exports the core parameters of an RSA key.
+ *
+ *                 If this function runs successfully, the non-NULL buffers
+ *                 pointed to by \p N, \p P, \p Q, \p D, and \p E are fully
+ *                 written, with additional unused space filled leading by
+ *                 zero Bytes.
+ *
+ *                 Possible reasons for returning
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul>
+ *                 <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which
+ *                 stores the key externally, and either cannot or should
+ *                 not export it into RAM.</li>
+ *                 <li>A SW or HW implementation might not support a certain
+ *                 deduction. For example, \p P, \p Q from \p N, \p D,
+ *                 and \p E if the former are not part of the
+ *                 implementation.</li></ul>
+ *
+ *                 If the function fails due to an unsupported operation,
+ *                 the RSA context stays intact and remains usable.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context.
+ * \param N        The MPI to hold the RSA modulus.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param P        The MPI to hold the first prime factor of \p N.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param Q        The MPI to hold the second prime factor of \p N.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param D        The MPI to hold the private exponent.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param E        The MPI to hold the public exponent.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the
+ *                 requested parameters cannot be done due to missing
+ *                 functionality or because of security policies.
+ * \return         A non-zero return code on any other failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_export(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                       mbedtls_mpi *N, mbedtls_mpi *P, mbedtls_mpi *Q,
+                       mbedtls_mpi *D, mbedtls_mpi *E);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function exports core parameters of an RSA key
+ *                 in raw big-endian binary format.
+ *
+ *                 If this function runs successfully, the non-NULL buffers
+ *                 pointed to by \p N, \p P, \p Q, \p D, and \p E are fully
+ *                 written, with additional unused space filled leading by
+ *                 zero Bytes.
+ *
+ *                 Possible reasons for returning
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul>
+ *                 <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which
+ *                 stores the key externally, and either cannot or should
+ *                 not export it into RAM.</li>
+ *                 <li>A SW or HW implementation might not support a certain
+ *                 deduction. For example, \p P, \p Q from \p N, \p D,
+ *                 and \p E if the former are not part of the
+ *                 implementation.</li></ul>
+ *                 If the function fails due to an unsupported operation,
+ *                 the RSA context stays intact and remains usable.
+ *
+ * \note           The length parameters are ignored if the corresponding
+ *                 buffer pointers are NULL.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context.
+ * \param N        The Byte array to store the RSA modulus,
+ *                 or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param N_len    The size of the buffer for the modulus.
+ * \param P        The Byte array to hold the first prime factor of \p N,
+ *                 or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param P_len    The size of the buffer for the first prime factor.
+ * \param Q        The Byte array to hold the second prime factor of \p N,
+ *                 or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param Q_len    The size of the buffer for the second prime factor.
+ * \param D        The Byte array to hold the private exponent,
+ *                 or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param D_len    The size of the buffer for the private exponent.
+ * \param E        The Byte array to hold the public exponent,
+ *                 or \c NULL if this field need not be exported.
+ * \param E_len    The size of the buffer for the public exponent.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the
+ *                 requested parameters cannot be done due to missing
+ *                 functionality or because of security policies.
+ * \return         A non-zero return code on any other failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_export_raw(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                           unsigned char *N, size_t N_len,
+                           unsigned char *P, size_t P_len,
+                           unsigned char *Q, size_t Q_len,
+                           unsigned char *D, size_t D_len,
+                           unsigned char *E, size_t E_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function exports CRT parameters of a private RSA key.
+ *
+ * \note           Alternative RSA implementations not using CRT-parameters
+ *                 internally can implement this function based on
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_deduce_opt().
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context.
+ * \param DP       The MPI to hold \c D modulo `P-1`,
+ *                 or \c NULL if it need not be exported.
+ * \param DQ       The MPI to hold \c D modulo `Q-1`,
+ *                 or \c NULL if it need not be exported.
+ * \param QP       The MPI to hold modular inverse of \c Q modulo \c P,
+ *                 or \c NULL if it need not be exported.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A non-zero error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_export_crt(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                           mbedtls_mpi *DP, mbedtls_mpi *DQ, mbedtls_mpi *QP);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function retrieves the length of the RSA modulus in bits.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return         The length of the RSA modulus in bits.
+ *
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_rsa_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function retrieves the length of RSA modulus in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context.
+ *
+ * \return         The length of the RSA modulus in Bytes.
+ *
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_rsa_get_len(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function generates an RSA keypair.
+ *
+ * \note           mbedtls_rsa_init() must be called before this function,
+ *                 to set up the RSA context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context used to hold the key.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to be used for key generation.
+ *                 This is mandatory and must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng.
+ *                 This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param nbits    The size of the public key in bits.
+ * \param exponent The public exponent to use. For example, \c 65537.
+ *                 This must be odd and greater than \c 1.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_gen_key(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                        mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                        void *p_rng,
+                        unsigned int nbits, int exponent);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function checks if a context contains at least an RSA
+ *                 public key.
+ *
+ *                 If the function runs successfully, it is guaranteed that
+ *                 enough information is present to perform an RSA public key
+ *                 operation using mbedtls_rsa_public().
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to check.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_check_pubkey(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief      This function checks if a context contains an RSA private key
+ *             and perform basic consistency checks.
+ *
+ * \note       The consistency checks performed by this function not only
+ *             ensure that mbedtls_rsa_private() can be called successfully
+ *             on the given context, but that the various parameters are
+ *             mutually consistent with high probability, in the sense that
+ *             mbedtls_rsa_public() and mbedtls_rsa_private() are inverses.
+ *
+ * \warning    This function should catch accidental misconfigurations
+ *             like swapping of parameters, but it cannot establish full
+ *             trust in neither the quality nor the consistency of the key
+ *             material that was used to setup the given RSA context:
+ *             <ul><li>Consistency: Imported parameters that are irrelevant
+ *             for the implementation might be silently dropped. If dropped,
+ *             the current function does not have access to them,
+ *             and therefore cannot check them. See mbedtls_rsa_complete().
+ *             If you want to check the consistency of the entire
+ *             content of a PKCS1-encoded RSA private key, for example, you
+ *             should use mbedtls_rsa_validate_params() before setting
+ *             up the RSA context.
+ *             Additionally, if the implementation performs empirical checks,
+ *             these checks substantiate but do not guarantee consistency.</li>
+ *             <li>Quality: This function is not expected to perform
+ *             extended quality assessments like checking that the prime
+ *             factors are safe. Additionally, it is the responsibility of the
+ *             user to ensure the trustworthiness of the source of his RSA
+ *             parameters, which goes beyond what is effectively checkable
+ *             by the library.</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \param ctx  The initialized RSA context to check.
+ *
+ * \return     \c 0 on success.
+ * \return     An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_check_privkey(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function checks a public-private RSA key pair.
+ *
+ *                 It checks each of the contexts, and makes sure they match.
+ *
+ * \param pub      The initialized RSA context holding the public key.
+ * \param prv      The initialized RSA context holding the private key.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_check_pub_priv(const mbedtls_rsa_context *pub,
+                               const mbedtls_rsa_context *prv);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs an RSA public key operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param input    The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output   The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \note           This function does not handle message padding.
+ *
+ * \note           Make sure to set \p input[0] = 0 or ensure that
+ *                 input is smaller than \c N.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_public(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *input,
+                       unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs an RSA private key operation.
+ *
+ * \note           Blinding is used if and only if a PRNG is provided.
+ *
+ * \note           If blinding is used, both the base of exponentiation
+ *                 and the exponent are blinded, providing protection
+ *                 against some side-channel attacks.
+ *
+ * \warning        It is deprecated and a security risk to not provide
+ *                 a PRNG here and thereby prevent the use of blinding.
+ *                 Future versions of the library may enforce the presence
+ *                 of a PRNG.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function, used for blinding. It is mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to pass to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ *                 if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param input    The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output   The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_private(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                        mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                        void *p_rng,
+                        const unsigned char *input,
+                        unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function adds the message padding, then performs an RSA
+ *                 operation.
+ *
+ *                 It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 encryption
+ *                 operation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG to use. It is used for padding generation
+ *                 and it is mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. May be
+ *                 \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the plaintext in Bytes.
+ * \param input    The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                 `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output   The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                              mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                              void *p_rng,
+                              size_t ilen,
+                              const unsigned char *input,
+                              unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 encryption operation
+ *                 (RSAES-PKCS1-v1_5-ENCRYPT).
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to use. It is mandatory and used for
+ *                 padding generation.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ *                 be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the plaintext in Bytes.
+ * \param input    The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                 `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output   The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                        mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                        void *p_rng,
+                                        size_t ilen,
+                                        const unsigned char *input,
+                                        unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief            This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 OAEP encryption
+ *                   operation (RSAES-OAEP-ENCRYPT).
+ *
+ * \note             The output buffer must be as large as the size
+ *                   of ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used.
+ *
+ * \param ctx        The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng      The RNG function to use. This is needed for padding
+ *                   generation and is mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng      The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may
+ *                   be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param label      The buffer holding the custom label to use.
+ *                   This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len
+ *                   Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0.
+ * \param label_len  The length of the label in Bytes.
+ * \param ilen       The length of the plaintext buffer \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param input      The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable
+ *                   buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
+ *                   `ilen == 0`.
+ * \param output     The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer
+ *                   of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                   for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return           \c 0 on success.
+ * \return           An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                   mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                   void *p_rng,
+                                   const unsigned char *label, size_t label_len,
+                                   size_t ilen,
+                                   const unsigned char *input,
+                                   unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs an RSA operation, then removes the
+ *                 message padding.
+ *
+ *                 It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 decryption
+ *                 operation.
+ *
+ * \warning        When \p ctx->padding is set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15,
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt() is called, which is an
+ *                 inherently dangerous function (CWE-242).
+ *
+ * \note           The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be
+ *                 as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N (for example,
+ *                 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used) to be able to hold an
+ *                 arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not large enough to
+ *                 hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided,
+ *                 the function returns \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ *                 mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                 \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param olen     The address at which to store the length of
+ *                 the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param input    The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output   The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must
+ *                 be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes.
+ * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                              mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                              void *p_rng,
+                              size_t *olen,
+                              const unsigned char *input,
+                              unsigned char *output,
+                              size_t output_max_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 decryption
+ *                 operation (RSAES-PKCS1-v1_5-DECRYPT).
+ *
+ * \warning        This is an inherently dangerous function (CWE-242). Unless
+ *                 it is used in a side channel free and safe way (eg.
+ *                 implementing the TLS protocol as per 7.4.7.1 of RFC 5246),
+ *                 the calling code is vulnerable.
+ *
+ * \note           The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be
+ *                 as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N, for example,
+ *                 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used, to be able to hold an
+ *                 arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not large enough to
+ *                 hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided,
+ *                 the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ *                 mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                 \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param olen     The address at which to store the length of
+ *                 the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param input    The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                 of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output   The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must
+ *                 be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes.
+ * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                        mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                        void *p_rng,
+                                        size_t *olen,
+                                        const unsigned char *input,
+                                        unsigned char *output,
+                                        size_t output_max_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief            This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 OAEP decryption
+ *                   operation (RSAES-OAEP-DECRYPT).
+ *
+ * \note             The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be
+ *                   as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N, for
+ *                   example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used, to be able to
+ *                   hold an arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not
+ *                   large enough to hold the decryption of the particular
+ *                   ciphertext provided, the function returns
+ *                   #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx        The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng      The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ *                   mandatory.
+ * \param p_rng      The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
+ *                   \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context.
+ * \param label      The buffer holding the custom label to use.
+ *                   This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len
+ *                   Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0.
+ * \param label_len  The length of the label in Bytes.
+ * \param olen       The address at which to store the length of
+ *                   the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param input      The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer
+ *                   of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                   for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ * \param output     The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must
+ *                   be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes.
+ * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                   mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                   void *p_rng,
+                                   const unsigned char *label, size_t label_len,
+                                   size_t *olen,
+                                   const unsigned char *input,
+                                   unsigned char *output,
+                                   size_t output_max_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a private RSA operation to sign
+ *                 a message digest using PKCS#1.
+ *
+ *                 It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1
+ *                 signature.
+ *
+ * \note           The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size
+ *                 of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used.
+ *
+ * \note           For PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding, see comments on
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign() for details on
+ *                 \p md_alg and \p hash_id.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function to use. This is mandatory and
+ *                 must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ *                 if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig      The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                           mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                           void *p_rng,
+                           mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                           unsigned int hashlen,
+                           const unsigned char *hash,
+                           unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 signature
+ *                 operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-SIGN).
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is
+ *                 mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ *                 if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig      The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                      mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                      void *p_rng,
+                                      mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                      unsigned int hashlen,
+                                      const unsigned char *hash,
+                                      unsigned char *sig);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS signature
+ *                 operation (RSASSA-PSS-SIGN).
+ *
+ * \note           The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the
+ *                 encoding operation and for the mask generation function
+ *                 (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the
+ *                 mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key
+ *                 Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ *                 Specifications</em>.
+ *
+ * \note           This function enforces that the provided salt length complies
+ *                 with FIPS 186-4 §5.5 (e) and RFC 8017 (PKCS#1 v2.2) §9.1.1
+ *                 step 3. The constraint is that the hash length plus the salt
+ *                 length plus 2 bytes must be at most the key length. If this
+ *                 constraint is not met, this function returns
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function. It is mandatory and must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ *                 if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param saltlen  The length of the salt that should be used.
+ *                 If passed #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY, the function will use
+ *                 the largest possible salt length up to the hash length,
+ *                 which is the largest permitted by some standards including
+ *                 FIPS 186-4 §5.5.
+ * \param sig      The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign_ext(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                    mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                    void *p_rng,
+                                    mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                    unsigned int hashlen,
+                                    const unsigned char *hash,
+                                    int saltlen,
+                                    unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS signature
+ *                 operation (RSASSA-PSS-SIGN).
+ *
+ * \note           The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the
+ *                 encoding operation and for the mask generation function
+ *                 (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the
+ *                 mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key
+ *                 Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ *                 Specifications</em>.
+ *
+ * \note           This function always uses the maximum possible salt size,
+ *                 up to the length of the payload hash. This choice of salt
+ *                 size complies with FIPS 186-4 §5.5 (e) and RFC 8017 (PKCS#1
+ *                 v2.2) §9.1.1 step 3. Furthermore this function enforces a
+ *                 minimum salt size which is the hash size minus 2 bytes. If
+ *                 this minimum size is too large given the key size (the salt
+ *                 size, plus the hash size, plus 2 bytes must be no more than
+ *                 the key size in bytes), this function returns
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA context to use.
+ * \param f_rng    The RNG function. It is mandatory and must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param p_rng    The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL
+ *                 if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig      The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the signing operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                                void *p_rng,
+                                mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                unsigned int hashlen,
+                                const unsigned char *hash,
+                                unsigned char *sig);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a public RSA operation and checks
+ *                 the message digest.
+ *
+ *                 This is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1
+ *                 verification.
+ *
+ * \note           For PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding, see comments on
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify() about \c md_alg and
+ *                 \c hash_id.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig      The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                             mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                             unsigned int hashlen,
+                             const unsigned char *hash,
+                             const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 verification
+ *                 operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-VERIFY).
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig      The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                        mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                        unsigned int hashlen,
+                                        const unsigned char *hash,
+                                        const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS verification
+ *                 operation (RSASSA-PSS-VERIFY).
+ *
+ * \note           The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the
+ *                 encoding operation and for the mask generation function
+ *                 (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the
+ *                 mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key
+ *                 Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ *                 Specifications</em>. If the \c hash_id set in \p ctx by
+ *                 mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, the \p md_alg
+ *                 parameter is used.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param sig      The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                  mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                  unsigned int hashlen,
+                                  const unsigned char *hash,
+                                  const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS verification
+ *                 operation (RSASSA-PSS-VERIFY).
+ *
+ * \note           The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size
+ *                 of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used.
+ *
+ * \note           The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() is
+ *                 ignored.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The initialized RSA public key context to use.
+ * \param md_alg   The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data.
+ *                 Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data.
+ * \param hashlen  The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes.
+ *                 If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the
+ *                 output length of the corresponding hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash     The buffer holding the message digest or raw data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes.
+ * \param mgf1_hash_id      The message digest algorithm used for the
+ *                          verification operation and the mask generation
+ *                          function (MGF1). For more details on the encoding
+ *                          operation and the mask generation function, consult
+ *                          <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key Cryptography Standards
+ *                          (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography
+ *                          Specifications</em>.
+ * \param expected_salt_len The length of the salt used in padding. Use
+ *                          #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length.
+ * \param sig      The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes
+ *                 for an 2048-bit RSA modulus.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the verify operation was successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx,
+                                      mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                      unsigned int hashlen,
+                                      const unsigned char *hash,
+                                      mbedtls_md_type_t mgf1_hash_id,
+                                      int expected_salt_len,
+                                      const unsigned char *sig);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function copies the components of an RSA context.
+ *
+ * \param dst      The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src      The source context. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory allocation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_copy(mbedtls_rsa_context *dst, const mbedtls_rsa_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function frees the components of an RSA key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The RSA context to free. May be \c NULL, in which case
+ *                 this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must
+ *                 point to an initialized RSA context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_rsa_free(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The RSA checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_rsa_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* rsa.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/sha1.h

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha1.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-1 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) cryptographic hash function is defined in
+ * <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>.
+ *
+ * \warning   SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes
+ *            a security risk. We recommend considering stronger message
+ *            digests instead.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA1_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** SHA-1 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_BAD_INPUT_DATA                   -0x0073
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-1 context structure.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_sha1_context {
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2];          /*!< The number of Bytes processed.  */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[5];          /*!< The intermediate digest state.  */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64];   /*!< The data block being processed. */
+}
+mbedtls_sha1_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */
+#include "sha1_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to initialize.
+ *                 This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_init(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clears a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                 in which case this function does nothing. If it is
+ *                 not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized
+ *                 SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_free(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clones the state of a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param dst      The SHA-1 context to clone to. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src      The SHA-1 context to clone from. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_clone(mbedtls_sha1_context *dst,
+                        const mbedtls_sha1_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function starts a SHA-1 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to initialize. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_starts(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing SHA-1
+ *                 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_update(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                        const unsigned char *input,
+                        size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function finishes the SHA-1 operation, and writes
+ *                 the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized and
+ *                 have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output   The SHA-1 checksum result. This must be a writable
+ *                 buffer of length \c 20 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_finish(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                        unsigned char output[20]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          SHA-1 process data block (internal use only).
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param data     The data block being processed. This must be a
+ *                 readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_sha1_process(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                                  const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the SHA-1 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ *                 The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                 calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                 The SHA-1 result is calculated as
+ *                 output = SHA-1(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param output   The SHA-1 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c 20 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1(const unsigned char *input,
+                 size_t ilen,
+                 unsigned char output[20]);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-1 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_self_test(int verbose);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha1.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/sha256.h

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha256.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-224 and SHA-256 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithms 224 and 256 (SHA-224 and SHA-256) cryptographic
+ * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA256_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** SHA-256 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA256_BAD_INPUT_DATA                 -0x0074
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-256 context structure.
+ *
+ *                 The structure is used both for SHA-256 and for SHA-224
+ *                 checksum calculations. The choice between these two is
+ *                 made in the call to mbedtls_sha256_starts().
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_sha256_context {
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64];   /*!< The data block being processed. */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2];          /*!< The number of Bytes processed.  */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[8];          /*!< The intermediate digest state.  */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is224);                  /*!< Determines which function to use:
+                                                    0: Use SHA-256, or 1: Use SHA-224. */
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_sha256_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT */
+#include "sha256_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes a SHA-256 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-256 context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha256_init(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clears a SHA-256 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-256 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                 case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
+ *                 it must point to an initialized SHA-256 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha256_free(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clones the state of a SHA-256 context.
+ *
+ * \param dst      The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src      The context to clone. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha256_clone(mbedtls_sha256_context *dst,
+                          const mbedtls_sha256_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function starts a SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum
+ *                 calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param is224    This determines which function to use. This must be
+ *                 either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224.
+ *
+ * \note           is224 must be defined accordingly to the enabled
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SHA224_C/MBEDTLS_SHA256_C symbols otherwise the
+ *                 function will return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_starts(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, int is224);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ *                 SHA-256 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_update(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function finishes the SHA-256 operation, and writes
+ *                 the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output   The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c 32 bytes
+ *                 for SHA-256, \c 28 bytes for SHA-224.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_finish(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx,
+                          unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function processes a single data block within
+ *                 the ongoing SHA-256 computation. This function is for
+ *                 internal use only.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param data     The buffer holding one block of data. This must
+ *                 be a readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_sha256_process(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx,
+                                    const unsigned char data[64]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the SHA-224 or SHA-256
+ *                 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ *                 The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                 calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                 The SHA-256 result is calculated as
+ *                 output = SHA-256(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output   The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c 32 bytes
+ *                 for SHA-256, \c 28 bytes for SHA-224.
+ * \param is224    Determines which function to use. This must be
+ *                 either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256(const unsigned char *input,
+                   size_t ilen,
+                   unsigned char *output,
+                   int is224);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-224 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha224_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA224_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-256 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha256_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha256.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/sha3.h

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha3.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-3 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithms cryptographic
+ * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 202: SHA-3 Standard:
+ * Permutation-Based Hash and Extendable-Output Functions </em>.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA3_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** SHA-3 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA3_BAD_INPUT_DATA                 -0x0076
+
+/**
+ * SHA-3 family id.
+ *
+ * It identifies the family (SHA3-256, SHA3-512, etc.)
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_SHA3_NONE = 0, /*!< Operation not defined. */
+    MBEDTLS_SHA3_224, /*!< SHA3-224 */
+    MBEDTLS_SHA3_256, /*!< SHA3-256 */
+    MBEDTLS_SHA3_384, /*!< SHA3-384 */
+    MBEDTLS_SHA3_512, /*!< SHA3-512 */
+} mbedtls_sha3_id;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-3 context structure.
+ *
+ *                 The structure is used SHA-3 checksum calculations.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state[25]);
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(index);
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(olen);
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_block_size);
+}
+mbedtls_sha3_context;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes a SHA-3 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-3 context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha3_init(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clears a SHA-3 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-3 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
+ *                 case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
+ *                 it must point to an initialized SHA-3 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha3_free(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clones the state of a SHA-3 context.
+ *
+ * \param dst      The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src      The context to clone. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha3_clone(mbedtls_sha3_context *dst,
+                        const mbedtls_sha3_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function starts a SHA-3 checksum
+ *                 calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param id       The id of the SHA-3 family.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_starts(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx, mbedtls_sha3_id id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ *                 SHA-3 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-3 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_update(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx,
+                        const uint8_t *input,
+                        size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function finishes the SHA-3 operation, and writes
+ *                 the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-3 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output   The SHA-3 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c olen bytes.
+ * \param olen     Defines the length of output buffer (in bytes). For SHA-3 224, SHA-3 256,
+ *                 SHA-3 384 and SHA-3 512 \c olen must equal to 28, 32, 48 and 64,
+ *                 respectively.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_finish(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx,
+                        uint8_t *output, size_t olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the SHA-3
+ *                 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ *                 The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                 calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                 The SHA-3 result is calculated as
+ *                 output = SHA-3(id, input buffer, d).
+ *
+ * \param id       The id of the SHA-3 family.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable
+ *                 buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output   The SHA-3 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c olen bytes.
+ * \param olen     Defines the length of output buffer (in bytes). For SHA-3 224, SHA-3 256,
+ *                 SHA-3 384 and SHA-3 512 \c olen must equal to 28, 32, 48 and 64,
+ *                 respectively.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3(mbedtls_sha3_id id, const uint8_t *input,
+                 size_t ilen,
+                 uint8_t *output,
+                 size_t olen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine for the algorithms implemented
+ *                 by this module: SHA3-224, SHA3-256, SHA3-384, SHA3-512.
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha3_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha3.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/sha512.h

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha512.h
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-384 and SHA-512 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithms 384 and 512 (SHA-384 and SHA-512) cryptographic
+ * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA512_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** SHA-512 input data was malformed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA                 -0x0075
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-512 context structure.
+ *
+ *                 The structure is used both for SHA-384 and for SHA-512
+ *                 checksum calculations. The choice between these two is
+ *                 made in the call to mbedtls_sha512_starts().
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_sha512_context {
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2];          /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[8];          /*!< The intermediate digest state. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[128];  /*!< The data block being processed. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is384);                  /*!< Determines which function to use:
+                                                      0: Use SHA-512, or 1: Use SHA-384. */
+#endif
+}
+mbedtls_sha512_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT */
+#include "sha512_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes a SHA-512 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-512 context to initialize. This must
+ *                 not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha512_init(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clears a SHA-512 context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-512 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                 in which case this function does nothing. If it
+ *                 is not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized
+ *                 SHA-512 context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha512_free(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clones the state of a SHA-512 context.
+ *
+ * \param dst      The destination context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src      The context to clone. This must be initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha512_clone(mbedtls_sha512_context *dst,
+                          const mbedtls_sha512_context *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function starts a SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum
+ *                 calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-512 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param is384    Determines which function to use. This must be
+ *                 either \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384.
+ *
+ * \note           is384 must be defined accordingly to the enabled
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SHA384_C/MBEDTLS_SHA512_C symbols otherwise the
+ *                 function will return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_starts(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, int is384);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ *                 SHA-512 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data. This must
+ *                 be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_update(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx,
+                          const unsigned char *input,
+                          size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function finishes the SHA-512 operation, and writes
+ *                 the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output   The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 bytes
+ *                 for SHA-512, \c 48 bytes for SHA-384.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_finish(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx,
+                          unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function processes a single data block within
+ *                 the ongoing SHA-512 computation.
+ *                 This function is for internal use only.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param data     The buffer holding one block of data. This
+ *                 must be a readable buffer of length \c 128 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_sha512_process(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx,
+                                    const unsigned char data[128]);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the SHA-512 or SHA-384
+ *                 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ *                 The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                 calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                 The SHA-512 result is calculated as
+ *                 output = SHA-512(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data. This must be
+ *                 a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output   The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 bytes
+ *                 for SHA-512, \c 48 bytes for SHA-384.
+ * \param is384    Determines which function to use. This must be either
+ *                 \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384.
+ *
+ * \note           is384 must be defined accordingly with the supported
+ *                 symbols in the config file. If:
+ *                 - is384 is 0, but \c MBEDTLS_SHA384_C is not defined, or
+ *                 - is384 is 1, but \c MBEDTLS_SHA512_C is not defined
+ *                 then the function will return
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512(const unsigned char *input,
+                   size_t ilen,
+                   unsigned char *output,
+                   int is384);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-384 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha384_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA384_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-512 checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha512_self_test(int verbose);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha512.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ssl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,5821 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl.h
+ *
+ * \brief SSL/TLS functions.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_H
+#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
+#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#include "mbedtls/x509_crt.h"
+#include "mbedtls/x509_crl.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+#include "mbedtls/dhm.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED)
+#include "mbedtls/ecdh.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+
+/*
+ * SSL Error codes
+ */
+/** A cryptographic operation is in progress. Try again later. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS                -0x7000
+/** The requested feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE               -0x7080
+/** Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x7100
+/** Verification of the message MAC failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC                       -0x7180
+/** An invalid SSL record was received. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_RECORD                    -0x7200
+/** The connection indicated an EOF. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CONN_EOF                          -0x7280
+/** A message could not be parsed due to a syntactic error. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_DECODE_ERROR                      -0x7300
+/* Error space gap */
+/** No RNG was provided to the SSL module. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_RNG                            -0x7400
+/** No client certification received from the client, but required by the authentication mode. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE             -0x7480
+/** Client received an extended server hello containing an unsupported extension */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION             -0x7500
+/** No ALPN protocols supported that the client advertises */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL           -0x7580
+/** The own private key or pre-shared key is not set, but needed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_REQUIRED              -0x7600
+/** No CA Chain is set, but required to operate. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CA_CHAIN_REQUIRED                 -0x7680
+/** An unexpected message was received from our peer. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE                -0x7700
+/** A fatal alert message was received from our peer. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FATAL_ALERT_MESSAGE               -0x7780
+/** No server could be identified matching the client's SNI. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME                 -0x7800
+/** The peer notified us that the connection is going to be closed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PEER_CLOSE_NOTIFY                 -0x7880
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/** Processing of the Certificate handshake message failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_CERTIFICATE                   -0x7A00
+/* Error space gap */
+/** A TLS 1.3 NewSessionTicket message has been received. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET       -0x7B00
+/** Not possible to read early data */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_READ_EARLY_DATA            -0x7B80
+/**
+ * Early data has been received as part of an on-going handshake.
+ * This error code can be returned only on server side if and only if early
+ * data has been enabled by means of the mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data() API.
+ * This error code can then be returned by mbedtls_ssl_handshake(),
+ * mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or mbedtls_ssl_write() if
+ * early data has been received as part of the handshake sequence they
+ * triggered. To read the early data, call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data().
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA               -0x7C00
+/** Not possible to write early data */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA           -0x7C80
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/** Cache entry not found */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CACHE_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND             -0x7E80
+/** Memory allocation failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED                      -0x7F00
+/** Hardware acceleration function returned with error */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FAILED                   -0x7F80
+/** Hardware acceleration function skipped / left alone data */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH              -0x6F80
+/** Handshake protocol not within min/max boundaries */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_PROTOCOL_VERSION              -0x6E80
+/** The handshake negotiation failed. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE                 -0x6E00
+/** Session ticket has expired. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_SESSION_TICKET_EXPIRED            -0x6D80
+/** Public key type mismatch (eg, asked for RSA key exchange and presented EC key) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH                  -0x6D00
+/** Unknown identity received (eg, PSK identity) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNKNOWN_IDENTITY                  -0x6C80
+/** Internal error (eg, unexpected failure in lower-level module) */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INTERNAL_ERROR                    -0x6C00
+/** A counter would wrap (eg, too many messages exchanged). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_COUNTER_WRAPPING                  -0x6B80
+/** Unexpected message at ServerHello in renegotiation. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WAITING_SERVER_HELLO_RENEGO       -0x6B00
+/** DTLS client must retry for hello verification */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED             -0x6A80
+/** A buffer is too small to receive or write a message */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL                  -0x6A00
+/* Error space gap */
+/** No data of requested type currently available on underlying transport. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ                         -0x6900
+/** Connection requires a write call. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE                        -0x6880
+/** The operation timed out. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT                           -0x6800
+/** The client initiated a reconnect from the same port. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT                  -0x6780
+/** Record header looks valid but is not expected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_RECORD                 -0x6700
+/** The alert message received indicates a non-fatal error. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NON_FATAL                         -0x6680
+/** A field in a message was incorrect or inconsistent with other fields. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER                 -0x6600
+/** Internal-only message signaling that further message-processing should be done */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CONTINUE_PROCESSING               -0x6580
+/** The asynchronous operation is not completed yet. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS                 -0x6500
+/** Internal-only message signaling that a message arrived early. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_EARLY_MESSAGE                     -0x6480
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/* Error space gap */
+/** An encrypted DTLS-frame with an unexpected CID was received. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID                    -0x6000
+/** An operation failed due to an unexpected version or configuration. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH                  -0x5F00
+/** Invalid value in SSL config */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_CONFIG                        -0x5E80
+/* Error space gap */
+/** Attempt to verify a certificate without an expected hostname.
+ * This is usually insecure.
+ *
+ * In TLS clients, when a client authenticates a server through its
+ * certificate, the client normally checks three things:
+ * - the certificate chain must be valid;
+ * - the chain must start from a trusted CA;
+ * - the certificate must cover the server name that is expected by the client.
+ *
+ * Omitting any of these checks is generally insecure, and can allow a
+ * malicious server to impersonate a legitimate server.
+ *
+ * The third check may be safely skipped in some unusual scenarios,
+ * such as networks where eavesdropping is a risk but not active attacks,
+ * or a private PKI where the client equally trusts all servers that are
+ * accredited by the root CA.
+ *
+ * You should call mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname() with the expected server name
+ * before starting a TLS handshake on a client (unless the client is
+ * set up to only use PSK-based authentication, which does not rely on the
+ * host name). If you have determined that server name verification is not
+ * required for security in your scenario, call mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname()
+ * with \p NULL as the server name.
+ *
+ * This error is raised if all of the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * - A TLS client is configured with the authentication mode
+ *   #MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED (default).
+ * - Certificate authentication is enabled.
+ * - The client does not call mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname().
+ * - The configuration option
+ *   #MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_ALLOW_WEAK_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME
+ *   is not enabled.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME  -0x5D80
+
+/*
+ * Constants from RFC 8446 for TLS 1.3 PSK modes
+ *
+ * Those are used in the Pre-Shared Key Exchange Modes extension.
+ * See Section 4.2.9 in RFC 8446.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PSK_MODE_PURE  0 /* Pure PSK-based exchange  */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PSK_MODE_ECDHE 1 /* PSK+ECDHE-based exchange */
+
+/*
+ * TLS 1.3 NamedGroup values
+ *
+ * From RF 8446
+ *    enum {
+ *         // Elliptic Curve Groups (ECDHE)
+ *         secp256r1(0x0017), secp384r1(0x0018), secp521r1(0x0019),
+ *         x25519(0x001D), x448(0x001E),
+ *         // Finite Field Groups (DHE)
+ *         ffdhe2048(0x0100), ffdhe3072(0x0101), ffdhe4096(0x0102),
+ *         ffdhe6144(0x0103), ffdhe8192(0x0104),
+ *         // Reserved Code Points
+ *         ffdhe_private_use(0x01FC..0x01FF),
+ *         ecdhe_private_use(0xFE00..0xFEFF),
+ *         (0xFFFF)
+ *     } NamedGroup;
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Elliptic Curve Groups (ECDHE) */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_NONE               0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP192K1     0x0012
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP192R1     0x0013
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP224K1     0x0014
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP224R1     0x0015
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP256K1     0x0016
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP256R1     0x0017
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP384R1     0x0018
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP521R1     0x0019
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP256R1       0x001A
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP384R1       0x001B
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP512R1       0x001C
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_X25519        0x001D
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_X448          0x001E
+/* Finite Field Groups (DHE) */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE2048     0x0100
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE3072     0x0101
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE4096     0x0102
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE6144     0x0103
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE8192     0x0104
+
+/*
+ * TLS 1.3 Key Exchange Modes
+ *
+ * Mbed TLS internal identifiers for use with the SSL configuration API
+ * mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_key_exchange_modes().
+ */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK            (1u << 0)   /*!< Pure-PSK TLS 1.3 key exchange,
+                                                                         *   encompassing both externally agreed PSKs
+                                                                         *   as well as resumption PSKs. */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL      (1u << 1)   /*!< Pure-Ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges,
+                                                                         *   including for example ECDHE and DHE
+                                                                         *   key exchanges. */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL  (1u << 2)   /*!< PSK-Ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges,
+                                                                         *   using both a PSK and an ephemeral
+                                                                         *   key exchange. */
+
+/* Convenience macros for sets of key exchanges. */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_ALL                         \
+    (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK              |            \
+     MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL    |            \
+     MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL)          /*!< All TLS 1.3 key exchanges           */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ALL                     \
+    (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK              |            \
+     MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL)      /*!< All PSK-based TLS 1.3 key exchanges */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ALL               \
+    (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL        |            \
+     MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL)      /*!< All ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_NONE   (0)
+
+/*
+ * Various constants
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/* These are the high and low bytes of ProtocolVersion as defined by:
+ * - RFC 5246: ProtocolVersion version = { 3, 3 };     // TLS v1.2
+ * - RFC 8446: see section 4.2.1
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3             3
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3             3   /*!< TLS v1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4             4   /*!< TLS v1.3 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM            0   /*!< TLS      */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM          1   /*!< DTLS     */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_HOST_NAME_LEN           255 /*!< Maximum host name defined in RFC 1035 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_ALPN_NAME_LEN           255 /*!< Maximum size in bytes of a protocol name in alpn ext., RFC 7301 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_ALPN_LIST_LEN           65535 /*!< Maximum size in bytes of list in alpn ext., RFC 7301          */
+
+/* RFC 6066 section 4, see also mfl_code_to_length in ssl_tls.c
+ * NONE must be zero so that memset()ing structure to zero works */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE           0   /*!< don't use this extension   */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_512            1   /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^9      */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_1024           2   /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^10     */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_2048           3   /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^11     */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_4096           4   /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^12     */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_INVALID        5   /*!< first invalid value        */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT                   0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER                   1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_DISABLED        0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED         1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED                0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED                 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_DISABLED                0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED                 1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COMPRESS_NULL               0
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE                 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL             1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED             2
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_UNSET                3 /* Used only for sni_authmode */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION        0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SECURE_RENEGOTIATION        1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED      0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_ENABLED       1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_DISABLED        0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED         1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_NOT_ENFORCED  -1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGO_MAX_RECORDS_DEFAULT  16
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION     0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_ALLOW_RENEGOTIATION  1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE      2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNC_HMAC_DISABLED         0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNC_HMAC_ENABLED          1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_LEN          10  /* 80 bits, rfc 6066 section 7 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED     0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED      1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_SIGNAL_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED  0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_SIGNAL_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED   1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_DEFAULT              0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_SUITEB               2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_ENABLED       1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_DISABLED      0
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED        0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED         1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED    0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_SUPPORTED      1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_CLIENT  1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER  0
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS)
+#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN        48
+#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN        32
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */
+/*
+ * Default range for DTLS retransmission timer value, in milliseconds.
+ * RFC 6347 4.2.4.1 says from 1 second to 60 seconds.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_TIMEOUT_DFL_MIN    1000
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_TIMEOUT_DFL_MAX   60000
+
+/*
+ * Whether early data record should be discarded or not and how.
+ *
+ * The client has indicated early data and the server has rejected them.
+ * The server has then to skip past early data by either:
+ * - attempting to deprotect received records using the handshake traffic
+ *   key, discarding records which fail deprotection (up to the configured
+ *   max_early_data_size). Once a record is deprotected successfully,
+ *   it is treated as the start of the client's second flight and the
+ *   server proceeds as with an ordinary 1-RTT handshake.
+ * - skipping all records with an external content type of
+ *   "application_data" (indicating that they are encrypted), up to the
+ *   configured max_early_data_size. This is the expected behavior if the
+ *   server has sent an HelloRetryRequest message. The server ignores
+ *   application data message before 2nd ClientHello.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_NO_DISCARD 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_TRY_TO_DEPROTECT_AND_DISCARD 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISCARD 2
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Maximum fragment length in bytes,
+ * determines the size of each of the two internal I/O buffers.
+ *
+ * Note: the RFC defines the default size of SSL / TLS messages. If you
+ * change the value here, other clients / servers may not be able to
+ * communicate with you anymore. Only change this value if you control
+ * both sides of the connection and have it reduced at both sides, or
+ * if you're using the Max Fragment Length extension and you know all your
+ * peers are using it too!
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN 16384
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN 16384
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of
+ * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING 32768
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Maximum length of CIDs for incoming and outgoing messages.
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX          32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX         32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY 16
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE        1024
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE 6000
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH 32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS 1
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+/*
+ * Default to standard CID mode
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Length of the verify data for secure renegotiation
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN 12
+
+/*
+ * Signaling ciphersuite values (SCSV)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EMPTY_RENEGOTIATION_INFO    0xFF   /**< renegotiation info ext */
+
+/*
+ * Supported Signature and Hash algorithms (For TLS 1.2)
+ * RFC 5246 section 7.4.1.4.1
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_NONE                0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_MD5                 1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA1                2
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA224              3
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA256              4
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA384              5
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA512              6
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_ANON                 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_RSA                  1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_ECDSA                3
+
+/*
+ * TLS 1.3 signature algorithms
+ * RFC 8446, Section 4.2.3
+ */
+
+/* RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 algorithms */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601
+
+/* ECDSA algorithms */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603
+
+/* RSASSA-PSS algorithms with public key OID rsaEncryption */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806
+
+/* EdDSA algorithms */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ED25519 0x0807
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ED448 0x0808
+
+/* RSASSA-PSS algorithms with public key OID RSASSA-PSS  */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA256 0x0809
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA384 0x080A
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA512 0x080B
+
+/* LEGACY ALGORITHMS */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SHA1     0x0203
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_NONE 0x0
+
+/*
+ * Client Certificate Types
+ * RFC 5246 section 7.4.4 plus RFC 4492 section 5.5
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_TYPE_RSA_SIGN       1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_TYPE_ECDSA_SIGN    64
+
+/*
+ * Message, alert and handshake types
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC     20
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_ALERT                  21
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_HANDSHAKE              22
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_APPLICATION_DATA       23
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_CID                    25
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_WARNING         1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_FATAL           2
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CLOSE_NOTIFY           0  /* 0x00 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE    10  /* 0x0A */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_BAD_RECORD_MAC        20  /* 0x14 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECRYPTION_FAILED     21  /* 0x15 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_RECORD_OVERFLOW       22  /* 0x16 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 30  /* 0x1E */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE     40  /* 0x28 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_CERT               41  /* 0x29 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_BAD_CERT              42  /* 0x2A */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNSUPPORTED_CERT      43  /* 0x2B */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_REVOKED          44  /* 0x2C */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_EXPIRED          45  /* 0x2D */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_UNKNOWN          46  /* 0x2E */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER     47  /* 0x2F */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNKNOWN_CA            48  /* 0x30 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_ACCESS_DENIED         49  /* 0x31 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECODE_ERROR          50  /* 0x32 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECRYPT_ERROR         51  /* 0x33 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_EXPORT_RESTRICTION    60  /* 0x3C */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_PROTOCOL_VERSION      70  /* 0x46 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 71  /* 0x47 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INTERNAL_ERROR        80  /* 0x50 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INAPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 86  /* 0x56 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_USER_CANCELED         90  /* 0x5A */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_RENEGOTIATION     100  /* 0x64 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_MISSING_EXTENSION    109  /* 0x6d -- new in TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNSUPPORTED_EXT      110  /* 0x6E */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME    112  /* 0x70 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 115  /* 0x73 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_REQUIRED        116  /* 0x74 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 120 /* 0x78 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_HELLO_REQUEST            0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CLIENT_HELLO             1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_HELLO             2
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST     3
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_NEW_SESSION_TICKET       4
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_END_OF_EARLY_DATA        5
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS     8
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE             11
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE     12
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST     13
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_HELLO_DONE       14
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY      15
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE     16
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_FINISHED                20
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_MESSAGE_HASH           254
+
+/*
+ * TLS extensions
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERVERNAME                   0
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERVERNAME_HOSTNAME          0
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH          1
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_TRUNCATED_HMAC               4
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_STATUS_REQUEST               5 /* RFC 6066 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVES   10
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_GROUPS            10 /* RFC 8422,7919 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_POINT_FORMATS     11
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SIG_ALG                     13 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_USE_SRTP                    14
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT                   15 /* RFC 6520 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ALPN                        16
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SCT                         18 /* RFC 6962 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CLI_CERT_TYPE               19 /* RFC 7250 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERV_CERT_TYPE              20 /* RFC 7250 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PADDING                     21 /* RFC 7685 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC            22 /* 0x16 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET  0x0017 /* 23 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT           28 /* RFC 8449 (implemented for TLS 1.3 only) */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SESSION_TICKET              35
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PRE_SHARED_KEY              41 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_EARLY_DATA                  42 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS          43 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_COOKIE                      44 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PSK_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODES      45 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CERT_AUTH                   47 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_OID_FILTERS                 48 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_POST_HANDSHAKE_AUTH         49 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SIG_ALG_CERT                50 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_KEY_SHARE                   51 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */
+
+#if MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT == 0
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CID                         54 /* RFC 9146 DTLS 1.2 CID */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CID                        254 /* Pre-RFC 9146 DTLS 1.2 CID */
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ECJPAKE_KKPP               256 /* experimental */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_RENEGOTIATION_INFO      0xFF01
+
+/*
+ * Size defines
+ */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN)
+/*
+ * If the library supports TLS 1.3 tickets and the cipher suite
+ * TLS1-3-AES-256-GCM-SHA384, set the PSK maximum length to 48 instead of 32.
+ * That way, the TLS 1.3 client and server are able to resume sessions where
+ * the cipher suite is TLS1-3-AES-256-GCM-SHA384 (pre-shared keys are 48
+ * bytes long in that case).
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_AES) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HAVE_GCM) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384)
+#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 48 /* 384 bits */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 32 /* 256 bits */
+#endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN */
+
+/* Dummy type used only for its size */
+union mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret {
+    unsigned char dummy; /* Make the union non-empty even with SSL disabled */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_rsa[48];                         /* RFC 5246 8.1.1 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_dhm[MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE];      /* RFC 5246 8.1.2 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED)    || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED)  || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED)     || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_ecdh[MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES];    /* RFC 4492 5.10 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_psk[4 + 2 * MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN];       /* RFC 4279 2 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_dhe_psk[4 + MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE
+                               + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN];         /* RFC 4279 3 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_rsa_psk[52 + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN];      /* RFC 4279 4 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_ecdhe_psk[4 + MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES
+                                 + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN];       /* RFC 5489 2 */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED)
+    unsigned char _pms_ecjpake[32];     /* Thread spec: SHA-256 output */
+#endif
+};
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PREMASTER_SIZE     sizeof(union mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE         PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE
+
+
+/* Length in number of bytes of the TLS sequence number */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SEQUENCE_NUMBER_LEN 8
+
+/* Helper to state that client_random and server_random need to be stored
+ * after the handshake is complete. This is required for context serialization
+ * and for the keying material exporter in TLS 1.2. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION) || \
+    (defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEYING_MATERIAL_EXPORT) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2))
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_RANDBYTES
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * SSL state machine
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_HELLO_REQUEST,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_HELLO,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CERTIFICATE,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO_DONE,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_FINISHED,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_FINISHED,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_FLUSH_BUFFERS,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WRAPUP,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_NEW_SESSION_TICKET,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST_SENT,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_END_OF_EARLY_DATA,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_AFTER_SERVER_FINISHED,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_BEFORE_2ND_CLIENT_HELLO,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CCS_AFTER_SERVER_HELLO,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_AFTER_CLIENT_HELLO,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CCS_AFTER_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_OVER,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET_FLUSH,
+}
+mbedtls_ssl_states;
+
+/*
+ * Early data status, client side only.
+ */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+typedef enum {
+/*
+ * See documentation of mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status().
+ */
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_NOT_INDICATED,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_ACCEPTED,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_REJECTED,
+} mbedtls_ssl_early_data_status;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: send data on the network.
+ *
+ * \note           That callback may be either blocking or non-blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context for the send callback (typically a file descriptor)
+ * \param buf      Buffer holding the data to send
+ * \param len      Length of the data to send
+ *
+ * \return         The callback must return the number of bytes sent if any,
+ *                 or a non-zero error code.
+ *                 If performing non-blocking I/O, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ *                 must be returned when the operation would block.
+ *
+ * \note           The callback is allowed to send fewer bytes than requested.
+ *                 It must always return the number of bytes actually sent.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_send_t(void *ctx,
+                               const unsigned char *buf,
+                               size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: receive data from the network.
+ *
+ * \note           That callback may be either blocking or non-blocking.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context for the receive callback (typically a file
+ *                 descriptor)
+ * \param buf      Buffer to write the received data to
+ * \param len      Length of the receive buffer
+ *
+ * \returns        If data has been received, the positive number of bytes received.
+ * \returns        \c 0 if the connection has been closed.
+ * \returns        If performing non-blocking I/O, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ
+ *                 must be returned when the operation would block.
+ * \returns        Another negative error code on other kinds of failures.
+ *
+ * \note           The callback may receive fewer bytes than the length of the
+ *                 buffer. It must always return the number of bytes actually
+ *                 received and written to the buffer.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_recv_t(void *ctx,
+                               unsigned char *buf,
+                               size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: receive data from the network, with timeout
+ *
+ * \note           That callback must block until data is received, or the
+ *                 timeout delay expires, or the operation is interrupted by a
+ *                 signal.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context for the receive callback (typically a file descriptor)
+ * \param buf      Buffer to write the received data to
+ * \param len      Length of the receive buffer
+ * \param timeout  Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for data
+ *                 0 means no timeout (potentially waiting forever)
+ *
+ * \return         The callback must return the number of bytes received,
+ *                 or a non-zero error code:
+ *                 \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT if the operation timed out,
+ *                 \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if interrupted by a signal.
+ *
+ * \note           The callback may receive fewer bytes than the length of the
+ *                 buffer. It must always return the number of bytes actually
+ *                 received and written to the buffer.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t(void *ctx,
+                                       unsigned char *buf,
+                                       size_t len,
+                                       uint32_t timeout);
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: set a pair of timers/delays to watch
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context pointer
+ * \param int_ms   Intermediate delay in milliseconds
+ * \param fin_ms   Final delay in milliseconds
+ *                 0 cancels the current timer.
+ *
+ * \note           This callback must at least store the necessary information
+ *                 for the associated \c mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t callback to
+ *                 return correct information.
+ *
+ * \note           If using an event-driven style of programming, an event must
+ *                 be generated when the final delay is passed. The event must
+ *                 cause a call to \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() with the proper
+ *                 SSL context to be scheduled. Care must be taken to ensure
+ *                 that at most one such call happens at a time.
+ *
+ * \note           Only one timer at a time must be running. Calling this
+ *                 function while a timer is running must cancel it. Cancelled
+ *                 timers must not generate any event.
+ */
+typedef void mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t(void *ctx,
+                                     uint32_t int_ms,
+                                     uint32_t fin_ms);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: get status of timers/delays
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context pointer
+ *
+ * \return         This callback must return:
+ *                 -1 if cancelled (fin_ms == 0),
+ *                  0 if none of the delays have passed,
+ *                  1 if only the intermediate delay has passed,
+ *                  2 if the final delay has passed.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t(void *ctx);
+
+/* Defined below */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_session mbedtls_ssl_session;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_context mbedtls_ssl_context;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_config  mbedtls_ssl_config;
+
+/* Defined in library/ssl_misc.h */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_transform mbedtls_ssl_transform;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_sig_hash_set_t mbedtls_ssl_sig_hash_set_t;
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_key_cert mbedtls_ssl_key_cert;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_flight_item mbedtls_ssl_flight_item;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_RESUMPTION                          \
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK                        /* 1U << 0 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_EPHEMERAL_RESUMPTION                \
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL              /* 1U << 2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_EARLY_DATA                  (1U << 3)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_FLAGS_MASK                                    \
+    (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_RESUMPTION             |      \
+     MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_EPHEMERAL_RESUMPTION   |      \
+     MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_EARLY_DATA)
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: server-side session cache getter
+ *
+ *                 The session cache is logically a key value store, with
+ *                 keys being session IDs and values being instances of
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_session.
+ *
+ *                 This callback retrieves an entry in this key-value store.
+ *
+ * \param data            The address of the session cache structure to query.
+ * \param session_id      The buffer holding the session ID to query.
+ * \param session_id_len  The length of \p session_id in Bytes.
+ * \param session         The address of the session structure to populate.
+ *                        It is initialized with mbdtls_ssl_session_init(),
+ *                        and the callback must always leave it in a state
+ *                        where it can safely be freed via
+ *                        mbedtls_ssl_session_free() independent of the
+ *                        return code of this function.
+ *
+ * \return                \c 0 on success
+ * \return                A non-zero return value on failure.
+ *
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t(void *data,
+                                    unsigned char const *session_id,
+                                    size_t session_id_len,
+                                    mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: server-side session cache setter
+ *
+ *                 The session cache is logically a key value store, with
+ *                 keys being session IDs and values being instances of
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_session.
+ *
+ *                 This callback sets an entry in this key-value store.
+ *
+ * \param data            The address of the session cache structure to modify.
+ * \param session_id      The buffer holding the session ID to query.
+ * \param session_id_len  The length of \p session_id in Bytes.
+ * \param session         The address of the session to be stored in the
+ *                        session cache.
+ *
+ * \return                \c 0 on success
+ * \return                A non-zero return value on failure.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t(void *data,
+                                    unsigned char const *session_id,
+                                    size_t session_id_len,
+                                    const mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: start external signature operation.
+ *
+ *                  This callback is called during an SSL handshake to start
+ *                  a signature decryption operation using an
+ *                  external processor. The parameter \p cert contains
+ *                  the public key; it is up to the callback function to
+ *                  determine how to access the associated private key.
+ *
+ *                  This function typically sends or enqueues a request, and
+ *                  does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows
+ *                  the handshake step to be non-blocking.
+ *
+ *                  The parameters \p ssl and \p cert are guaranteed to remain
+ *                  valid throughout the handshake. On the other hand, this
+ *                  function must save the contents of \p hash if the value
+ *                  is needed for later processing, because the \p hash buffer
+ *                  is no longer valid after this function returns.
+ *
+ *                  This function may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data()
+ *                  to store an operation context for later retrieval
+ *                  by the resume or cancel callback.
+ *
+ * \note            For RSA signatures, this function must produce output
+ *                  that is consistent with PKCS#1 v1.5 in the same way as
+ *                  mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign(). Before the private key operation,
+ *                  apply the padding steps described in RFC 8017, section 9.2
+ *                  "EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5" as follows.
+ *                  - If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, apply the PKCS#1 v1.5
+ *                    encoding, treating \p hash as the DigestInfo to be
+ *                    padded. In other words, apply EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5 starting
+ *                    from step 3, with `T = hash` and `tLen = hash_len`.
+ *                  - If `md_alg != MBEDTLS_MD_NONE`, apply the PKCS#1 v1.5
+ *                    encoding, treating \p hash as the hash to be encoded and
+ *                    padded. In other words, apply EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5 starting
+ *                    from step 2, with `digestAlgorithm` obtained by calling
+ *                    mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_md() on \p md_alg.
+ *
+ * \note            For ECDSA signatures, the output format is the DER encoding
+ *                  `Ecdsa-Sig-Value` defined in
+ *                  [RFC 4492 section 5.4](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4492#section-5.4).
+ *
+ * \param ssl             The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ *                        modified other than via
+ *                        mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data().
+ * \param cert            Certificate containing the public key.
+ *                        In simple cases, this is one of the pointers passed to
+ *                        mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() when configuring the SSL
+ *                        connection. However, if other callbacks are used, this
+ *                        property may not hold. For example, if an SNI callback
+ *                        is registered with mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(), then
+ *                        this callback determines what certificate is used.
+ * \param md_alg          Hash algorithm.
+ * \param hash            Buffer containing the hash. This buffer is
+ *                        no longer valid when the function returns.
+ * \param hash_len        Size of the \c hash buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if the operation was started successfully and the SSL
+ *                  stack should call the resume callback immediately.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation
+ *                  was started successfully and the SSL stack should return
+ *                  immediately without calling the resume callback yet.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH if the external
+ *                  processor does not support this key. The SSL stack will
+ *                  use the private key object instead.
+ * \return          Any other error indicates a fatal failure and is
+ *                  propagated up the call chain. The callback should
+ *                  use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b>
+ *                  use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as
+ *                  directed in the documentation of this callback.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                     mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+                                     mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
+                                     const unsigned char *hash,
+                                     size_t hash_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: start external decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                  This callback is called during an SSL handshake to start
+ *                  an RSA decryption operation using an
+ *                  external processor. The parameter \p cert contains
+ *                  the public key; it is up to the callback function to
+ *                  determine how to access the associated private key.
+ *
+ *                  This function typically sends or enqueues a request, and
+ *                  does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows
+ *                  the handshake step to be non-blocking.
+ *
+ *                  The parameters \p ssl and \p cert are guaranteed to remain
+ *                  valid throughout the handshake. On the other hand, this
+ *                  function must save the contents of \p input if the value
+ *                  is needed for later processing, because the \p input buffer
+ *                  is no longer valid after this function returns.
+ *
+ *                  This function may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data()
+ *                  to store an operation context for later retrieval
+ *                  by the resume or cancel callback.
+ *
+ * \warning         RSA decryption as used in TLS is subject to a potential
+ *                  timing side channel attack first discovered by Bleichenbacher
+ *                  in 1998. This attack can be remotely exploitable
+ *                  in practice. To avoid this attack, you must ensure that
+ *                  if the callback performs an RSA decryption, the time it
+ *                  takes to execute and return the result does not depend
+ *                  on whether the RSA decryption succeeded or reported
+ *                  invalid padding.
+ *
+ * \param ssl             The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ *                        modified other than via
+ *                        mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data().
+ * \param cert            Certificate containing the public key.
+ *                        In simple cases, this is one of the pointers passed to
+ *                        mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() when configuring the SSL
+ *                        connection. However, if other callbacks are used, this
+ *                        property may not hold. For example, if an SNI callback
+ *                        is registered with mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(), then
+ *                        this callback determines what certificate is used.
+ * \param input           Buffer containing the input ciphertext. This buffer
+ *                        is no longer valid when the function returns.
+ * \param input_len       Size of the \p input buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if the operation was started successfully and the SSL
+ *                  stack should call the resume callback immediately.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation
+ *                  was started successfully and the SSL stack should return
+ *                  immediately without calling the resume callback yet.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH if the external
+ *                  processor does not support this key. The SSL stack will
+ *                  use the private key object instead.
+ * \return          Any other error indicates a fatal failure and is
+ *                  propagated up the call chain. The callback should
+ *                  use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b>
+ *                  use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as
+ *                  directed in the documentation of this callback.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                        mbedtls_x509_crt *cert,
+                                        const unsigned char *input,
+                                        size_t input_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: resume external operation.
+ *
+ *                  This callback is called during an SSL handshake to resume
+ *                  an external operation started by the
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t or
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t callback.
+ *
+ *                  This function typically checks the status of a pending
+ *                  request or causes the request queue to make progress, and
+ *                  does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows
+ *                  the handshake step to be non-blocking.
+ *
+ *                  This function may call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data()
+ *                  to retrieve an operation context set by the start callback.
+ *                  It may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() to modify
+ *                  this context.
+ *
+ *                  Note that when this function returns a status other than
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, it must free any
+ *                  resources associated with the operation.
+ *
+ * \param ssl             The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ *                        modified other than via
+ *                        mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data().
+ * \param output          Buffer containing the output (signature or decrypted
+ *                        data) on success.
+ * \param output_len      On success, number of bytes written to \p output.
+ * \param output_size     Size of the \p output buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if output of the operation is available in the
+ *                  \p output buffer.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation
+ *                  is still in progress. Subsequent requests for progress
+ *                  on the SSL connection will call the resume callback
+ *                  again.
+ * \return          Any other error means that the operation is aborted.
+ *                  The SSL handshake is aborted. The callback should
+ *                  use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b>
+ *                  use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as
+ *                  directed in the documentation of this callback.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                       unsigned char *output,
+                                       size_t *output_len,
+                                       size_t output_size);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: cancel external operation.
+ *
+ *                  This callback is called if an SSL connection is closed
+ *                  while an asynchronous operation is in progress. Note that
+ *                  this callback is not called if the
+ *                  ::mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t callback has run and has
+ *                  returned a value other than
+ *                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, since in that case
+ *                  the asynchronous operation has already completed.
+ *
+ *                  This function may call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data()
+ *                  to retrieve an operation context set by the start callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl             The SSL connection instance. It should not be
+ *                        modified.
+ */
+typedef void mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) &&        \
+    !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_MAX_LEN  48
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN  32
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN  48
+#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN  20
+#else
+/* This is already checked in check_config.h, but be sure. */
+#error "Bad configuration - need SHA-1, SHA-256 or SHA-512 enabled to compute digest of peer CRT."
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED &&
+          !MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char client_application_traffic_secret_N[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+    unsigned char server_application_traffic_secret_N[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+    unsigned char exporter_master_secret[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+    unsigned char resumption_master_secret[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+} mbedtls_ssl_tls13_application_secrets;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_MKI_LENGTH             255
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_PROFILE_LIST_LENGTH    4
+/*
+ * For code readability use a typedef for DTLS-SRTP profiles
+ *
+ * Use_srtp extension protection profiles values as defined in
+ * http://www.iana.org/assignments/srtp-protection/srtp-protection.xhtml
+ *
+ * Reminder: if this list is expanded mbedtls_ssl_check_srtp_profile_value
+ * must be updated too.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80     ((uint16_t) 0x0001)
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32     ((uint16_t) 0x0002)
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80          ((uint16_t) 0x0005)
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32          ((uint16_t) 0x0006)
+/* This one is not iana defined, but for code readability. */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET                      ((uint16_t) 0x0000)
+
+typedef uint16_t mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile;
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info_t {
+    /*! The SRTP profile that was negotiated. */
+    mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chosen_dtls_srtp_profile);
+    /*! The length of mki_value. */
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mki_len);
+    /*! The mki_value used, with max size of 256 bytes. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mki_value)[MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_MKI_LENGTH];
+}
+mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+/** Human-friendly representation of the (D)TLS protocol version. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN, /*!< Context not in use or version not yet negotiated. */
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_TLS1_2 = 0x0303, /*!< (D)TLS 1.2 */
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_TLS1_3 = 0x0304, /*!< (D)TLS 1.3 */
+} mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version;
+
+/*
+ * This structure is used for storing current session data.
+ *
+ * Note: when changing this definition, we need to check and update:
+ *  - in tests/suites/test_suite_ssl.function:
+ *      ssl_populate_session() and ssl_serialize_session_save_load()
+ *  - in library/ssl_tls.c:
+ *      mbedtls_ssl_session_init() and mbedtls_ssl_session_free()
+ *      mbedtls_ssl_session_save() and ssl_session_load()
+ *      ssl_session_copy()
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_session {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH)
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mfl_code);     /*!< MaxFragmentLength negotiated by peer */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */
+
+/*!< RecordSizeLimit received from the peer */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT)
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(record_size_limit);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT */
+
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(exported);
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint);          /*!< 0: client, 1: server */
+
+    /** TLS version negotiated in the session. Used if and when renegotiating
+     *  or resuming a session instead of the configured minor TLS version.
+     */
+    mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+    mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(start);       /*!< start time of current session */
+#endif
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite);            /*!< chosen ciphersuite */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id_len);              /*!< session id length  */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id)[32];       /*!< session identifier */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(master)[48];   /*!< the master secret  */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE)
+    mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert);       /*!< peer X.509 cert chain */
+#else /* MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */
+    /*! The digest of the peer's end-CRT. This must be kept to detect CRT
+     *  changes during renegotiation, mitigating the triple handshake attack. */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest);
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest_len);
+    mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest_type);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(verify_result);          /*!<  verification result     */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket);      /*!< RFC 5077 session ticket */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_len);          /*!< session ticket length   */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_lifetime);   /*!< ticket lifetime hint    */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+    /*! When a ticket is created by a TLS server as part of an established TLS
+     *  session, the ticket creation time may need to be saved for the ticket
+     *  module to be able to check the ticket age when the ticket is used.
+     *  That's the purpose of this field.
+     *  Before creating a new ticket, an Mbed TLS server set this field with
+     *  its current time in milliseconds. This time may then be saved in the
+     *  session ticket data by the session ticket writing function and
+     *  recovered by the ticket parsing function later when the ticket is used.
+     *  The ticket module may then use this time to compute the ticket age and
+     *  determine if it has expired or not.
+     *  The Mbed TLS implementations of the session ticket writing and parsing
+     *  functions save and retrieve the ticket creation time as part of the
+     *  session ticket data. The session ticket parsing function relies on
+     *  the mbedtls_ssl_session_get_ticket_creation_time() API to get the
+     *  ticket creation time from the session ticket data.
+     */
+    mbedtls_ms_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_creation_time);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS)
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_age_add);     /*!< Randomly generated value used to obscure the age of the ticket */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_flags);        /*!< Ticket flags */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(resumption_key_len);  /*!< resumption_key length */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(resumption_key)[MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN];
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+    char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname);             /*!< host name binded with tickets */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    char *ticket_alpn;                      /*!< ALPN negotiated in the session
+                                                 during which the ticket was generated. */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+    /*! Time in milliseconds when the last ticket was received. */
+    mbedtls_ms_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_reception_time);
+#endif
+#endif /*  MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_early_data_size);          /*!< maximum amount of early data in tickets */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(encrypt_then_mac);       /*!< flag for EtM activation                */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+    mbedtls_ssl_tls13_application_secrets MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(app_secrets);
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+ * Identifiers for PRFs used in various versions of TLS.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_NONE,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_SHA384,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_SHA256,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_HKDF_EXPAND_SHA384,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_HKDF_EXPAND_SHA256
+}
+mbedtls_tls_prf_types;
+
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS12_MASTER_SECRET = 0,
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_EARLY_SECRET,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_EARLY_EXPORTER_SECRET,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_HANDSHAKE_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_SERVER_HANDSHAKE_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_APPLICATION_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+    MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_SERVER_APPLICATION_TRAFFIC_SECRET,
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+} mbedtls_ssl_key_export_type;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: Export key alongside random values for
+ *                                 session identification, and PRF for
+ *                                 implementation of TLS key exporters.
+ *
+ * \param p_expkey   Context for the callback.
+ * \param type       The type of the key that is being exported.
+ * \param secret     The address of the buffer holding the secret
+ *                   that's being exporterd.
+ * \param secret_len The length of \p secret in bytes.
+ * \param client_random The client random bytes.
+ * \param server_random The server random bytes.
+ * \param tls_prf_type The identifier for the PRF used in the handshake
+ *                     to which the key belongs.
+ */
+typedef void mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t(void *p_expkey,
+                                       mbedtls_ssl_key_export_type type,
+                                       const unsigned char *secret,
+                                       size_t secret_len,
+                                       const unsigned char client_random[32],
+                                       const unsigned char server_random[32],
+                                       mbedtls_tls_prf_types tls_prf_type);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: generic handshake callback
+ *
+ * \note            Callbacks may use user_data funcs to set/get app user data.
+ *                  See \c mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p()
+ *                      \c mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n()
+ *                      \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p()
+ *                      \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n()
+ *
+ * \param ssl       \c mbedtls_ssl_context on which the callback is run
+ *
+ * \return          The return value of the callback is 0 if successful,
+ *                  or a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code, which will cause
+ *                  the handshake to be aborted.
+ */
+typedef int (*mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t)(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif
+
+/* A type for storing user data in a library structure.
+ *
+ * The representation of type may change in future versions of the library.
+ * Only the behaviors guaranteed by documented accessor functions are
+ * guaranteed to remain stable.
+ */
+typedef union {
+    uintptr_t n;                /* typically a handle to an associated object */
+    void *p;                    /* typically a pointer to extra data */
+} mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t;
+
+/**
+ * SSL/TLS configuration to be shared between mbedtls_ssl_context structures.
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_config {
+    /* Group items mostly by size. This helps to reduce memory wasted to
+     * padding. It also helps to keep smaller fields early in the structure,
+     * so that elements tend to be in the 128-element direct access window
+     * on Arm Thumb, which reduces the code size. */
+
+    mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version);  /*!< max. TLS version used */
+    mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version);  /*!< min. TLS version used */
+
+    /*
+     * Flags (could be bit-fields to save RAM, but separate bytes make
+     * the code smaller on architectures with an instruction for direct
+     * byte access).
+     */
+
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint);      /*!< 0: client, 1: server               */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transport);     /*!< 0: stream (TLS), 1: datagram (DTLS)    */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(authmode);      /*!< MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_XXX             */
+    /* needed even with renego disabled for LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE          */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(allow_legacy_renegotiation); /*!< MBEDTLS_LEGACY_XXX   */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mfl_code);      /*!< desired fragment length indicator
+                                                 (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_XXX) */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(encrypt_then_mac); /*!< negotiate encrypt-then-mac?    */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(extended_ms);   /*!< negotiate extended master secret?  */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(anti_replay);   /*!< detect and prevent replay?         */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(disable_renegotiation); /*!< disable renegotiation?     */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+    /** Encodes two booleans, one stating whether TLS 1.2 session tickets are
+     *  enabled or not, the other one whether the handling of TLS 1.3
+     *  NewSessionTicket messages is enabled or not. They are respectively set
+     *  by mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets() and
+     *  mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_enable_signal_new_session_tickets().
+     */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_tickets);   /*!< use session tickets? */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(new_session_tickets_count);   /*!< number of NewSessionTicket */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cert_req_ca_list);  /*!< enable sending CA list in
+                                                     Certificate Request messages? */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(respect_cli_pref);  /*!< pick the ciphersuite according to
+                                                     the client's preferences rather
+                                                     than ours? */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ignore_unexpected_cid); /*!< Should DTLS record with
+                                                     *   unexpected CID
+                                                     *   lead to failure? */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_mki_support); /* support having mki_value
+                                                       in the use_srtp extension? */
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Pointers
+     */
+
+    /** Allowed ciphersuites for (D)TLS 1.2 (0-terminated)                  */
+    const int *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite_list);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+    /** Allowed TLS 1.3 key exchange modes.                                 */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls13_kex_modes);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+
+    /** Callback for printing debug output                                  */
+    void(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_dbg))(void *, int, const char *, int, const char *);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_dbg);                    /*!< context for the debug function     */
+
+    /** Callback for getting (pseudo-)random numbers                        */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_rng))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_rng);                    /*!< context for the RNG function       */
+
+    /** Callback to retrieve a session from the cache                       */
+    mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_get_cache);
+    /** Callback to store a session into the cache                          */
+    mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_set_cache);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_cache);                  /*!< context for cache callbacks        */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION)
+    /** Callback for setting cert according to SNI extension                */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_sni))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_sni);                    /*!< context for SNI callback           */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+    /** Callback to customize X.509 certificate chain verification          */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_vrfy))(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_vrfy);                   /*!< context for X.509 verify calllback */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    /** Callback to retrieve PSK key from identity                          */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_psk))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_psk);                    /*!< context for PSK callback           */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    /** Callback to create & write a cookie for ClientHello verification    */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cookie_write))(void *, unsigned char **, unsigned char *,
+                                          const unsigned char *, size_t);
+    /** Callback to verify validity of a ClientHello cookie                 */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cookie_check))(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t,
+                                          const unsigned char *, size_t);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_cookie);                 /*!< context for the cookie callbacks   */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    /** Callback to create & write a session ticket                         */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ticket_write))(void *, const mbedtls_ssl_session *,
+                                          unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, size_t *,
+                                          uint32_t *);
+    /** Callback to parse a session ticket into a session structure         */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ticket_parse))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_session *, unsigned char *, size_t);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ticket);                 /*!< context for the ticket callbacks   */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cid_len); /*!< The length of CIDs for incoming DTLS records.      */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+    const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cert_profile); /*!< verification profile */
+    mbedtls_ssl_key_cert *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_cert); /*!< own certificate/key pair(s)        */
+    mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_chain);     /*!< trusted CAs                        */
+    mbedtls_x509_crl *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_crl);       /*!< trusted CAs CRLs                   */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK)
+    mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ca_cb);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ca_cb);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+    mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_sign_start); /*!< start asynchronous signature operation */
+    mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_decrypt_start); /*!< start asynchronous decryption operation */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+    mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_resume); /*!< resume asynchronous operation */
+    mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_cancel); /*!< cancel asynchronous operation */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_async_config_data); /*!< Configuration data set by mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(). */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED)
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+    const int *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_hashes);         /*!< allowed signature hashes           */
+#endif
+    const uint16_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_algs);      /*!< allowed signature algorithms       */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+    const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(curve_list); /*!< allowed curves             */
+#endif
+
+    const uint16_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(group_list);     /*!< allowed IANA NamedGroups */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C)
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_P);              /*!< prime modulus for DHM              */
+    mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_G);              /*!< generator for DHM                  */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+    mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_opaque); /*!< PSA key slot holding opaque PSK. This field
+                                                       *   should only be set via
+                                                       *   mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+                                                       *   If either no PSK or a raw PSK have been
+                                                       *   configured, this has value \c 0.
+                                                       */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk);      /*!< The raw pre-shared key. This field should
+                                               *   only be set via mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+                                               *   If either no PSK or an opaque PSK
+                                               *   have been configured, this has value NULL. */
+    size_t         MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_len);  /*!< The length of the raw pre-shared key.
+                                               *   This field should only be set via
+                                               *   mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+                                               *   Its value is non-zero if and only if
+                                               *   \c psk is not \c NULL. */
+
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_identity);    /*!< The PSK identity for PSK negotiation.
+                                                      *   This field should only be set via
+                                                      *   mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+                                                      *   This is set if and only if either
+                                                      *   \c psk or \c psk_opaque are set. */
+    size_t         MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_identity_len);/*!< The length of PSK identity.
+                                                      *   This field should only be set via
+                                                      *   mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+                                                      *   Its value is non-zero if and only if
+                                                      *   \c psk is not \c NULL or \c psk_opaque
+                                                      *   is not \c 0. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(early_data_enabled);     /*!< Early data enablement:
+                                                  *   - MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED,
+                                                  *   - MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    /* The maximum amount of 0-RTT data. RFC 8446 section 4.6.1 */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_early_data_size);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN)
+    const char **MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alpn_list);         /*!< ordered list of protocols          */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+    /*! ordered list of supported srtp profile */
+    const mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_profile_list);
+    /*! number of supported profiles */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_profile_list_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+    /*
+     * Numerical settings (int)
+     */
+
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(read_timeout);          /*!< timeout for mbedtls_ssl_read (ms)  */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hs_timeout_min);        /*!< initial value of the handshake
+                                                        retransmission timeout (ms)        */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hs_timeout_max);        /*!< maximum value of the handshake
+                                                        retransmission timeout (ms)        */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_max_records);         /*!< grace period for renegotiation     */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_period)[8]; /*!< value of the record counters
+                                                        that triggers renegotiation        */
+#endif
+
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(badmac_limit);      /*!< limit of records with a bad MAC    */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_min_bitlen);    /*!< min. bit length of the DHM prime   */
+#endif
+
+    /** User data pointer or handle.
+     *
+     * The library sets this to \p 0 when creating a context and does not
+     * access it afterwards.
+     */
+    mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cert_cb);  /*!< certificate selection callback */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED)
+    const mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dn_hints);/*!< acceptable client cert issuers    */
+#endif
+};
+
+struct mbedtls_ssl_context {
+    const mbedtls_ssl_config *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(conf); /*!< configuration information          */
+
+    /*
+     * Miscellaneous
+     */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state);                  /*!< SSL handshake: current state     */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_status);          /*!< Initial, in progress, pending?   */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_records_seen);    /*!< Records since renego request, or with DTLS,
+                                                    number of retransmissions of request if
+                                                    renego_max_records is < 0           */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+    /**
+     * Maximum TLS version to be negotiated, then negotiated TLS version.
+     *
+     * It is initialized as the configured maximum TLS version to be
+     * negotiated by mbedtls_ssl_setup().
+     *
+     * When renegotiating or resuming a session, it is overwritten in the
+     * ClientHello writing preparation stage with the previously negotiated
+     * TLS version.
+     *
+     * On client side, it is updated to the TLS version selected by the server
+     * for the handshake when the ServerHello is received.
+     *
+     * On server side, it is updated to the TLS version the server selects for
+     * the handshake when the ClientHello is received.
+     */
+    mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+    /**
+     * State of the negotiation and transfer of early data. Reset to
+     * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATE_IDLE when the context is reset.
+     */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(early_data_state);
+#endif
+
+    /** Multipurpose field.
+     *
+     * - DTLS: records with a bad MAC received.
+     * - TLS: accumulated length of handshake fragments (up to \c in_hslen).
+     *
+     * This field is multipurpose in order to preserve the ABI in the
+     * Mbed TLS 3.6 LTS branch. Until 3.6.2, it was only used in DTLS
+     * and called `badmac_seen`.
+     */
+    unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(badmac_seen_or_in_hsfraglen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+    /** Callback to customize X.509 certificate chain verification          */
+    int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_vrfy))(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_vrfy);                   /*!< context for X.509 verify callback */
+#endif
+
+    mbedtls_ssl_send_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_send); /*!< Callback for network send */
+    mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_recv); /*!< Callback for network receive */
+    mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_recv_timeout);
+    /*!< Callback for network receive with timeout */
+
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_bio);                /*!< context for I/O operations   */
+
+    /*
+     * Session layer
+     */
+    mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_in);            /*!<  current session data (in)   */
+    mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_out);           /*!<  current session data (out)  */
+    mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session);               /*!<  negotiated session data     */
+    mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_negotiate);     /*!<  session data in negotiation */
+
+    mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(handshake);    /*!<  params required only during
+                                                                    the handshake process        */
+
+    /*
+     * Record layer transformations
+     */
+    mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_in);        /*!<  current transform params (in)
+                                                                  *    This is always a reference,
+                                                                  *    never an owning pointer.        */
+    mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_out);       /*!<  current transform params (out)
+                                                                  *    This is always a reference,
+                                                                  *    never an owning pointer.        */
+    mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform);           /*!<  negotiated transform params
+                                                                  *    This pointer owns the transform
+                                                                  *    it references.                  */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+    mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_negotiate); /*!<  transform params in negotiation
+                                                                  *    This pointer owns the transform
+                                                                  *    it references.                  */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+    /*! The application data transform in TLS 1.3.
+     *  This pointer owns the transform it references. */
+    mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_application);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+
+    /*
+     * Timers
+     */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_timer);              /*!< context for the timer callbacks */
+
+    mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_set_timer);       /*!< set timer callback */
+    mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_get_timer);       /*!< get timer callback */
+
+    /*
+     * Record layer (incoming data)
+     */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_buf);      /*!< input buffer                     */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_ctr);      /*!< 64-bit incoming message counter
+                                                    TLS: maintained by us
+                                                    DTLS: read from peer             */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_hdr);      /*!< start of record header           */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_cid);      /*!< The start of the CID;
+                                                  *   (the end is marked by in_len).   */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_len);      /*!< two-bytes message length field   */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_iv);       /*!< ivlen-byte IV                    */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msg);      /*!< message contents (in_iv+ivlen)   */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_offt);     /*!< read offset in application data  */
+
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msgtype);             /*!< record header: message type      */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msglen);           /*!< record header: message length    */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_left);             /*!< amount of data read so far       */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_buf_len);          /*!< length of input buffer           */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_epoch);          /*!< DTLS epoch for incoming records  */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_record_offset);  /*!< offset of the next record in datagram
+                                                    (equal to in_left if none)       */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY)
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_window_top);     /*!< last validated record seq_num    */
+    uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_window);         /*!< bitmask for replay detection     */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY */
+
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_hslen);            /*!< current handshake message length,
+                                                    including the handshake header   */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nb_zero);                /*!< # of 0-length encrypted messages */
+
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keep_current_message);   /*!< drop or reuse current message
+                                                    on next call to record layer? */
+
+    /* The following three variables indicate if and, if yes,
+     * what kind of alert is pending to be sent.
+     */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(send_alert);   /*!< Determines if a fatal alert
+                                                    should be sent. Values:
+                                                    - \c 0 , no alert is to be sent.
+                                                    - \c 1 , alert is to be sent. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alert_type);   /*!< Type of alert if send_alert
+                                                    != 0 */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alert_reason);           /*!< The error code to be returned
+                                                    to the user once the fatal alert
+                                                    has been sent. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(disable_datagram_packing);  /*!< Disable packing multiple records
+                                                         *   within a single datagram.  */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    /*
+     * One of:
+     * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_NO_DISCARD
+     * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_TRY_TO_DEPROTECT_AND_DISCARD
+     * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISCARD
+     */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(discard_early_data_record);
+#endif
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total_early_data_size); /*!< Number of received/written early data bytes */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+    /*
+     * Record layer (outgoing data)
+     */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_buf);     /*!< output buffer                    */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_ctr);     /*!< 64-bit outgoing message counter  */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_hdr);     /*!< start of record header           */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_cid);     /*!< The start of the CID;
+                                                  *   (the end is marked by in_len).   */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_len);     /*!< two-bytes message length field   */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_iv);      /*!< ivlen-byte IV                    */
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msg);     /*!< message contents (out_iv+ivlen)  */
+
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msgtype);            /*!< record header: message type      */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msglen);          /*!< record header: message length    */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_left);            /*!< amount of data not yet written   */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_buf_len);         /*!< length of output buffer          */
+#endif
+
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cur_out_ctr)[MBEDTLS_SSL_SEQUENCE_NUMBER_LEN]; /*!<  Outgoing record sequence  number. */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mtu);               /*!< path mtu, used to fragment outgoing messages */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+    /*
+     * User settings
+     */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+    /** Expected peer CN for verification.
+     *
+     * Also used on clients for SNI,
+     * and for TLS 1.3 session resumption using tickets.
+     *
+     * The value of this field can be:
+     * - \p NULL in a newly initialized or reset context.
+     * - A heap-allocated copy of the last value passed to
+     *   mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname(), if the last call had a non-null
+     *  \p hostname argument.
+     * - A special value to indicate that mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname()
+     *   was called with \p NULL (as opposed to never having been called).
+     *   See `mbedtls_ssl_get_hostname_pointer()` in `ssl_tls.c`.
+     *
+     * If this field contains the value \p NULL and the configuration option
+     * #MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_ALLOW_WEAK_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME
+     * is unset, on a TLS client, attempting to verify a server certificate
+     * results in the error
+     * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME.
+     *
+     * If this field contains the special value described above, or if
+     * the value is \p NULL and the configuration option
+     * #MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_ALLOW_WEAK_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME
+     * is set, then the peer name verification is skipped, which may be
+     * insecure, especially on a client. Furthermore, on a client, the
+     * server_name extension is not sent, and the server name is ignored
+     * in TLS 1.3 session resumption using tickets.
+     */
+    char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN)
+    const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alpn_chosen);    /*!<  negotiated protocol                   */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+    /*
+     * use_srtp extension
+     */
+    mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_info);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+    /*
+     * Information for DTLS hello verify
+     */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+    unsigned char  *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cli_id);         /*!<  transport-level ID of the client  */
+    size_t          MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cli_id_len);     /*!<  length of cli_id                  */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+    /*
+     * Secure renegotiation
+     */
+    /* needed to know when to send extension on server */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(secure_renegotiation);           /*!<  does peer support legacy or
+                                                            secure renegotiation           */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(verify_data_len);             /*!<  length of verify data stored   */
+    char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_verify_data)[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!<  previous handshake verify data */
+    char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_verify_data)[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!<  previous handshake verify data */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+    /* CID configuration to use in subsequent handshakes. */
+
+    /*! The next incoming CID, chosen by the user and applying to
+     *  all subsequent handshakes. This may be different from the
+     *  CID currently used in case the user has re-configured the CID
+     *  after an initial handshake. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_cid)[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX];
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_cid_len);   /*!< The length of \c own_cid. */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(negotiate_cid); /*!< This indicates whether the CID extension should
+                                             *   be negotiated in the next handshake or not.
+                                             *   Possible values are #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED
+                                             *   and #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED. */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+    /** Callback to export key block and master secret                      */
+    mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_export_keys);
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export_keys);            /*!< context for key export callback    */
+
+    /** User data pointer or handle.
+     *
+     * The library sets this to \p 0 when creating a context and does not
+     * access it afterwards.
+     *
+     * \warning Serializing and restoring an SSL context with
+     *          mbedtls_ssl_context_save() and mbedtls_ssl_context_load()
+     *          does not currently restore the user data.
+     */
+    mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data);
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Return the name of the ciphersuite associated with the
+ *                      given ID
+ *
+ * \param ciphersuite_id SSL ciphersuite ID
+ *
+ * \return              a string containing the ciphersuite name
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_name(const int ciphersuite_id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Return the ID of the ciphersuite associated with the
+ *                      given name
+ *
+ * \param ciphersuite_name SSL ciphersuite name
+ *
+ * \return              the ID with the ciphersuite or 0 if not found
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_id(const char *ciphersuite_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize an SSL context
+ *                 Just makes the context ready for mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_free()
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_init(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set up an SSL context for use
+ *
+ * \note           No copy of the configuration context is made, it can be
+ *                 shared by many mbedtls_ssl_context structures.
+ *
+ * \warning        The conf structure will be accessed during the session.
+ *                 It must not be modified or freed as long as the session
+ *                 is active.
+ *
+ * \warning        This function must be called exactly once per context.
+ *                 Calling mbedtls_ssl_setup again is not supported, even
+ *                 if no session is active.
+ *
+ * \warning        After setting up a client context, if certificate-based
+ *                 authentication is enabled, you should call
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname() to specifiy the expected
+ *                 name of the server. Without this, in most scenarios,
+ *                 the TLS connection is insecure. See
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME
+ *                 for more information.
+ *
+ * \note           If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ *                 subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ *                 psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration to use
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if
+ *                 memory allocation failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_setup(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                      const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Reset an already initialized SSL context for re-use
+ *                 while retaining application-set variables, function
+ *                 pointers and data.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \return         0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED or
+                   MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_session_reset(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the current endpoint type
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param endpoint must be MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_endpoint(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int endpoint);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get the current endpoint type
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ *
+ * \return         Endpoint type, either MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT
+ *                 or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_endpoint(const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf)
+{
+    return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Set the transport type (TLS or DTLS).
+ *                  Default: TLS
+ *
+ * \note            For DTLS, you must either provide a recv callback that
+ *                  doesn't block, or one that handles timeouts, see
+ *                  \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(). You also need to provide timer
+ *                  callbacks with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb().
+ *
+ * \param conf      SSL configuration
+ * \param transport transport type:
+ *                  MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM for TLS,
+ *                  MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM for DTLS.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_transport(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int transport);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the certificate verification mode
+ *                 Default: NONE on server, REQUIRED on client
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param authmode can be:
+ *
+ *  MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE:      peer certificate is not checked
+ *                        (default on server)
+ *                        (insecure on client)
+ *
+ *  MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL:  peer certificate is checked, however the
+ *                        handshake continues even if verification failed;
+ *                        mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() can be called after the
+ *                        handshake is complete.
+ *
+ *  MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED:  peer *must* present a valid certificate,
+ *                        handshake is aborted if verification failed.
+ *                        (default on client)
+ *
+ * \note On client, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED is the recommended mode.
+ * With MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL, the user needs to call mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() at
+ * the right time(s), which may not be obvious, while REQUIRED always perform
+ * the verification as soon as possible. For example, REQUIRED was protecting
+ * against the "triple handshake" attack even before it was found.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int authmode);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+/**
+ * \brief    Set the early data mode
+ *           Default: disabled on server and client
+ *
+ * \param conf   The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param early_data_enabled can be:
+ *
+ *  MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED:
+ *  Early data functionality is disabled. This is the default on client and
+ *  server.
+ *
+ *  MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED:
+ *  Early data functionality is enabled and may be negotiated in the handshake.
+ *  Application using early data functionality needs to be aware that the
+ *  security properties for early data (also refered to as 0-RTT data) are
+ *  weaker than those for other kinds of TLS data. See the documentation of
+ *  mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data() and mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data() for more
+ *  information.
+ *  When early data functionality is enabled on server and only in that case,
+ *  the call to one of the APIs that trigger or resume an handshake sequence,
+ *  namely mbedtls_ssl_handshake(), mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(),
+ *  mbedtls_ssl_read() or mbedtls_ssl_write() may return with the error code
+ *  MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA indicating that some early data have
+ *  been received. To read the early data, call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ *  before calling the original function again.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                 int early_data_enabled);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum amount of 0-RTT data in bytes
+ *        Default:  #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE
+ *
+ *        This function sets the value of the max_early_data_size
+ *        field of the early data indication extension included in
+ *        the NewSessionTicket messages that the server may send.
+ *
+ *        The value defines the maximum amount of 0-RTT data
+ *        in bytes that a client will be allowed to send when using
+ *        one of the tickets defined by the NewSessionTicket messages.
+ *
+ * \note When resuming a session using a ticket, if the server receives more
+ *       early data than allowed for the ticket, it terminates the connection.
+ *       The maximum amount of 0-RTT data should thus be large enough
+ *       to allow a minimum of early data to be exchanged.
+ *
+ * \param[in] conf                  The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param[in] max_early_data_size   The maximum amount of 0-RTT data.
+ *
+ * \warning This interface DOES NOT influence/limit the amount of early data
+ *          that can be received through previously created and issued tickets,
+ *          which clients may have stored.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_early_data_size(
+    mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t max_early_data_size);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the verification callback (Optional).
+ *
+ *                 If set, the provided verify callback is called for each
+ *                 certificate in the peer's CRT chain, including the trusted
+ *                 root. For more information, please see the documentation of
+ *                 \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify().
+ *
+ * \note           For per context callbacks and contexts, please use
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_set_verify() instead.
+ *
+ * \param conf     The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param f_vrfy   The verification callback to use during CRT verification.
+ * \param p_vrfy   The opaque context to be passed to the callback.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                             int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+                             void *p_vrfy);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the random number generator callback
+ *
+ * \note           The callback with its parameter must remain valid as
+ *                 long as there is an SSL context that uses the
+ *                 SSL configuration.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param f_rng    RNG function (mandatory)
+ * \param p_rng    RNG parameter
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                          mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                          void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the debug callback
+ *
+ *                 The callback has the following argument:
+ *                 void *           opaque context for the callback
+ *                 int              debug level
+ *                 const char *     file name
+ *                 int              line number
+ *                 const char *     message
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param f_dbg    debug function
+ * \param p_dbg    debug parameter
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dbg(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                          void (*f_dbg)(void *, int, const char *, int, const char *),
+                          void  *p_dbg);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the SSL configuration structure associated
+ *                 with the given SSL context.
+ *
+ * \note           The pointer returned by this function is guaranteed to
+ *                 remain valid until the context is freed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to query.
+ * \return         Pointer to the SSL configuration associated with \p ssl.
+ */
+static inline const mbedtls_ssl_config *mbedtls_ssl_context_get_config(
+    const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+    return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(conf);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the underlying BIO callbacks for write, read and
+ *                 read-with-timeout.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param p_bio    parameter (context) shared by BIO callbacks
+ * \param f_send   write callback
+ * \param f_recv   read callback
+ * \param f_recv_timeout blocking read callback with timeout.
+ *
+ * \note           One of f_recv or f_recv_timeout can be NULL, in which case
+ *                 the other is used. If both are non-NULL, f_recv_timeout is
+ *                 used and f_recv is ignored (as if it were NULL).
+ *
+ * \note           The two most common use cases are:
+ *                 - non-blocking I/O, f_recv != NULL, f_recv_timeout == NULL
+ *                 - blocking I/O, f_recv == NULL, f_recv_timeout != NULL
+ *
+ * \note           For DTLS, you need to provide either a non-NULL
+ *                 f_recv_timeout callback, or a f_recv that doesn't block.
+ *
+ * \note           See the documentations of \c mbedtls_ssl_send_t,
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_recv_t and \c mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t for
+ *                 the conventions those callbacks must follow.
+ *
+ * \note           On some platforms, net_sockets.c provides
+ *                 \c mbedtls_net_send(), \c mbedtls_net_recv() and
+ *                 \c mbedtls_net_recv_timeout() that are suitable to be used
+ *                 here.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                         void *p_bio,
+                         mbedtls_ssl_send_t *f_send,
+                         mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *f_recv,
+                         mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t *f_recv_timeout);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief             Configure the use of the Connection ID (CID)
+ *                    extension in the next handshake.
+ *
+ *                    Reference: RFC 9146 (or draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05
+ *                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05
+ *                    for legacy version)
+ *
+ *                    The DTLS CID extension allows the reliable association of
+ *                    DTLS records to DTLS connections across changes in the
+ *                    underlying transport (changed IP and Port metadata) by
+ *                    adding explicit connection identifiers (CIDs) to the
+ *                    headers of encrypted DTLS records. The desired CIDs are
+ *                    configured by the application layer and are exchanged in
+ *                    new `ClientHello` / `ServerHello` extensions during the
+ *                    handshake, where each side indicates the CID it wants the
+ *                    peer to use when writing encrypted messages. The CIDs are
+ *                    put to use once records get encrypted: the stack discards
+ *                    any incoming records that don't include the configured CID
+ *                    in their header, and adds the peer's requested CID to the
+ *                    headers of outgoing messages.
+ *
+ *                    This API enables or disables the use of the CID extension
+ *                    in the next handshake and sets the value of the CID to
+ *                    be used for incoming messages.
+ *
+ * \param ssl         The SSL context to configure. This must be initialized.
+ * \param enable      This value determines whether the CID extension should
+ *                    be used or not. Possible values are:
+ *                    - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED to enable the use of the CID.
+ *                    - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED (default) to disable the use
+ *                      of the CID.
+ * \param own_cid     The address of the readable buffer holding the CID we want
+ *                    the peer to use when sending encrypted messages to us.
+ *                    This may be \c NULL if \p own_cid_len is \c 0.
+ *                    This parameter is unused if \p enable is set to
+ *                    MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ * \param own_cid_len The length of \p own_cid.
+ *                    This parameter is unused if \p enable is set to
+ *                    MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \note              The value of \p own_cid_len must match the value of the
+ *                    \c len parameter passed to mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid()
+ *                    when configuring the ::mbedtls_ssl_config that \p ssl
+ *                    is bound to.
+ *
+ * \note              This CID configuration applies to subsequent handshakes
+ *                    performed on the SSL context \p ssl, but does not trigger
+ *                    one. You still have to call `mbedtls_ssl_handshake()`
+ *                    (for the initial handshake) or `mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate()`
+ *                    (for a renegotiation handshake) explicitly after a
+ *                    successful call to this function to run the handshake.
+ *
+ * \note              This call cannot guarantee that the use of the CID
+ *                    will be successfully negotiated in the next handshake,
+ *                    because the peer might not support it. Specifically:
+ *                    - On the Client, enabling the use of the CID through
+ *                      this call implies that the `ClientHello` in the next
+ *                      handshake will include the CID extension, thereby
+ *                      offering the use of the CID to the server. Only if
+ *                      the `ServerHello` contains the CID extension, too,
+ *                      the CID extension will actually be put to use.
+ *                    - On the Server, enabling the use of the CID through
+ *                      this call implies that the server will look for
+ *                      the CID extension in a `ClientHello` from the client,
+ *                      and, if present, reply with a CID extension in its
+ *                      `ServerHello`.
+ *
+ * \note              To check whether the use of the CID was negotiated
+ *                    after the subsequent handshake has completed, please
+ *                    use the API mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid().
+ *
+ * \warning           If the use of the CID extension is enabled in this call
+ *                    and the subsequent handshake negotiates its use, Mbed TLS
+ *                    will silently drop every packet whose CID does not match
+ *                    the CID configured in \p own_cid. It is the responsibility
+ *                    of the user to adapt the underlying transport to take care
+ *                    of CID-based demultiplexing before handing datagrams to
+ *                    Mbed TLS.
+ *
+ * \return            \c 0 on success. In this case, the CID configuration
+ *                    applies to the next handshake.
+ * \return            A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                        int enable,
+                        unsigned char const *own_cid,
+                        size_t own_cid_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief              Get information about our request for usage of the CID
+ *                     extension in the current connection.
+ *
+ * \param ssl          The SSL context to query.
+ * \param enabled      The address at which to store whether the CID extension
+ *                     is requested to be used or not. If the CID is
+ *                     requested, `*enabled` is set to
+ *                     MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED; otherwise, it is set to
+ *                     MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ * \param own_cid      The address of the buffer in which to store our own
+ *                     CID (if the CID extension is requested). This may be
+ *                     \c NULL in case the value of our CID isn't needed. If
+ *                     it is not \c NULL, \p own_cid_len must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param own_cid_len  The address at which to store the size of our own CID
+ *                     (if the CID extension is requested). This is also the
+ *                     number of Bytes in \p own_cid that have been written.
+ *                     This may be \c NULL in case the length of our own CID
+ *                     isn't needed. If it is \c NULL, \p own_cid must be
+ *                     \c NULL, too.
+ *
+ *\note                If we are requesting an empty CID this function sets
+ *                     `*enabled` to #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED (the rationale
+ *                     for this is that the resulting outcome is the
+ *                     same as if the CID extensions wasn't requested).
+ *
+ * \return            \c 0 on success.
+ * \return            A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_own_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                            int *enabled,
+                            unsigned char own_cid[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX],
+                            size_t *own_cid_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief              Get information about the use of the CID extension
+ *                     in the current connection.
+ *
+ * \param ssl          The SSL context to query.
+ * \param enabled      The address at which to store whether the CID extension
+ *                     is currently in use or not. If the CID is in use,
+ *                     `*enabled` is set to MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED;
+ *                     otherwise, it is set to MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED.
+ * \param peer_cid     The address of the buffer in which to store the CID
+ *                     chosen by the peer (if the CID extension is used).
+ *                     This may be \c NULL in case the value of peer CID
+ *                     isn't needed. If it is not \c NULL, \p peer_cid_len
+ *                     must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param peer_cid_len The address at which to store the size of the CID
+ *                     chosen by the peer (if the CID extension is used).
+ *                     This is also the number of Bytes in \p peer_cid that
+ *                     have been written.
+ *                     This may be \c NULL in case the length of the peer CID
+ *                     isn't needed. If it is \c NULL, \p peer_cid must be
+ *                     \c NULL, too.
+ *
+ * \note               This applies to the state of the CID negotiated in
+ *                     the last complete handshake. If a handshake is in
+ *                     progress, this function will attempt to complete
+ *                     the handshake first.
+ *
+ * \note               If CID extensions have been exchanged but both client
+ *                     and server chose to use an empty CID, this function
+ *                     sets `*enabled` to #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED
+ *                     (the rationale for this is that the resulting
+ *                     communication is the same as if the CID extensions
+ *                     hadn't been used).
+ *
+ * \return            \c 0 on success.
+ * \return            A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                             int *enabled,
+                             unsigned char peer_cid[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX],
+                             size_t *peer_cid_len);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the Maximum Transport Unit (MTU).
+ *                 Special value: 0 means unset (no limit).
+ *                 This represents the maximum size of a datagram payload
+ *                 handled by the transport layer (usually UDP) as determined
+ *                 by the network link and stack. In practice, this controls
+ *                 the maximum size datagram the DTLS layer will pass to the
+ *                 \c f_send() callback set using \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio().
+ *
+ * \note           The limit on datagram size is converted to a limit on
+ *                 record payload by subtracting the current overhead of
+ *                 encapsulation and encryption/authentication if any.
+ *
+ * \note           This can be called at any point during the connection, for
+ *                 example when a Path Maximum Transfer Unit (PMTU)
+ *                 estimate becomes available from other sources,
+ *                 such as lower (or higher) protocol layers.
+ *
+ * \note           This setting only controls the size of the packets we send,
+ *                 and does not restrict the size of the datagrams we're
+ *                 willing to receive. Client-side, you can request the
+ *                 server to use smaller records with \c
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len().
+ *
+ * \note           If both a MTU and a maximum fragment length have been
+ *                 configured (or negotiated with the peer), the resulting
+ *                 lower limit on record payload (see first note) is used.
+ *
+ * \note           This can only be used to decrease the maximum size
+ *                 of datagrams (hence records, see first note) sent. It
+ *                 cannot be used to increase the maximum size of records over
+ *                 the limit set by #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN.
+ *
+ * \note           Values lower than the current record layer expansion will
+ *                 result in an error when trying to send data.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param mtu      Value of the path MTU in bytes
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, uint16_t mtu);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set a connection-specific verification callback (optional).
+ *
+ *                 If set, the provided verify callback is called for each
+ *                 certificate in the peer's CRT chain, including the trusted
+ *                 root. For more information, please see the documentation of
+ *                 \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify().
+ *
+ * \note           This call is analogous to mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() but
+ *                 binds the verification callback and context to an SSL context
+ *                 as opposed to an SSL configuration.
+ *                 If mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() and mbedtls_ssl_set_verify()
+ *                 are both used, mbedtls_ssl_set_verify() takes precedence.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to use.
+ * \param f_vrfy   The verification callback to use during CRT verification.
+ * \param p_vrfy   The opaque context to be passed to the callback.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_verify(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                            int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *),
+                            void *p_vrfy);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the timeout period for mbedtls_ssl_read()
+ *                 (Default: no timeout.)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration context
+ * \param timeout  Timeout value in milliseconds.
+ *                 Use 0 for no timeout (default).
+ *
+ * \note           With blocking I/O, this will only work if a non-NULL
+ *                 \c f_recv_timeout was set with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio().
+ *                 With non-blocking I/O, this will only work if timer
+ *                 callbacks were set with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb().
+ *
+ * \note           With non-blocking I/O, you may also skip this function
+ *                 altogether and handle timeouts at the application layer.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_read_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Check whether a buffer contains a valid and authentic record
+ *                 that has not been seen before. (DTLS only).
+ *
+ *                 This function does not change the user-visible state
+ *                 of the SSL context. Its sole purpose is to provide
+ *                 an indication of the legitimacy of an incoming record.
+ *
+ *                 This can be useful e.g. in distributed server environments
+ *                 using the DTLS Connection ID feature, in which connections
+ *                 might need to be passed between service instances on a change
+ *                 of peer address, but where such disruptive operations should
+ *                 only happen after the validity of incoming records has been
+ *                 confirmed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to use.
+ * \param buf      The address of the buffer holding the record to be checked.
+ *                 This must be a read/write buffer of length \p buflen Bytes.
+ * \param buflen   The length of \p buf in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note           This routine only checks whether the provided buffer begins
+ *                 with a valid and authentic record that has not been seen
+ *                 before, but does not check potential data following the
+ *                 initial record. In particular, it is possible to pass DTLS
+ *                 datagrams containing multiple records, in which case only
+ *                 the first record is checked.
+ *
+ * \note           This function modifies the input buffer \p buf. If you need
+ *                 to preserve the original record, you have to maintain a copy.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the record is valid and authentic and has not been
+ *                 seen before.
+ * \return         MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC if the check completed
+ *                 successfully but the record was found to be not authentic.
+ * \return         MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_RECORD if the check completed
+ *                 successfully but the record was found to be invalid for
+ *                 a reason different from authenticity checking.
+ * \return         MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_RECORD if the check completed
+ *                 successfully but the record was found to be unexpected
+ *                 in the state of the SSL context, including replayed records.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on different kinds of failure.
+ *                 In this case, the SSL context becomes unusable and needs
+ *                 to be freed or reset before reuse.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_check_record(mbedtls_ssl_context const *ssl,
+                             unsigned char *buf,
+                             size_t buflen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the timer callbacks (Mandatory for DTLS.)
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param p_timer  parameter (context) shared by timer callbacks
+ * \param f_set_timer   set timer callback
+ * \param f_get_timer   get timer callback. Must return:
+ *
+ * \note           See the documentation of \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t and
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t for the conventions this pair of
+ *                 callbacks must follow.
+ *
+ * \note           On some platforms, timing.c provides
+ *                 \c mbedtls_timing_set_delay() and
+ *                 \c mbedtls_timing_get_delay() that are suitable for using
+ *                 here, except if using an event-driven style.
+ *
+ * \note           See also the "DTLS tutorial" article in our knowledge base.
+ *                 https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/dtls-tutorial
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                              void *p_timer,
+                              mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t *f_set_timer,
+                              mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t *f_get_timer);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Set the certificate selection callback (server-side only).
+ *
+ *                  If set, the callback is always called for each handshake,
+ *                  after `ClientHello` processing has finished.
+ *
+ * \param conf      The SSL configuration to register the callback with.
+ * \param f_cert_cb The callback for selecting server certificate after
+ *                  `ClientHello` processing has finished.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                            mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t f_cert_cb)
+{
+    conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cert_cb) = f_cert_cb;
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: generate and write session ticket
+ *
+ * \note            This describes what a callback implementation should do.
+ *                  This callback should generate an encrypted and
+ *                  authenticated ticket for the session and write it to the
+ *                  output buffer. Here, ticket means the opaque ticket part
+ *                  of the NewSessionTicket structure of RFC 5077.
+ *
+ * \param p_ticket  Context for the callback
+ * \param session   SSL session to be written in the ticket
+ * \param start     Start of the output buffer
+ * \param end       End of the output buffer
+ * \param tlen      On exit, holds the length written
+ * \param lifetime  On exit, holds the lifetime of the ticket in seconds
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or
+ *                  a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t(void *p_ticket,
+                                       const mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+                                       unsigned char *start,
+                                       const unsigned char *end,
+                                       size_t *tlen,
+                                       uint32_t *lifetime);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Callback type: parse and load session ticket
+ *
+ * \note            This describes what a callback implementation should do.
+ *                  This callback should parse a session ticket as generated
+ *                  by the corresponding mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t function,
+ *                  and, if the ticket is authentic and valid, load the
+ *                  session.
+ *
+ * \note            The implementation is allowed to modify the first len
+ *                  bytes of the input buffer, eg to use it as a temporary
+ *                  area for the decrypted ticket contents.
+ *
+ * \param p_ticket  Context for the callback
+ * \param session   SSL session to be loaded
+ * \param buf       Start of the buffer containing the ticket
+ * \param len       Length of the ticket.
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC if not authentic, or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_SESSION_TICKET_EXPIRED if expired, or
+ *                  any other non-zero code for other failures.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t(void *p_ticket,
+                                       mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+                                       unsigned char *buf,
+                                       size_t len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Configure SSL session ticket callbacks (server only).
+ *                  (Default: none.)
+ *
+ * \note            On server, session tickets are enabled by providing
+ *                  non-NULL callbacks.
+ *
+ * \note            On client, use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets().
+ *
+ * \param conf      SSL configuration context
+ * \param f_ticket_write    Callback for writing a ticket
+ * \param f_ticket_parse    Callback for parsing a ticket
+ * \param p_ticket          Context shared by the two callbacks
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                         mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t *f_ticket_write,
+                                         mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t *f_ticket_parse,
+                                         void *p_ticket);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+/**
+ * \brief Get the creation time of a session ticket.
+ *
+ * \note See the documentation of \c ticket_creation_time for information about
+ *       the intended usage of this function.
+ *
+ * \param session  SSL session
+ * \param ticket_creation_time  On exit, holds the ticket creation time in
+ *                              milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success,
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if an input is not valid.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_session_get_ticket_creation_time(
+    mbedtls_ssl_session *session, mbedtls_ms_time_t *ticket_creation_time)
+{
+    if (session == NULL || ticket_creation_time == NULL ||
+        session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint) != MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER) {
+        return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA;
+    }
+
+    *ticket_creation_time = session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_creation_time);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get the session-id buffer.
+ *
+ * \param session  SSL session.
+ *
+ * \return         The address of the session-id buffer.
+ */
+static inline unsigned const char (*mbedtls_ssl_session_get_id(const mbedtls_ssl_session *
+                                                               session))[32]
+{
+    return &session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get the size of the session-id.
+ *
+ * \param session  SSL session.
+ *
+ * \return         size_t size of session-id buffer.
+ */
+static inline size_t mbedtls_ssl_session_get_id_len(const mbedtls_ssl_session *session)
+{
+    return session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id_len);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get the ciphersuite-id.
+ *
+ * \param session  SSL session.
+ *
+ * \return         int represetation for ciphersuite.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_session_get_ciphersuite_id(const mbedtls_ssl_session *session)
+{
+    return session->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Configure a key export callback.
+ *          (Default: none.)
+ *
+ *          This API can be used for two purposes:
+ *          - Debugging: Use this API to e.g. generate an NSSKeylog
+ *            file and use it to inspect encrypted traffic in tools
+ *            such as Wireshark.
+ *          - Application-specific export: Use this API to implement
+ *            key exporters, e.g. for EAP-TLS or DTLS-SRTP.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ssl            The SSL context to which the export
+ *                       callback should be attached.
+ * \param f_export_keys  The callback for the key export.
+ * \param p_export_keys  The opaque context pointer to be passed to the
+ *                       callback \p f_export_keys.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_export_keys_cb(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                    mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t *f_export_keys,
+                                    void *p_export_keys);
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL configuration to a pointer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \note The library stores \c p without accessing it. It is the responsibility
+ *       of the caller to ensure that the pointer remains valid.
+ *
+ * \param conf           The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \param p              The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p(
+    mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+    void *p)
+{
+    conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p = p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL configuration to an integer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param conf           The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \param n              The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n(
+    mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+    uintptr_t n)
+{
+    conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n = n;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL configuration as a pointer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p(), or
+ * \c NULL if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \param conf           The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \return               The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void *mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p(
+    mbedtls_ssl_config *conf)
+{
+    return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL configuration as an integer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n(), or
+ * \c 0 if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param conf           The SSL configuration context to modify.
+ * \return               The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline uintptr_t mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n(
+    mbedtls_ssl_config *conf)
+{
+    return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n;
+}
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL context to a pointer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \note The library stores \c p without accessing it. It is the responsibility
+ *       of the caller to ensure that the pointer remains valid.
+ *
+ * \param ssl            The SSL context to modify.
+ * \param p              The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p(
+    mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+    void *p)
+{
+    ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p = p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL context to an integer.
+ *
+ * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param ssl            The SSL context to modify.
+ * \param n              The new value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n(
+    mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+    uintptr_t n)
+{
+    ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n = n;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL context as a pointer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p(), or
+ * \c NULL if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p().
+ *
+ * \param ssl            The SSL context to modify.
+ * \return               The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline void *mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p(
+    mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+    return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p;
+}
+
+/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL context as an integer.
+ *
+ * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n(), or
+ * \c 0 if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() has not previously been
+ * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() has
+ * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n().
+ *
+ * \param ssl            The SSL context to modify.
+ * \return               The current value of the user data.
+ */
+static inline uintptr_t mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n(
+    mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+    return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n;
+}
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE)
+/**
+ * \brief           Configure asynchronous private key operation callbacks.
+ *
+ * \param conf              SSL configuration context
+ * \param f_async_sign      Callback to start a signature operation. See
+ *                          the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t
+ *                          for more information. This may be \c NULL if the
+ *                          external processor does not support any signature
+ *                          operation; in this case the private key object
+ *                          associated with the certificate will be used.
+ * \param f_async_decrypt   Callback to start a decryption operation. See
+ *                          the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t
+ *                          for more information. This may be \c NULL if the
+ *                          external processor does not support any decryption
+ *                          operation; in this case the private key object
+ *                          associated with the certificate will be used.
+ * \param f_async_resume    Callback to resume an asynchronous operation. See
+ *                          the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t
+ *                          for more information. This may not be \c NULL unless
+ *                          \p f_async_sign and \p f_async_decrypt are both
+ *                          \c NULL.
+ * \param f_async_cancel    Callback to cancel an asynchronous operation. See
+ *                          the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t
+ *                          for more information. This may be \c NULL if
+ *                          no cleanup is needed.
+ * \param config_data       A pointer to configuration data which can be
+ *                          retrieved with
+ *                          mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_async_config_data(). The
+ *                          library stores this value without dereferencing it.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                       mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t *f_async_sign,
+                                       mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t *f_async_decrypt,
+                                       mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t *f_async_resume,
+                                       mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t *f_async_cancel,
+                                       void *config_data);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Retrieve the configuration data set by
+ *                  mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb().
+ *
+ * \param conf      SSL configuration context
+ * \return          The configuration data set by
+ *                  mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb().
+ */
+void *mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_async_config_data(const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Retrieve the asynchronous operation user context.
+ *
+ * \note            This function may only be called while a handshake
+ *                  is in progress.
+ *
+ * \param ssl       The SSL context to access.
+ *
+ * \return          The asynchronous operation user context that was last
+ *                  set during the current handshake. If
+ *                  mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() has not yet been
+ *                  called during the current handshake, this function returns
+ *                  \c NULL.
+ */
+void *mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Retrieve the asynchronous operation user context.
+ *
+ * \note            This function may only be called while a handshake
+ *                  is in progress.
+ *
+ * \param ssl       The SSL context to access.
+ * \param ctx       The new value of the asynchronous operation user context.
+ *                  Call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data() later during the
+ *                  same handshake to retrieve this value.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                          void *ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: generate a cookie
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context for the callback
+ * \param p        Buffer to write to,
+ *                 must be updated to point right after the cookie
+ * \param end      Pointer to one past the end of the output buffer
+ * \param info     Client ID info that was passed to
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id()
+ * \param ilen     Length of info in bytes
+ *
+ * \return         The callback must return 0 on success,
+ *                 or a negative error code.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t(void *ctx,
+                                       unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end,
+                                       const unsigned char *info, size_t ilen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Callback type: verify a cookie
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Context for the callback
+ * \param cookie   Cookie to verify
+ * \param clen     Length of cookie
+ * \param info     Client ID info that was passed to
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id()
+ * \param ilen     Length of info in bytes
+ *
+ * \return         The callback must return 0 if cookie is valid,
+ *                 or a negative error code.
+ */
+typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t(void *ctx,
+                                       const unsigned char *cookie, size_t clen,
+                                       const unsigned char *info, size_t ilen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief           Register callbacks for DTLS cookies
+ *                  (Server only. DTLS only.)
+ *
+ *                  Default: dummy callbacks that fail, in order to force you to
+ *                  register working callbacks (and initialize their context).
+ *
+ *                  To disable HelloVerifyRequest, register NULL callbacks.
+ *
+ * \warning         Disabling hello verification allows your server to be used
+ *                  for amplification in DoS attacks against other hosts.
+ *                  Only disable if you known this can't happen in your
+ *                  particular environment.
+ *
+ * \note            See comments on \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() about handling
+ *                  the MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED that is expected
+ *                  on the first handshake attempt when this is enabled.
+ *
+ * \note            This is also necessary to handle client reconnection from
+ *                  the same port as described in RFC 6347 section 4.2.8 (only
+ *                  the variant with cookies is supported currently). See
+ *                  comments on \c mbedtls_ssl_read() for details.
+ *
+ * \param conf              SSL configuration
+ * \param f_cookie_write    Cookie write callback
+ * \param f_cookie_check    Cookie check callback
+ * \param p_cookie          Context for both callbacks
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_cookies(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                   mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t *f_cookie_write,
+                                   mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t *f_cookie_check,
+                                   void *p_cookie);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set client's transport-level identification info.
+ *                 (Server only. DTLS only.)
+ *
+ *                 This is usually the IP address (and port), but could be
+ *                 anything identify the client depending on the underlying
+ *                 network stack. Used for HelloVerifyRequest with DTLS.
+ *                 This is *not* used to route the actual packets.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param info     Transport-level info identifying the client (eg IP + port)
+ * \param ilen     Length of info in bytes
+ *
+ * \note           An internal copy is made, so the info buffer can be reused.
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success,
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if used on client,
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if out of memory.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                        const unsigned char *info,
+                                        size_t ilen);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY)
+/**
+ * \brief          Enable or disable anti-replay protection for DTLS.
+ *                 (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.)
+ *                 Default: enabled.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param mode     MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \warning        Disabling this is a security risk unless the application
+ *                 protocol handles duplicated packets in a safe way. You
+ *                 should not disable this without careful consideration.
+ *                 However, if your application already detects duplicated
+ *                 packets and needs information about them to adjust its
+ *                 transmission strategy, then you'll want to disable this.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_anti_replay(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char mode);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set a limit on the number of records with a bad MAC
+ *                 before terminating the connection.
+ *                 (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.)
+ *                 Default: 0 (disabled).
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param limit    Limit, or 0 to disable.
+ *
+ * \note           If the limit is N, then the connection is terminated when
+ *                 the Nth non-authentic record is seen.
+ *
+ * \note           Records with an invalid header are not counted, only the
+ *                 ones going through the authentication-decryption phase.
+ *
+ * \note           This is a security trade-off related to the fact that it's
+ *                 often relatively easy for an active attacker to inject UDP
+ *                 datagrams. On one hand, setting a low limit here makes it
+ *                 easier for such an attacker to forcibly terminated a
+ *                 connection. On the other hand, a high limit or no limit
+ *                 might make us waste resources checking authentication on
+ *                 many bogus packets.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_badmac_limit(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, unsigned limit);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Allow or disallow packing of multiple handshake records
+ *                 within a single datagram.
+ *
+ * \param ssl           The SSL context to configure.
+ * \param allow_packing This determines whether datagram packing may
+ *                      be used or not. A value of \c 0 means that every
+ *                      record will be sent in a separate datagram; a
+ *                      value of \c 1 means that, if space permits,
+ *                      multiple handshake messages (including CCS) belonging to
+ *                      a single flight may be packed within a single datagram.
+ *
+ * \note           This is enabled by default and should only be disabled
+ *                 for test purposes, or if datagram packing causes
+ *                 interoperability issues with peers that don't support it.
+ *
+ * \note           Allowing datagram packing reduces the network load since
+ *                 there's less overhead if multiple messages share the same
+ *                 datagram. Also, it increases the handshake efficiency
+ *                 since messages belonging to a single datagram will not
+ *                 be reordered in transit, and so future message buffering
+ *                 or flight retransmission (if no buffering is used) as
+ *                 means to deal with reordering are needed less frequently.
+ *
+ * \note           Application records are not affected by this option and
+ *                 are currently always sent in separate datagrams.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_datagram_packing(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                      unsigned allow_packing);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set retransmit timeout values for the DTLS handshake.
+ *                 (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param min      Initial timeout value in milliseconds.
+ *                 Default: 1000 (1 second).
+ * \param max      Maximum timeout value in milliseconds.
+ *                 Default: 60000 (60 seconds).
+ *
+ * \note           Default values are from RFC 6347 section 4.2.4.1.
+ *
+ * \note           The 'min' value should typically be slightly above the
+ *                 expected round-trip time to your peer, plus whatever time
+ *                 it takes for the peer to process the message. For example,
+ *                 if your RTT is about 600ms and you peer needs up to 1s to
+ *                 do the cryptographic operations in the handshake, then you
+ *                 should set 'min' slightly above 1600. Lower values of 'min'
+ *                 might cause spurious resends which waste network resources,
+ *                 while larger value of 'min' will increase overall latency
+ *                 on unreliable network links.
+ *
+ * \note           The more unreliable your network connection is, the larger
+ *                 your max / min ratio needs to be in order to achieve
+ *                 reliable handshakes.
+ *
+ * \note           Messages are retransmitted up to log2(ceil(max/min)) times.
+ *                 For example, if min = 1s and max = 5s, the retransmit plan
+ *                 goes: send ... 1s -> resend ... 2s -> resend ... 4s ->
+ *                 resend ... 5s -> give up and return a timeout error.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_handshake_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t min, uint32_t max);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the session cache callbacks (server-side only)
+ *                 If not set, no session resuming is done (except if session
+ *                 tickets are enabled too).
+ *
+ *                 The session cache has the responsibility to check for stale
+ *                 entries based on timeout. See RFC 5246 for recommendations.
+ *
+ *                 Warning: session.peer_cert is cleared by the SSL/TLS layer on
+ *                 connection shutdown, so do not cache the pointer! Either set
+ *                 it to NULL or make a full copy of the certificate.
+ *
+ *                 The get callback is called once during the initial handshake
+ *                 to enable session resuming. The get function has the
+ *                 following parameters: (void *parameter, mbedtls_ssl_session *session)
+ *                 If a valid entry is found, it should fill the master of
+ *                 the session object with the cached values and return 0,
+ *                 return 1 otherwise. Optionally peer_cert can be set as well
+ *                 if it is properly present in cache entry.
+ *
+ *                 The set callback is called once during the initial handshake
+ *                 to enable session resuming after the entire handshake has
+ *                 been finished. The set function has the following parameters:
+ *                 (void *parameter, const mbedtls_ssl_session *session). The function
+ *                 should create a cache entry for future retrieval based on
+ *                 the data in the session structure and should keep in mind
+ *                 that the mbedtls_ssl_session object presented (and all its referenced
+ *                 data) is cleared by the SSL/TLS layer when the connection is
+ *                 terminated. It is recommended to add metadata to determine if
+ *                 an entry is still valid in the future. Return 0 if
+ *                 successfully cached, return 1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * \param conf           SSL configuration
+ * \param p_cache        parameter (context) for both callbacks
+ * \param f_get_cache    session get callback
+ * \param f_set_cache    session set callback
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_cache(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                    void *p_cache,
+                                    mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t *f_get_cache,
+                                    mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t *f_set_cache);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Load a session for session resumption.
+ *
+ *                 Sessions loaded through this call will be considered
+ *                 for session resumption in the next handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           Even if this call succeeds, it is not guaranteed that
+ *                 the next handshake will indeed be shortened through the
+ *                 use of session resumption: The server is always free
+ *                 to reject any attempt for resumption and fall back to
+ *                 a full handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           This function can handle a variety of mechanisms for session
+ *                 resumption: For TLS 1.2, both session ID-based resumption
+ *                 and ticket-based resumption will be considered. For TLS 1.3,
+ *                 sessions equate to tickets, and loading one session by
+ *                 calling this function will lead to its corresponding ticket
+ *                 being advertised as resumption PSK by the client. This
+ *                 depends on session tickets being enabled (see
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration option) though.
+ *                 If session tickets are disabled, a call to this function
+ *                 with a TLS 1.3 session, will not have any effect on the next
+ *                 handshake for the SSL context \p ssl.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context representing the connection which should
+ *                 be attempted to be setup using session resumption. This
+ *                 must be initialized via mbedtls_ssl_init() and bound to
+ *                 an SSL configuration via mbedtls_ssl_setup(), but
+ *                 the handshake must not yet have been started.
+ * \param session  The session to be considered for session resumption.
+ *                 This must be a session previously exported via
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_get_session(), and potentially serialized and
+ *                 deserialized through mbedtls_ssl_session_save() and
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_session_load() in the meantime.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the session
+ *                 could not be loaded because one session has already been
+ *                 loaded. This error is non-fatal, and has no observable
+ *                 effect on the SSL context or the session that was attempted
+ *                 to be loaded.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ *
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_get_session()
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_session_load()
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_session(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Load serialized session data into a session structure.
+ *                 On client, this can be used for loading saved sessions
+ *                 before resuming them with mbedtls_ssl_set_session().
+ *                 On server, this can be used for alternative implementations
+ *                 of session cache or session tickets.
+ *
+ * \warning        If a peer certificate chain is associated with the session,
+ *                 the serialized state will only contain the peer's
+ *                 end-entity certificate and the result of the chain
+ *                 verification (unless verification was disabled), but not
+ *                 the rest of the chain.
+ *
+ * \see            mbedtls_ssl_session_save()
+ * \see            mbedtls_ssl_set_session()
+ *
+ * \param session  The session structure to be populated. It must have been
+ *                 initialised with mbedtls_ssl_session_init() but not
+ *                 populated yet.
+ * \param buf      The buffer holding the serialized session data. It must be a
+ *                 readable buffer of at least \p len bytes.
+ * \param len      The size of the serialized data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH if the serialized data
+ *                 was generated in a different version or configuration of
+ *                 Mbed TLS.
+ * \return         Another negative value for other kinds of errors (for
+ *                 example, unsupported features in the embedded certificate).
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_session_load(mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+                             const unsigned char *buf,
+                             size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Save session structure as serialized data in a buffer.
+ *                 On client, this can be used for saving session data,
+ *                 potentially in non-volatile storage, for resuming later.
+ *                 On server, this can be used for alternative implementations
+ *                 of session cache or session tickets.
+ *
+ * \see            mbedtls_ssl_session_load()
+ *
+ * \param session  The session structure to be saved.
+ * \param buf      The buffer to write the serialized data to. It must be a
+ *                 writeable buffer of at least \p buf_len bytes, or may be \c
+ *                 NULL if \p buf_len is \c 0.
+ * \param buf_len  The number of bytes available for writing in \p buf.
+ * \param olen     The size in bytes of the data that has been or would have
+ *                 been written. It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ *
+ * \note           \p olen is updated to the correct value regardless of
+ *                 whether \p buf_len was large enough. This makes it possible
+ *                 to determine the necessary size by calling this function
+ *                 with \p buf set to \c NULL and \p buf_len to \c 0.
+ *
+ * \note           For TLS 1.3 sessions, this feature is supported only if the
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration option is enabled,
+ *                 as in TLS 1.3 session resumption is possible only with
+ *                 tickets.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf is too small.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration option is disabled
+ *                 and the session is a TLS 1.3 session.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_session_save(const mbedtls_ssl_session *session,
+                             unsigned char *buf,
+                             size_t buf_len,
+                             size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief               Set the list of allowed ciphersuites and the preference
+ *                      order. First in the list has the highest preference.
+ *
+ *                      For TLS 1.2, the notion of ciphersuite determines both
+ *                      the key exchange mechanism and the suite of symmetric
+ *                      algorithms to be used during and after the handshake.
+ *
+ *                      For TLS 1.3 (in development), the notion of ciphersuite
+ *                      only determines the suite of symmetric algorithms to be
+ *                      used during and after the handshake, while key exchange
+ *                      mechanisms are configured separately.
+ *
+ *                      In Mbed TLS, ciphersuites for both TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3
+ *                      are configured via this function. For users of TLS 1.3,
+ *                      there will be separate API for the configuration of key
+ *                      exchange mechanisms.
+ *
+ *                      The list of ciphersuites passed to this function may
+ *                      contain a mixture of TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3 ciphersuite
+ *                      identifiers. This is useful if negotiation of TLS 1.3
+ *                      should be attempted, but a fallback to TLS 1.2 would
+ *                      be tolerated.
+ *
+ * \note                By default, the server chooses its preferred
+ *                      ciphersuite among those that the client supports. If
+ *                      mbedtls_ssl_conf_preference_order() is called to prefer
+ *                      the client's preferences, the server instead chooses
+ *                      the client's preferred ciphersuite among those that
+ *                      the server supports.
+ *
+ * \warning             The ciphersuites array \p ciphersuites is not copied.
+ *                      It must remain valid for the lifetime of the SSL
+ *                      configuration \p conf.
+ *
+ * \param conf          The SSL configuration to modify.
+ * \param ciphersuites  A 0-terminated list of IANA identifiers of supported
+ *                      ciphersuites, accessible through \c MBEDTLS_TLS_XXX
+ *                      and \c MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_XXX macros defined in
+ *                      ssl_ciphersuites.h.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                   const int *ciphersuites);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+/**
+ * \brief Set the supported key exchange modes for TLS 1.3 connections.
+ *
+ *        In contrast to TLS 1.2, the ciphersuite concept in TLS 1.3 does not
+ *        include the choice of key exchange mechanism. It is therefore not
+ *        covered by the API mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(). See the
+ *        documentation of mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites() for more
+ *        information on the ciphersuite concept in TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3.
+ *
+ *        The present function is specific to TLS 1.3 and allows users to
+ *        configure the set of supported key exchange mechanisms in TLS 1.3.
+ *
+ * \param conf       The SSL configuration the change should apply to.
+ * \param kex_modes  A bitwise combination of one or more of the following:
+ *                   - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK
+ *                     This flag enables pure-PSK key exchanges.
+ *                   - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL
+ *                     This flag enables combined PSK-ephemeral key exchanges.
+ *                   - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL
+ *                     This flag enables pure-ephemeral key exchanges.
+ *                   For convenience, the following pre-defined macros are
+ *                   available for combinations of the above:
+ *                   - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_ALL
+ *                     Includes all of pure-PSK, PSK-ephemeral and pure-ephemeral.
+ *                   - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ALL
+ *                     Includes both pure-PSK and combined PSK-ephemeral
+ *                     key exchanges, but excludes pure-ephemeral key exchanges.
+ *                   - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ALL
+ *                     Includes both pure-ephemeral and combined PSK-ephemeral
+ *                     key exchanges.
+ *
+ * \note  If a PSK-based key exchange mode shall be supported, applications
+ *        must also use the APIs mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or
+ *        mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()
+ *        to configure the PSKs to be used.
+ *
+ * \note  If a pure-ephemeral key exchange mode shall be supported,
+ *        server-side applications must also provide a certificate via
+ *        mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert().
+ *
+ */
+
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_key_exchange_modes(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                               const int kex_modes);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_IGNORE 0
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_FAIL   1
+/**
+ * \brief               Specify the length of Connection IDs for incoming
+ *                      encrypted DTLS records, as well as the behaviour
+ *                      on unexpected CIDs.
+ *
+ *                      By default, the CID length is set to \c 0,
+ *                      and unexpected CIDs are silently ignored.
+ *
+ * \param conf          The SSL configuration to modify.
+ * \param len           The length in Bytes of the CID fields in encrypted
+ *                      DTLS records using the CID mechanism. This must
+ *                      not be larger than #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX.
+ * \param ignore_other_cids This determines the stack's behaviour when
+ *                          receiving a record with an unexpected CID.
+ *                          Possible values are:
+ *                          - #MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_IGNORE
+ *                            In this case, the record is silently ignored.
+ *                          - #MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_FAIL
+ *                            In this case, the stack fails with the specific
+ *                            error code #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID.
+ *
+ * \note                The CID specification allows implementations to either
+ *                      use a common length for all incoming connection IDs or
+ *                      allow variable-length incoming IDs. Mbed TLS currently
+ *                      requires a common length for all connections sharing the
+ *                      same SSL configuration; this allows simpler parsing of
+ *                      record headers.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p len
+ *                      is too large.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, size_t len,
+                         int ignore_other_cids);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the X.509 security profile used for verification
+ *
+ * \note           The restrictions are enforced for all certificates in the
+ *                 chain. However, signatures in the handshake are not covered
+ *                 by this setting but by \b mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_hashes().
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param profile  Profile to use
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                   const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the data required to verify peer certificate
+ *
+ * \note           See \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for notes regarding the
+ *                 parameters ca_chain (maps to trust_ca for that function)
+ *                 and ca_crl.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param ca_chain trusted CA chain (meaning all fully trusted top-level CAs)
+ * \param ca_crl   trusted CA CRLs
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                               mbedtls_x509_crt *ca_chain,
+                               mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set DN hints sent to client in CertificateRequest message
+ *
+ * \note           If not set, subject distinguished names (DNs) are taken
+ *                 from \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain()
+ *                 or \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain())
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param crt      crt chain whose subject DNs are issuer DNs of client certs
+ *                 from which the client should select client peer certificate.
+ */
+static inline
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dn_hints(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                               const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt)
+{
+    conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dn_hints) = crt;
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the trusted certificate callback.
+ *
+ *                 This API allows to register the set of trusted certificates
+ *                 through a callback, instead of a linked list as configured
+ *                 by mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain().
+ *
+ *                 This is useful for example in contexts where a large number
+ *                 of CAs are used, and the inefficiency of maintaining them
+ *                 in a linked list cannot be tolerated. It is also useful when
+ *                 the set of trusted CAs needs to be modified frequently.
+ *
+ *                 See the documentation of `mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t` for
+ *                 more information.
+ *
+ * \param conf     The SSL configuration to register the callback with.
+ * \param f_ca_cb  The trusted certificate callback to use when verifying
+ *                 certificate chains.
+ * \param p_ca_cb  The context to be passed to \p f_ca_cb (for example,
+ *                 a reference to a trusted CA database).
+ *
+ * \note           This API is incompatible with mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain():
+ *                 Any call to this function overwrites the values set through
+ *                 earlier calls to mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain() or
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb().
+ *
+ * \note           This API is incompatible with CA indication in
+ *                 CertificateRequest messages: A server-side SSL context which
+ *                 is bound to an SSL configuration that uses a CA callback
+ *                 configured via mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(), and which requires
+ *                 client authentication, will send an empty CA list in the
+ *                 corresponding CertificateRequest message.
+ *
+ * \note           This API is incompatible with mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain():
+ *                 If an SSL context is bound to an SSL configuration which uses
+ *                 CA callbacks configured via mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(), then
+ *                 calls to mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain() have no effect.
+ *
+ * \note           The use of this API disables the use of restartable ECC
+ *                 during X.509 CRT signature verification (but doesn't affect
+ *                 other uses).
+ *
+ * \warning        This API is incompatible with the use of CRLs. Any call to
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb() unsets CRLs configured through
+ *                 earlier calls to mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain().
+ *
+ * \warning        In multi-threaded environments, the callback \p f_ca_cb
+ *                 must be thread-safe, and it is the user's responsibility
+ *                 to guarantee this (for example through a mutex
+ *                 contained in the callback context pointed to by \p p_ca_cb).
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                            mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t f_ca_cb,
+                            void *p_ca_cb);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set own certificate chain and private key
+ *
+ * \note           own_cert should contain in order from the bottom up your
+ *                 certificate chain. The top certificate (self-signed)
+ *                 can be omitted.
+ *
+ * \note           On server, this function can be called multiple times to
+ *                 provision more than one cert/key pair (eg one ECDSA, one
+ *                 RSA with SHA-256, one RSA with SHA-1). An adequate
+ *                 certificate will be selected according to the client's
+ *                 advertised capabilities. In case multiple certificates are
+ *                 adequate, preference is given to the one set by the first
+ *                 call to this function, then second, etc.
+ *
+ * \note           On client, only the first call has any effect. That is,
+ *                 only one client certificate can be provisioned. The
+ *                 server's preferences in its CertificateRequest message will
+ *                 be ignored and our only cert will be sent regardless of
+ *                 whether it matches those preferences - the server can then
+ *                 decide what it wants to do with it.
+ *
+ * \note           The provided \p pk_key needs to match the public key in the
+ *                 first certificate in \p own_cert, or all handshakes using
+ *                 that certificate will fail. It is your responsibility
+ *                 to ensure that; this function will not perform any check.
+ *                 You may use mbedtls_pk_check_pair() in order to perform
+ *                 this check yourself, but be aware that this function can
+ *                 be computationally expensive on some key types.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param own_cert own public certificate chain
+ * \param pk_key   own private key
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                              mbedtls_x509_crt *own_cert,
+                              mbedtls_pk_context *pk_key);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief          Configure pre-shared keys (PSKs) and their
+ *                 identities to be used in PSK-based ciphersuites.
+ *
+ *                 Only one PSK can be registered, through either
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+ *                 If you attempt to register more than one PSK, this function
+ *                 fails, though this may change in future versions, which
+ *                 may add support for multiple PSKs.
+ *
+ * \note           This is mainly useful for clients. Servers will usually
+ *                 want to use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() instead.
+ *
+ * \note           A PSK set by \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk() in the PSK callback
+ *                 takes precedence over a PSK configured by this function.
+ *
+ * \param conf     The SSL configuration to register the PSK with.
+ * \param psk      The pointer to the pre-shared key to use.
+ * \param psk_len  The length of the pre-shared key in bytes.
+ * \param psk_identity      The pointer to the pre-shared key identity.
+ * \param psk_identity_len  The length of the pre-shared key identity
+ *                          in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note           The PSK and its identity are copied internally and
+ *                 hence need not be preserved by the caller for the lifetime
+ *                 of the SSL configuration.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if no more PSKs
+ *                 can be configured. In this case, the old PSK(s) remain intact.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                         const unsigned char *psk, size_t psk_len,
+                         const unsigned char *psk_identity, size_t psk_identity_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief          Configure one or more opaque pre-shared keys (PSKs) and
+ *                 their identities to be used in PSK-based ciphersuites.
+ *
+ *                 Only one PSK can be registered, through either
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+ *                 If you attempt to register more than one PSK, this function
+ *                 fails, though this may change in future versions, which
+ *                 may add support for multiple PSKs.
+ *
+ * \note           This is mainly useful for clients. Servers will usually
+ *                 want to use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() instead.
+ *
+ * \note           An opaque PSK set by \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque() in
+ *                 the PSK callback takes precedence over an opaque PSK
+ *                 configured by this function.
+ *
+ * \param conf     The SSL configuration to register the PSK with.
+ * \param psk      The identifier of the key slot holding the PSK.
+ *                 Until \p conf is destroyed or this function is successfully
+ *                 called again, the key slot \p psk must be populated with a
+ *                 key of type PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION whose policy
+ *                 allows its use for the key derivation algorithm applied
+ *                 in the handshake.
+ * \param psk_identity      The pointer to the pre-shared key identity.
+ * \param psk_identity_len  The length of the pre-shared key identity
+ *                          in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note           The PSK identity hint is copied internally and hence need
+ *                 not be preserved by the caller for the lifetime of the
+ *                 SSL configuration.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if no more PSKs
+ *                 can be configured. In this case, the old PSK(s) remain intact.
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psk,
+                                const unsigned char *psk_identity,
+                                size_t psk_identity_len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the pre-shared Key (PSK) for the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           This should only be called inside the PSK callback,
+ *                 i.e. the function passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb().
+ *
+ * \note           A PSK set by this function takes precedence over a PSK
+ *                 configured by \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk().
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to configure a PSK for.
+ * \param psk      The pointer to the pre-shared key.
+ * \param psk_len  The length of the pre-shared key in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                           const unsigned char *psk, size_t psk_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set an opaque pre-shared Key (PSK) for the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           This should only be called inside the PSK callback,
+ *                 i.e. the function passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb().
+ *
+ * \note           An opaque PSK set by this function takes precedence over an
+ *                 opaque PSK configured by \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque().
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to configure a PSK for.
+ * \param psk      The identifier of the key slot holding the PSK.
+ *                 For the duration of the current handshake, the key slot
+ *                 must be populated with a key of type
+ *                 PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION whose policy allows its
+ *                 use for the key derivation algorithm
+ *                 applied in the handshake.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_XXX error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                  mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the PSK callback (server-side only).
+ *
+ *                 If set, the PSK callback is called for each
+ *                 handshake where a PSK-based ciphersuite was negotiated.
+ *                 The caller provides the identity received and wants to
+ *                 receive the actual PSK data and length.
+ *
+ *                 The callback has the following parameters:
+ *                 - \c void*: The opaque pointer \p p_psk.
+ *                 - \c mbedtls_ssl_context*: The SSL context to which
+ *                                            the operation applies.
+ *                 - \c const unsigned char*: The PSK identity
+ *                                            selected by the client.
+ *                 - \c size_t: The length of the PSK identity
+ *                              selected by the client.
+ *
+ *                 If a valid PSK identity is found, the callback should use
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk() or
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque()
+ *                 on the SSL context to set the correct PSK and return \c 0.
+ *                 Any other return value will result in a denied PSK identity.
+ *
+ * \note           A dynamic PSK (i.e. set by the PSK callback) takes
+ *                 precedence over a static PSK (i.e. set by
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()).
+ *                 This means that if you set a PSK callback using this
+ *                 function, you don't need to set a PSK using
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()).
+ *
+ * \param conf     The SSL configuration to register the callback with.
+ * \param f_psk    The callback for selecting and setting the PSK based
+ *                 in the PSK identity chosen by the client.
+ * \param p_psk    A pointer to an opaque structure to be passed to
+ *                 the callback, for example a PSK store.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                             int (*f_psk)(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *,
+                                          size_t),
+                             void *p_psk);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the Diffie-Hellman public P and G values
+ *                 from big-endian binary presentations.
+ *                 (Default values: MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_[PG]_BIN)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param dhm_P    Diffie-Hellman-Merkle modulus in big-endian binary form
+ * \param P_len    Length of DHM modulus
+ * \param dhm_G    Diffie-Hellman-Merkle generator in big-endian binary form
+ * \param G_len    Length of DHM generator
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param_bin(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                  const unsigned char *dhm_P, size_t P_len,
+                                  const unsigned char *dhm_G,  size_t G_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the Diffie-Hellman public P and G values,
+ *                 read from existing context (server-side only)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param dhm_ctx  Diffie-Hellman-Merkle context
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param_ctx(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm_ctx);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the minimum length for Diffie-Hellman parameters.
+ *                 (Client-side only.)
+ *                 (Default: 1024 bits.)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param bitlen   Minimum bit length of the DHM prime
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dhm_min_bitlen(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                     unsigned int bitlen);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the allowed curves in order of preference.
+ *
+ *                 On server: this only affects selection of the ECDHE curve;
+ *                 the curves used for ECDH and ECDSA are determined by the
+ *                 list of available certificates instead.
+ *
+ *                 On client: this affects the list of curves offered for any
+ *                 use. The server can override our preference order.
+ *
+ *                 Both sides: limits the set of curves accepted for use in
+ *                 ECDHE and in the peer's end-entity certificate.
+ *
+ * \deprecated     Superseded by mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups().
+ *
+ * \note           This has no influence on which curves are allowed inside the
+ *                 certificate chains, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile()
+ *                 for that. For the end-entity certificate however, the key
+ *                 will be accepted only if it is allowed both by this list
+ *                 and by the cert profile.
+ *
+ * \note           This list should be ordered by decreasing preference
+ *                 (preferred curve first).
+ *
+ * \note           The default list is the same set of curves that
+ *                 #mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default allows, plus
+ *                 ECDHE-only curves selected according to the same criteria.
+ *                 The order favors curves with the lowest resource usage.
+ *
+ * \note           New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this list,
+ *                 for example if new curves are added to the library.
+ *                 New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items
+ *                 from this list unless serious security concerns require it.
+ *                 New minor versions of Mbed TLS may change the order in
+ *                 keeping with the general principle of favoring the lowest
+ *                 resource usage.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param curves   Ordered list of allowed curves,
+ *                 terminated by MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE.
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                                const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *curves);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the allowed groups in order of preference.
+ *
+ *                 On server: This only affects the choice of key agreement mechanism
+ *
+ *                 On client: this affects the list of groups offered for any
+ *                 use. The server can override our preference order.
+ *
+ *                 Both sides: limits the set of groups accepted for use in
+ *                 key sharing.
+ *
+ * \note           This function replaces the deprecated mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves(),
+ *                 which only allows ECP curves to be configured.
+ *
+ * \note           The most recent invocation of either mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves()
+ *                 or mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups() nullifies all previous invocations
+ *                 of both.
+ *
+ * \note           This list should be ordered by decreasing preference
+ *                 (preferred group first).
+ *
+ * \note           When this function is not called, a default list is used,
+ *                 consisting of all supported curves at 255 bits and above,
+ *                 and all supported finite fields at 2048 bits and above.
+ *                 The order favors groups with the lowest resource usage.
+ *
+ * \note           New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items
+ *                 from the default list unless serious security concerns require it.
+ *                 New minor versions of Mbed TLS may change the order in
+ *                 keeping with the general principle of favoring the lowest
+ *                 resource usage.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param groups   List of allowed groups ordered by preference, terminated by 0.
+ *                 Must contain valid IANA NamedGroup IDs (provided via either an integer
+ *                 or using MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_NAMED_GROUP_XXX macros).
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                             const uint16_t *groups);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the allowed hashes for signatures during the handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           This only affects which hashes are offered and can be used
+ *                 for signatures during the handshake. Hashes for message
+ *                 authentication and the TLS PRF are controlled by the
+ *                 ciphersuite, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(). Hashes
+ *                 used for certificate signature are controlled by the
+ *                 verification profile, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile().
+ *
+ * \deprecated     Superseded by mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_algs().
+ *
+ * \note           This list should be ordered by decreasing preference
+ *                 (preferred hash first).
+ *
+ * \note           By default, all supported hashes whose length is at least
+ *                 256 bits are allowed. This is the same set as the default
+ *                 for certificate verification
+ *                 (#mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default).
+ *                 The preference order is currently unspecified and may
+ *                 change in future versions.
+ *
+ * \note           New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this list,
+ *                 for example if new curves are added to the library.
+ *                 New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items
+ *                 from this list unless serious security concerns require it.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param hashes   Ordered list of allowed signature hashes,
+ *                 terminated by \c MBEDTLS_MD_NONE.
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_hashes(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                                    const int *hashes);
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED && MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Configure allowed signature algorithms for use in TLS
+ *
+ * \param conf     The SSL configuration to use.
+ * \param sig_algs List of allowed IANA values for TLS 1.3 signature algorithms,
+ *                 terminated by #MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_NONE. The list must remain
+ *                 available throughout the lifetime of the conf object.
+ *                 - For TLS 1.3, values of \c MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_XXXX should be
+ *                   used.
+ *                 - For TLS 1.2, values should be given as
+ *                   "(HashAlgorithm << 8) | SignatureAlgorithm".
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_algs(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                               const uint16_t *sig_algs);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set or reset the hostname to check against the received
+ *                 peer certificate. On a client, this also sets the
+ *                 ServerName TLS extension, if that extension is enabled.
+ *                 On a TLS 1.3 client, this also sets the server name in
+ *                 the session resumption ticket, if that feature is enabled.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param hostname The server hostname. This may be \c NULL to clear
+ *                 the hostname.
+ *
+ * \note           Maximum hostname length #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_HOST_NAME_LEN.
+ *
+ * \note           If the hostname is \c NULL on a client, then the server
+ *                 is not authenticated: it only needs to have a valid
+ *                 certificate, not a certificate matching its name.
+ *                 Therefore you should always call this function on a client,
+ *                 unless the connection is set up to only allow
+ *                 pre-shared keys, or in scenarios where server
+ *                 impersonation is not a concern. See the documentation of
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION_WITHOUT_HOSTNAME
+ *                 for more details.
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED on
+ *                 allocation failure, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                 too long input hostname.
+ *
+ *                 Hostname set to the one provided on success (cleared
+ *                 when NULL). On allocation failure hostname is cleared.
+ *                 On too long input failure, old hostname is unchanged.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const char *hostname);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get the hostname that checked against the received
+ *                 server certificate. It is used to set the ServerName
+ *                 TLS extension, too, if that extension is enabled.
+ *                 (client-side only)
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         const pointer to the hostname value
+ */
+static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_hostname(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+    return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname);
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION)
+/**
+ * \brief          Retrieve SNI extension value for the current handshake.
+ *                 Available in \c f_cert_cb of \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb(),
+ *                 this is the same value passed to \c f_sni callback of
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni() and may be used instead of
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni().
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param name_len pointer into which to store length of returned value.
+ *                 0 if SNI extension is not present or not yet processed.
+ *
+ * \return         const pointer to SNI extension value.
+ *                 - value is valid only when called in \c f_cert_cb
+ *                   registered with \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb().
+ *                 - value is NULL if SNI extension is not present.
+ *                 - value is not '\0'-terminated. Use \c name_len for len.
+ *                 - value must not be freed.
+ */
+const unsigned char *mbedtls_ssl_get_hs_sni(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                            size_t *name_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set own certificate and key for the current handshake
+ *
+ * \note           Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() but for use within
+ *                 the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \note           Passing null \c own_cert clears the certificate list for
+ *                 the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param own_cert own public certificate chain
+ * \param pk_key   own private key
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_own_cert(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                mbedtls_x509_crt *own_cert,
+                                mbedtls_pk_context *pk_key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the data required to verify peer certificate for the
+ *                 current handshake
+ *
+ * \note           Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain() but for use within
+ *                 the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param ca_chain trusted CA chain (meaning all fully trusted top-level CAs)
+ * \param ca_crl   trusted CA CRLs
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                 mbedtls_x509_crt *ca_chain,
+                                 mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set DN hints sent to client in CertificateRequest message
+ *
+ * \note           Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_dn_hints() but for use within
+ *                 the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param crt      crt chain whose subject DNs are issuer DNs of client certs
+ *                 from which the client should select client peer certificate.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_dn_hints(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                 const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set authmode for the current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode() but for use within
+ *                 the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param authmode MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL or
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_authmode(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                 int authmode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set server side ServerName TLS extension callback
+ *                 (optional, server-side only).
+ *
+ *                 If set, the ServerName callback is called whenever the
+ *                 server receives a ServerName TLS extension from the client
+ *                 during a handshake. The ServerName callback has the
+ *                 following parameters: (void *parameter, mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+ *                 const unsigned char *hostname, size_t len). If a suitable
+ *                 certificate is found, the callback must set the
+ *                 certificate(s) and key(s) to use with \c
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_own_cert() (can be called repeatedly),
+ *                 and may optionally adjust the CA and associated CRL with \c
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain() as well as the client
+ *                 authentication mode with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_authmode(),
+ *                 then must return 0. If no matching name is found, the
+ *                 callback may return non-zero to abort the handshake.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param f_sni    verification function
+ * \param p_sni    verification parameter
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                          int (*f_sni)(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *,
+                                       size_t),
+                          void *p_sni);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the EC J-PAKE password for current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           An internal copy is made, and destroyed as soon as the
+ *                 handshake is completed, or when the SSL context is reset or
+ *                 freed.
+ *
+ * \note           The SSL context needs to be already set up. The right place
+ *                 to call this function is between \c mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_reset() and \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake().
+ *                 Password cannot be empty (see RFC 8236).
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param pw       EC J-PAKE password (pre-shared secret). It cannot be empty
+ * \param pw_len   length of pw in bytes
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ecjpake_password(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                        const unsigned char *pw,
+                                        size_t pw_len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the EC J-PAKE opaque password for current handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           The key must remain valid until the handshake is over.
+ *
+ * \note           The SSL context needs to be already set up. The right place
+ *                 to call this function is between \c mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_reset() and \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake().
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param pwd      EC J-PAKE opaque password
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ecjpake_password_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                               mbedtls_svc_key_id_t pwd);
+#endif /*MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the supported Application Layer Protocols.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param protos   Pointer to a NULL-terminated list of supported protocols,
+ *                 in decreasing preference order. The pointer to the list is
+ *                 recorded by the library for later reference as required, so
+ *                 the lifetime of the table must be at least as long as the
+ *                 lifetime of the SSL configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_alpn_protocols(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, const char **protos);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get the name of the negotiated Application Layer Protocol.
+ *                 This function should be called after the handshake is
+ *                 completed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         Protocol name, or NULL if no protocol was negotiated.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_alpn_protocol(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C)
+static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_srtp_profile_as_string(mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile profile)
+{
+    switch (profile) {
+        case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80:
+            return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80";
+        case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32:
+            return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32";
+        case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80:
+            return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80";
+        case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32:
+            return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32";
+        default: break;
+    }
+    return "";
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
+/**
+ * \brief                   Manage support for mki(master key id) value
+ *                          in use_srtp extension.
+ *                          MKI is an optional part of SRTP used for key management
+ *                          and re-keying. See RFC3711 section 3.1 for details.
+ *                          The default value is
+ *                          #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED.
+ *
+ * \param conf              The SSL configuration to manage mki support.
+ * \param support_mki_value Enable or disable mki usage. Values are
+ *                          #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED
+ *                          or #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_SUPPORTED.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_srtp_mki_value_supported(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                               int support_mki_value);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                   Set the supported DTLS-SRTP protection profiles.
+ *
+ * \param conf              SSL configuration
+ * \param profiles          Pointer to a List of MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET terminated
+ *                          supported protection profiles
+ *                          in decreasing preference order.
+ *                          The pointer to the list is recorded by the library
+ *                          for later reference as required, so the lifetime
+ *                          of the table must be at least as long as the lifetime
+ *                          of the SSL configuration structure.
+ *                          The list must not hold more than
+ *                          MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_PROFILE_LIST_LENGTH elements
+ *                          (excluding the terminating MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET).
+ *
+ * \return                  0 on success
+ * \return                  #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the list of
+ *                          protection profiles is incorrect.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_srtp_protection_profiles
+    (mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+    const mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile *profiles);
+
+/**
+ * \brief                  Set the mki_value for the current DTLS-SRTP session.
+ *
+ * \param ssl              SSL context to use.
+ * \param mki_value        The MKI value to set.
+ * \param mki_len          The length of the MKI value.
+ *
+ * \note                   This function is relevant on client side only.
+ *                         The server discovers the mki value during handshake.
+ *                         A mki value set on server side using this function
+ *                         is ignored.
+ *
+ * \return                 0 on success
+ * \return                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ * \return                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_dtls_srtp_set_mki_value(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                        unsigned char *mki_value,
+                                        uint16_t mki_len);
+/**
+ * \brief                  Get the negotiated DTLS-SRTP information:
+ *                         Protection profile and MKI value.
+ *
+ * \warning                This function must be called after the handshake is
+ *                         completed. The value returned by this function must
+ *                         not be trusted or acted upon before the handshake completes.
+ *
+ * \param ssl              The SSL context to query.
+ * \param dtls_srtp_info   The negotiated DTLS-SRTP information:
+ *                         - Protection profile in use.
+ *                         A direct mapping of the iana defined value for protection
+ *                         profile on an uint16_t.
+                   http://www.iana.org/assignments/srtp-protection/srtp-protection.xhtml
+ *                         #MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET if the use of SRTP was not negotiated
+ *                         or peer's Hello packet was not parsed yet.
+ *                         - mki size and value( if size is > 0 ).
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_get_dtls_srtp_negotiation_result(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                                  mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info *dtls_srtp_info);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the maximum supported version sent from the client side
+ *                 and/or accepted at the server side.
+ *
+ *                 See also the documentation of mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_version().
+ *
+ * \note           This ignores ciphersuites from higher versions.
+ *
+ * \note           This function is deprecated and has been replaced by
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_tls_version().
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param major    Major version number (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3)
+ * \param minor    Minor version number
+ *                 (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 for (D)TLS 1.2,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 for TLS 1.3)
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int major,
+                                                     int minor);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the maximum supported version sent from the client side
+ *                 and/or accepted at the server side.
+ *
+ * \note           After the handshake, you can call
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was
+ *                 negotiated.
+ *
+ * \param conf         SSL configuration
+ * \param tls_version  TLS protocol version number (\c mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version)
+ *                     (#MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN is not valid)
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_tls_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                                    mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version tls_version)
+{
+    conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version) = tls_version;
+}
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the minimum accepted SSL/TLS protocol version
+ *
+ * \note           By default, all supported versions are accepted.
+ *                 Future versions of the library may disable older
+ *                 protocol versions by default if they become deprecated.
+ *
+ * \note           The following versions are supported (if enabled at
+ *                 compile time):
+ *                 - (D)TLS 1.2: \p major = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3,
+ *                   \p minor = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3
+ *                 - TLS 1.3: \p major = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3,
+ *                   \p minor = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4
+ *
+ *                 Note that the numbers in the constant names are the
+ *                 TLS internal protocol numbers, and the minor versions
+ *                 differ by one from the human-readable versions!
+ *
+ * \note           Input outside of the SSL_MAX_XXXXX_VERSION and
+ *                 SSL_MIN_XXXXX_VERSION range is ignored.
+ *
+ * \note           After the handshake, you can call
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was
+ *                 negotiated.
+ *
+ * \note           This function is deprecated and has been replaced by
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_tls_version().
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param major    Major version number (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3)
+ * \param minor    Minor version number
+ *                 (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 for (D)TLS 1.2,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 for TLS 1.3)
+ */
+void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int major,
+                                                     int minor);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the minimum supported version sent from the client side
+ *                 and/or accepted at the server side.
+ *
+ * \note           After the handshake, you can call
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was
+ *                 negotiated.
+ *
+ * \param conf         SSL configuration
+ * \param tls_version  TLS protocol version number (\c mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version)
+ *                     (#MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN is not valid)
+ */
+static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_tls_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                                    mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version tls_version)
+{
+    conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version) = tls_version;
+}
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC)
+/**
+ * \brief           Enable or disable Encrypt-then-MAC
+ *                  (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED)
+ *
+ * \note            This should always be enabled, it is a security
+ *                  improvement, and should not cause any interoperability
+ *                  issue (used only if the peer supports it too).
+ *
+ * \param conf      SSL configuration
+ * \param etm       MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_DISABLED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_encrypt_then_mac(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char etm);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET)
+/**
+ * \brief           Enable or disable Extended Master Secret negotiation.
+ *                  (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED)
+ *
+ * \note            This should always be enabled, it is a security fix to the
+ *                  protocol, and should not cause any interoperability issue
+ *                  (used only if the peer supports it too).
+ *
+ * \param conf      SSL configuration
+ * \param ems       MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_DISABLED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_extended_master_secret(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char ems);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Whether to send a list of acceptable CAs in
+ *                 CertificateRequest messages.
+ *                 (Default: do send)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param cert_req_ca_list   MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_ENABLED or
+ *                          MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_DISABLED
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_req_ca_list(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                       char cert_req_ca_list);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the maximum fragment length to emit and/or negotiate.
+ *                 (Typical: the smaller of #MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN and
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, usually `2^14` bytes)
+ *                 (Server: set maximum fragment length to emit,
+ *                 usually negotiated by the client during handshake)
+ *                 (Client: set maximum fragment length to emit *and*
+ *                 negotiate with the server during handshake)
+ *                 (Default: #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE)
+ *
+ * \note           On the client side, the maximum fragment length extension
+ *                 *will not* be used, unless the maximum fragment length has
+ *                 been set via this function to a value different than
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE.
+ *
+ * \note           With TLS, this currently only affects ApplicationData (sent
+ *                 with \c mbedtls_ssl_read()), not handshake messages.
+ *                 With DTLS, this affects both ApplicationData and handshake.
+ *
+ * \note           Defragmentation of TLS handshake messages is supported
+ *                 with some limitations. See the documentation of
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_handshake() for details.
+ *
+ * \note           This sets the maximum length for a record's payload,
+ *                 excluding record overhead that will be added to it, see
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion().
+ *
+ * \note           For DTLS, it is also possible to set a limit for the total
+ *                 size of datagrams passed to the transport layer, including
+ *                 record overhead, see \c mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu().
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param mfl_code Code for maximum fragment length (allowed values:
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_512,  MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_1024,
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_2048, MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_4096)
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, unsigned char mfl_code);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Pick the ciphersuites order according to the second parameter
+ *                 in the SSL Server module (MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C).
+ *                 (Default, if never called: MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param order    Server or client (MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER
+ *                                or MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_CLIENT)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_preference_order(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int order);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Enable / Disable TLS 1.2 session tickets (client only,
+ *                 TLS 1.2 only). Enabled by default.
+ *
+ * \note           On server, use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets_cb().
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param use_tickets   Enable or disable (#MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED or
+ *                                         #MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int use_tickets);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+/**
+ * \brief Enable / Disable handling of TLS 1.3 NewSessionTicket messages
+ *        (client only, TLS 1.3 only).
+ *
+ *        The handling of TLS 1.3 NewSessionTicket messages is disabled by
+ *        default.
+ *
+ *        In TLS 1.3, servers may send a NewSessionTicket message at any time,
+ *        and may send multiple NewSessionTicket messages. By default, TLS 1.3
+ *        clients ignore NewSessionTicket messages.
+ *
+ *        To support session tickets in TLS 1.3 clients, call this function
+ *        with #MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_SIGNAL_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED. When
+ *        this is enabled, when a client receives a NewSessionTicket message,
+ *        the next call to a message processing functions (notably
+ *        mbedtls_ssl_handshake() and mbedtls_ssl_read()) will return
+ *        #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET. The client should then
+ *        call mbedtls_ssl_get_session() to retrieve the session ticket before
+ *        calling the same message processing function again.
+ *
+ * \param conf  SSL configuration
+ * \param signal_new_session_tickets Enable or disable
+ *                                   (#MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_SIGNAL_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED or
+ *                                    #MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_SIGNAL_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_enable_signal_new_session_tickets(
+    mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int signal_new_session_tickets);
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3)
+/**
+ * \brief   Number of NewSessionTicket messages for the server to send
+ *          after handshake completion.
+ *
+ * \note    The default value is
+ *          \c MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS.
+ *
+ * \note    In case of a session resumption, this setting only partially apply.
+ *          At most one ticket is sent in that case to just renew the pool of
+ *          tickets of the client. The rationale is to avoid the number of
+ *          tickets on the server to become rapidly out of control when the
+ *          server has the same configuration for all its connection instances.
+ *
+ * \param conf    SSL configuration
+ * \param num_tickets    Number of NewSessionTicket.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_new_session_tickets(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                          uint16_t num_tickets);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS &&
+          MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C &&
+          MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3*/
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+/**
+ * \brief          Enable / Disable renegotiation support for connection when
+ *                 initiated by peer
+ *                 (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED)
+ *
+ * \warning        It is recommended to always disable renegotiation unless you
+ *                 know you need it and you know what you're doing. In the
+ *                 past, there have been several issues associated with
+ *                 renegotiation or a poor understanding of its properties.
+ *
+ * \note           Server-side, enabling renegotiation also makes the server
+ *                 susceptible to a resource DoS by a malicious client.
+ *
+ * \param conf    SSL configuration
+ * \param renegotiation     Enable or disable (MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_ENABLED or
+ *                                             MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int renegotiation);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Prevent or allow legacy renegotiation.
+ *                 (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION)
+ *
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION allows connections to
+ *                 be established even if the peer does not support
+ *                 secure renegotiation, but does not allow renegotiation
+ *                 to take place if not secure.
+ *                 (Interoperable and secure option)
+ *
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_ALLOW_RENEGOTIATION allows renegotiations
+ *                 with non-upgraded peers. Allowing legacy renegotiation
+ *                 makes the connection vulnerable to specific man in the
+ *                 middle attacks. (See RFC 5746)
+ *                 (Most interoperable and least secure option)
+ *
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE breaks off connections
+ *                 if peer does not support secure renegotiation. Results
+ *                 in interoperability issues with non-upgraded peers
+ *                 that do not support renegotiation altogether.
+ *                 (Most secure option, interoperability issues)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param allow_legacy  Prevent or allow (SSL_NO_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION,
+ *                                        SSL_ALLOW_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION or
+ *                                        MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_legacy_renegotiation(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int allow_legacy);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+/**
+ * \brief          Enforce renegotiation requests.
+ *                 (Default: enforced, max_records = 16)
+ *
+ *                 When we request a renegotiation, the peer can comply or
+ *                 ignore the request. This function allows us to decide
+ *                 whether to enforce our renegotiation requests by closing
+ *                 the connection if the peer doesn't comply.
+ *
+ *                 However, records could already be in transit from the peer
+ *                 when the request is emitted. In order to increase
+ *                 reliability, we can accept a number of records before the
+ *                 expected handshake records.
+ *
+ *                 The optimal value is highly dependent on the specific usage
+ *                 scenario.
+ *
+ * \note           With DTLS and server-initiated renegotiation, the
+ *                 HelloRequest is retransmitted every time mbedtls_ssl_read() times
+ *                 out or receives Application Data, until:
+ *                 - max_records records have beens seen, if it is >= 0, or
+ *                 - the number of retransmits that would happen during an
+ *                 actual handshake has been reached.
+ *                 Please remember the request might be lost a few times
+ *                 if you consider setting max_records to a really low value.
+ *
+ * \warning        On client, the grace period can only happen during
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_read(), as opposed to mbedtls_ssl_write() and mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate()
+ *                 which always behave as if max_record was 0. The reason is,
+ *                 if we receive application data from the server, we need a
+ *                 place to write it, which only happens during mbedtls_ssl_read().
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param max_records Use MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_NOT_ENFORCED if you don't want to
+ *                 enforce renegotiation, or a non-negative value to enforce
+ *                 it but allow for a grace period of max_records records.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation_enforced(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int max_records);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set record counter threshold for periodic renegotiation.
+ *                 (Default: 2^48 - 1)
+ *
+ *                 Renegotiation is automatically triggered when a record
+ *                 counter (outgoing or incoming) crosses the defined
+ *                 threshold. The default value is meant to prevent the
+ *                 connection from being closed when the counter is about to
+ *                 reached its maximal value (it is not allowed to wrap).
+ *
+ *                 Lower values can be used to enforce policies such as "keys
+ *                 must be refreshed every N packets with cipher X".
+ *
+ *                 The renegotiation period can be disabled by setting
+ *                 conf->disable_renegotiation to
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \note           When the configured transport is
+ *                 MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM the maximum renegotiation
+ *                 period is 2^48 - 1, and for MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM,
+ *                 the maximum renegotiation period is 2^64 - 1.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration
+ * \param period   The threshold value: a big-endian 64-bit number.
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation_period(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                           const unsigned char period[8]);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Check if there is data already read from the
+ *                 underlying transport but not yet processed.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         0 if nothing's pending, 1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * \note           This is different in purpose and behaviour from
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes_avail in that it considers
+ *                 any kind of unprocessed data, not only unread
+ *                 application data. If \c mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes
+ *                 returns a non-zero value, this function will
+ *                 also signal pending data, but the converse does
+ *                 not hold. For example, in DTLS there might be
+ *                 further records waiting to be processed from
+ *                 the current underlying transport's datagram.
+ *
+ * \note           If this function returns 1 (data pending), this
+ *                 does not imply that a subsequent call to
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_read will provide any data;
+ *                 e.g., the unprocessed data might turn out
+ *                 to be an alert or a handshake message.
+ *
+ * \note           This function is useful in the following situation:
+ *                 If the SSL/TLS module successfully returns from an
+ *                 operation - e.g. a handshake or an application record
+ *                 read - and you're awaiting incoming data next, you
+ *                 must not immediately idle on the underlying transport
+ *                 to have data ready, but you need to check the value
+ *                 of this function first. The reason is that the desired
+ *                 data might already be read but not yet processed.
+ *                 If, in contrast, a previous call to the SSL/TLS module
+ *                 returned MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, it is not necessary
+ *                 to call this function, as the latter error code entails
+ *                 that all internal data has been processed.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_check_pending(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the number of application data bytes
+ *                 remaining to be read from the current record.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         How many bytes are available in the application
+ *                 data record read buffer.
+ *
+ * \note           When working over a datagram transport, this is
+ *                 useful to detect the current datagram's boundary
+ *                 in case \c mbedtls_ssl_read has written the maximal
+ *                 amount of data fitting into the input buffer.
+ *
+ */
+size_t mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes_avail(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the result of the certificate verification
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to use.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if the certificate verification was successful.
+ * \return         \c -1u if the result is not available. This may happen
+ *                 e.g. if the handshake aborts early, or a verification
+ *                 callback returned a fatal error.
+ * \return         A bitwise combination of \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX
+ *                 and \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX failure flags; see x509.h.
+ */
+uint32_t mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the id of the current ciphersuite
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         a ciphersuite id
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_id_from_ssl(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the name of the current ciphersuite
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         a string containing the ciphersuite name
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the (D)TLS protocol version negotiated in the
+ *                 given connection.
+ *
+ * \note           If you call this function too early during the initial
+ *                 handshake, before the two sides have agreed on a version,
+ *                 this function returns #MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to query.
+ * \return         The negotiated protocol version.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number(
+    const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+    return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the current TLS version
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         a string containing the TLS version
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_version(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the (maximum) number of bytes added by the record
+ *                 layer: header + encryption/MAC overhead (inc. padding)
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         Current maximum record expansion in bytes
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the current maximum outgoing record payload in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note           The logic to determine the maximum outgoing record payload is
+ *                 version-specific. It takes into account various factors, such as
+ *                 the mbedtls_config.h setting \c MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, extensions
+ *                 such as the max fragment length or record size limit extension if
+ *                 used, and for DTLS the path MTU as configured and current
+ *                 record expansion.
+ *
+ * \note           With DTLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will return an error if
+ *                 called with a larger length value.
+ *                 With TLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will fragment the input if
+ *                 necessary and return the number of bytes written; it is up
+ *                 to the caller to call \c mbedtls_ssl_write() again in
+ *                 order to send the remaining bytes if any.
+ *
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload()
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion()
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         Current maximum payload for an outgoing record,
+ *                 or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the current maximum incoming record payload in bytes.
+ *
+ * \note           The logic to determine the maximum incoming record payload is
+ *                 version-specific. It takes into account various factors, such as
+ *                 the mbedtls_config.h setting \c MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN, extensions
+ *                 such as the max fragment length extension or record size limit
+ *                 extension if used, and the current record expansion.
+ *
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu()
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_get_max_in_record_payload()
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion()
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         Current maximum payload for an incoming record,
+ *                 or a negative error code.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_max_in_record_payload(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Return the peer certificate from the current connection.
+ *
+ * \param  ssl     The SSL context to use. This must be initialized and setup.
+ *
+ * \return         The current peer certificate, if available.
+ *                 The returned certificate is owned by the SSL context and
+ *                 is valid only until the next call to the SSL API.
+ * \return         \c NULL if no peer certificate is available. This might
+ *                 be because the chosen ciphersuite doesn't use CRTs
+ *                 (PSK-based ciphersuites, for example), or because
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE has been disabled,
+ *                 allowing the stack to free the peer's CRT to save memory.
+ *
+ * \note           For one-time inspection of the peer's certificate during
+ *                 the handshake, consider registering an X.509 CRT verification
+ *                 callback through mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() instead of calling
+ *                 this function. Using mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() also comes at
+ *                 the benefit of allowing you to influence the verification
+ *                 process, for example by masking expected and tolerated
+ *                 verification failures.
+ *
+ * \warning        You must not use the pointer returned by this function
+ *                 after any further call to the SSL API, including
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_read() and mbedtls_ssl_write(); this is
+ *                 because the pointer might change during renegotiation,
+ *                 which happens transparently to the user.
+ *                 If you want to use the certificate across API calls,
+ *                 you must make a copy.
+ */
+const mbedtls_x509_crt *mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Export a session in order to resume it later.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context representing the connection for which to
+ *                 to export a session structure for later resumption.
+ * \param session  The target structure in which to store the exported session.
+ *                 This must have been initialized with mbedtls_ssl_session_init()
+ *                 but otherwise be unused.
+ *
+ * \note           This function can handle a variety of mechanisms for session
+ *                 resumption: For TLS 1.2, both session ID-based resumption and
+ *                 ticket-based resumption will be considered. For TLS 1.3,
+ *                 sessions equate to tickets, and if session tickets are
+ *                 enabled (see #MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS configuration
+ *                 option), this function exports the last received ticket and
+ *                 the exported session may be used to resume the TLS 1.3
+ *                 session. If session tickets are disabled, exported sessions
+ *                 cannot be used to resume a TLS 1.3 session.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful. In this case, \p session can be used for
+ *                 session resumption by passing it to mbedtls_ssl_set_session(),
+ *                 and serialized for storage via mbedtls_ssl_session_save().
+ * \return         Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
+ *
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_set_session()
+ * \sa             mbedtls_ssl_session_save()
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_session(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                            mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform the SSL handshake
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ *                 if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to
+ *                 be available for reading from or writing to the underlying
+ *                 transport - in this case you must call this function again
+ *                 when the underlying transport is ready for the operation.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous
+ *                 operation is in progress (see
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you
+ *                 must call this function again when the operation is ready.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic
+ *                 operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) -
+ *                 in this case you must call this function again to complete
+ *                 the handshake when you're done attending other tasks.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED if DTLS is in use
+ *                 and the client did not demonstrate reachability yet - in
+ *                 this case you must stop using the context (see below).
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET if a TLS 1.3
+ *                 NewSessionTicket message has been received. See the
+ *                 documentation of mbedtls_ssl_read() for more information
+ *                 about this error code.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA if early data, as
+ *                 defined in RFC 8446 (TLS 1.3 specification), has been
+ *                 received as part of the handshake. This is server specific
+ *                 and may occur only if the early data feature has been
+ *                 enabled on server (see mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data()
+ *                 documentation). You must call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ *                 to read the early data before resuming the handshake.
+ * \return         Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using
+ *                 the context (see below).
+ *
+ * \warning        If this function returns something other than
+ *                 \c 0,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA,
+ *                 you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing,
+ *                 and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset()
+ *                 on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current
+ *                 connection must be closed.
+ *
+ * \note           If DTLS is in use, then you may choose to handle
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED specially for logging
+ *                 purposes, as it is an expected return value rather than an
+ *                 actual error, but you still need to reset/free the context.
+ *
+ * \note           Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS:
+ *                 If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram
+ *                 from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed,
+ *                 and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport
+ *                 signal a new event. This is not true for a successful handshake,
+ *                 in which case the datagram of the underlying transport that is
+ *                 currently being processed might or might not contain further
+ *                 DTLS records.
+ *
+ * \note           If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto
+ *                 subsystem must have been initialized by calling
+ *                 psa_crypto_init() before calling this function.
+ *                 Otherwise, the handshake may call psa_crypto_init()
+ *                 if a negotiation involving TLS 1.3 takes place (this may
+ *                 be the case even if TLS 1.3 is offered but eventually
+ *                 not selected).
+ *
+ * \note           In TLS, reception of fragmented handshake messages is
+ *                 supported with some limitations (those limitations do
+ *                 not apply to DTLS, where defragmentation is fully
+ *                 supported):
+ *                 - On an Mbed TLS server that only accepts TLS 1.2,
+ *                   the initial ClientHello message must not be fragmented.
+ *                   A TLS 1.2 ClientHello may be fragmented if the server
+ *                   also accepts TLS 1.3 connections (meaning
+ *                   that #MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 enabled, and the
+ *                   accepted versions have not been restricted with
+ *                   mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_tls_version() or the like).
+ *                 - The first fragment of a handshake message must be
+ *                   at least 4 bytes long.
+ *                 - Non-handshake records must not be interleaved between
+ *                   the fragments of a handshake message. (This is permitted
+ *                   in TLS 1.2 but not in TLS 1.3, but Mbed TLS rejects it
+ *                   even in TLS 1.2.)
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_handshake(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          After calling mbedtls_ssl_handshake() to start the SSL
+ *                 handshake you can call this function to check whether the
+ *                 handshake is over for a given SSL context. This function
+ *                 should be also used to determine when to stop calling
+ *                 mbedtls_handshake_step() for that context.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         \c 1 if handshake is over, \c 0 if it is still ongoing.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_is_handshake_over(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl)
+{
+    return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) >= MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_OVER;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Perform a single step of the SSL handshake
+ *
+ * \note           The state of the context (ssl->state) will be at
+ *                 the next state after this function returns \c 0. Do not
+ *                 call this function if mbedtls_ssl_is_handshake_over()
+ *                 returns \c 1.
+ *
+ * \warning        Whilst in the past you may have used direct access to the
+ *                 context state (ssl->state) in order to ascertain when to
+ *                 stop calling this function and although you can still do
+ *                 so with something like ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) or by
+ *                 defining MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS, this is now
+ *                 considered deprecated and could be broken in any future
+ *                 release. If you still find you have good reason for such
+ *                 direct access, then please do contact the team to explain
+ *                 this (raise an issue or post to the mailing list), so that
+ *                 we can add a solution to your problem that will be
+ *                 guaranteed to work in the future.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         See mbedtls_ssl_handshake().
+ *
+ * \warning        If this function returns something other than \c 0,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA, you must stop using
+ *                 the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it
+ *                 or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before
+ *                 re-using it for a new connection; the current connection
+ *                 must be closed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION)
+/**
+ * \brief          Initiate an SSL renegotiation on the running connection.
+ *                 Client: perform the renegotiation right now.
+ *                 Server: request renegotiation, which will be performed
+ *                 during the next call to mbedtls_ssl_read() if honored by
+ *                 client.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or any mbedtls_ssl_handshake() return
+ *                 value except #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT that can't
+ *                 happen during a renegotiation.
+ *
+ * \warning        If this function returns something other than \c 0,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, you must stop using
+ *                 the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it
+ *                 or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before
+ *                 re-using it for a new connection; the current connection
+ *                 must be closed.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Read at most 'len' application data bytes
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param buf      buffer that will hold the data
+ * \param len      maximum number of bytes to read
+ *
+ * \return         The (positive) number of bytes read if successful.
+ * \return         \c 0 if the read end of the underlying transport was closed
+ *                 without sending a CloseNotify beforehand, which might happen
+ *                 because of various reasons (internal error of an underlying
+ *                 stack, non-conformant peer not sending a CloseNotify and
+ *                 such) - in this case you must stop using the context
+ *                 (see below).
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PEER_CLOSE_NOTIFY if the underlying
+ *                 transport is still functional, but the peer has
+ *                 acknowledged to not send anything anymore.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ *                 if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to
+ *                 be available for reading from or writing to the underlying
+ *                 transport - in this case you must call this function again
+ *                 when the underlying transport is ready for the operation.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous
+ *                 operation is in progress (see
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you
+ *                 must call this function again when the operation is ready.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic
+ *                 operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) -
+ *                 in this case you must call this function again to complete
+ *                 the handshake when you're done attending other tasks.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT if we're at the server
+ *                 side of a DTLS connection and the client is initiating a
+ *                 new connection using the same source port. See below.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET if a TLS 1.3
+ *                 NewSessionTicket message has been received.
+ *                 This error code is only returned on the client side. It is
+ *                 only returned if handling of TLS 1.3 NewSessionTicket
+ *                 messages has been enabled through
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_enable_signal_new_session_tickets().
+ *                 This error code indicates that a TLS 1.3 NewSessionTicket
+ *                 message has been received and parsed successfully by the
+ *                 client. The ticket data can be retrieved from the SSL
+ *                 context by calling mbedtls_ssl_get_session(). It remains
+ *                 available until the next call to mbedtls_ssl_read().
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA if early data, as
+ *                 defined in RFC 8446 (TLS 1.3 specification), has been
+ *                 received as part of the handshake. This is server specific
+ *                 and may occur only if the early data feature has been
+ *                 enabled on server (see mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data()
+ *                 documentation). You must call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ *                 to read the early data before resuming the handshake.
+ * \return         Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using
+ *                 the context (see below).
+ *
+ * \warning        If this function returns something other than
+ *                 a positive value,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA,
+ *                 you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing,
+ *                 and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset()
+ *                 on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current
+ *                 connection must be closed.
+ *
+ * \note           When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT
+ *                 (which can only happen server-side), it means that a client
+ *                 is initiating a new connection using the same source port.
+ *                 You can either treat that as a connection close and wait
+ *                 for the client to resend a ClientHello, or directly
+ *                 continue with \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() with the same
+ *                 context (as it has been reset internally). Either way, you
+ *                 must make sure this is seen by the application as a new
+ *                 connection: application state, if any, should be reset, and
+ *                 most importantly the identity of the client must be checked
+ *                 again. WARNING: not validating the identity of the client
+ *                 again, or not transmitting the new identity to the
+ *                 application layer, would allow authentication bypass!
+ *
+ * \note           Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS:
+ *                 - If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram
+ *                   from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed,
+ *                   and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport
+ *                   signal a new event.
+ *                 - This function may return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ even if data was
+ *                   initially available on the underlying transport, as this data may have
+ *                   been only e.g. duplicated messages or a renegotiation request.
+ *                   Therefore, you must be prepared to receive MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ even
+ *                   when reacting to an incoming-data event from the underlying transport.
+ *                 - On success, the datagram of the underlying transport that is currently
+ *                   being processed may contain further DTLS records. You should call
+ *                   \c mbedtls_ssl_check_pending to check for remaining records.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_read(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Try to write exactly 'len' application data bytes
+ *
+ * \warning        This function will do partial writes in some cases. If the
+ *                 return value is non-negative but less than length, the
+ *                 function must be called again with updated arguments:
+ *                 buf + ret, len - ret (if ret is the return value) until
+ *                 it returns a value equal to the last 'len' argument.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param buf      buffer holding the data
+ * \param len      how many bytes must be written
+ *
+ * \return         The (non-negative) number of bytes actually written if
+ *                 successful (may be less than \p len).
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE
+ *                 if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to
+ *                 be available for reading from or writing to the underlying
+ *                 transport - in this case you must call this function again
+ *                 when the underlying transport is ready for the operation.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous
+ *                 operation is in progress (see
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you
+ *                 must call this function again when the operation is ready.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic
+ *                 operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) -
+ *                 in this case you must call this function again to complete
+ *                 the handshake when you're done attending other tasks.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET if a TLS 1.3
+ *                 NewSessionTicket message has been received. See the
+ *                 documentation of mbedtls_ssl_read() for more information
+ *                 about this error code.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA if early data, as
+ *                 defined in RFC 8446 (TLS 1.3 specification), has been
+ *                 received as part of the handshake. This is server specific
+ *                 and may occur only if the early data feature has been
+ *                 enabled on server (see mbedtls_ssl_conf_early_data()
+ *                 documentation). You must call mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data()
+ *                 to read the early data before resuming the handshake.
+ * \return         Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using
+ *                 the context (see below).
+ *
+ * \warning        If this function returns something other than
+ *                 a non-negative value,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS,
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA,
+ *                 you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing,
+ *                 and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset()
+ *                 on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current
+ *                 connection must be closed.
+ *
+ * \note           When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE/READ,
+ *                 it must be called later with the *same* arguments,
+ *                 until it returns a value greater than or equal to 0. When
+ *                 the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE there may be
+ *                 some partial data in the output buffer, however this is not
+ *                 yet sent.
+ *
+ * \note           If the requested length is greater than the maximum
+ *                 fragment length (either the built-in limit or the one set
+ *                 or negotiated with the peer), then:
+ *                 - with TLS, less bytes than requested are written.
+ *                 - with DTLS, MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA is returned.
+ *                 \c mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload() may be used to
+ *                 query the active maximum fragment length.
+ *
+ * \note           Attempting to write 0 bytes will result in an empty TLS
+ *                 application record being sent.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_write(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Send an alert message
+ *
+ * \param ssl       SSL context
+ * \param level     The alert level of the message
+ *                  (MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_WARNING or MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_FATAL)
+ * \param message   The alert message (SSL_ALERT_MSG_*)
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific SSL error code.
+ *
+ * \note           If this function returns something other than 0 or
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using
+ *                 the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or
+ *                 call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it
+ *                 for a new connection; the current connection must be closed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_send_alert_message(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                   unsigned char level,
+                                   unsigned char message);
+/**
+ * \brief          Notify the peer that the connection is being closed
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ *
+ * \return          0 if successful, or a specific SSL error code.
+ *
+ * \note           If this function returns something other than 0 or
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using
+ *                 the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or
+ *                 call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it
+ *                 for a new connection; the current connection must be closed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA)
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Read at most 'len' bytes of early data
+ *
+ * \note           This API is server specific.
+ *
+ * \warning        Early data is defined in the TLS 1.3 specification, RFC 8446.
+ *                 IMPORTANT NOTE from section 2.3 of the specification:
+ *
+ *                 The security properties for 0-RTT data are weaker than
+ *                 those for other kinds of TLS data. Specifically:
+ *                 - This data is not forward secret, as it is encrypted
+ *                   solely under keys derived using the offered PSK.
+ *                 - There are no guarantees of non-replay between connections.
+ *                   Protection against replay for ordinary TLS 1.3 1-RTT data
+ *                   is provided via the server's Random value, but 0-RTT data
+ *                   does not depend on the ServerHello and therefore has
+ *                   weaker guarantees. This is especially relevant if the
+ *                   data is authenticated either with TLS client
+ *                   authentication or inside the application protocol. The
+ *                   same warnings apply to any use of the
+ *                   early_exporter_master_secret.
+ *
+ * \warning        Mbed TLS does not implement any of the anti-replay defenses
+ *                 defined in section 8 of the TLS 1.3 specification:
+ *                 single-use of tickets or ClientHello recording within a
+ *                 given time window.
+ *
+ * \note           This function is used in conjunction with
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_handshake(), mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(),
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_read() and mbedtls_ssl_write() to read early
+ *                 data when these functions return
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context, it must have been initialized and set up.
+ * \param buf      buffer that will hold the data
+ * \param len      maximum number of bytes to read
+ *
+ * \return         The (positive) number of bytes read if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_READ_EARLY_DATA if it is not
+ *                 possible to read early data for the SSL context \p ssl. Note
+ *                 that this function is intended to be called for an SSL
+ *                 context \p ssl only after a call to mbedtls_ssl_handshake(),
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_write() for \p ssl that has returned
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_EARLY_DATA.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          Try to write exactly 'len' application data bytes while
+ *                 performing the handshake (early data).
+ *
+ * \warning        Early data is defined in the TLS 1.3 specification, RFC 8446.
+ *                 IMPORTANT NOTE from section 2.3 of the specification:
+ *
+ *                 The security properties for 0-RTT data are weaker than
+ *                 those for other kinds of TLS data. Specifically:
+ *                 - This data is not forward secret, as it is encrypted
+ *                   solely under keys derived using the offered PSK.
+ *                 - There are no guarantees of non-replay between connections.
+ *                   Protection against replay for ordinary TLS 1.3 1-RTT data
+ *                   is provided via the server's Random value, but 0-RTT data
+ *                   does not depend on the ServerHello and therefore has
+ *                   weaker guarantees. This is especially relevant if the
+ *                   data is authenticated either with TLS client
+ *                   authentication or inside the application protocol. The
+ *                   same warnings apply to any use of the
+ *                   early_exporter_master_secret.
+ *
+ * \note           This function behaves mainly as mbedtls_ssl_write(). The
+ *                 specification of mbedtls_ssl_write() relevant to TLS 1.3
+ *                 (thus not the parts specific to (D)TLS1.2) applies to this
+ *                 function and the present documentation is mainly restricted
+ *                 to the differences with mbedtls_ssl_write(). One noticeable
+ *                 difference though is that mbedtls_ssl_write() aims to
+ *                 complete the handshake before to write application data
+ *                 while mbedtls_ssl_write_early() aims to drive the handshake
+ *                 just past the point where it is not possible to send early
+ *                 data anymore.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ * \param buf      buffer holding the data
+ * \param len      how many bytes must be written
+ *
+ * \return         The (non-negative) number of bytes actually written if
+ *                 successful (may be less than \p len).
+ *
+ * \return         One additional specific error code compared to
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_write():
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA.
+ *
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA is returned when it
+ *                 is not possible to write early data for the SSL context
+ *                 \p ssl.
+ *
+ *                 It may have been possible and it is not possible
+ *                 anymore because the client received the server Finished
+ *                 message, the server rejected early data or the maximum
+ *                 number of allowed early data for the PSK in use has been
+ *                 reached.
+ *
+ *                 It may never have been possible and will never be possible
+ *                 for the SSL context \p ssl because the use of early data
+ *                 is disabled for that context or more generally the context
+ *                 is not suitably configured to enable early data or the first
+ *                 call to the function was done while the handshake was
+ *                 already completed.
+ *
+ *                 It is not possible to write early data for the SSL context
+ *                 \p ssl and any subsequent call to this API will return this
+ *                 error code. But this does not preclude for using it with
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_write(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_handshake() and the handshake can be
+ *                 completed by calling one of these APIs.
+ *
+ * \note           This function may write early data only if the SSL context
+ *                 has been configured for the handshake with a PSK for which
+ *                 early data is allowed.
+ *
+ * \note           To maximize the number of early data that can be written in
+ *                 the course of the handshake, it is expected that this
+ *                 function starts the handshake for the SSL context \p ssl.
+ *                 But this is not mandatory.
+ *
+ * \note           This function does not provide any information on whether
+ *                 the server has accepted or will accept early data or not.
+ *                 When it returns a positive value, it just means that it
+ *                 has written early data to the server. To know whether the
+ *                 server has accepted early data or not, you should call
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status() with the handshake
+ *                 completed.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                 const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the status of the negotiation of the use of early data.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to query
+ *
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if this function is called
+ *                 from the server-side.
+ *
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if this function is called
+ *                 prior to completion of the handshake.
+ *
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_NOT_INDICATED if the client
+ *                 has not indicated the use of early data to the server.
+ *
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_ACCEPTED if the client has
+ *                 indicated the use of early data and the server has accepted
+ *                 it.
+ *
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_REJECTED if the client has
+ *                 indicated the use of early data but the server has rejected
+ *                 it. In this situation, the client may want to re-send the
+ *                 early data it may have tried to send by calling
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data() as ordinary post-handshake
+ *                 application data by calling mbedtls_ssl_write().
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Free referenced items in an SSL context and clear memory
+ *
+ * \param ssl      SSL context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_free(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION)
+/**
+ * \brief          Save an active connection as serialized data in a buffer.
+ *                 This allows the freeing or re-using of the SSL context
+ *                 while still picking up the connection later in a way that
+ *                 it entirely transparent to the peer.
+ *
+ * \see            mbedtls_ssl_context_load()
+ *
+ * \note           The serialized data only contains the data that is
+ *                 necessary to resume the connection: negotiated protocol
+ *                 options, session identifier, keys, etc.
+ *                 Loading a saved SSL context does not restore settings and
+ *                 state related to how the application accesses the context,
+ *                 such as configured callback functions, user data, pending
+ *                 incoming or outgoing data, etc.
+ *
+ * \note           This feature is currently only available under certain
+ *                 conditions, see the documentation of the return value
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA for details.
+ *
+ * \note           When this function succeeds, it calls
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on \p ssl which as a result is
+ *                 no longer associated with the connection that has been
+ *                 serialized. This avoids creating copies of the connection
+ *                 state. You're then free to either re-use the context
+ *                 structure for a different connection, or call
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_free() on it. See the documentation of
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() for more details.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context to save. On success, it is no longer
+ *                 associated with the connection that has been serialized.
+ * \param buf      The buffer to write the serialized data to. It must be a
+ *                 writeable buffer of at least \p buf_len bytes, or may be \c
+ *                 NULL if \p buf_len is \c 0.
+ * \param buf_len  The number of bytes available for writing in \p buf.
+ * \param olen     The size in bytes of the data that has been or would have
+ *                 been written. It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ *
+ * \note           \p olen is updated to the correct value regardless of
+ *                 whether \p buf_len was large enough. This makes it possible
+ *                 to determine the necessary size by calling this function
+ *                 with \p buf set to \c NULL and \p buf_len to \c 0. However,
+ *                 the value of \p olen is only guaranteed to be correct when
+ *                 the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL or
+ *                 \c 0. If the return value is different, then the value of
+ *                 \p olen is undefined.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf is too small.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed
+ *                 while resetting the context.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if a handshake is in
+ *                 progress, or there is pending data for reading or sending,
+ *                 or the connection does not use DTLS 1.2 with an AEAD
+ *                 ciphersuite, or renegotiation is enabled.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_context_save(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                             unsigned char *buf,
+                             size_t buf_len,
+                             size_t *olen);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Load serialized connection data to an SSL context.
+ *
+ * \see            mbedtls_ssl_context_save()
+ *
+ * \warning        The same serialized data must never be loaded into more
+ *                 that one context. In order to ensure that, after
+ *                 successfully loading serialized data to an SSL context, you
+ *                 should immediately destroy or invalidate all copies of the
+ *                 serialized data that was loaded. Loading the same data in
+ *                 more than one context would cause severe security failures
+ *                 including but not limited to loss of confidentiality.
+ *
+ * \note           Before calling this function, the SSL context must be
+ *                 prepared in one of the two following ways. The first way is
+ *                 to take a context freshly initialised with
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_init() and call mbedtls_ssl_setup() on it with
+ *                 the same ::mbedtls_ssl_config structure that was used in
+ *                 the original connection. The second way is to
+ *                 call mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on a context that was
+ *                 previously prepared as above but used in the meantime.
+ *                 Either way, you must not use the context to perform a
+ *                 handshake between calling mbedtls_ssl_setup() or
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() and calling this function. You
+ *                 may however call other setter functions in that time frame
+ *                 as indicated in the note below.
+ *
+ * \note           Before or after calling this function successfully, you
+ *                 also need to configure some connection-specific callbacks
+ *                 and settings before you can use the connection again
+ *                 (unless they were already set before calling
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() and the values are suitable for
+ *                 the present connection). Specifically, you want to call
+ *                 at least mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(),
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(), and
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() or
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() if they were set originally.
+ *                 All other SSL setter functions
+ *                 are not necessary to call, either because they're only used
+ *                 in handshakes, or because the setting is already saved. You
+ *                 might choose to call them anyway, for example in order to
+ *                 share code between the cases of establishing a new
+ *                 connection and the case of loading an already-established
+ *                 connection.
+ *
+ * \note           If you have new information about the path MTU, you want to
+ *                 call mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu() after calling this function, as
+ *                 otherwise this function would overwrite your
+ *                 newly-configured value with the value that was active when
+ *                 the context was saved.
+ *
+ * \note           When this function returns an error code, it calls
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_free() on \p ssl. In this case, you need to
+ *                 prepare the context with the usual sequence starting with a
+ *                 call to mbedtls_ssl_init() if you want to use it again.
+ *
+ * \param ssl      The SSL context structure to be populated. It must have
+ *                 been prepared as described in the note above.
+ * \param buf      The buffer holding the serialized connection data. It must
+ *                 be a readable buffer of at least \p len bytes.
+ * \param len      The size of the serialized data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 if successful.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH if the serialized data
+ *                 comes from a different Mbed TLS version or build.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_context_load(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                             const unsigned char *buf,
+                             size_t len);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize an SSL configuration context
+ *                 Just makes the context ready for
+ *                 mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults() or mbedtls_ssl_config_free().
+ *
+ * \note           You need to call mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults() unless you
+ *                 manually set all of the relevant fields yourself.
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_config_init(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Load reasonable default SSL configuration values.
+ *                 (You need to call mbedtls_ssl_config_init() first.)
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration context
+ * \param endpoint MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER
+ * \param transport MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM for TLS, or
+ *                  MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM for DTLS
+ * \param preset   a MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_XXX value
+ *
+ * \note           See \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_transport() for notes on DTLS.
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or
+ *                 MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX_ALLOC_FAILED on memory allocation error.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf,
+                                int endpoint, int transport, int preset);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Free an SSL configuration context
+ *
+ * \param conf     SSL configuration context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_config_free(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize SSL session structure
+ *
+ * \param session  SSL session
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_session_init(mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Free referenced items in an SSL session including the
+ *                 peer certificate and clear memory
+ *
+ * \note           A session object can be freed even if the SSL context
+ *                 that was used to retrieve the session is still in use.
+ *
+ * \param session  SSL session
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_session_free(mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          TLS-PRF function for key derivation.
+ *
+ * \param prf      The tls_prf type function type to be used.
+ * \param secret   Secret for the key derivation function.
+ * \param slen     Length of the secret.
+ * \param label    String label for the key derivation function,
+ *                 terminated with null character.
+ * \param random   Random bytes.
+ * \param rlen     Length of the random bytes buffer.
+ * \param dstbuf   The buffer holding the derived key.
+ * \param dlen     Length of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return         0 on success. An SSL specific error on failure.
+ */
+int  mbedtls_ssl_tls_prf(const mbedtls_tls_prf_types prf,
+                         const unsigned char *secret, size_t slen,
+                         const char *label,
+                         const unsigned char *random, size_t rlen,
+                         unsigned char *dstbuf, size_t dlen);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEYING_MATERIAL_EXPORT)
+/* Maximum value for key_len in mbedtls_ssl_export_keying material. Depending on the TLS
+ * version and the negotiated ciphersuite, larger keys could in principle be exported,
+ * but for simplicity, we define one limit that works in all cases. TLS 1.3 with SHA256
+ * has the strictest limit: 255 blocks of SHA256 output, or 8160 bytes. */
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXPORT_MAX_KEY_LEN 8160
+
+/**
+ * \brief             TLS-Exporter to derive shared symmetric keys between server and client.
+ *
+ * \param ssl         SSL context from which to export keys. Must have finished the handshake.
+ * \param out         Output buffer of length at least key_len bytes.
+ * \param key_len     Length of the key to generate in bytes, must be at most
+ *                    MBEDTLS_SSL_EXPORT_MAX_KEY_LEN (8160).
+ * \param label       Label for which to generate the key of length label_len.
+ * \param label_len   Length of label in bytes. Must be at most 249 in TLS 1.3.
+ * \param context     Context of the key. Can be NULL if context_len or use_context is 0.
+ * \param context_len Length of context. Must be < 2^16 in TLS 1.2.
+ * \param use_context Indicates if a context should be used in deriving the key.
+ *
+ * \note TLS 1.2 makes a distinction between a 0-length context and no context.
+ *       This is why the use_context argument exists. TLS 1.3 does not make
+ *       this distinction. If use_context is 0 and TLS 1.3 is used, context and
+ *       context_len are ignored and a 0-length context is used.
+ *
+ * \return            0 on success.
+ * \return            MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the handshake is not yet completed.
+ * \return            An SSL-specific error on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_export_keying_material(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl,
+                                       uint8_t *out, const size_t key_len,
+                                       const char *label, const size_t label_len,
+                                       const unsigned char *context, const size_t context_len,
+                                       const int use_context);
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl_cache.h
+ *
+ * \brief SSL session cache implementation
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT       86400   /*!< 1 day  */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES      50   /*!< Maximum entries in cache */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_context mbedtls_ssl_cache_context;
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry;
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This structure is used for storing cache entries
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+    mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timestamp);           /*!< entry timestamp    */
+#endif
+
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_id)[32];       /*!< session ID         */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_id_len);
+
+    unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session);             /*!< serialized session */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_len);
+
+    mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next);      /*!< chain pointer      */
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Cache context
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_context {
+    mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chain);     /*!< start of the chain     */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout);                /*!< cache entry timeout    */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_entries);            /*!< maximum entries        */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+    mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);    /*!< mutex                  */
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize an SSL cache context
+ *
+ * \param cache    SSL cache context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_init(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Cache get callback implementation
+ *                 (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data            The SSL cache context to use.
+ * \param session_id      The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID
+ *                        for the session to load.
+ * \param session_id_len  The length of \p session_id in bytes.
+ * \param session         The address at which to store the session
+ *                        associated with \p session_id, if present.
+ *
+ * \return                \c 0 on success.
+ * \return                #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CACHE_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND if there is
+ *                        no cache entry with specified session ID found, or
+ *                        any other negative error code for other failures.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get(void *data,
+                          unsigned char const *session_id,
+                          size_t session_id_len,
+                          mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Cache set callback implementation
+ *                 (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data            The SSL cache context to use.
+ * \param session_id      The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID
+ *                        associated to \p session.
+ * \param session_id_len  The length of \p session_id in bytes.
+ * \param session         The session to store.
+ *
+ * \return                \c 0 on success.
+ * \return                A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cache_set(void *data,
+                          unsigned char const *session_id,
+                          size_t session_id_len,
+                          const mbedtls_ssl_session *session);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Remove the cache entry by the session ID
+ *                 (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled)
+ *
+ * \param data            The SSL cache context to use.
+ * \param session_id      The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID
+ *                        associated to session.
+ * \param session_id_len  The length of \p session_id in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return                \c 0 on success. This indicates the cache entry for
+ *                        the session with provided ID is removed or does not
+ *                        exist.
+ * \return                A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cache_remove(void *data,
+                             unsigned char const *session_id,
+                             size_t session_id_len);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the cache timeout
+ *                 (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (1 day))
+ *
+ *                 A timeout of 0 indicates no timeout.
+ *
+ * \param cache    SSL cache context
+ * \param timeout  cache entry timeout in seconds
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache, int timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Get the cache timeout
+ *
+ *                 A timeout of 0 indicates no timeout.
+ *
+ * \param cache    SSL cache context
+ *
+ * \return         cache entry timeout in seconds
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache)
+{
+    return cache->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout);
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set the maximum number of cache entries
+ *                 (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES (50))
+ *
+ * \param cache    SSL cache context
+ * \param max      cache entry maximum
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_max_entries(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache, int max);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Free referenced items in a cache context and clear memory
+ *
+ * \param cache    SSL cache context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cache_free(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl_cache.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h

@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl_ciphersuites.h
+ *
+ * \brief SSL Ciphersuites for Mbed TLS
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/pk.h"
+#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
+#include "mbedtls/md.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Supported ciphersuites (Official IANA names)
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5                    0x01   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA                    0x02   /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA                    0x2C   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA                0x2D   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA                0x2E   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA             0x2F
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA         0x33
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA             0x35
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA         0x39
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256                 0x3B   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256          0x3C   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256          0x3D   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA        0x41
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA    0x45
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256      0x67   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256      0x6B   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA        0x84
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA    0x88
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA             0x8C
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA             0x8D
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA         0x90
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA         0x91
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA         0x94
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA         0x95
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256          0x9C   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384          0x9D   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256      0x9E   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384      0x9F   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256          0xA8   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384          0xA9   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256      0xAA   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384      0xAB   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256      0xAC   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384      0xAD   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256          0xAE
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384          0xAF
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256                 0xB0   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384                 0xB1   /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256      0xB2
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384      0xB3
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256             0xB4   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384             0xB5   /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256      0xB6
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384      0xB7
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256             0xB8   /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384             0xB9   /**< Weak! */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256     0xBA   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xBE   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256     0xC0   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0xC4   /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA             0xC001 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA      0xC004
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA      0xC005
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA            0xC006 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA     0xC009
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA     0xC00A
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA               0xC00B /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA        0xC00E
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA        0xC00F
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA              0xC010 /**< Weak! */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA       0xC013
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA       0xC014
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256  0xC023 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384  0xC024 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256   0xC025 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384   0xC026 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256    0xC027 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384    0xC028 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256     0xC029 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384     0xC02A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256  0xC02B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384  0xC02C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256   0xC02D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384   0xC02E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256    0xC02F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384    0xC030 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256     0xC031 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384     0xC032 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA       0xC035
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA       0xC036
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256    0xC037
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384    0xC038
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA              0xC039
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256           0xC03A
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384           0xC03B
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256         0xC03C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384         0xC03D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256     0xC044 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384     0xC045 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC048 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC049 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256  0xC04A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384  0xC04B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256   0xC04C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384   0xC04D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256    0xC04E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384    0xC04F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256         0xC050 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384         0xC051 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256     0xC052 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384     0xC053 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC05C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC05D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256  0xC05E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384  0xC05F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256   0xC060 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384   0xC061 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256    0xC062 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384    0xC063 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256         0xC064 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384         0xC065 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256     0xC066 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384     0xC067 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256     0xC068 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384     0xC069 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256         0xC06A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384         0xC06B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256     0xC06C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384     0xC06D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256     0xC06E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384     0xC06F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256   0xC070 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384   0xC071 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC072
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC073
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256  0xC074
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384  0xC075
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256   0xC076
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384   0xC077
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256    0xC078
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384    0xC079
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256         0xC07A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384         0xC07B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256     0xC07C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384     0xC07D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC086 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC087 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256  0xC088 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384  0xC089 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256   0xC08A /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384   0xC08B /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256    0xC08C /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384    0xC08D /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256       0xC08E /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384       0xC08F /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256   0xC090 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384   0xC091 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256   0xC092 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384   0xC093 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256       0xC094
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384       0xC095
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256   0xC096
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384   0xC097
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256   0xC098
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384   0xC099
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC09A
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC09B
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM                0xC09C  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM                0xC09D  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM            0xC09E  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM            0xC09F  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8              0xC0A0  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8              0xC0A1  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8          0xC0A2  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8          0xC0A3  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM                0xC0A4  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM                0xC0A5  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM            0xC0A6  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM            0xC0A7  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8              0xC0A8  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8              0xC0A9  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8          0xC0AA  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8          0xC0AB  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+/* The last two are named with PSK_DHE in the RFC, which looks like a typo */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM        0xC0AC  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM        0xC0AD  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8      0xC0AE  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8      0xC0AF  /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8          0xC0FF  /**< experimental */
+
+/* RFC 7905 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256   0xCCA8 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCA9 /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256     0xCCAA /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256         0xCCAB /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256   0xCCAC /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256     0xCCAD /**< TLS 1.2 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256     0xCCAE /**< TLS 1.2 */
+
+/* RFC 8446, Appendix B.4 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_GCM_SHA256                     0x1301 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_256_GCM_SHA384                     0x1302 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256               0x1303 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_CCM_SHA256                     0x1304 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_CCM_8_SHA256                   0x1305 /**< TLS 1.3 */
+
+/* Reminder: update mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret when adding a new key exchange.
+ * Reminder: update MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE__xxx below
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_NONE = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA,
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE,
+} mbedtls_key_exchange_type_t;
+
+/* Key exchanges using a certificate */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED)           || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED)     || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED)   || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED)      || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges in either TLS 1.2 or 1.3 which are using an ECDSA
+ * signature */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_ECDSA_ANY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges allowing client certificate requests.
+ *
+ * Note: that's almost the same as MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED
+ * above, except RSA-PSK uses a server certificate but no client cert.
+ *
+ * Note: this difference is specific to TLS 1.2, as with TLS 1.3, things are
+ * more symmetrical: client certs and server certs are either both allowed
+ * (Ephemeral mode) or both disallowed (PSK and PKS-Ephemeral modes).
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED)           ||       \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED)       ||       \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED)     ||       \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED)   ||       \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED)    ||       \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Helper to state that certificate-based client authentication through ECDSA
+ * is supported in TLS 1.2 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) && defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* ECDSA required for certificates in either TLS 1.2 or 1.3 */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ANY_ALLOWED_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges involving server signature in ServerKeyExchange */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED)     || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_SERVER_SIGNATURE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using ECDH */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED)      || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges that don't involve ephemeral keys */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED)           || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED)           || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_NON_PFS_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges that involve ephemeral keys */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED)     || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED)     || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED)   || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PFS_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using a PSK */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED)           || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using DHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED)       || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* Key exchanges using ECDHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED)     || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED)   || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 key exchanges using ECDH or ECDHE*/
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 PSK key exchanges */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 or 1.3 key exchanges with PSK */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 ephemeral key exchanges */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.3 key exchanges using ECDHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) && \
+    defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 or 1.3 key exchanges using ECDH or ECDHE */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* TLS 1.2 XXDH key exchanges: ECDH or ECDHE or FFDH */
+#if (defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED))
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_1_2_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+/* The handshake params structure has a set of fields called xxdh_psa which are used:
+ * - by TLS 1.2 with `USE_PSA` to do ECDH or ECDHE;
+ * - by TLS 1.3 to do ECDHE or FFDHE.
+ * The following macros can be used to guard their declaration and use.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_1_2_ENABLED
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_1_2_ENABLED) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED)
+#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_ANY_ENABLED
+#endif
+
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t;
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_WEAK       0x01    /**< Weak ciphersuite flag  */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_SHORT_TAG  0x02    /**< Short authentication tag,
+                                                     eg for CCM_8 */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_NODTLS     0x04    /**< Can't be used with DTLS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This structure is used for storing ciphersuite information
+ *
+ * \note    members are defined using integral types instead of enums
+ *          in order to pack structure and reduce memory usage by internal
+ *          \c ciphersuite_definitions[]
+ */
+struct mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t {
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+    const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher);           /* mbedtls_cipher_type_t */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mac);              /* mbedtls_md_type_t */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange);     /* mbedtls_key_exchange_type_t */
+    uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags);
+
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version); /* mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version */
+    uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version); /* mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version */
+};
+
+const int *mbedtls_ssl_list_ciphersuites(void);
+
+const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_from_string(const char *ciphersuite_name);
+const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_from_id(int ciphersuite_id);
+
+static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_name(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info)
+{
+    return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+}
+
+static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_id(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info)
+{
+    return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id);
+}
+
+size_t mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_cipher_key_bitlen(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl_ciphersuites.h */

components/mbedtls3/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/**
+ * \file ssl_cookie.h
+ *
+ * \brief DTLS cookie callbacks implementation
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_H
+#include "mbedtls/private_access.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/build_info.h"
+
+#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
+#endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT
+#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT     60 /**< Default expiration delay of DTLS cookies, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies issued */
+#endif
+
+/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Context for the default cookie functions.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+    mbedtls_svc_key_id_t    MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_hmac_key);  /*!< key id for the HMAC portion   */
+    psa_algorithm_t         MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_hmac_alg);  /*!< key algorithm for the HMAC portion   */
+#else
+    mbedtls_md_context_t    MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac_ctx);   /*!< context for the HMAC portion   */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME)
+    unsigned long   MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial);     /*!< serial number for expiration   */
+#endif
+    unsigned long   MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout);    /*!< timeout delay, in seconds if HAVE_TIME,
+                                                    or in number of tickets issued */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
+    mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex);
+#endif
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+} mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Initialize cookie context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_init(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Setup cookie context (generate keys)
+ */
+int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_setup(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx,
+                             mbedtls_f_rng_t *f_rng,
+                             void *p_rng);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Set expiration delay for cookies
+ *                 (Default MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT)
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Cookie context
+ * \param delay    Delay, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies
+ *                 issued in the meantime.
+ *                 0 to disable expiration (NOT recommended)
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_set_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx, unsigned long delay);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Free cookie context
+ */
+void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_free(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Generate cookie, see \c mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t
+ */
+mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write;
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Verify cookie, see \c mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t
+ */
+mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ssl_cookie.h */